Manual

Manual
Pos : 2 /D okumentati on allgemein/Ei nband/Ei nband H andbuch - Dec kbl att ohne Variantenfel d (Standar d) @ 9\mod_1285229289866_0.doc x @ 64941 @ @ 1
Manual
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
750-873
PLC - ETHERNET TCP/IP Programmable Fieldbus
Controller, RS-232
Version 1.2.0
Pos : 3 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/Hinweise z ur Dokumentation/Impres sum für Standardhandbüc her - allg. Angaben, Ansc hriften, Tel efonnummer n und E-Mail-Adres sen @ 3\mod_1219151118203_21.doc x @ 21060 @ @ 1
2
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
© 2014 by WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG
All rights reserved.
WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG
Hansastraße 27
D-32423 Minden
Phone:
Fax:
+49 (0) 571/8 87 – 0
+49 (0) 571/8 87 – 1 69
E-Mail:
[email protected]
Web:
http://www.wago.com
Technical Support
Phone:
Fax:
+49 (0) 571/8 87 – 5 55
+49 (0) 571/8 87 – 85 55
E-Mail:
[email protected]
Every conceivable measure has been taken to ensure the accuracy and
completeness of this documentation. However, as errors can never be fully
excluded, we always appreciate any information or suggestions for improving the
documentation.
E-Mail:
[email protected]
We wish to point out that the software and hardware terms as well as the
trademarks of companies used and/or mentioned in the present manual are
generally protected by trademark or patent.
=== Ende der Liste für T extmar ke Ei nband_vorne ===
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table of Contents
3
Pos : 5 /D okumentati on allgemein/Verzeic hnisse/Inhalts verz eichnis - Ü berschrift oG und Verzei chnis @ 3\mod_1219151230875_21.doc x @ 21063 @ @ 1
Table of Contents
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
Notes about this Documentation ............................................................... 12
Validity of this Documentation ............................................................... 12
Copyright................................................................................................. 12
Symbols ................................................................................................... 13
Number Notation ..................................................................................... 15
Font Conventions .................................................................................... 15
2
Important Notes ......................................................................................... 16
2.1
Legal Bases ............................................................................................. 16
2.1.1
Subject to Changes ............................................................................. 16
2.1.2
Personnel Qualifications ..................................................................... 16
2.1.3
Use of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 in Compliance with Underlying
Provisions ........................................................................................... 16
2.1.4
Technical Condition of Specified Devices ......................................... 17
2.2
Safety Advice (Precautions) .................................................................... 18
2.3
Special Use Conditions for ETHERNET Devices .................................. 20
3
System Description..................................................................................... 21
3.1
Manufacturing Number ........................................................................... 22
3.2
Hardware Address (MAC ID) ................................................................. 22
3.3
Component Update.................................................................................. 23
3.4
Storage, Assembly and Transport ........................................................... 23
3.5
Assembly Guidelines/Standards.............................................................. 24
3.6
Power Supply .......................................................................................... 25
3.6.1
Isolation .............................................................................................. 25
3.6.2
System Supply .................................................................................... 26
3.6.2.1
Connection ..................................................................................... 26
3.6.2.2
Dimensioning ................................................................................. 27
3.6.3
Field Supply........................................................................................ 30
3.6.3.1
Connection ..................................................................................... 30
3.6.3.2
Fusing ............................................................................................ 32
3.6.4
Supplementary Power Supply Regulations ........................................ 35
3.6.5
Supply Example.................................................................................. 36
3.6.6
Power Supply Unit ............................................................................. 38
3.7
Grounding ............................................................................................... 39
3.7.1
Grounding the DIN Rail ..................................................................... 39
3.7.1.1
Framework Assembly .................................................................... 39
3.7.1.2
Insulated Assembly ........................................................................ 39
3.7.2
Grounding Function............................................................................ 40
3.8
Shielding ................................................................................................. 41
3.8.1
General ............................................................................................... 41
3.8.2
Bus Cables .......................................................................................... 41
3.8.3
Signal Lines ........................................................................................ 42
3.8.4
WAGO Shield Connecting System .................................................... 42
4
4.1
4.2
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Device Description ..................................................................................... 43
View ........................................................................................................ 45
Connectors............................................................................................... 47
4
Table of Contents
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.3
4.4
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.5
4.5.1
4.5.2
4.5.3
4.5.4
4.5.5
4.5.6
4.5.7
4.5.8
4.6
4.7
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Device Supply .................................................................................... 47
Fieldbus Connection ........................................................................... 47
Display Elements .................................................................................... 50
Operating Elements ................................................................................. 51
Service Interface ................................................................................. 51
Mode Selector Switch......................................................................... 52
Technical Data ........................................................................................ 54
Device Data ........................................................................................ 54
System Data ........................................................................................ 54
Supply ................................................................................................. 55
Fieldbus MODBUS/TCP .................................................................... 55
Accessories ......................................................................................... 55
Connection Type ................................................................................ 55
Climatic Environmental Conditions ................................................... 56
Mechanical Strength acc. to IEC 61131-2 .......................................... 56
Approvals ................................................................................................ 57
Standards and Guidelines ........................................................................ 59
5
Mounting..................................................................................................... 60
5.1
Installation Position ................................................................................. 60
5.2
Overall Configuration ............................................................................. 60
5.3
Mounting onto Carrier Rail ..................................................................... 62
5.3.1
Carrier Rail Properties ........................................................................ 62
5.3.2
WAGO DIN Rail ................................................................................ 63
5.4
Spacing .................................................................................................... 63
5.5
Mounting Sequence ................................................................................. 64
5.6
Inserting and Removing Devices ............................................................ 65
5.6.1
Inserting the Fieldbus Coupler/Controller .......................................... 66
5.6.2
Removing the Fieldbus Coupler/Controller ....................................... 66
5.6.3
Inserting the I/O Module .................................................................... 67
5.6.4
Removing the I/O Module .................................................................. 68
6
6.1
6.2
6.3
Connect Devices ......................................................................................... 69
Data Contacts/Internal Bus ..................................................................... 69
Power Contacts/Field Supply .................................................................. 70
Connecting a Conductor to the CAGE CLAMP® ................................... 71
7
Function Description ................................................................................. 72
7.1
Operating System .................................................................................... 72
7.1.1
Run-up ................................................................................................ 72
7.1.2
PFC Cycle ........................................................................................... 72
7.2
Process Data Architecture ....................................................................... 74
7.2.1
Basic Structure.................................................................................... 74
7.2.2
Example of an Input Process Image ................................................... 76
7.2.3
Example of an Output Data Process Image ........................................ 77
7.2.4
Process Data MODBUS/TCP and EtherNet/IP .................................. 78
7.3
Data Exchange ........................................................................................ 79
7.3.1
Memory Areas .................................................................................... 81
7.3.2
Addressing .......................................................................................... 84
7.3.2.1
Addressing of I/O Modules ........................................................... 84
7.3.2.2
IEC-61131-3 Address Areas .......................................................... 85
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
7.3.2.3
7.3.3
7.3.4
7.3.5
7.3.6
7.3.6.1
7.3.7
Table of Contents
5
Absolute Addressing ...................................................................... 86
Data Exchange between MODBUS/TCP Master and I/O Modules ... 88
Data Exchange between EtherNet/IP Master and I/O Modules ......... 89
Data Exchange between PLC Function (CPU) and I/O Modules ...... 90
Data Exchange between Master and PLC Function (CPU)................ 91
Example of MODBUS/TCP Master and PLC Function (CPU) .... 91
Application Example .......................................................................... 93
8
Commissioning ........................................................................................... 94
8.1
Connecting Client PC and Fieldbus Nodes ............................................. 95
8.2
Allocating the IP Address to the Fieldbus Node ..................................... 95
8.2.1
Assigning IP Address via WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings .................. 95
8.2.2
Assigning IP Address via DHCP........................................................ 97
8.2.2.1
Enable DHCP................................................................................. 97
8.2.2.2
Disabling DHCP ............................................................................ 98
8.2.3
Assigning the IP Address with a BootP Server .................................. 99
8.2.3.1
Note MAC ID .............................................................................. 101
8.2.3.2
Determining IP addresses ............................................................ 102
8.2.3.3
Assigning the IP address .............................................................. 103
8.2.3.4
Disabling BootP ........................................................................... 103
8.2.3.5
Reasons for Failed IP Address Assignment................................. 109
8.3
Testing the Function of the Fieldbus Node ........................................... 109
8.4
Preparing the Flash File System ............................................................ 110
8.5
Synchronizing the Real-Time Clock ..................................................... 111
8.6
Restoring Factory Settings .................................................................... 113
9
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO .................................... 115
9.1
Configuring the Fieldbus Controller using the I/O Configurator.......... 118
9.1.1
Configuration using the “EA-config.xml” File ................................ 120
9.2
ETHERNET Libraries for WAGO-I/O-PRO ........................................ 122
9.3
Functional Restrictions and Limits ....................................................... 124
9.4
General Information about IEC Tasks .................................................. 126
9.4.1
IEC Task Sequence........................................................................... 128
9.4.2
Overview of Most Important Task Priorities.................................... 128
9.5
System Events ....................................................................................... 130
9.5.1
Enabling/disabling system events..................................................... 130
9.6
Transfer the IEC program to the controller ........................................... 132
9.6.1
Transfer via Serial Service Port ........................................................ 133
9.6.2
Transfer via ETHERNET ................................................................. 136
10 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) ........... 138
10.1
Information ............................................................................................ 140
10.2
Ethernet ................................................................................................. 142
10.3
TCP/IP ................................................................................................... 145
10.4
Port ........................................................................................................ 147
10.5
SNMP .................................................................................................... 149
10.5.1
SNMP V1/V2c.................................................................................. 149
10.5.2
SNMP V3 ......................................................................................... 151
10.6
Watchdog .............................................................................................. 154
10.7
Clock ..................................................................................................... 156
10.8
Security ................................................................................................. 158
Manual
Version 1.2.0
6
Table of Contents
10.9
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13
10.14
10.15
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
MODBUS .............................................................................................. 161
PLC Info ................................................................................................ 163
PLC Settings.......................................................................................... 164
Features ................................................................................................. 167
I/O Config ............................................................................................. 168
Disk Info................................................................................................ 170
WebVisu ................................................................................................ 171
11 Diagnostics ................................................................................................ 173
11.1
LED Signaling ....................................................................................... 173
11.1.1
Evaluating Fieldbus Status ............................................................... 173
11.1.2
Evaluating Node Status – I/O LED (Blink Code Table) .................. 173
11.1.2.1
USR LED ..................................................................................... 183
11.1.3
Evaluating Power Supply Status ...................................................... 183
11.2
Fault Behavior ....................................................................................... 183
11.2.1
Loss of Fieldbus ............................................................................... 183
11.2.2
Internal Data Bus Failure.................................................................. 184
12 Fieldbus Communication ........................................................................ 186
12.1
General ETHERNET Information ........................................................ 186
12.1.1
Network Architecture – Principles and Regulations ........................ 188
12.1.1.1
Transmission Media..................................................................... 189
12.1.1.2
Network Topologies .................................................................... 191
12.1.1.3
Coupler Modules ......................................................................... 193
12.1.1.4
ETHERNET - Transmission Mode ............................................. 194
12.1.1.5
Important Terms .......................................................................... 196
12.1.2
Network Communication ................................................................. 198
12.1.2.1
ETHERNET- Packet .................................................................... 198
12.1.2.2
ETHERNET address (MAC-ID) ................................................. 198
12.1.2.3
Channel access method ................................................................ 199
12.1.3
Protocol layer model (Example) ....................................................... 200
12.1.4
Communication Protocols ................................................................ 203
12.1.4.1
IP (Internet Protocol) ................................................................... 203
12.1.4.2
TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) ......................................... 207
12.1.4.3
UDP (User Datagram Protocol) ................................................... 208
12.1.5
Configuration and Diagnostics Protocols ......................................... 208
12.1.5.1
BootP (Bootstrap Protocol).......................................................... 208
12.1.5.2
HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol)........................................... 210
12.1.5.3
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) .......................... 210
12.1.5.4
DNS (Domain Name Systems) .................................................... 213
12.1.5.5
SNTP-Client (Simple Network Time Protocol) .......................... 213
12.1.5.6
FTP-Server (File Transfer Protocol) ............................................ 213
12.2
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) ................................. 215
12.2.1
MIB II Description ........................................................................... 215
12.2.2
Traps ................................................................................................. 216
12.2.3
Application Protocols ....................................................................... 216
12.3
MODBUS Functions ............................................................................. 217
12.3.1
General ............................................................................................. 217
12.3.2
Use of the MODBUS Functions ....................................................... 220
12.3.3
Description of the MODBUS Functions .......................................... 221
12.3.3.1
Function Code FC1 (Read Coils) ................................................ 222
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table of Contents
7
12.3.3.2
Function Code FC2 (Read Discrete Inputs)................................. 224
12.3.3.3
Function Code FC3 (Read Multiple Registers) ........................... 226
12.3.3.4
Function Code FC4 (Read Input Registers)................................. 227
12.3.3.5
Function Code FC5 (Write Coil) ................................................. 228
12.3.3.6
Function Code FC6 (Write Single Register) ............................... 229
12.3.3.7
Function Code FC11 (Get Comm Event Counter) ...................... 230
12.3.3.8
Function Code FC15 (Write Multiple Coils) ............................... 231
12.3.3.9
Function Code FC16 (Write Multiple Registers) ........................ 233
12.3.3.10
Function Code FC22 (Mask Write Register) ............................... 234
12.3.3.11
Function Code FC23 (Read/Write Multiple Registers) ............... 235
12.3.4
MODBUS Register Mapping ........................................................... 237
12.3.5
MODBUS Registers ......................................................................... 240
12.3.5.1
Accessing Register Values .......................................................... 242
12.3.5.2
Watchdog Registers ..................................................................... 242
12.3.5.3
Diagnostic Registers .................................................................... 248
12.3.5.4
Configuration Registers ............................................................... 249
12.3.5.5
Firmware Information Registers .................................................. 254
12.3.5.6
Constant Registers ....................................................................... 256
12.4
EtherNet/IP (Ethernet/Industrial Protocol) ........................................... 257
12.4.1
General ............................................................................................. 257
12.4.2
Protocol overview in the OSI model ................................................ 259
12.4.3
Characteristics of the EtherNet/IP Protocol Software ...................... 260
12.4.4
EDS File ........................................................................................... 260
12.4.5
Object Model .................................................................................... 261
12.4.5.1
General ......................................................................................... 261
12.4.5.2
Class Overview ............................................................................ 262
12.4.5.3
Explanation of the Table Headings in the Object Descriptions ... 264
12.4.5.4
Identity (01 hex) ............................................................................ 264
12.4.5.5
Message Router (02 hex) ............................................................... 266
12.4.5.6
Assembly Object (04 hex) ............................................................. 267
12.4.5.7
Port Class (F4 hex) ........................................................................ 271
12.4.5.8
TCP/IP Interface (F5 hex) ............................................................. 273
12.4.5.9
Ethernet Link (F6 hex)................................................................... 275
12.4.5.10
Coupler/Controller Configuration (64 hex) ................................... 276
12.4.5.11
Discrete Input Point (65 hex) ......................................................... 278
12.4.5.12
Discrete Input Point Extended 1 (69 hex)...................................... 279
12.4.5.13
Discrete Input Point Extended 2 (6D hex)..................................... 279
12.4.5.14
Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex)...................................... 280
12.4.5.15
Discrete Output Point (66 hex) ...................................................... 281
12.4.5.16
Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex) .................................. 281
12.4.5.17
Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex) .................................. 282
12.4.5.18
Discrete Output Point Extended 3 (72 hex) ................................... 283
12.4.5.19
Analog Input Point (67 hex) .......................................................... 283
12.4.5.20
Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex) ...................................... 284
12.4.5.21
Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex) ....................................... 285
12.4.5.22
Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex) ....................................... 286
12.4.5.23
Analog Output Point (68 hex) ....................................................... 286
12.4.5.24
Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex) .................................... 287
12.4.5.25
Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex) .................................... 288
12.4.5.26
Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex) .................................... 289
Manual
Version 1.2.0
8
Table of Contents
12.4.5.27
12.4.5.28
12.4.5.29
12.4.5.30
12.4.5.31
12.4.5.32
12.4.5.33
12.4.5.34
12.4.5.35
12.4.5.36
12.4.5.37
12.4.5.38
12.4.5.39
12.4.5.40
12.4.5.41
12.4.5.42
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Module Configuration (80 hex) ..................................................... 289
Module Configuration Extended (81 hex) ..................................... 290
Input Fieldbus Variable USINT (A0 hex) ..................................... 291
Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A1 hex) .................. 292
Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A2 hex) .................. 293
Output Fieldbus Variable USINT (A3 hex) .................................. 294
Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A4 hex) ............... 295
Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A5 hex) ............... 296
Input Fieldbus Variable UINT (A6 hex) ....................................... 297
Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A7 hex) .................... 298
Output Fieldbus Variable UINT (A8 hex) ..................................... 299
Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A9 hex).................. 300
Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT (AA hex) .................................... 301
Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AB hex) ......................... 302
Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT (AC hex) ................................. 303
Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AD hex) ...................... 304
13 I/O Modules .............................................................................................. 305
13.1
Overview ............................................................................................... 305
13.2
Process Data Architecture for MODBUS/TCP ..................................... 306
13.2.1
Digital Input Modules....................................................................... 307
13.2.1.1
1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ...................... 307
13.2.1.2
2 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................ 307
13.2.1.3
2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ...................... 307
13.2.1.4
2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output
Process Data................................................................................. 308
13.2.1.5
4 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................ 308
13.2.1.6
8 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................ 308
13.2.1.7
8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output
Process Data................................................................................. 309
13.2.1.8
16 Channel Digital Input Modules .............................................. 309
13.2.2
Digital Output Modules .................................................................... 310
13.2.2.1
1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data ........ 310
13.2.2.2
2 Channel Digital Output Modules .............................................. 310
13.2.2.3
2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data................................................................................. 311
13.2.2.4
4 Channel Digital Output Modules .............................................. 312
13.2.2.5
4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data................................................................................. 312
13.2.2.6
8 Channel Digital Output Module ............................................... 312
13.2.2.7
8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data................................................................................. 313
13.2.2.8
16 Channel Digital Output Modules ............................................ 313
13.2.2.9
8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules .................................... 314
13.2.3
Analog Input Modules ...................................................................... 315
13.2.3.1
1 Channel Analog Input Modules ................................................ 315
13.2.3.2
2 Channel Analog Input Modules ................................................ 315
13.2.3.3
4 Channel Analog Input Modules ................................................ 316
13.2.3.4
3-Phase Power Measurement Module ......................................... 317
13.2.3.5
8 Channel Analog Input Modules ................................................ 318
13.2.4
Analog Output Modules ................................................................... 319
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table of Contents
9
13.2.4.1
2 Channel Analog Output Modules ............................................. 319
13.2.4.2
4 Channel Analog Output Modules ............................................. 319
13.2.4.3
8 Channel Analog Output Modules ............................................. 320
13.2.5
Specialty Modules ............................................................................ 321
13.2.5.1
Counter Modules ......................................................................... 321
13.2.5.2
Pulse Width Modules ................................................................... 323
13.2.5.3
Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format ............... 323
13.2.5.4
Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format ................. 324
13.2.5.5
Data Exchange Module................................................................ 324
13.2.5.6
SSI Transmitter Interface Modules .............................................. 324
13.2.5.7
Incremental Encoder Interface Modules ...................................... 325
13.2.5.8
DC-Drive Controller .................................................................... 327
13.2.5.9
Stepper Controller ........................................................................ 328
13.2.5.10
RTC Module ................................................................................ 329
13.2.5.11
DALI/DSI Master Module ........................................................... 329
13.2.5.12
DALI Multi-Master Module ........................................................ 330
13.2.5.13
LON® FTT Module...................................................................... 332
13.2.5.14
EnOcean Radio Receiver ............................................................. 332
13.2.5.15
MP Bus Master Module ............................................................... 332
13.2.5.16
Bluetooth® RF-Transceiver .......................................................... 333
13.2.5.17
Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O ....... 334
13.2.5.18
KNX/EIB/TP1 Module ................................................................ 334
13.2.5.19
AS-interface Master Module ....................................................... 335
13.2.6
System Modules ............................................................................... 337
13.2.6.1
System Modules with Diagnostics ............................................... 337
13.2.6.2
Binary Space Module .................................................................. 337
13.3
Process Data Architecture for EtherNet/IP ........................................... 337
13.3.1
Digital Input Modules....................................................................... 339
13.3.1.1
1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ...................... 339
13.3.1.2
2 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................ 339
13.3.1.3
2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ...................... 340
13.3.1.4
2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output
Process Data................................................................................. 340
13.3.1.5
4 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................ 341
13.3.1.6
8 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................ 341
13.3.1.7
16 Channel Digital Input Modules .............................................. 341
13.3.2
Digital Output Modules .................................................................... 342
13.3.2.1
1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data ........ 342
13.3.2.2
2 Channel Digital Output Modules .............................................. 343
13.3.2.3
2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data................................................................................. 343
13.3.2.4
4 Channel Digital Output Modules .............................................. 344
13.3.2.5
4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data................................................................................. 344
13.3.2.6
8 Channel Digital Output Module ............................................... 345
13.3.2.7
8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data................................................................................. 345
13.3.2.8
16 Channel Digital Output Modules ............................................ 346
13.3.2.9
8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules .................................... 346
13.3.3
Analog Input Modules ...................................................................... 347
Manual
Version 1.2.0
10
Table of Contents
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
13.3.3.1
1 Channel Analog Input Modules ................................................ 347
13.3.3.2
2 Channel Analog Input Modules ................................................ 348
13.3.3.3
4 Channel Analog Input Modules ................................................ 348
13.3.3.4
4 Channel Analog Input Modules for RTD’s .............................. 348
13.3.3.5
3-Phase Power Measurement Module ......................................... 348
13.3.3.6
8 Channel Analog Input Modules ................................................ 349
13.3.4
Analog Output Modules ................................................................... 349
13.3.4.1
2 Channel Analog Output Modules ............................................. 350
13.3.4.2
4 Channel Analog Output Modules ............................................. 350
13.3.4.3
8 Channel Analog Output Modules ............................................. 351
13.3.5
Specialty Modules ............................................................................ 351
13.3.5.1
Counter Modules ......................................................................... 351
13.3.5.2
Pulse Width Modules ................................................................... 353
13.3.5.3
Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format ............... 354
13.3.5.4
Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format ................. 354
13.3.5.5
Data Exchange Module................................................................ 355
13.3.5.6
SSI Transmitter Interface Modules .............................................. 355
13.3.5.7
Incremental Encoder Interface Modules ...................................... 356
13.3.5.8
DC-Drive Controller .................................................................... 358
13.3.5.9
Steppercontroller.......................................................................... 359
13.3.5.10
RTC Module ................................................................................ 360
13.3.5.11
DALI/DSI Master Module ........................................................... 361
13.3.5.12
EnOcean Radio Receiver ............................................................. 361
13.3.5.13
MP Bus Master Module ............................................................... 362
13.3.5.14
Bluetooth® RF-Transceiver .......................................................... 362
13.3.5.15
Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O ....... 363
13.3.5.16
AS-interface Master Module ....................................................... 364
13.3.6
System Modules ............................................................................... 365
13.3.6.1
System Modules with Diagnostics ............................................... 365
13.3.6.2
Binary Space Module .................................................................. 365
14 Application Examples .............................................................................. 366
14.1
Test of MODBUS protocol and fieldbus nodes .................................... 366
14.2
Visualization and Control using SCADA Software .............................. 366
15 Use in Hazardous Environments ............................................................ 369
15.1
Marking Configuration Examples ......................................................... 370
15.1.1
Marking for Europe According to ATEX and IEC-Ex .................... 370
15.1.2
Marking for America According to NEC 500 .................................. 375
15.2
Installation Regulations ......................................................................... 376
15.2.1
Special Conditions for Safe Use (ATEX Certificate TÜV 07 ATEX
554086 X) ......................................................................................... 377
15.2.2
Special Conditions for Safe Use (ATEX Certificate TÜV 12 ATEX
106032 X) ......................................................................................... 378
15.2.3
Special Conditions for Safe Use (IEC-Ex Certificate TUN 09.0001 X)379
15.2.4
Special Conditions for Safe Use (IEC-Ex Certificate IECEx TUN
12.0039 X) ........................................................................................ 380
15.2.5
Special Conditions for Safe Use according to ANSI/ISA 12.12.01 . 381
16 Appendix ................................................................................................... 382
16.1
MIB II Groups ....................................................................................... 382
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table of Contents
11
16.1.1
System Group ................................................................................... 382
16.1.2
Interface Group ................................................................................. 383
16.1.3
IP Group ........................................................................................... 385
16.1.4
IpRoute Table Group ........................................................................ 386
16.1.5
ICMP Group ..................................................................................... 387
16.1.6
TCP Group........................................................................................ 388
16.1.7
UDP Group ....................................................................................... 389
16.1.8
SNMP Group .................................................................................... 390
16.2
WAGO MIB Groups ............................................................................. 391
16.2.1
Company Group ............................................................................... 391
16.2.2
Product Group .................................................................................. 391
16.2.3
Versions Group ................................................................................. 392
16.2.4
Real Time Clock Group.................................................................... 392
16.2.5
Ethernet Group ................................................................................. 393
16.2.6
Actual Error Group ........................................................................... 393
16.2.7
Error History Group ......................................................................... 394
16.2.8
PLC Project Group ........................................................................... 394
16.2.9
Http Group ........................................................................................ 395
16.2.10
Ftp Group.......................................................................................... 395
16.2.11
Sntp Group........................................................................................ 396
16.2.12
Snmp Group...................................................................................... 396
16.2.13
Snmp Trap String Group .................................................................. 398
16.2.14
Snmp User Trap String Group .......................................................... 399
16.2.15
Plc Connection Group ...................................................................... 399
16.2.16
Modbus Group .................................................................................. 400
16.2.17
Ethernet IP Group ............................................................................. 401
16.2.18
Process Image Group ........................................................................ 402
16.2.19
Plc Data Group ................................................................................. 403
List of Figures .................................................................................................... 404
List of Tables ...................................................................................................... 407
=== Ende der Liste für T extmar ke Verzeic hnis_vor ne ===
Manual
Version 1.2.0
12
Notes about this Documentation
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 7 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/Übersc hriften für all e Serien/Hi nweis e zur D okumentati on/Hinweise z u dies er D okumentation - Ü berschrift 1 @ 4\mod_1237987661750_21.doc x @ 29029 @ 1 @ 1
1
Notes about this Documentation
Pos : 8 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/Hinweise z ur Dokumentation/Hi nweis e/Hi nweis : D okumentation aufbewahr en @ 4\mod_1237987339812_21.doc x @ 29026 @ @ 1
Always retain this documentation!
This documentation is part of the product. Therefore, retain the documentation
during the entire service life of the product. Pass on the documentation to any
subsequent user. In addition, ensure that any supplement to this documentation is
included, if necessary.
Pos : 9 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/Übersc hriften für all e Serien/Hi nweis e zur D okumentati on/Gültig keitsbereic h - Ü berschrift 2 @ 12\mod_1338912448776_21.doc x @ 96469 @ 2 @ 1
1.1
Validity of this Documentation
Pos : 10 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Hi nweis e z ur D okumentati on/Gültigkeits bereic h/Gültig keits ber eich Dokumentation Koppl er/C ontroller 750- xxxx, ohne Vari antenangabe @ 14\mod_1358944039400_21.doc x @ 109362 @ @ 1
This documentation is only applicable to the “ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232
Controller” (750-873).
Pos : 11 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Hi nweis e z ur D okumentati on/Hi nweise/Ac htung: Hinweis z ur D okumentati on Koppl er-/Controll er 750- xxxx @ 4\mod_1239095964296_21.doc x @ 30118 @ @ 1
The product “ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller” (750-873) shall only be
installed and operated according to the instructions in this manual and the system
description for the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750.
Consider power layout of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750!
In addition to these operating instructions, you will also need the system
description for the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750, which can be downloaded at
www.wago.com. There, you can obtain important information including
information on electrical isolation, system power and supply specifications.
Pos : 12.1 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Hi nweis e zur D okumentati on/Urhebersc hutz ausführlich @ 4\mod_1235565145234_21.doc x @ 27691 @ 2 @ 1
1.2
Copyright
This Manual, including all figures and illustrations, is copyright-protected. Any
further use of this Manual by third parties that violate pertinent copyright
provisions is prohibited. Reproduction, translation, electronic and phototechnical
filing/archiving (e.g., photocopying) as well as any amendments require the
written consent of WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG, Minden, Germany.
Non-observance will involve the right to assert damage claims.
Pos : 12.2 /Dokumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Notes about this Documentation
13
Pos : 12.3 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Ü bers chriften für alle Serien/Hinweis e z ur Dokumentation/Symbol e - Ü bersc hrift 2 @ 13\mod_1351068042408_21.doc x @ 105270 @ 2 @ 1
1.3
Symbols
Pos : 12.4.1 /All e Serien ( Allgemei ne Module)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sons tige Hinweis e/Gefahr/Gefahr: _War nung vor Personenschäden allgemei n_ - Erl äuter ung @ 13\mod_1343309450020_21.doc x @ 101029 @ @ 1
Personal Injury!
Indicates a high-risk, imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will
result in death or serious injury.
Pos : 12.4.2 /All e Serien ( Allgemei ne Module)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sons tige Hinweis e/Gefahr/Gefahr: _War nung vor Personenschäden durc h elektrisc hen Strom_ - Erläuterung @ 13\mod_1343309694914_21.doc x @ 101030 @ @ 1
Personal Injury Caused by Electric Current!
Indicates a high-risk, imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will
result in death or serious injury.
Pos : 12.4.3 /All e Serien ( Allgemei ne Module)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sons tige Hinweis e/Warnung/Warnung: _Warnung vor Personensc häden allgemei n_ - Erläuterung @ 13\mod_1343309877041_21.doc x @ 101035 @ @ 1
Personal Injury!
Indicates a moderate-risk, potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
could result in death or serious injury.
Pos : 12.4.4 /All e Serien ( Allgemei ne Module)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sons tige Hinweis e/Vorsic ht/Vorsicht: _War nung vor Pers onensc häden allgemein_ - Erläuterung @ 13\mod_1343310028762_21.doc x @ 101038 @ @ 1
Personal Injury!
Indicates a low-risk, potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may
result in minor or moderate injury.
Pos : 12.4.5 /All e Serien ( Allgemei ne Module)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sons tige Hinweis e/Achtung/Achtung: _War nung vor Sac hsc häden allgemein_ - Erläuterung @ 13\mod_1343310134623_21.doc x @ 101041 @ @ 1
Damage to Property!
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in
damage to property.
Pos : 12.4.6 /All e Serien ( Allgemei ne Module)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sons tige Hinweis e/Achtung/Achtung: _War nung vor Sac hsc häden durc h elektr ostatis che Aufladung_ - Erläuterung @ 13\mod_1343310227702_21.doc x @ 101044 @ @ 1
Damage to Property Caused by Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)!
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in
damage to property.
Pos : 12.4.7 /All e Serien ( Allgemei ne Module)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sons tige Hinweis e/Hi nweis /Hinweis: _Wic htiger Hi nweis allgemein_ - Erläuterung @ 13\mod_1343310326906_21.doc x @ 101047 @ @ 1
Important Note!
Indicates a potential malfunction which, if not avoided, however, will not result in
damage to property.
Pos : 12.4.8 /All e Serien ( Allgemei ne Module)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sons tige Hinweis e/Infor mation/Infor mation: _Weiter e Infor mation allgemei n_ - Erl äuter ung @ 13\mod_1343310439814_21.doc x @ 101051 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
14
Notes about this Documentation
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Additional Information:
Refers to additional information which is not an integral part of this
documentation (e.g., the Internet).
Pos : 12.5 /Dokumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Notes about this Documentation
15
Pos : 12.6 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Hi nweis e zur D okumentati on/Zahlens ysteme @ 3\mod_1221059454015_21.doc x @ 21711 @ 2 @ 1
1.4
Number Notation
Table 1: Number Notation
Number Code
Decimal
Hexadecimal
Binary
Example
100
0x64
'100'
'0110.0100'
Note
Normal notation
C notation
In quotation marks, nibble separated with
dots (.)
Pos : 12.7 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Hi nweis e zur D okumentati on/Sc hriftkonventi onen @ 3\mod_1221059521437_21.doc x @ 21714 @ 2 @ 1
1.5
Font Conventions
Table 2: Font Conventions
Font Type Indicates
italic
Names of paths and data files are marked in italic-type.
e.g.: C:\Programme\WAGO-I/O-CHECK
Menu items are marked in bold letters.
Menu
e.g.: Save
A greater-than sign between two names means the selection of a
>
menu item from a menu.
e.g.: File > New
Designation of input or optional fields are marked in bold letters,
Input
e.g.: Start of measurement range
“Value”
Input or selective values are marked in inverted commas.
e.g.: Enter the value “4 mA” under Start of measurement range.
Pushbuttons in dialog boxes are marked with bold letters in square
[Button]
brackets.
e.g.: [Input]
Keys are marked with bold letters in square brackets.
[Key]
e.g.: [F5]
Pos : 13 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
16
Important Notes
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 14 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschriften für alle Serien/Wichtige Erläuterungen/Wichtige Erläuter ungen - Übersc hrift 1 @ 4\mod_1241428899156_21.doc x @ 32170 @ 1 @ 1
2
Important Notes
Pos : 15.1 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Einl eitung Wic htige Erläuterungen @ 3\mod_1221059818031_21.doc x @ 21717 @ @ 1
This section includes an overall summary of the most important safety
requirements and notes that are mentioned in each individual section. To protect
your health and prevent damage to devices as well, it is imperative to read and
carefully follow the safety guidelines.
Pos : 15.2 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Ü bers chriften für alle Serien/Wichtige Erläuter ungenR ec htlic he Gr undlag en - Übersc hrift 2 @ 3\mod_1221060626343_21.doc x @ 21726 @ 2 @ 1
2.1
Legal Bases
Pos : 15.3 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Änderungs vor behalt - Ü bers chrift 3 und Inhalt @ 3\mod_1221060036484_21.doc x @ 21720 @ 3 @ 1
2.1.1
Subject to Changes
WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG reserves the right to provide for any
alterations or modifications that serve to increase the efficiency of technical
progress. WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG owns all rights arising from
the granting of patents or from the legal protection of utility patents. Third-party
products are always mentioned without any reference to patent rights. Thus, the
existence of such rights cannot be excluded.
Pos : 15.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Pers onalqualifi kationPers onalqualifi kation 750- xxxx - Ü bersc hrift 3 und Inhalt @ 3\mod_1224061208046_21.doc x @ 24063 @ 3 @ 1
2.1.2
Personnel Qualifications
All sequences implemented on WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 devices may only be
carried out by electrical specialists with sufficient knowledge in automation. The
specialists must be familiar with the current norms and guidelines for the devices
and automated environments.
All changes to the coupler or controller should always be carried out by qualified
personnel with sufficient skills in PLC programming.
Pos : 15.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Bes timmungsgemäß e Verwendung Bes ti mmungsgemäße Verwendung 750-xxxx - Ü berschrift 3 und Inhal t @ 3\mod_1224064151234_21.doc x @ 24070 @ 3 @ 1
2.1.3
Use of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 in Compliance with
Underlying Provisions
Fieldbus couplers, fieldbus controllers and I/O modules found in the modular
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 receive digital and analog signals from sensors and
transmit them to actuators or higher-level control systems. Using programmable
controllers, the signals can also be (pre-) processed.
The devices have been developed for use in an environment that meets the IP20
protection class criteria. Protection against finger injury and solid impurities up to
12.5 mm diameter is assured; protection against water damage is not ensured.
Unless otherwise specified, operation of the devices in wet and dusty
environments is prohibited.
Operating the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 devices in home applications without
further measures is only permitted if they meet the emission limits (emissions of
interference) according to EN 61000-6-3. You will find the relevant information
in the section “Device Description” > “Standards and Guidelines” in the manual
for the used fieldbus coupler/controller.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Important Notes
17
Appropriate housing (per 94/9/EG) is required when operating the WAGO-I/OSYSTEM 750 in hazardous environments. Please note that a prototype test
certificate must be obtained that confirms the correct installation of the system in
a housing or switch cabinet.
Pos : 15.6 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/T ec hnis cher Z ustand der Geräte - Übersc hrift 3 und Inhalt @ 3\mod_1221060446109_21.doc x @ 21723 @ 3 @ 1
2.1.4
Technical Condition of Specified Devices
The devices to be supplied ex works are equipped with hardware and software
configurations, which meet the individual application requirements. WAGO
Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG will be exempted from any liability in case of
changes in hardware or software as well as to non-compliant usage of devices.
Please send your request for modified and new hardware or software
configurations directly to WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG.
Pos : 15.7 /Dokumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
18
Important Notes
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 15.8 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Ü bers chriften für alle Serien/Wichtige Erläuter ungenSic her hei tshi nweis e - Übersc hrift 2 @ 6\mod_1260180299987_21.doc x @ 46724 @ 2 @ 1
2.2
Safety Advice (Precautions)
Pos : 15.9 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits hi nweis e/Einl eitung Sicherheits hinweis e H ardware @ 6\mod_1260180170493_21.doc x @ 46720 @ @ 1
For installing and operating purposes of the relevant device to your system the
following safety precautions shall be observed:
Pos : 15.10.1 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/Wichtige Erläuter ungen/Sic herheits hinweise/Gefahr /Gefahr: Nicht an Geräten unter Spannung ar beiten! @ 6\mod_1260180365327_21.doc x @ 46727 @ @ 1
Do not work on devices while energized!
All power sources to the device shall be switched off prior to performing any
installation, repair or maintenance work.
Pos : 15.10.2 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Wic htig e Erl äuter ung en/Sic her hei ts- und s onstige Hi nweise/Gefahr/Gefahr: Ei nbau 0750- xxxx nur i n Gehäus en, Sc hränken oder el ektrisc hen Betriebsräumen! @ 6\mod_1260180556692_21.doc x @ 46731 @ @ 1
Install the device only in appropriate housings, cabinets or in electrical
operation rooms!
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 and its components are an open system. As such,
install the system and its components exclusively in appropriate housings,
cabinets or in electrical operation rooms. Allow access to such equipment and
fixtures to authorized, qualified staff only by means of specific keys or tools.
Pos : 15.10.3 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/Wichtige Erläuter ungen/Sic herheits hinweise/Gefahr /Gefahr: Unfall verhütungs vorsc hriften beachten! @ 6\mod_1260180657000_21.doc x @ 46735 @ @ 1
Pos : 15.10.4 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/Wichtige Erläuter ungen/Sic herheits hinweise/Gefahr /Gefahr: Auf normg erec hten Ansc hluss ac hten! @ 6\mod_1260180753479_21.doc x @ 46739 @ @ 1
Pos : 15.11.1 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/Wichtige Erläuter ungen/Sic herheits hinweise/Ac htung/Ac htung: Defekte oder besc hädigte Ger äte aus tausc hen! @ 6\mod_1260180857358_21.doc x @ 46743 @ @ 1
Replace defective or damaged devices!
Replace defective or damaged device/module (e.g., in the event of deformed
contacts), since the long-term functionality of device/module involved can no
longer be ensured.
Pos : 15.11.2 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/Wichtige Erläuter ungen/Sic herheits hinweise/Ac htung/Ac htung: Geräte vor kriec henden und is olier enden Stoffen schützen! @ 6\mod_1260181036216_21.doc x @ 46747 @ @ 1
Protect the components against materials having seeping and insulating
properties!
The components are not resistant to materials having seeping and insulating
properties such as: aerosols, silicones and triglycerides (found in some hand
creams). If you cannot exclude that such materials will appear in the component
environment, then install the components in an enclosure being resistant to the
above-mentioned materials. Clean tools and materials are imperative for handling
devices/modules.
Pos : 15.11.3 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/Wichtige Erläuter ungen/Sic herheits hinweise/Ac htung/Ac htung: Rei nigung nur mit zul ässigen M aterialien! @ 6\mod_1260181203293_21.doc x @ 46751 @ @ 1
Clean only with permitted materials!
Clean soiled contacts using oil-free compressed air or with ethyl alcohol and
leather cloths.
Pos : 15.11.4 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/Wichtige Erläuter ungen/Sic herheits hinweise/Ac htung/Ac htung: Kei n Kontakts pray verwenden! @ 6\mod_1260181290808_21.doc x @ 46755 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Important Notes
19
Do not use any contact spray!
Do not use any contact spray. The spray may impair contact area functionality in
connection with contamination.
Pos : 15.11.5 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/Wichtige Erläuter ungen/Sic herheits hinweise/Ac htung/Ac htung: Verpol ung ver mei den! @ 6\mod_1260184045744_21.doc x @ 46767 @ @ 1
Do not reverse the polarity of connection lines!
Avoid reverse polarity of data and power supply lines, as this may damage the
devices involved.
Pos : 15.11.6 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/Wichtige Erläuter ungen/Sic herheits hinweise/Ac htung/Ac htung: El ektr ostatisc he Entl adung vermeiden! @ 6\mod_1260181364729_21.doc x @ 46759 @ @ 1
Avoid electrostatic discharge!
The devices are equipped with electronic components that may be destroyed by
electrostatic discharge when touched. Please observe the safety precautions
against electrostatic discharge per DIN EN 61340-5-1/-3. When handling the
devices, please ensure that environmental factors (personnel, work space and
packaging) are properly grounded.
Pos : 16 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
20
Important Notes
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 17 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Spezi elle Einsatzbesti mmung en für ETH ERN ET-Ger äte @ 12\mod_1336642945500_21.doc x @ 94792 @ 2 @ 1
2.3
Special Use Conditions for ETHERNET Devices
If not otherwise specified, ETHERNET devices are intended for use on local
networks. Please note the following when using ETHERNET devices in your
system:
•
Do not connect control components and control networks to an open
network such as the Internet or an office network. WAGO recommends
putting control components and control networks behind a firewall.
•
Limit physical and electronic access to all automation components to
authorized personnel only.
•
Change the default passwords before first use! This will reduce the risk of
unauthorized access to your system.
•
Regularly change the passwords used! This will reduce the risk of
unauthorized access to your system.
•
If remote access to control components and control networks is required,
use a Virtual Private Network (VPN).
•
Regularly perform threat analyses. You can check whether the measures
taken meet your security requirements.
•
Use “defense-in-depth” mechanisms in your system's security configuration
to restrict the access to and control of individual products and networks.
Pos : 18 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
System Description
21
Pos : 19.1 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Ü bers chriften für alle Serien/Systembesc hrei bungSystembesc hrei bung - Ü bersc hrift 1 @ 3\mod_1231491805015_21.doc x @ 25850 @ 1 @ 1
3
System Description
Pos : 19.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Systembesc hrei bung/Ger ät und Sys tem/Systembesc hrei bung - Aufbau Fel dbus knoten @ 3\mod_1231492904937_21.doc x @ 25867 @ @ 1
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 is a modular, fieldbus-independent input/output
system (I/O system). The configuration described here consists of a fieldbus
coupler/controller (1) and the modular I/O modules (2) for any signal shapes that
form the fieldbus node together. The end module (3) completes the node and is
required for correct operation of the fieldbus node.
Figure 1: Fieldbus Node (Example)
Fieldbus couplers/controllers are available for different fieldbus systems.
Pos : 19.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Systembesc hrei bung/Ger ät und Sys tem/Systembesc hrei bung - Besc hrei bung Aufbau F eldbus knoten (Standard) @ 3\mod_1231493221890_21.doc x @ 25870 @ @ 1
The standard fieldbus couplers/controllers and extended ECO fieldbus couplers
contain the fieldbus interface, electronics and a power supply terminal. The
fieldbus interface forms the physical interface to the relevant fieldbus. The
electronics process the data of the I/O modules and make it available for the
fieldbus communication. The 24 V system supply and the 24 V field supply are
fed in via the integrated power supply terminal.
The fieldbus coupler/controller exchanges process data with the respective control
via the respective fieldbus. The programmable fieldbus controllers (PFC) allow
implementation of additional PLC functions. WAGO-I/O-PRO is used to program
the fieldbus controllers according to IEC 61131-3.
Pos : 19.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Systembesc hrei bung/Ger ät und Sys tem/Systembesc hrei bung - Kommuni kati on Kl emmenbus , LEDs , 3-Leitertec hni k @ 3\mod_1231493520906_21.doc x @ 25877 @ @ 1
I/O modules for diverse digital and analog I/O signals as well as special functions
can be connected to the fieldbus coupler/controller. The communication between
the fieldbus coupler/controller and the I/O modules is carried out via an internal
bus.
The components of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 have clear termination points,
light emitting diodes for status display, plug-in mini WSB tags and group marker
cards for labeling.
The 1, 2 or 3 wire technology supplemented by a ground wire connection allows
for direct sensor or actuator wiring.
Pos : 19.5 /Dokumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
22
System Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 19.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Systembesc hrei bung/Ger ät und Sys tem/Fertig ungs nummer @ 3\mod_1225444612218_21.doc x @ 24889 @ 2 @ 1
3.1
Manufacturing Number
The serial number indicates the delivery status directly after production. This
number is part of the labeling on the side of each component.
In addition, the serial number is printed on the cover cap of the configuration and
programming interface of the fieldbus coupler/controller, so that it can also be
read when installed.
Figure 2: Labeling on the Side of a Component (Example)
01
Manufacturing number
03
01
02
03
-B060606
Calendar Year Software Hardware Firmware Internal
week
version version
loader
number
version
Figure 3: Example of a Manufacturing Number
The manufacturing number consists of the production week and year, the software
version (if available), the hardware version of the component, the firmware loader
(if available) and further internal information for WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH
& Co. KG.
Pos : 19.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Systembesc hrei bung/Ger ät und Sys tem/Har dwar e-Adress e (M AC-ID) @ 7\mod_1270708464299_21.doc x @ 54960 @ 2 @ 1
3.2
Hardware Address (MAC ID)
Each ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller has an internationally unambiguous
physical address, referred to as the MAC-ID (Media Access Control Identity).
As part of the labeling on the right side of this component, the MAC ID is printed
in the block diagram of the fieldbus coupler/controller.
In addition, the MAC ID is located on the paper strip with two self-adhesive peeloff strips on the left side of the fieldbus coupler/controller.
The MAC ID has a fixed length of 6 bytes (48 bits) which are presented
hexadecimal. The first three bytes identify the manufacturer (e.g. 00:30 DE for
WAGO). The second 3 bytes comprise the unique serial number of the hardware.
Pos : 19.8 /Dokumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
System Description
23
Pos : 19.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Systembesc hrei bung/Ger ät und Sys tem/Komponenten-Update-M atri x @ 3\mod_1231757422359_21.doc x @ 25928 @ 2 @ 1
3.3
Component Update
For the case of an update of one component, the lateral marking on each
component contains a prepared matrix.
This matrix makes columns available for altogether three updates to the entry of
the current update data, like production order number (NO; starting from calendar
week 13/2004), date stamp (DS), software version (SW), hardware version (HW)
and the firmware loader version (FWL, if available).
Current version data for
Production order no.
1. Update
2. Update
3. Update
NO
Date stamp
DS
Software version
SW
Hardware version
HW
Firmware loader vers. FWL
 only starting from
calendar week 13/2004
 only for fieldbus
couplers/controllers
If the update of a component took place, the current version data are registered
into the columns of the matrix.
Additionally with the update of a fieldbus coupler or controller also the cover of
the configuration and programming interface of the fieldbus coupler or controller
is imprinted with the current production order number.
The original manufacturing information on the device's housing remains
unchanged.
Pos : 19.10 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Systembesc hrei bung/Gerät und System/Lagerung, Kommissi onierung und Tr ansport @ 3\mod_1225446600609_21.doc x @ 24897 @ 2 @ 1
3.4
Storage, Assembly and Transport
Whenever possible, the components are to be stored in their original packaging.
Likewise, the original packaging provides optimal protection during transport.
When assembling or repacking the components, the contacts must not be soiled or
damaged. The components must be stored and transported in appropriate
containers/packaging. Thereby, the ESD information is to be regarded.
Pos : 19.11 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
24
System Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 19.12 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Systembesc hrei bung/Gerät und System/Aufbaurichtli nien und N or men @ 3\mod_1231311929250_21.doc x @ 25820 @ 2 @ 1
3.5
Assembly Guidelines/Standards
DIN 60204
Electrical equipping of machines
DIN EN 50178 Equipping of high-voltage systems with electronic components
(replacement for VDE 0160)
EN 60439
Low voltage switchgear assemblies
Pos : 19.13 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
System Description
25
Pos : 19.14.1 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Sys tembesc hrei bung/Vers orgung/Spannungsvers orgung - Ü berschrift 2 @ 3\mod_1232950078953_21.doc x @ 26680 @ 2 @ 1
3.6
Power Supply
Pos : 19.14.2 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Sys tembesc hrei bung/Vers orgung/Potenti altrennung @ 3\mod_1232950094125_21.doc x @ 26732 @ 3 @ 1
3.6.1
Isolation
Within the fieldbus node, there are three electrically isolated potentials:
•
Electrically isolated fieldbus interface via transformer
•
Electronics of the fieldbus couplers/controllers and the I/O modules
(internal bus)
•
All I/O modules have an electrical isolation between the electronics
(internal bus, logic) and the field electronics. Some digital and analog input
modules have each channel electrically isolated, please see catalog.
Pos : 19.14.3 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Sys tembesc hrei bung/Vers orgung/Potenti altrennung - Bil d (Standar d + er weiterter EC O) @ 3\mod_1232950095187_21.doc x @ 26740 @ @ 1
Figure 4: Isolation for Fieldbus Couplers/Controllers (Example)
Pos : 19.14.4 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
26
System Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 19.14.5 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Sys tembesc hrei bung/Vers orgung/Systemversorgung - Ü bersc hrift 3 @ 3\mod_1232950096265_21.doc x @ 26748 @ 3 @ 1
3.6.2
System Supply
Pos : 19.14.6 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Sys tembesc hrei bung/Vers orgung/Systemversorgung - Ans chl uss @ 3\mod_1232950096796_21.doc x @ 26752 @ 4 @ 1
3.6.2.1
Connection
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 requires a 24 V direct current system supply.
The power supply is provided via the fieldbus coupler/controller and, if necessary,
in addition via internal system supply modules 750-613. The power supply is
reverse voltage protected.
Do not use an incorrect voltage/frequency!
The use of an incorrect supply voltage or frequency can cause severe damage to
the components.
Pos : 19.14.7 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Sys tembesc hrei bung/Vers orgung/Systemversorgung - Ans chl uss - Sys temvers orgung ( Standar d + er wei terter ECO) @ 3\mod_1232950104031_21.doc x @ 26776 @ @ 1
Figure 5: System Supply via Fieldbus Coupler/Controller (left) and via Internal System Supply
Module (right)
Table 3: Legend for Figure “System Supply via Fieldbus Coupler/Controller (left) and via Internal
System Supply Module (right)”
Position
1
2
Description
System supply DC 24 V (-25 % … +30 %)
System supply 0 V
Pos : 19.14.8 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Sys tembesc hrei bung/Vers orgung/Systemversorgung - Ans chl uss - Di e eing espeiste 24 V-Gleic hs pannung versorgt... @ 3\mod_1232950097328_21.doc x @ 26756 @ @ 1
The fed DC 24 V supplies all internal system components, e.g. fieldbus
coupler/controller electronics, fieldbus interface and I/O modules via the internal
bus (5 V system voltage). The 5 V system voltage is galvanically connected to the
24 V system supply.
Pos : 19.14.9 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Sys tembesc hrei bung/Vers orgung/Systemversorgung - Ans chl uss - Sys tems pannung (Standar d + er weiterter EC O) @ 3\mod_1232950102359_21.doc x @ 26768 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
System Description
27
Figure 6: System Voltage for Standard Couplers/Controllers and Extended ECO Couplers
Pos : 19.14.10 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/Systemvers orgung - Ansc hlus s - Hi nweis : Gl eichz. R üc ks etzen aller Vers orgungsmodul e @ 3\mod_1232950097906_21.doc x @ 26760 @ @ 1
Only reset the system simultaneously for all supply modules!
Reset the system by simultaneously switching the system supply at all supply
modules (fieldbus coupler/controller and potential supply module with bus power
supply) off and on again.
Pos : 19.14.11 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/Systemvers orgung - Ausl egung @ 3\mod_1232950104812_21.doc x @ 26780 @ 4 @ 1
3.6.2.2
Dimensioning
Recommendation
A stable power supply cannot always be assumed. Therefore, you should use
regulated power supplies to ensure the quality of the supply voltage.
The supply capacity of the fieldbus coupler/controller or the internal system
supply module can be taken from the technical data of the components.
Table 4: Alignment
Internal current
consumption*)
Total current
for I/O modules*)
*)
Pos : 19.14.12 /D okumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Current consumption via system voltage (5 V for electronics
of I/O modules and fieldbus coupler/controller).
Available current for the I/O modules. Provided by the bus
power supply unit. See fieldbus coupler/controller and
internal system supply module
See current catalog, manuals, Internet
28
System Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 19.14.13 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/Beis piel: @ 3\mod_1232630417843_21.doc x @ 26605 @ @ 1
Example:
Pos : 19.14.14 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/Systemvers orgung - Ausl egung - Beispi el 1 (Standar d) @ 3\mod_1232950106875_21.doc x @ 26792 @ @ 1
Calculating the current consumption on the fieldbus coupler:
Internal current consumption of the coupler
Total current for I/O modules
Sum I(5 V) total
350 mA at 5 V
1650 mA at 5 V
2000 mA at 5 V
Pos : 19.14.15 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/Systemvers orgung - Ausl egung - Inter ne Stromaufnahme/Summenstr om @ 3\mod_1232950111375_21.doc x @ 26816 @ @ 1
The internal current consumption is indicated in the technical data for each bus
terminal. In order to determine the total requirement, add together the values of all
I/O modules in the node.
Please note the aggregate current for I/O modules. It may be necessary to
supply potential!
When the sum of the internal current consumption for the I/O modules exceeds
their aggregate current, you must use a supply module with bus power supply.
Install it before the position where the permissible aggregate current would be
exceeded.
Pos : 19.14.16 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/Beis piel: @ 3\mod_1232630417843_21.doc x @ 26605 @ @ 1
Example:
Pos : 19.14.17 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/Systemvers orgung - Ausl egung - Beispi el 2 (Standar d) @ 3\mod_1232950109109_21.doc x @ 26804 @ @ 1
Calculating the total current on a standard fieldbus coupler/controller:
A node configuration with 20 relay modules (750-517) and 30 digital input
modules (750-405) should be attached to a fieldbus coupler/controller:
Internal current consumptions
20 × 90 mA = 1800 mA at 5 V
+ 30 × 2 mA = 60 mA at 5 V
Sum of internal current consumptions
1860 mA at 5 V
However, the fieldbus coupler can only provide 1650 mA for the I/O modules.
Consequently, an internal system supply module (750-613), e. g. in the middle of
the node, should be added.
Pos : 19.14.18 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/Systemvers orgung - Ausl egung - Berec hnung Ei ngangsstrom @ 3\mod_1232950109984_21.doc x @ 26808 @ @ 1
Recommendation
Utilize the smartDESIGNER feature WAGO ProServe® software to configure
fieldbus node assembly. You can test the configuration via the integrated
plausibility check.
The maximum input current of the 24 V system supply is 500 mA. The exact
electrical consumption (I(V)) can be determined with the following formulas:
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
System Description
29
Fieldbus coupler or controller
I(5 V) total = Sum of all the internal current consumption of the connected
I/O modules + internal current consumption of the fieldbus
coupler/controller
Internal system supply module
I(5 V) total = Sum of all the internal current consumption of the connected
I/O modules at internal system supply module
Input current I(24 V) =
5V
24 V
×
I(5 V) total
η
Pos : 19.14.19 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/Systemvers orgung - Ausl egung - n= 0,87 (87% N etz teil wir kungsgrad bei 24 V) @ 3\mod_1232950112718_21.doc x @ 26824 @ @ 1
η = 0.87
(87 % Efficiency of the power supply at nominal load 24 V)
Pos : 19.14.20 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/Systemvers orgung - Ausl egung - Hi nweis: Bei Test der Str omaufnahme Ausg äng e akti vi eren @ 3\mod_1232950110750_21.doc x @ 26812 @ @ 1
Activate all outputs when testing the current consumption!
If the electrical consumption of a power supply point for the 24 V system
supply exceeds 500 mA, then the cause may be an improperly dimensioned
node or a defect.
During the test, you must activate all outputs.
Pos : 19.14.21 /D okumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
30
System Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 19.14.22 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/F eldversorgung - Ü bersc hrift 3 @ 3\mod_1232950080953_21.doc x @ 26688 @ 3 @ 1
3.6.3
Field Supply
Pos : 19.14.23 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/F eldversorgung - Ans chl uss @ 3\mod_1232950082031_21.doc x @ 26696 @ 4 @ 1
3.6.3.1
Connection
Sensors and actuators can be directly connected to the relevant channel of the I/O
module in 1, 2, 3 or 4 conductor connection technology. The I/O module supplies
power to the sensors and actuators. The input and output drivers of some I/O
modules require the field side supply voltage.
Pos : 19.14.24 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/F eldversorgung - Ans chl uss - Ei nspeis ung fel dsei tig (Standard + er weiterter ECO) @ 3\mod_1232950087703_21.doc x @ 26712 @ @ 1
The fieldbus coupler/controller provides field side power (DC 24 V). In this case
it is a passive power supply without protection equipment.
Pos : 19.14.25 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/F eldversorgung - Ans chl uss - Potentialgruppen mit Eins peisekl emme @ 3\mod_1232950090437_21.doc x @ 26720 @ @ 1
Power supply modules with or without fuse holder and diagnostic capability are
available for the power supply of other field potentials (DC 24 V, AC/DC 0 …
230 V, AC 120 V, AC 230 V). The power supply modules can also be used to set
up various potential groups. The connections are connected in pairs to a power
contact.
Pos : 19.14.26 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/F eldversorgung - Ans chl uss - Bild: F el dvers orgung (Standard + er weiterter ECO) @ 3\mod_1232950085156_21.doc x @ 26704 @ @ 1
Figure 7: Field Supply for Standard Couplers/Controllers and Extended ECO Couplers
Pos : 19.14.27 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/F eldversorgung - Leg ende z u Abbildung "F el dvers orgung für Standard-F eldbus k/F el dvers orgung - Legende zu Abbil dung "F eldversorgung für Standard-Fel dbus k/-contr oller u er w EC O-F" @ 16\mod_1375693993330_21.doc x @ 127730 @ @ 1
Table 5: Legend for Figure “Field Supply for Standard Couplers/Controllers and Extended ECO
Couplers”
Field supply
1 24 V (-15 % / +20 %)
2 0V
3 Optional ground potential
Power jumper contacts
4 Potential distribution to adjacent I/O modules
Pos : 19.14.28 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/F eldversorgung - Ans chl uss - Weiterl eitung Vers orgungsspg., Strombel astung 10 A, neue Eins peisekl emme @ 8\mod_1279805441785_21.doc x @ 60845 @ @ 1
The field-side power supply is automatically derived from the power jumper
contacts when snapping an I/O module.
The current load of the power contacts must not exceed 10 A on a continual basis.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
System Description
31
By inserting an additional power supply module, the field supply via the power
contacts is disrupted. From there a new power supply occurs which may also
contain a new voltage potential.
Pos : 19.14.29 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/F eldversorgung - Ans chl uss - 2 Hi nweise: Potential neu ei ns peis en + Dis tanz kl emme @ 3\mod_1232950091343_21.doc x @ 26724 @ @ 1
Re-establish the ground connection when the connection to the power jumper
contacts is disrupted!
Some I/O modules have no or very few power contacts (depending on the I/O
function). Due to this, the passing through of the relevant potential is disrupted. If
you require a field supply via power jumper contacts for subsequent I/O modules,
then you have to use a power supply module.
Note the data sheets of the I/O modules.
Use a spacer module when setting up a node with different potentials!
In the case of a node setup with different potentials, e.g. the alteration from
DC 24 V to AC 230 V, you should use a spacer module. The optical separation of
the potentials acts as a warning to heed caution in the case of wiring and
maintenance works. Thus, you can prevent the results of wiring errors.
Pos : 19.14.30 /D okumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
32
System Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 19.14.31 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/F eldversorgung - Absic herung @ 3\mod_1232950081500_21.doc x @ 26692 @ 4 @ 1
3.6.3.2
Fusing
Internal fusing of the field supply is possible for various field voltages via an
appropriate power supply module.
Table 6: Power Supply Modules
Order No.
750-601
750-609
750-615
750-617
750-610
750-611
750-606
750-625/000-001
Field Voltage
24 V DC, Supply/Fuse
230 V AC, Supply/Fuse
120 V AC, Supply/Fuse
24 V AC, Supply/Fuse
24 V DC, Supply/Fuse/Diagnosis
230 V AC, Supply/Fuse/Diagnosis
Supply Module 24 V DC, 1,0 A, Ex i
Supply Module 24 V DC, 1,0 A, Ex i (without diagnostics)
Figure 8: Supply Module with Fuse Carrier (Example 750-610)
Observe the maximum power dissipation and, if required, UL requirements!
In the case of power supply modules with fuse holders, you must only use fuses
with a maximum dissipation of 1.6 W (IEC 127).
For UL approved systems only use UL approved fuses.
In order to insert or change a fuse, or to switch off the voltage in succeeding I/O
modules, the fuse holder may be pulled out. In order to do this, use a screwdriver
for example, to reach into one of the slits (one on both sides) and pull out the
holder.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
System Description
Figure 9: Removing the Fuse Carrier
Lifting the cover to the side opens the fuse carrier.
Figure 10: Opening the Fuse Carrier
Figure 11: Changing the Fuse
After changing the fuse, the fuse carrier is pushed back into its original position.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
33
34
System Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Alternatively, fusing can be done externally. The fuse modules of the WAGO
series 281 and 282 are suitable for this purpose.
Figure 12: Fuse Modules for Automotive Fuses, Series 282
Figure 13: Fuse Modules for Automotive Fuses, Series 2006
Figure 14: Fuse Modules with Pivotable Fuse Carrier, Series 281
Figure 15: Fuse Modules with Pivotable Fuse Carrier, Series 2002
Pos : 19.14.32 /D okumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
System Description
35
Pos : 19.14.33 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/Ergänz ende Eins peisungs vors chriften (Standar d) @ 3\mod_1232950080218_21.doc x @ 26684 @ 3 @ 1
3.6.4
Supplementary Power Supply Regulations
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 can also be used in shipbuilding or offshore and
onshore areas of work (e. g. working platforms, loading plants). This is
demonstrated by complying with the standards of influential classification
companies such as Germanischer Lloyd and Lloyds Register.
Filter modules for 24 V supply are required for the certified operation of the
system.
Table 7: Filter Modules for 24 V Supply
Order No. Name
Description
750-626
Supply Filter Filter module for system supply and field supply
(24 V, 0 V), i. e. for fieldbus coupler/controller and
bus power supply (750-613)
750-624
Supply Filter Filter module for the 24 V field supply
(750-602, 750-601, 750-610)
Therefore, the following power supply concept must be absolutely complied with.
Figure 16: Power Supply Concept
Use a supply module for equipotential bonding!
Use an additional 750-601/ 602/ 610 Supply Module behind the 750-626 Filter
Module if you want to use the lower power jumper contact for equipotential
bonding, e.g., between shielded connections and require an additional tap for this
potential.
Pos : 19.14.34 /D okumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
36
System Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 19.14.35 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/Vers orgungs beis piel - Übersc hrift + Hinweis @ 3\mod_1232949833531_21.doc x @ 26670 @ 3 @ 1
3.6.5
Supply Example
Suppl Sggggggggggggggggg
The system supply and the field supply shall be separated!
You should separate the system supply and the field supply in order to ensure bus
operation in the event of a short-circuit on the actuator side.
Pos : 19.14.36 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/Vers orgungs beis piel - Bil d (Standar d) @ 3\mod_1232950114015_21.doc x @ 26832 @ @ 1
Figure 17: Supply Example for Standard Couplers/Controllers
Pos : 19.14.37 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/Vers orgungs beis piel - Legende zu Abbil dung "Vers orgungs beis pi el für F eldbus koppler/-c ontroller" @ 16\mod_1375881755097_21.doc x @ 128220 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
System Description
Table 8: Legend for Figure “Supply Example for Fieldbus Coupler/Controller”
Pos.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Pos : 19.14.38 /D okumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Description
Power Supply on coupler via external Supply Module
Power Supply with optional ground
Internal System Supply Module
Separation module recommended
Supply Module passive
Supply Module with fuse carrier/diagnostics
37
38
System Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 19.14.39 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/Netzger äte @ 3\mod_1232950093484_21.doc x @ 26728 @ 3 @ 1
3.6.6
Power Supply Unit
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 requires a 24 VDC voltage (system supply).
Recommendation
A stable power supply cannot always be assumed everywhere. Therefore, you
should use regulated power supplies to ensure the quality of the supply voltage
(see also table “WAGO power supply units”).
For brief voltage dips, a buffer (200 µF per 1 A load current) must be provided.
Power failure time not acc. IEC 61131-2!
Note that the power failure time of 10 ms acc. IEC 61131-2 is not maintained in a
maximum configuration.
The power demand must be determined individually depending on the entry point
of the field supply. All loads through field devices and I/O modules must be taken
into account. The field supply also impacts the I/O modules because the input and
output drivers of some I/O modules require the voltage of the field supply.
System and field supply must be isolated!
The system supply and field supply must be isolated to ensure bus operation in the
event of short circuits on the actuator side.
Table 9: WAGO Power Supply Units (Selection)
WAGO Power
Supply Unit
787-612
787-622
787-632
288-809
288-810
288-812
288-813
Description
Primary switched mode;
DC 24 V; 2,5 A Input nominal voltage AC 230 V
Primary switched mode;
DC 24 V; 5 A Input nominal voltage AC 230 V
Primary switched mode;
DC 24 V; 10 A Input nominal voltage AC 230/115 V
Rail-mounted modules with universal mounting carrier
AC 115 V/DC 24 V; 0,5 A
AC 230 V/DC 24 V; 0,5 A
AC 230 V/DC 24 V; 2 A
AC 115 V/DC 24 V; 2 A
Pos : 19.14.40 /D okumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
System Description
39
Pos : 19.14.41 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/Er dung @ 3\mod_1231246555687_21.doc x @ 25802 @ 23443 @ 1
3.7
Grounding
3.7.1
Grounding the DIN Rail
3.7.1.1
Framework Assembly
When setting up the framework, the carrier rail must be screwed together with the
electrically conducting cabinet or housing frame. The framework or the housing
must be grounded. The electrical connection is established via the screw. Thus,
the carrier rail is grounded.
Ensure sufficient grounding is provided!
You must take care to ensure the flawless electrical connection between the
carrier rail and the frame or housing in order to guarantee sufficient grounding.
3.7.1.2
Insulated Assembly
Insulated assembly has been achieved when there is constructively no direct
ohmic contact between the cabinet frame or machine parts and the carrier rail.
Here, the earth ground must be set up via an electrical conductor in accordance
with valid national safety regulations.
Recommendation
The optimal setup is a metallic assembly plate with grounding connection which
is electrically conductive linked to the carrier rail.
The separate grounding of the carrier rail can be easily set up with the aid of the
WAGO ground wire terminals.
Table 10: WAGO Ground Wire Terminals
Order No. Description
283-609
1-conductor ground (earth) terminal block make an automatic contact
to the carrier rail; conductor cross section: 0.2 mm² … 16 mm2
Note: Also order the end and intermediate plate (283-320).
Manual
Version 1.2.0
40
System Description
3.7.2
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Grounding Function
The grounding function increases the resistance against electro-magnetic
interferences. Some components in the I/O system have a carrier rail contact that
dissipates electro-magnetic interferences to the carrier rail.
Figure 18: Carrier Rail Contact (Example)
Ensure sufficient grounding is provided!
You must take care to ensure the direct electrical connection between the carrier
rail contact and the carrier rail.
The carrier rail must be grounded.
For information on carrier rail properties, see section “Mounting” > … > “Carrier
Rail Properties”.
The bottom CAGE CLAMP® connectors of the supply modules enable optional
connection of a field-side functional ground. This potential is made available to
the I/O module arranged on the right through the spring-loaded contact of the
three power contacts. Some I/O modules are equipped with a knife-edge contact
that taps this potential. This forms a potential group with regard to functional
ground with the I/O module arranged on the left.
Pos : 19.14.42 /D okumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
System Description
41
Pos : 19.14.43 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembes chr eibung/Versorgung/Schir mung @ 3\mod_1231251994828_21.doc x @ 25813 @ 23333 @ 1
3.8
Shielding
3.8.1
General
Use of shielded cables reduces electromagnetic interference and thus increases
signal quality. Measurement errors, data transmission errors and interference due
to excessive voltage can be prevented.
Connect the cable shield to the ground potential!
Integrated shielding is mandatory to meet the technical specifications in regards to
measuring accuracy. Connect the cable shield and ground potential at the inlet to
the cabinet or housing. This allows induced interference to dissipate and to be
kept away from devices in the cabinet or housing.
Improve shielding performance by placing the shield over a large area!
Higher shielding performance is achieved via low-impedance connection between
shield and ground. For this purpose, connect the shield over a large surface area,
e.g., WAGO shield connecting system. This is especially recommended for largescale systems where equalizing current or high impulse-type currents caused by
atmospheric discharge may occur.
Keep data and signal lines away from sources of interference!
Route data and signal lines separately from all high voltage cables and other
sources of high electromagnetic emission (e.g., frequency converter or drives).
3.8.2
Bus Cables
The shielding of the bus line is described in the respective configuration
guidelines and standards of the bus system.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
42
System Description
3.8.3
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Signal Lines
I/O modules for analog signals and some interface I/O modules are equipped with
shield clamps.
Use shielded signal lines!
Only use shielded signal lines for analog signals and I/O modules which are
equipped with shield clamps. Only then can you ensure that the accuracy and
interference immunity specified for the respective I/O module can be achieved
even in the presence of interference acting on the signal cable.
3.8.4
WAGO Shield Connecting System
The WAGO shield connecting system consists of shield clamping saddles,
busbars and various mounting carriers. These components can be used to achieve
many different configurations.
Figure 19: Examples of the WAGO Shield Connecting System
Figure 20: Application of the WAGO Shield Connecting System
Pos : 20 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Device Description
43
Pos : 21 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschriften für alle Serien/Gerätebesc hreibung/Gerätebeschr eibung - Übersc hrift 1 @ 3\mod_1233756084656_21.doc x @ 27096 @ 1 @ 1
4
Device Description
Pos : 22.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/F eldbus koppl er/-c ontroller/Einl eitender Text/D er programmier bare F eldbusc ontroller xy ( kurz: PFC) kombi nier t di e... ( 841,842,871,873, 881) @ 6\mod_1255500548718_21.doc x @ 42643 @ @ 1
The 750-873 programmable Fieldbus Controller (PFC) combines the functionality
of an ETHERNET-based Fieldbus Coupler with the functionality of a
Programmable Logic Controller (PLC).
Pos : 22.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/F eldbus koppl er/-c ontroller/Einl eitender Text/In dem F eldbusc ontr oller werden s ämtlic he Ei ngangssig..(806,829,830,831,841,842,871,872,873,881,882) @ 6\mod_1255502020734_21.doc x @ 42662 @ @ 1
In the Fieldbus Controller, all input signals from the sensors are combined. After
connecting the ETHERNET TCP/IP Fieldbus Controller, the Fieldbus Controller
determines which I/O modules are on the node and creates a local process image
from these. Analog and specialty module data is sent via words and/or bytes;
digital data is grouped bit-by-bit.
Pos : 22.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/F eldbus koppl er/-c ontroller/Einl eitender Text/D as l okale Prozes sabbild wird in ei nen Ein- u. Ausg.. (341,342,829,830,841,842,871,872,878,881,882) @ 6\mod_1255502296859_21.doc x @ 42666 @ @ 1
The local process image is divided into two data zones containing the data
received and the data to be sent.
Pos : 22.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/F eldbus koppl er/-c ontroller/Einl eitender Text/Di e D aten der analog en Bus kl emmen werden in der R eihenf... (806,829,830,841,842,871,872,873,881,882) @ 6\mod_1255502752640_21.doc x @ 42676 @ @ 1
The data of the analog modules is mapped first into the process image. The
modules are mapped in the order of their physical position after the controller.
Pos : 22.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/F eldbus koppl er/-c ontroller/Einl eitender Text/Di e Bits der digitalen Bus kl emmen wer den z u Worten zus .. ( 829,830,841,842,871,872,873,881,882) @ 6\mod_1255503166453_21.doc x @ 42682 @ @ 1
The bits of the digital modules are combined into words and then mapped after the
analog ones in the process image. If the number of digital I/Os is greater than 16
bits, the Fieldbus Controller automatically begins a new word.
Pos : 22.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/F eldbus koppl er/-c ontroller/Einl eitender Text/Ents prec hend der IEC 61131-3- Progr. erfolgt di e Bearb... ( 806,829,830,841,842,871,872,873,881,882) @ 6\mod_1255503498781_21.doc x @ 42693 @ @ 1
According to IEC 61131-3 programming, data processing occurs in the PFC. The
process results can be output directly on sensors/actuators or transmitted via
fieldbus to the higher-order controller.
Pos : 22.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/F eldbus koppl er/-c ontroller/Einl eitender Text/Wahl weis e kann der Fel dbusc ontroll er über die ETH ERNET-M edi entypen 100Bas eT X oder..( 829,830,841,842) @ 6\mod_1255503788625_21.doc x @ 42699 @ @ 1
The Fieldbus Controller then has the option of communicating with higher-order
systems either via 10/100 Mbit/s (ETHERNET), "100BaseTX" or "10BaseT."
For this the Fieldbus Controller has a RJ-45 interface.
Pos : 22.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/F eldbus koppl er/-c ontroller/Einl eitender Text/Di e Erstellung des Appli kations programms erfolgt mit WAGO-I/O-PR O gemäß. (871,872, 873) 30 KB @ 18\mod_1395916266195_21.doc x @ 149728 @ @ 1
WAGO-I/O-PRO creates application programs that adhere to IEC 61131-3.
CODESYS by 3S (the standard programming system) serves as the basis of
WAGO-I/O-PRO, which was expanded specifically with the target files for all
WAGO controllers.
The fieldbus controller has 512 KB program memory, 256 KB data memory and
30 KB retentive memory available for the IEC 61131-3 programming.
Pos : 22.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/F eldbus koppl er/-c ontroller/Einl eitender Text/Hi nweis : Ab SW-Version 03 größ erer Speic her ( 1024 kB)! (873, 872) @ 20\mod_1411467833508_21.doc x @ 164206 @ @ 1
Larger memory from firmware version 03 (1024 Kb)!
Please note that larger memory is available in the fieldbus controller from
firmware version 03: 1024 Kbyte of program memory and 1024 Kbyte of data
memory.
Pos : 22.10 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Gerätebeschr eibung/Ei nleitung/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Einl eitender T ext/D er Anwender hat Zugriff auf alle Fel dbus- und Ei n-Ausgangsdaten. (Contr oller) @ 6\mod_1255505042953_21.doc x @ 42714 @ @ 1
The user can access all fieldbus and I/O data.
Pos : 22.11 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Gerätebeschr eibung/Ei nleitung/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Einl eitender T ext/U m Proz ess daten vi a ETH ERNET zu versenden, unterstützt d. F bus contr... (C ontroller) @ 6\mod_1255505347593_21.doc x @ 42723 @ @ 1
In order to send process data via ETHERNET, the controller supports a series of
network protocols.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
44
Device Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 22.12 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Gerätebeschr eibung/Ei nleitung/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Einl eitender T ext/F ür den Proz ess datenaus tausc h si nd das MOD BUS/TCP (UD P)-Protokoll und das... (841,871,872,873,881) @ 6\mod_1255505736234_21.doc x @ 42732 @ @ 1
The MODBUS/TCP(UDP) protocol and the ETHERNET/IP protocol are
implemented for exchanging process data. Both of these communication protocols
can be used either together or separately. For this, the write access to the I/O
modules (access via PFC, MODBUS/TCP or EtherNet/IP) is specified in an xml
file.
Pos : 22.13 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Gerätebeschr eibung/Ei nleitung/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Einl eitender T ext/D er Fel dbusc ontroll er kann über die RS- 232-Sc hnitts tell e auc h als M ODBU S/RTU- Slave anges proc hen wer d @ 20\mod_1411476177015_21.doc x @ 164210 @ @ 1
Via the RS-232 interface, the fieldbus controller can also be accessed as a MODBUS / RTU
slave.
Pos : 22.14 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Gerätebeschr eibung/Ei nleitung/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Einl eitender T ext/Konfigur ations-/Di agnos epr otok: BootP,HT TP,DHC P,DN S,SNTP,FT P,SNM P,SMTP (829,830,841,871,872,873) @ 6\mod_1255508016406_21.doc x @ 42744 @ @ 1
For the configuration and diagnosis of the system, the BootP, HTTP, DHCP,
DNS, SNTP, FTP, SNMP, and SMTP protocols are available.
Pos : 22.15 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Gerätebeschr eibung/Ei nleitung/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Einl eitender T ext/D er Anwender kann Clients und Ser ver über ei ne int Soc ket- API ( 829,830,841,842,871,872,873,881,882) @ 6\mod_1255509705625_21.doc x @ 42760 @ @ 1
The user can program clients and servers via an internal socket-API for all
transport protocols (TCP, UDP, etc.) with functional modules. Library functions
are available for function expansion.
Pos : 22.16 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Gerätebeschr eibung/Ei nleitung/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Einl eitender T ext/Mit der IEC 61131- 3 Bi bliothek " Sys LibRTC .lib" wir d beis piels w. (829,830,841,871,872,873,881,882) @ 6\mod_1255509899812_21.doc x @ 42763 @ @ 1
With the IEC 61131-3 library "SysLibRTC.lib," for example, a buffered real-time
clock with date, time (1-second resolution), alarm functions and a timer is
incorporated. This clock is supplied with auxiliary power during a power failure.
Pos : 22.17 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Gerätebeschr eibung/Ei nleitung/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Einl eitender T ext/D er Fbusc ontroll er basi ert auf einer 32-Bi t-CPU u. i.mul titas k.(829,830,841,849,871,872,873,881,882) @ 6\mod_1255510611593_21.doc x @ 42766 @ @ 1
This controller is based on a 32-bit CPU with multitasking capabilities, allowing
several programs to be executed in a near-simultaneous manner.
Pos : 22.18 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Gerätebeschr eibung/Ei nleitung/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Einl eitender T ext/F ür di e Konfigur ati on und Ver wal tung des Sys tems bi etet (829,830,841,842,849,871,872,873,881,882) @ 6\mod_1255511017906_21.doc x @ 42775 @ @ 1
The controller has an internal server for the configuration and administration of
the system.
Pos : 22.19 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Gerätebeschr eibung/Ei nleitung/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Einl eitender T ext/Infor mati onen über die Konfiguration und den Status des F bkn. ( 829,830,841,849,871,872,873,881,882) @ 6\mod_1255513139250_21.doc x @ 42781 @ @ 1
By default, the controller’s built-in HTML pages contain information on the
configuration and status of the PFC, and can be read using a normal web browser.
In addition, a file system is implemented that allows you to store custom HTML
pages in the controller using FTP download or to store your own HTML pages or
call up programs directly.
Pos : 23 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ei nlei tung/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroller/Kompati bilität mit I/O- PRO/Kompati bilität 750-0873 @ 5\mod_1252503002180_21.doc x @ 41510 @ @ 1
Table 11: Compatibility
WAGO-I/O-PRO 32
Programming
759-332
tool:
V2.1
V2.2.6 V2.3.2.5
-Version
Fieldbus
Controller:

750-873
Commentary:

WAGO-I/O-PRO
759-333
V2.3.2.7 V2.3.3.4 V2.3.3.6



V2.3.4.3

Fieldbus Controller NOT compatible with WAGO-I/O-PRO version.
Fieldbus Controller compatible with WAGO-I/O-PRO version, independent of the controller
hard- or software.
Pos : 24 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Device Description
45
Pos : 25 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschriften für alle Serien/Gerätebesc hreibung/Ansic ht - Ü berschrift 2 @ 4\mod_1240984217343_21.doc x @ 31958 @ 2 @ 1
4.1
View
Pos : 26.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansic ht/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Leg ende/Ansic ht - allg. Einl eitung für Koppler/C ontroll er @ 4\mod_1238494230133_21.doc x @ 29446 @ @ 1
The view below shows the three parts of the device:
•
•
•
The fieldbus connection is on the left side.
LEDs for operation status, bus communication, error messages and
diagnostics, as well as the service interface are in the middle area.
The right side shows the power supply unit for the system supply and for the
field supply of the attached I/O modules via power jumper contacts.
LEDs show the status of the operating voltage for the system and field
supply (jumper contacts).
Pos : 26.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansic ht/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Bilder/Ansic ht - Bild 750-0873 @ 4\mod_1238509508133_21.doc x @ 29531 @ @ 1
Figure 21: View ETHERNET TCP/IP Fieldbus Controller
Pos : 26.3 /Dokumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
46
Device Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 26.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansic ht/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Leg ende/Ansic ht - Legende zur Ansicht ETHERN ET TC P/IP-Contr oller ( 750-873) - T abellenkopf und Nr: 1 @ 5\mod_1244118209335_21.doc x @ 34938 @ @ 1
Table 12: Legend to the View ETHERNET TCP/IP Fieldbus Controller
DesigPos.
Meaning
Details see Chapter:
nation
LNK
ACT, MS,
„Device Description“ >
1
Status LEDs Fieldbus
NS, I/O,
„Display Elements“
USR
Pos : 26.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansic ht/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Leg ende/Ansic ht - Legende allg für Koppl er/Contr oller Nr: 2- 13 @ 4\mod_1238495560382_21.doc x @ 29458 @ @ 1
2
3
---
A, B or C Status LED’s System/Field Supply
4
5
Group marking carrier (retractable) with
additional marking possibility on two miniature
WSB markers
---
Data Contacts
24 V, 0 V CAGE CLAMP® Connections System Supply
--“Device Description” >
“Display Elements”
“Connect Devices” > “Data
Contacts/Internal Bus”
“Connect Devices” >
“Connecting a conductor to
the CAGE CLAMP®”
“Connect Devices” >
“Connecting a conductor to
the CAGE CLAMP®”
“Connect Devices” >
“Power Contacts/
Field Supply”
“Mounting” >
“Inserting and Removing
Devices”
“Connect Devices” >
“Connecting a conductor to
the CAGE CLAMP®”
“Connect Devices” >
“Power Contacts/
Field Supply”
“Connect Devices” >
“Connecting a conductor to
the CAGE CLAMP®”
“Connect Devices” >
“Power Contacts/
Field Supply”
“Device Description” >
“Operating Elements”
6
+
CAGE CLAMP® Connections Field Supply
24 VDC
7
---
Power Jumper Contact 24 VDC
8
---
Unlocking Lug
9
-
10
---
11
(Ground)
12
---
Power Jumper Contact (Ground)
13
---
Service Interface (open flap)
---
Fieldbus connection RS-232
"Device Description" >
"Connectors"
---
Locking Disc
“Mounting” > “Inserting
and Removing Devices”
---
Fieldbus connection RJ-45
"Device Description" >
"Connectors"
CAGE CLAMP® Connections Field Supply 0 V
Power Jumper Contact 0 V
CAGE CLAMP® Connections Field Supply
(Ground)
Pos : 26.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansic ht/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Leg ende/Ansic ht - Legende für Fel dbus anschl uss RS-232 Nr: 14 @ 4\mod_1238496198147_21.doc x @ 29462 @ @ 1
14
Pos : 26.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansic ht/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Leg ende/Ansic ht - Legende für Verriegelungssc hei be Nr: 15 @ 4\mod_1238507255284_21.doc x @ 29507 @ @ 1
15
Pos : 26.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansic ht/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Leg ende/Ansic ht - Legende für Fel dbus anschl uss RJ-45 Nr: 16 @ 5\mod_1244117344651_21.doc x @ 34929 @ @ 1
16
Pos : 27 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Device Description
47
Pos : 28 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschriften für alle Serien/Gerätebesc hreibung/Ansc hlüsse - Übersc hrift 2 @ 4\mod_1240984262656_21.doc x @ 31961 @ 2 @ 1
4.2
Connectors
Pos : 29 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Schematisc he Sc haltbil der/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Ger äteei nspeis ung - Ü berschrift 3 und Einl eitung 750-0xxx @ 5\mod_1245074097866_21.doc x @ 35349 @ 3 @ 1
4.2.1
Device Supply
The device is powered via terminal blocks with CAGE CLAMP® connections.
The device supply generates the necessary voltage to power the electronics of the
device and the internal electronics of the connected I/O modules.
The fieldbus interface is galvanically separated to the electrical potential of the
device.
Pos : 30 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Schematisc he Sc haltbil der/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Ger äteei nspeis ung 750- 0873 @ 5\mod_1251900452954_21.doc x @ 41383 @ @ 1
Figure 22: Device Supply
Pos : 31.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansc hl üsse/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroller/Fel dbus anschl uss - Übersc hrift 3 @ 5\mod_1245071569213_21.doc x @ 35313 @ 3 @ 1
4.2.2
Fieldbus Connection
Pos : 31.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansc hl üsse/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroller/Ansc hluss Fel dbus über ei n RJ- 45- Stec kverbi nder - Einl eitung (750-341,-342,-830,-841,-842,-872/020) @ 5\mod_1252587603358_21.doc x @ 41554 @ @ 1
Connection to the fieldbus is by one RJ-45 connector.
The RJ-45 socket on the fieldbus couplers are wired per the 100BaseTX standard.
The specification for the connecting cable is a twisted pair cable of Category 5.
Cables of type SUTP (Screened-Unshielded Twisted Pair) and STP (Shielded
Twisted Pair) with a maximum segment length of 100 meters may be used.
The RJ-45 socket is arranged physically lower, allowing the coupler to fit in an
80 mm high enclosure once connected.
Pos : 31.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansc hl üsse/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroller/Di e Beschaltung der RJ-45-Buc hs e ist ents prechend den Vorgaben für 100Bas eT X - Bes chr eibung, Kabel @ 5\mod_1252587752876_21.doc x @ 41558 @ @ 1
Pos : 31.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansc hl üsse/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroller/Di e Anschl usss tell e ist so konzi piert, dass Einbau i n einen 80 mm hohen Schalts chr ank möglich ist. @ 5\mod_1245073401892_21.doc x @ 35339 @ @ 1
Pos : 31.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansc hl üsse/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroller/Tabell e, Abbil dung, Busansc hl uss und Stec kerbeleg ung RJ- 45- Stec ker @ 5\mod_1245073518124_21.doc x @ 35342 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
48
Device Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Figure 23: RJ-45 Connector
Table 13: RJ-45 Connector and RJ-45 Connector Configuration
Contact
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Signal
TD +
TD RD +
RD -
Transmit +
Transmit Receive +
free
free
Receive free
free
Pos : 31.6 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sons tige Hi nweis e/Ac htung/Achtung: Nic ht in T el ekommuni kationsnetzen eins etzen! (Zus atz RJ-45) @ 3\mod_1224065187468_21.doc x @ 24076 @ @ 1
Do not use in telecommunication circuits!
Only use devices equipped with ETHERNET or RJ-45 connectors in LANs.
Never connect these devices with telecommunication networks.
Pos : 31.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansc hl üsse/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroller/Auss erdem verfügt der F eldbusc ontr oller über eine R S-232-Sc hni ttstelle. (750-873) @ 5\mod_1253025728772_21.doc x @ 41641 @ @ 1
In addition the Fieldbus Controller has a RS-232 Interface.
Pos : 31.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansc hl üsse/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroller/Ansc hluss Fel dbus über ei nen D- Sub-Ansc hluss für R S-232, R S-485 (Buchse) ( Bild) (750- xxx) @ 19\mod_1398230016518_21.doc x @ 152264 @ @ 1
Figure 24: Pin Assignment for D-Sub Fieldbus Connection (Female)
Pos : 31.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansc hl üsse/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroller/Ansc hluss Fel dbus über ei nen D- Sub-Ansc hluss für R S-232 (Buc hse) (T abell e) @ 21\mod_1414418843899_21.doc x @ 166608 @ @ 1
The D-SUB Fieldbus connector socket of the RS-232 interface is wired as
follows:
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Device Description
49
Table 14: Legend for Figure “Pin assignment for D-Sub fieldbus connection (female)”
Signal on Fieldbus
Contact
Description
1:1
Plug arrangement
connector socket
1
not used
-------2
Transmit signal
TxD
-------RxD
3
Receive signal
RxD
-------TxD
4
not used
-------5
Signal and supply ground
GND
-------GND
6
not used
-------7
Request to send; logical Zero
CTS
-------RTS
8
= ready for data receipt
RTS
-------CTS
9
Send readiness; logical Zero
--------
The pin arrangement corresponds to the RS-232 DCE arrangement. This allows
the use of customary 9-pole 1:1 socket/plug cables for the direct connection of a
PC.
Pos : 32 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
50
Device Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 33 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschriften für alle Serien/Gerätebesc hreibung/Anz eigeel emente - Übersc hrift 2 @ 4\mod_1240984390875_21.doc x @ 31964 @ 2 @ 1
4.3
Display Elements
Pos : 34.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Legende/Anz eigeelemente - Ei nlei tung (Contr oller) @ 4\mod_1241005850082_21.doc x @ 32020 @ @ 1
The operating condition of the fieldbus controller or the node is displayed with the
help of illuminated indicators in the form of light-emitting diodes (LEDs).
The LED information is routed to the top of the case by light fibres. In some
cases, these are multi-colored (red, green or red/green (=orange)).
Pos : 34.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Bilder/Anz eigeelemente 750- 0873 - Bild @ 5\mod_1253107960426_21.doc x @ 41724 @ @ 1
+
Figure 25: Display Elements
Pos : 34.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Legende/Anz eigeelemente - Ei nlei tung und T abellenübersc hrift F eldbusstatus ( Standard) @ 4\mod_1240920871636_21.doc x @ 31795 @ @ 1
+
For the diagnostics of the different domains fieldbus, node and supply voltage, the
LEDs can be divided into three groups:
Table 15: Display Elements Fieldbus Status
LED
Color
Meaning
Pos : 34.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Legende/Anz eigeelemente - F eldbus status ETHERN ET-basi ert, spezifisc her Tabellenteil 'LIN K ACT' @ 5\mod_1253106581537_21.doc x @ 41688 @ @ 1
LINK
ACT
green
indicates a network connection and an activity at the port
Pos : 34.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Legende/Anz eigeelemente - F eldbus status ETHERN ET-basi ert, spezifisc her Tabellenteil 'MS' @ 5\mod_1253105531004_21.doc x @ 41680 @ @ 1
MS
red/green
indicates the status of the node
Pos : 34.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Legende/Anz eigeelemente - F eldbus status ETHERN ET-basi ert, spezifisc her Tabellenteil 'NS' @ 4\mod_1240920458789_21.doc x @ 31743 @ @ 1
NS
red/green
indicates the network status
Pos : 34.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Legende/Anz eigeelemente - Knotens tatus Tabellenüberschrift und 'I/O' @ 4\mod_1240921390924_21.doc x @ 31809 @ @ 1
+
Table 16: Display Elements Node Status
LED
Color
Meaning
I/O
red/green/
Indicates the operation of the node and signals via a blink code faults
orange
encountered.
Pos : 34.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Legende/Anz eigeelemente - Knotens tatus 'USR' (Contr oller) @ 4\mod_1240921467136_21.doc x @ 31813 @ @ 1
USR
red/green/
orange
indicates information to the Internal bus faults, controlled from the
user programm according to the visualization programming.
Pos : 34.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Legende/Anz eigeelemente - Vers orgungss pannungsstatus T abell enübersc hrift und 'A', 'B' @ 5\mod_1253265337073_21.doc x @ 41846 @ @ 1
+
Table 17: Display Elements Supply Voltage
LED
Color
Meaning
A
green
indicates the status of the operating voltage – system
B
green
indicates the status of the operating voltage – power jumper contacts
Pos : 34.10 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Gerätebeschr eibung/Anzeig eel emente/F eldbus koppler /-controll er/Legende/Informati on: Infor mationen z u der LED-Signalisier ung @ 4\mod_1239098329547_21.doc x @ 30154 @ @ 1
More information about the LED Signaling
Read the detailed description for the evaluation of the displayed LED state in the
section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.
Pos : 35 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Device Description
51
Pos : 36 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschriften für alle Serien/Gerätebesc hreibung/Bedienel emente - Ü berschrift 2 @ 4\mod_1239191655456_21.doc x @ 30439 @ 2 @ 1
4.4
Operating Elements
Pos : 37.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Bedienel emente/F el dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Ser vic e-Sc hnitts tell e - Ü bersc hrift 3, und allgemei ne Ei nleitung @ 4\mod_1239105167430_21.doc x @ 30221 @ 3 @ 1
4.4.1
Service Interface
The service interface is located behind the flap.
Pos : 37.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Bedienel emente/F el dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Ser vic e-Sc hnitts tell e z ur Konfiguration und Programmi erung @ 4\mod_1239105669061_21.doc x @ 30227 @ @ 1
It is used for the communication with WAGO-I/O-CHECK, WAGO-I/O-PRO and
for downloading firmware.
Figure 26: Service Interface (closed and opened flap)
Table 18: Legend for Figure “Service Interface (closed and opened flap)”
Number
1
2
Description
Open closed flap
View Service Interface
Pos : 37.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Bedienel emente/F el dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Achtung: Ger ät muss spannungsfrei sei n! (für Ans chl uss von 750-920, - 923, -921) @ 4\mod_1239105946740_21.doc x @ 30247 @ @ 1
Device must be de-energized!
To prevent damage to the device, unplug and plug in the communication cable
only when the device is de-energized!
The connection to the 4-pin header under the cover flap can be realized via the
communication cables with the item numbers750-920 and 750-923 or via the
WAGO radio adapter with the item number 750-921.
Pos : 38 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
52
Device Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 39.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Bedienel emente/F el dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Betriebsartensc halter - Ü berschrift 3, Ansic ht und Einlei tung (Contr oller) @ 4\mod_1239106871099_21.doc x @ 30280 @ 3 @ 1
4.4.2
Mode Selector Switch
The mode selector switch is located behind the cover flap.
Figure 27: Mode Selector Switch (closed and open damper of the service port)
Table 19: Legend for Figure „Mode Selector Switch“
Number
1
2
Description
Open the damper
Mode selector switch
The mode selector switch determines the loading, starting and stopping of the
PLC-application by the fieldbus controller. This multifunction sliding switch
features 3 slide lock positions and a push-button function.
The sliding switch is designed for a number of operations in compliance with
EN61131T2.
Property damages due to set outputs!
Please note that set outputs remain set, when you switch the operating switch
from “RUN” to “STOP” during the current operation. Since the program is no
longer processed, software-related switch offs, i.e. by initiators, are ineffective.
Therefore, program or define all outputs, so that these switch to a safe mode at a
program stop.
Pos : 39.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Bedienel emente/F el dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Hi nweis : D efini eren der Ausgänge für ei nen Programm-Stopp! (für Betriebsartensc halter mit WBM) @ 4\mod_1240571895008_21.doc x @ 31297 @ @ 1
Defining the outputs for a program stop!
In order to switch the outputs to a safe mode at the program stop, define the status
of the outputs at “STOP”.
1.
For this, open in the web-based Management System (WBM)
a website via the “PLC Settings” link, on which you can define the
function Process image - Set outputs to zero, if user program is
stopped.
2.
Now activate this function by placing a check mark in the control box,
then all outputs are set to zero, if
this function is not activated, the outputs remain at the
last current value.
Pos : 39.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Bedienel emente/F el dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Betriebsartensc halter - T abell en @ 4\mod_1240571618379_21.doc x @ 31290 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Device Description
53
The mode selector switch position does not affect software start/stop!
The position of the operating mode switch does not prevent the starting and
stopping of the PFC application from WAGO-I/O-PRO.
One of the following functions is active, depending on which of the three static
positions — “top”, “center” or “bottom” — the switch is located at when
energized or during a hardware or software reset:
Table 1: Mode Selector Switch Positions, Static Positions on PowerOn/Reset
Positions for the mode Function
selector switch
“Top” position
“RUN” – activate program processing,
Boot project (if available) is started
“Center” position
“STOP” – stop program processing,
PFC application is stopped
“Bottom” position
Do not use. This position is not relevant for the user.
The fieldbus controller performs the following functions if the switch’s position is
changed during operation:
Table 2: Mode Selector Switch Positions, Dynamic Positions During Ongoing Operation
Position change for the Function
mode selector switch
From the top to the
“STOP” – stop program processing,
center position
PFC application is stopped
From the center to the
“RUN” – activate program processing,
top position
Boot project (if available) is started
From the center to the
No reaction.
bottom position
The bootstrap loader is started after PowerOn/Reset
From the bottom to the No reaction.
center position
Press down
Hardware reset.
(e.g., using a
All outputs are reset; variables are set to 0, FALSE, or to an initial
screwdriver)
value.
Retain variables or markers are not changed.
A hardware reset can be executed on STOP or on RUN at any position
of the mode selector switch!
Fieldbus coupler restart.
The operating mode is changed internally at the end of a PFC cycle.
Pos : 40 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
54
Device Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 41 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschriften für alle Serien/Gerätebesc hreibung/Technisc he Daten - Ü berschrift 2 @ 3\mod_1232967587687_21.doc x @ 26924 @ 2 @ 1
4.5
Technical Data
Pos : 42.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/T echnisc he Daten/F el dbus koppl er/-contr oller/T ec hnisc he D aten 750- 0873 @ 6\mod_1258717336251_21.doc x @ 44616 @ 33333 @ 1
4.5.1
Device Data
Table 20: Technical data – Device data
Width
Height (from upper-edge of DIN 35)
Length
Weight
Degree of protection
4.5.2
51 mm
65 mm from upper edge of DIN 35 rail
100 mm
184 g
IP 20
System Data
Table 21: Technical data – System data
Number of controllers
Transmission medium
Bus coupler connection
Max. length of fieldbus segment
Max. length of network
Baud rate
Protocols
Programming
IEC-61131-3
Max. number of socket links
Powerfail RTC Buffer
Number of I/O modules
- with bus extension
Configuration
Program memory
Data memory
Non-voltatile memory (retain)
Limited by ETHERNET specification
Twisted Pair S/UTP, STP 100 Ω Cat 5
1 x RJ-45, 1 x RS-232 (D-Sub 9 female)
100 m behind hub and 750-873
Limited by ETHERNET specification
10/100 Mbit/s
MODBUS/TCP (UDP), MODBUS/RTU,
ETHERNET/IP, HTTP, BootP, DHCP,
DNS, SNTP, FTP, SNMP
WAGO-I/O-PRO
AWL, KOP, FUP (CFC), ST, AS
3 HTTP, 15 MODBUS/TCP, 10 FTP,
2 SNMP, 5 for IEC-61131-3 program,
2 for WAGO-I/O-PRO,
128 for Ethernet/IP
at least 2,5 days
64
250
via PC
512 kByte
1024 kByte (starting from firmware
version 03)
256 kByte
1024 kByte (starting from firmware
version 03)
30 kByte
(22 kByte retain, 8 kByte flag)
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
4.5.3
Device Description
55
Supply
Table 22: Technical data – Supply
Voltage supply
Input current max.
Efficiency of the power supply
Internal current consumption
Total current for I/O modules
Isolation
Voltage via power jumper contacts
Current via power jumper contacts max.
4.5.4
DC 24 V (-25 % ... +30 %)
500 mA at 24 V
87 %
300 mA at 5 V
1700 mA at 5 V
500 V system/supply
DC 24 V (-25 % ... +30 %)
DC 10 A
Fieldbus MODBUS/TCP
Table 23: Technical data – Fieldbus MODBUS/TCP
Input process image max
Output process image max
Input variables max
Output variables max
4.5.5
2 kByte
2 kByte
512 Byte
512 Byte
Accessories
Table 24: Technical data – Accessories
Miniature WSB Quick marking system
WAGO-I/O-PRO 32 or WAGO-I/O-PRO
Pos : 42.2.1 /All e Serien ( Allgemei ne Module)/Ü bers chriften für alle Serien/Gerätebeschr eibung/Ansc hlus stechni k - Ü berschrift 3 @ 17\mod_1380123271324_21.doc x @ 132788 @ 3 @ 1
4.5.6
Connection Type
Pos : 42.2.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Gerätebesc hrei bung/T echnisc he Daten/T ec hnis che D aten Verdr ahtungsebene CC - 0,08 bis 2,5mm2 @ 17\mod_1380121238809_21.doc x @ 132780 @ @ 1
Table 25: Technical Data – Field Wiring
Wire connection
Cross section
Stripped lengths
CAGE CLAMP®
0.08 mm² … 2.5 mm², AWG 28 … 14
8 mm … 9 mm / 0.33 in
Pos : 42.2.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Gerätebesc hrei bung/T echnisc he Daten/Anschl uss tec hni k/T ec hnisc he D aten Leistungs kontakte (nur F eder) @ 17\mod_1380123979476_21.doc x @ 132801 @ @ 1
Table 26: Technical Data – Power Jumper Contacts
Power jumper contacts
Voltage drop at I max.
Spring contact, self-cleaning
< 1 V/64 modules
Pos : 42.2.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Gerätebesc hrei bung/T echnisc he Daten/Anschl uss tec hni k/T ec hnisc he D aten Datenkontakte @ 17\mod_1380123495844_21.doc x @ 132794 @ @ 1
Table 27: Technical Data – Data Contacts
Data contacts
Pos : 42.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/T echnisc he Daten/Kli mati sche U mweltbeding ung enT ec hnis che D aten Kli mat. Umweltbed. ohne er w. Temp. 0...55°C/- 25...+ 85°C @ 5\mod_1247657968368_21.doc x @ 37603 @ 3 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Slide contact, hard gold plated, selfcleaning
56
Device Description
4.5.7
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Climatic Environmental Conditions
Table 28: Technical Data – Climatic Environmental Conditions
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
Relative humidity without condensation
Resistance to harmful substances
Maximum pollutant concentration at
relative humidity < 75 %
Special conditions
0 °C … 55 °C
−25 °C … +85 °C
Max. 95 %
Acc. to IEC 60068-2-42 and
IEC 60068-2-43
SO2 ≤ 25 ppm
H2S ≤ 10 ppm
Ensure that additional measures for
components are taken, which are used in
an environment involving:
– dust, caustic vapors or gases
– ionizing radiation
Pos : 42.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/T echnisc he Daten/Sons tige/M echanisc he Belas tbar keit (Standar d) @ 3\mod_1232967663359_21.doc x @ 26972 @ 3 @ 1
4.5.8
Mechanical Strength acc. to IEC 61131-2
Table 29: Technical Data – Mechanical Strength acc. to IEC 61131-2
Test specification
IEC 60068-2-6 vibration
IEC 60068-2-27 shock
IEC 60068-2-32 free fall
Frequency range
5 Hz ≤ f < 9 Hz
Limit value
1.75 mm amplitude (permanent)
3.5 mm amplitude (short term)
9 Hz ≤ f < 150 Hz 0.5 g (permanent)
1 g (short term)
Note on vibration test:
a) Frequency change: max. 1 octave/minute
b) Vibration direction: 3 axes
15 g
Note on shock test:
a) A Type of shock: half sine
b) Shock duration: 11 ms
c) Shock direction: 3x in positive and 3x in negative
direction for each of the three mutually
perpendicular axes of the test specimen
1 m (module in original packing)
Pos : 43 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Device Description
57
Pos : 44 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschriften für alle Serien/Gerätebesc hreibung/Zul ass ungen - Übersc hrift 2 @ 3\mod_1224055364109_21.doc x @ 24030 @ 2 @ 1
4.6
Approvals
Pos : 45 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Z ulass ungen/Infor mation: Weitere Infor mationen zu Zul ass ungen 750- xxxx @ 3\mod_1227190967156_21.doc x @ 25221 @ @ 1
More information about approvals.
Detailed references to the approvals are listed in the document “Overview
Approvals WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750”, which you can find via the internet
under: www.wago.com > SERVICES > DOWNLOADS > Additional
documentation and information on automation products > WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM
750 > System Description.
Pos : 46 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Z ulass ungen/Allgemei n/Z ulass ungen F Bkoppler/-c ontroller 750- xxxx Allgemei n, ohne Vari antenang abe - Einl eitung @ 5\mod_1245241119092_21.doc x @ 35493 @ @ 1
The following approvals have been granted to 750-873 fieldbus
coupler/controller:
Pos : 47 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/Standardz ulassungen/C E (Konformi täts kennz eichnung) @ 3\mod_1224494777421_21.doc x @ 24276 @ @ 1
Conformity Marking
Pos : 48 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/Standardz ulassungen/cU Lus (U L508) @ 3\mod_1224055013140_0.doc x @ 24020 @ @ 1
CULUS
UL508
Pos : 49 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/------Leerz eile------ @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0.doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
Pos : 50 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Z ulass ungen/Ex/Z ulas sungen F Bkoppler/-c ontroll er 750- xxxx Ex, ohne Variantenangabe - Einl eitung @ 9\mod_1285063104018_21.doc x @ 64892 @ @ 1
The following Ex approvals have been granted to 750-873 fieldbus
coupler/controller:
Pos : 51.1 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/Ex-Zul ass ungen/TÜV AT EX/TÜ V 07 AT EX 554086 X: I M 2 Ex d I M b II 3 G Ex nA IIC T 4 Gc II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T135°C Dc @ 14\mod_1361949753233_0.doc x @ 113015 @ @ 1
TÜV 07 ATEX 554086 X
I M2 Ex d I Mb
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T135°C Dc
Pos : 51.2 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/Ex-Zul ass ungen/Ergänz ung Z ul ässiger U mgebungstemper aturbereic h 0 °C <= Ta <= +60 °C @ 9\mod_1295605895541_21.doc x @ 68610 @ @ 1
Ambient temperature range:
0 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +60 °C
Pos : 51.3 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/Ex-Zul ass ungen/IECEx (TÜV N or d)/IECEx TUN 09.0001 X: Ex d I M b Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex tc IIIC T 135°C @ 14\mod_1361950034299_0.doc x @ 113019 @ @ 1
IECEx TUN 09.0001 X
Ex d I Mb
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Ex tc IIIC T135°C Dc
Pos : 51.4 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/Ex-Zul ass ungen/Ergänz ung Z ul ässiger U mgebungstemper aturbereic h 0 °C <= Ta <= +60 °C @ 9\mod_1295605895541_21.doc x @ 68610 @ @ 1
Ambient temperature range:
0 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +60 °C
Pos : 51.5 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/Ex-Zul ass ungen/cU Lus /cU Lus (AN SI/ISA 12.12.01) Cl ass I, Di v2 ABCD T 4 @ 3\mod_1224054791812_0.doc x @ 24014 @ @ 1
CULUS
ANSI/ISA 12.12.01
Class I, Div2 ABCD T4
Pos : 51.6 /Dokumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/------Leerz eile------ @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0.doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
Pos : 52 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/------Leerz eile------ @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0.doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
Pos : 53 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Z ulass ungen/Schiff/Z ulas sungen F Bkoppler/-c ontroll er 750- xxxx Sc hiff, ohne Variantenangabe - Ei nleitung @ 5\mod_1245241344146_21.doc x @ 35501 @ @ 1
The following ship approvals have been granted to 750-873 fieldbus
coupler/controller:
Pos : 54.1 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/ABS ( Americ an Bureau of Shi ppi ng) @ 3\mod_1224055151062_0.doc x @ 24023 @ @ 1
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)
Pos : 54.2 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/BSH (Bundes amt für Seesc hifffahrt und H ydr ographi e) @ 5\mod_1246341825156_21.doc x @ 36334 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
58
Device Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Federal Maritime and Hydrographic Agency
Pos : 54.3 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/BV (Bureau Veritas) @ 3\mod_1224492116171_0.doc x @ 24220 @ @ 1
BV (Bureau Veritas)
Pos : 54.4 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/DN V (D et N ors ke Veritas) Cl ass B @ 3\mod_1224492540562_0.doc x @ 24224 @ @ 1
DNV (Det Norske Veritas)
Class B
GL (Germanischer Lloyd)
Cat. A, B, C, D (EMC 1)
Pos : 54.5 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/GL (Germanisc her Lloyd) C at. A, B, C , D ( EMC 1) @ 3\mod_1224492724484_0.doc x @ 24228 @ @ 1
Pos : 54.6 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/KR ( Kor ean R egister of Shi ppi ng) @ 3\mod_1224492806109_0.doc x @ 24232 @ @ 1
KR (Korean Register of Shipping)
Pos : 54.7 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/LR ( Lloyd’s R egister) Env. 1, 2, 3, 4 @ 3\mod_1224492890453_0.doc x @ 24236 @ @ 1
LR (Lloyd’s Register)
Env. 1, 2, 3, 4
Pos : 54.8 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/N KK (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai) @ 3\mod_1224493002656_0.doc x @ 24240 @ @ 1
NKK (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai)
Pos : 54.9 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/Z ulassungen/Sc hiffsz ul ass ungen/PR S (Pols ki R ejes tr Statków) @ 3\mod_1224497273250_0.doc x @ 24295 @ @ 1
PRS (Polski Rejestr Statków)
Pos : 54.10 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/Z ulass ungen/Schiffsz ulas sungen/RIN A (R egistro Italiano Naval e) @ 3\mod_1224493078359_0.doc x @ 24244 @ @ 1
RINA (Registro Italiano Navale)
Pos : 55 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Z ulass ungen/Schiff/Infor mation: Weitere Infor mati on zu den Schiffsz ulass ungen @ 6\mod_1263206668130_21.doc x @ 47820 @ @ 1
For more information about the ship approvals:
Note the “Supplementary Power Supply Regulations” section for the ship
approvals.
Pos : 56 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Device Description
Pos : 57 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschriften für alle Serien/Gerätebesc hreibung/Nor men und Ric htlini en - Übersc hrift 2 @ 4\mod_1242804031875_21.doc x @ 33646 @ 2 @ 1
4.7
Standards and Guidelines
Pos : 58 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/N ormen und Ric htlini en/EM V-Nor men FBkoppl er/-c ontr oller 750- xxxx, ohne Vari antenangabe - Einl eitung @ 5\mod_1245244309850_21.doc x @ 35512 @ @ 1
750-873 meets the following requirements on emission and immunity of
interference:
Pos : 59 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/N or men und Ric htli nien/EMV-N ormen - Standar d/EMV CE- Stör fes tigkeit EN 61000-6-2: 2005 @ 4\mod_1242797655625_21.doc x @ 33591 @ @ 1
EMC CE-Immunity to interference
acc. to EN 61000-6-2: 2005
Pos : 60 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/N or men und Ric htli nien/EMV-N ormen - Standar d/EMV CE- Stör aussendung EN 61000-6- 3: 2007 @ 4\mod_1242798094468_21.doc x @ 33598 @ @ 1
EMC CE-Emission of interference
acc. to EN 61000-6-3: 2007
Pos : 61 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/N or men und Ric htli nien/EMV-N ormen - Schi ffbau/EMV Sc hiffbau- Störfes tigkeit Germanischer Lloyd ( 2003) @ 4\mod_1242798409640_21.doc x @ 33610 @ @ 1
EMC marine applications-Immunity
to interference
acc. to Germanischer Lloyd (2003)
Pos : 62 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/N or men und Ric htli nien/EMV-N ormen - Schi ffbau/EMV Sc hiffbau- Störauss endung Ger manisc her Ll oyd (2003) @ 4\mod_1242798400546_21.doc x @ 33606 @ @ 1
EMC marine applications-Emission
of interference
Pos : 63 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
acc. to Germanischer Lloyd (2003)
59
60
Mounting
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 64 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschriften für alle Serien/Monti eren/M ontier en - Übersc hrift 1 @ 3\mod_1225446744750_21.doc x @ 24900 @ 1 @ 1
5
Mounting
Pos : 65.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/M ontieren/D emontieren/Einbaul age @ 3\mod_1225446818312_21.doc x @ 24903 @ 2 @ 1
5.1
Installation Position
Along with horizontal and vertical installation, all other installation positions are
allowed.
Use an end stop in the case of vertical mounting!
In the case of vertical assembly, an end stop has to be mounted as an additional
safeguard against slipping.
WAGO order no. 249-116 End stop for DIN 35 rail, 6 mm wide
WAGO order no. 249-117 End stop for DIN 35 rail, 10 mm wide
Pos : 65.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/M ontieren/D emontieren/Gesamtaus bau @ 3\mod_1231764099468_21.doc x @ 25940 @ 2 @ 1
5.2
Overall Configuration
The maximum total length of a fieldbus node without fieldbus coupler/controller
is 780 mm including end module. The width of the end module is 12 mm. When
assembled, the I/O modules have a maximum length of 768 mm.
Examples:
•
64 I/O modules with a 12 mm width can be connected to a fieldbus
coupler/controller.
•
32 I/O modules with a 24 mm width can be connected to a fieldbus
coupler/controller.
Exception:
The number of connected I/O modules also depends on the type of fieldbus
coupler/controller is used. For example, the maximum number of stackable I/O
modules on one PROFIBUS DP/V1 fieldbus coupler/controller is 63 with no
passive I/O modules and end module.
Observe maximum total length of a fieldbus node!
The maximum total length of a fieldbus node without fieldbus coupler/controller
and without using a 750-628 I/O Module (coupler module for internal data bus
extension) may not exceed 780 mm.
Also note the limitations of individual fieldbus couplers/controllers.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Mounting
Increase the total length using a coupler module for internal data bus
extension!
You can increase the total length of a fieldbus node by using a 750-628 I/O
Module (coupler module for internal data bus extension). For such a
configuration, attach a 750-627 I/O Module (end module for internal data bus
extension) after the last I/O module of a module assembly. Use an RJ-45 patch
cable to connect the I/O module to the coupler module for internal data bus
extension of another module block.
This allows you to segment a fieldbus node into a maximum of 11 blocks with
maximum of 10 I/O modules for internal data bus extension.
The maximum cable length between two blocks is five meters.
More information is available in the manuals for the 750-627 and 750-628 I/O
Modules.
Pos : 65.3 /Dokumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
61
62
Mounting
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 65.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/M ontieren/D emontieren/M ontage auf Tr agschi ene @ 3\mod_1225447227234_21.doc x @ 24906 @ 233 @ 1
5.3
Mounting onto Carrier Rail
5.3.1
Carrier Rail Properties
All system components can be snapped directly onto a carrier rail in accordance
with the European standard EN 50022 (DIN 35).
Do not use any third-party carrier rails without approval by WAGO!
WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG supplies standardized carrier rails that
are optimal for use with the I/O system. If other carrier rails are used, then a
technical inspection and approval of the rail by WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH &
Co. KG should take place.
Carrier rails have different mechanical and electrical properties. For the optimal
system setup on a carrier rail, certain guidelines must be observed:
•
The material must be non-corrosive.
•
Most components have a contact to the carrier rail to ground electromagnetic disturbances. In order to avoid corrosion, this tin-plated carrier rail
contact must not form a galvanic cell with the material of the carrier rail
which generates a differential voltage above 0.5 V (saline solution of 0.3 %
at 20°C).
•
The carrier rail must optimally support the EMC measures integrated into
the system and the shielding of the I/O module connections.
•
A sufficiently stable carrier rail should be selected and, if necessary, several
mounting points (every 20 cm) should be used in order to prevent bending
and twisting (torsion).
•
The geometry of the carrier rail must not be altered in order to secure the
safe hold of the components. In particular, when shortening or mounting the
carrier rail, it must not be crushed or bent.
•
The base of the I/O components extends into the profile of the carrier rail.
For carrier rails with a height of 7.5 mm, mounting points are to be riveted
under the node in the carrier rail (slotted head captive screws or blind
rivets).
•
The medal springs on the bottom of the housing must have low-impedance
contact with the DIN rail (wide contact surface is possible).
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
5.3.2
Mounting
63
WAGO DIN Rail
WAGO carrier rails meet the electrical and mechanical requirements shown in the
table below.
Table 30: WAGO DIN Rail
Order number
210-113 /-112
210-114 /-197
210-118
210-198
210-196
Description
35 x 7.5;
1 mm;
35 x 15; 1.5 mm;
35 x 15; 2.3 mm;
35 x 15; 2.3 mm;
35 x 7.5;
1 mm;
steel yellow chromated; slotted/unslotted
steel yellow chromated; slotted/unslotted
steel yellow chromated; unslotted
copper; unslotted
aluminum; unslotted
Pos : 65.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/M ontieren/D emontieren/Abstände @ 3\mod_1225448283750_21.doc x @ 24920 @ 2 @ 1
5.4
Spacing
The spacing between adjacent components, cable conduits, casing and frame sides
must be maintained for the complete fieldbus node.
Figure 28: Spacing
The spacing creates room for heat transfer, installation or wiring. The spacing to
cable conduits also prevents conducted electromagnetic interferences from
influencing the operation.
Pos : 65.6 /Dokumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
64
Mounting
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 65.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/M ontieren/D emontieren/M ontagerei henfolge @ 3\mod_1231770210031_21.doc x @ 25992 @ 2 @ 1
5.5
Mounting Sequence
Fieldbus couplers/controllers and I/O modules of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
are snapped directly on a carrier rail in accordance with the European standard EN
50022 (DIN 35).
The reliable positioning and connection is made using a tongue and groove
system. Due to the automatic locking, the individual devices are securely seated
on the rail after installation.
Starting with the fieldbus coupler/controller, the I/O modules are mounted
adjacent to each other according to the project design. Errors in the design of the
node in terms of the potential groups (connection via the power contacts) are
recognized, as the I/O modules with power contacts (blade contacts) cannot be
linked to I/O modules with fewer power contacts.
Pos : 65.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sonstig e Hinweis e/Vorsic ht/Vorsicht: Verl etz ungsgefahr durc h s charfkantige M ess er kontakte! @ 6\mod_1256193279401_21.doc x @ 43414 @ @ 1
Risk of injury due to sharp-edged blade contacts!
The blade contacts are sharp-edged. Handle the I/O module carefully to prevent
injury.
Pos : 65.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sonstig e Hinweis e/Achtung/Achtung: Bus kl emmen nur in vorgesehener R eihenfolg e stec ken! @ 6\mod_1256194177073_21.doc x @ 43429 @ @ 1
Insert I/O modules only from the proper direction!
All I/O modules feature grooves for power jumper contacts on the right side. For
some I/O modules, the grooves are closed on the top. Therefore, I/O modules
featuring a power jumper contact on the left side cannot be snapped from the top.
This mechanical coding helps to avoid configuration errors, which may destroy
the I/O modules. Therefore, insert I/O modules only from the right and from the
top.
Pos : 65.10 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Wichtig e Erl äuter ung en/Sic her hei ts- und s onstige Hinweise/Hinweis/Hi nweis : Bus absc hluss nic ht vergessen! @ 6\mod_1256194225557_21.doc x @ 43432 @ @ 1
Don't forget the bus end module!
Always plug a bus end module 750-600 onto the end of the fieldbus node! You
must always use a bus end module at all fieldbus nodes with WAGO-I/OSYSTEM 750 fieldbus couplers/controllers to guarantee proper data transfer.
Pos : 65.11 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Mounting
Pos : 65.12 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Monti eren/D emonti eren/Ger äte ei nfügen und entfernen - Ü bersc hrift 2 @ 3\mod_1231768483250_21.doc x @ 25950 @ 2 @ 1
5.6
Inserting and Removing Devices
Pos : 65.13 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/Wichtige Erläuterungen/Sic herheits- und s onstige Hinweise/Achtung/Ac htung: Ar beiten an Geräten nur spannungsfrei durchführen! @ 6\mod_1256193963573_21.doc x @ 43426 @ @ 1
Perform work on devices only if they are de-energized!
Working on energized devices can damage them. Therefore, turn off the power
supply before working on the devices.
Pos : 65.14 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
65
66
Mounting
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 65.15 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Monti eren/D emonti eren/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er ei nfügen @ 3\mod_1234168173031_21.doc x @ 27456 @ 3 @ 1
5.6.1
Inserting the Fieldbus Coupler/Controller
1.
When replacing the fieldbus coupler/controller for an already available
fieldbus coupler/controller, position the new fieldbus coupler/controller so
that the tongue and groove joints to the subsequent I/O module are engaged.
2.
Snap the fieldbus coupler/controller onto the carrier rail.
3.
Use a screwdriver blade to turn the locking disc until the nose of the locking
disc engages behind the carrier rail (see the following figure). This prevents
the fieldbus coupler/controller from canting on the carrier rail.
With the fieldbus coupler/controller snapped in place, the electrical connections
for the data contacts and power contacts (if any) to the possible subsequent I/O
module are established.
Pos : 65.16 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Monti eren/D emonti eren/Verrieg elung - Bil d (Standar d) @ 3\mod_1231768944875_21.doc x @ 25953 @ @ 1
Figure 29: Release Tab Standard Fieldbus Coupler/Controller (Example)
Pos : 65.17 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Monti eren/D emonti eren/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er entfer nen @ 4\mod_1239169358453_21.doc x @ 30330 @ 3 @ 1
5.6.2
Removing the Fieldbus Coupler/Controller
1.
Use a screwdriver blade to turn the locking disc until the nose of the locking
disc no longer engages behind the carrier rail.
2.
Remove the fieldbus coupler/controller from the assembly by pulling the
release tab.
Electrical connections for data or power contacts to adjacent I/O modules are
disconnected when removing the fieldbus coupler/controller.
Pos : 65.18 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Mounting
67
Pos : 65.19 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Monti eren/D emonti eren/Bus kl emme einfügen @ 3\mod_1231769726703_21.doc x @ 25989 @ 3 @ 1
5.6.3
Inserting the I/O Module
1.
Position the I/O module so that the tongue and groove joints to the fieldbus
coupler/controller or to the previous or possibly subsequent I/O module are
engaged.
Figure 30: Insert I/O Module (Example)
2.
Press the I/O module into the assembly until the I/O module snaps into the
carrier rail.
Figure 31: Snap the I/O Module into Place (Example)
With the I/O module snapped in place, the electrical connections for the data
contacts and power jumper contacts (if any) to the fieldbus coupler/controller or to
the previous or possibly subsequent I/O module are established.
Pos : 65.20 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
68
Mounting
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 65.21 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Monti eren/D emonti eren/Bus kl emme entfer nen @ 4\mod_1239169375203_21.doc x @ 30334 @ 3 @ 1
5.6.4
Removing the I/O Module
1.
Remove the I/O module from the assembly by pulling the release tab.
Figure 32: Removing the I/O Module (Example)
Electrical connections for data or power jumper contacts are disconnected when
removing the I/O module.
Pos : 66 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Connect Devices
69
Pos : 67 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschriften für alle Serien/Ansc hließ en/Ger äte ansc hließen - Ü bers chrift 1 @ 3\mod_1234172889468_21.doc x @ 27460 @ 1 @ 1
6
Connect Devices
Pos : 68.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ans chli eßen/D atenkontakte/Klemmenbus - Ü berschrift 2 @ 7\mod_1266320620183_21.doc x @ 50718 @ 2 @ 1
6.1
Data Contacts/Internal Bus
Pos : 68.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansc hl üsse/Datenkontakte - F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er, Abbildung und Besc hrei bung @ 3\mod_1231771259187_21.doc x @ 26002 @ @ 1
Communication between the fieldbus coupler/controller and the I/O modules as
well as the system supply of the I/O modules is carried out via the internal bus. It
is comprised of 6 data contacts, which are available as self-cleaning gold spring
contacts.
Figure 33: Data Contacts
Pos : 68.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sonstig e Hinweis e/Achtung/Achtung: Bus kl emmen nic ht auf Goldfeder kontakte leg en! @ 7\mod_1266318463636_21.doc x @ 50695 @ @ 1
Do not place the I/O modules on the gold spring contacts!
Do not place the I/O modules on the gold spring contacts in order to avoid soiling
or scratching!
Pos : 68.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sonstig e Hinweis e/Achtung/Achtung: ESD - Auf g ute Erdung der U mgebung ac hten! @ 7\mod_1266318538667_21.doc x @ 50708 @ @ 1
Ensure that the environment is well grounded!
The devices are equipped with electronic components that may be destroyed by
electrostatic discharge. When handling the devices, ensure that the environment
(persons, workplace and packing) is well grounded. Avoid touching conductive
components, e.g. data contacts.
Pos : 68.5 /Dokumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
70
Connect Devices
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 68.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ans chli eßen/Leis tungs kontakte/Fel dversorgung - Ü bersc hrift 2 @ 7\mod_1266320656354_21.doc x @ 50722 @ 2 @ 1
6.2
Power Contacts/Field Supply
Pos : 68.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sonstig e Hinweis e/Vorsic ht/Vorsicht: Verl etz ungsgefahr durc h s charfkantige M ess er kontakte! @ 6\mod_1256193279401_21.doc x @ 43414 @ @ 1
Risk of injury due to sharp-edged blade contacts!
The blade contacts are sharp-edged. Handle the I/O module carefully to prevent
injury.
Pos : 68.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Ansc hl üsse/Leistungs kontakte allgemei n @ 3\mod_1231828902046_21.doc x @ 26017 @ @ 1
Self-cleaning power jumper contacts used to supply the field side are located on
the right side of most of the fieldbus couplers/controllers and on some of the I/O
modules. These contacts come as touch-proof spring contacts. As fitting
counterparts the I/O modules have male contacts on the left side.
Figure 34: Example for the Arrangement of Power Contacts
Pos : 68.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Wic htige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sonstig e Hinweis e/Hinweis/Hi nweis: F eldbus knoten mit s mar tDESIGN ER konfiguri eren und überpr üfen @ 6\mod_1256193439792_21.doc x @ 43420 @ @ 1
Field bus node configuration and test via smartDESIGNER
With the WAGO ProServe® Software smartDESIGNER, you can configure the
structure of a field bus node. You can test the configuration via the integrated
accuracy check.
Pos : 68.10 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Connect Devices
71
Pos : 68.11 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ansc hließ en/Leiter an CAGE CLAMP ansc hließ en (allgemein) - Ü berschrift 2 und T ext @ 3\mod_1225448660171_21.doc x @ 24928 @ 2 @ 1
6.3
Connecting a Conductor to the CAGE CLAMP®
The WAGO CAGE CLAMP® connection is appropriate for solid, stranded and
finely stranded conductors.
Only connect one conductor to each CAGE CLAMP®!
Only one conductor may be connected to each CAGE CLAMP®.
Do not connect more than one conductor at one single connection!
If more than one conductor must be routed to one connection, these must be
connected in an up-circuit wiring assembly, for example using WAGO feedthrough terminals.
Exception:
If it is unavoidable to jointly connect 2 conductors, then you must use a ferrule to
join the wires together. The following ferrules can be used:
Length:
8 mm
1 mm2 for 2 conductors with 0.5 mm2 each
Nominal cross section max.:
WAGO product:
216-103 or products with comparable properties
1.
For opening the CAGE CLAMP® insert the actuating tool into the opening
above the connection.
2.
Insert the conductor into the corresponding connection opening.
3.
For closing the CAGE CLAMP® simply remove the tool. The conductor is
now clamped firmly in place.
Figure 35: Connecting a Conductor to a CAGE CLAMP®
Pos : 69 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
72
Function Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 70 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschriften für alle Serien/F unktions bes chr eibung/F unkti ons besc hrei bung - Ü bersc hrift 1 @ 4\mod_1239025975389_21.doc x @ 30003 @ 1 @ 1
7
Function Description
Pos : 71 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschriften für alle Serien/__ noc h nic ht ei ns ortierte Ü berschriften müss en noc h eins orti ert werden __/Betriebss ys tem - Übersc hrift 2 @ 4\mod_1241426960453_21.doc x @ 32163 @ 2 @ 1
7.1
Operating System
Pos : 72.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Betriebss ystem/Anlauf des Fel dbusc ontroll ers, Ü berschrift 3 @ 17\mod_1383727034736_21.doc x @ 136738 @ 3 @ 1
7.1.1
Run-up
Pos : 72.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Betriebss ystem/Hinweis: Betriebs artens chalter darf sich nic ht i n der unteren Stellung befi nden! @ 17\mod_1383727204961_21.doc x @ 136741 @ @ 1
The mode selector switch may not be located in the lower position!
The mode selector switch may not be set at the bottom position during runup!
Pos : 72.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Betriebss ystem/Betri ebs s ystem C ontroller - Anfangs text (Anlauf des Fel dbusc ontroll ers) @ 4\mod_1239104024406_21.doc x @ 30218 @ @ 1
The fieldbus controller begins running up after switching on the power supply or
after a reset. The internal PFC program is then transferred to the RAM.
During the initialization phase, the fieldbus controller detects the I/O modules and
the current configuration and sets the variables to 0 or FALSE, or to an initial
value specified by the PFC program. The flags retain their status. During this
phase the I/O LED will flash red.
When run-up is successful, the I/O LED then stays lit continuously in green.
Pos : 72.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Legende/Infor mation: Infor mationen zu der LED- Signalisi erung @ 4\mod_1239098329547_21.doc x @ 30154 @ @ 1
More information about the LED Signaling
Read the detailed description for the evaluation of the displayed LED state in the
section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.
Pos : 73 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Betriebss ystem/Betri ebs s ystem C ontroller - Anfangs text (PFC-Z ykl us) @ 14\mod_1361866775620_21.doc x @ 112863 @ 3 @ 1
7.1.2
PFC Cycle
After error-free run-up, the PFC cycle starts with the mode selector switch at the
top position, or on a Start command from WAGO-I/O-PRO. The input and output
data for the field bus, I/O modules and the timer values are read. The PFC
program contained in the RAM is then processed, after which the output data for
the field bus and I/O modules is written to the process image. At the end of the
PFC cycle, the operating system functions are executed for diagnostics and
communication (among other things) and the timer values are updated. The new
cycle begins by reading in of the input and output data and the timer values.
The operating mode is changed (“STOP”/“RUN”) at the end of a PFC cycle.
The cycle time is the time from the beginning of the PFC program up to the next
beginning of the cycle. If a loop is programmed within the PFC program, the PFC
runtime and the PFC cycle time will be extended accordingly.
The inputs, outputs and timer values are not updated while the PFC program is
being processed. Updating is performed only as defined at the end of the PFC
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Function Description
program. As a result, it is not possible to wait on an event from the process or a
set period to expire while a loop is in progress.
Pos : 74 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Betriebss ystem/Betri ebs s ystem C ontroller - Diagramm ( 32- Bit, mit Files ystem) @ 9\mod_1283256364139_21.doc x @ 64402 @ @ 1
Figure 36: Run-up of the Controller
Pos : 75 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
73
74
Function Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 76 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschriften für alle Serien/__ noc h nic ht ei ns ortierte Ü berschriften müss en noc h eins orti ert werden __/Proz ess datenaufbau - Ü bersc hrift 2 @ 5\mod_1245069543813_21.doc x @ 35310 @ 2 @ 1
7.2
Process Data Architecture
Pos : 77.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Prozes sabbild/Prinzi pieller Aufbau (C ontroller) @ 6\mod_1256033243171_21.doc x @ 43137 @ 3 @ 1
7.2.1
Basic Structure
After switching on, the controller identifies all I/O modules connected with the
node that send or receive data (data width/bit width > 0).
A node can consist of a mixed arrangement of analog and digital modules.
Pos : 77.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Prozes sabbild/Hi nweis : Mit Klemmenbus verlängerung bis z u 250 Bus klemmen ansc hließ bar! @ 6\mod_1256033692375_21.doc x @ 43140 @ @ 1
Up to 250 I/O modules can be connected with the data bus extension
modules.
Using the WAGO module bus extension coupler module 750-628 and end module
750-627 makes it possible to connect up to 250 modules to the ETHERNET
TCP/IP RS-232 Controller.
Pos : 77.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Prozes sabbild/Infor mation: Anzahl der Ei n- und Ausg angs bits bz w. -bytes [...] entnehmen Si e Bus kl emmenbesc hreibung @ 6\mod_1256034203734_21.doc x @ 43146 @ @ 1
Additional Information
For the number of input and output bits or bytes of the individual I/O modules,
refer to the corresponding description of the I/O modules.
Pos : 77.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Prozes sabbild/Aus der D atenbrei te und dem T yp der Bus kl emme ... (Contr oller) @ 6\mod_1256034320625_21.doc x @ 43149 @ @ 1
The controller creates an internal local process image on the basis of the data
width, the type of I/O module and the position of the module in the node. This
process image is broken down into an input and an output data range.
The data of the digital I/O modules is bit-oriented; i.e., digital data is sent bit by
bit. Analog I/O modules represent the group of byte-oriented modules – data is
sent byte by byte.
Pos : 77.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Prozes sabbild/Z u diesen Bus kl emmen gehör en z. B. di e Z ähl er klemmen, Bus kl emmen für Wi nkel- und ... (750-841) @ 6\mod_1256034612343_21.doc x @ 43155 @ @ 1
This group includes: counter modules, angle and distance measurement modules
and communication modules.
Pos : 77.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Prozes sabbild/F ür das lokal e Pr oz ess abbild, Daten abhängig von der R eihenfolg e ihr er Positi on (Contr oller) @ 6\mod_1256034703953_21.doc x @ 43158 @ @ 1
For both, the local input and output process image, the I/O module data is stored
in the corresponding process image depending on the order in which the modules
are connected to the controller.
Pos : 77.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Prozes sabbild/Hi nweis : H ardware-Änder ung kann Änder ung des Pr oz ess abbildes bewirken! @ 6\mod_1256035225250_21.doc x @ 43161 @ @ 1
Hardware changes can result in changes of the process image!
If the hardware configuration is changed by adding, changing or removing of I/O
modules with a data width > 0 bit, this result in a new process image structure.
The process data addresses would then change. If adding modules, the process
data of all previous modules has to be taken into account.
Pos : 77.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Prozes sabbild/Proz ess abbil d Wort 0...255, 256...511, 512...1275 @ 6\mod_1256035351718_21.doc x @ 43164 @ @ 1
A memory range of 256 words (word 0...255) is initially available in the controller
for the process image of the physical input and output data.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Function Description
75
For the image of the MODBUS/PFC variables, the memory range of words
256...511 is reserved; meaning the image for the MODBUS/PFC variables is
created behind the process image for the I/O module data.
If the quantity of module data is greater than 256 words, all the physical input and
output data above this value is added to the end of the current process image in a
memory range; i.e., attached behind the MODBUS/PFC variables (word
512…1275).
Pos : 77.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Prozes sabbild/Proz ess abbil d Wort 1276...1531, ab Wor t 1532 (750- 841) @ 6\mod_1256035500671_21.doc x @ 43167 @ @ 1
The EtherNet/IP PFC variables are then mapped behind the remaining physical
I/O module data.This memory range includes words 1276 ... 1531.
The subsequent range, starting from word 1532, is reserved for future protocol
expansion and other PFC variables.
Pos : 77.10 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/Proz ess abbild/Bei allen WAGO-F eldbusc ontroller n ist der Z ugriff der SPS auf die Pr oz ess daten unabhängig von ... @ 6\mod_1256038962984_21.doc x @ 43173 @ @ 1
Access by the PLC to process data is made independently from the fieldbus
system in all WAGO fieldbus controllers; access is always conducted through an
application-related IEC-61131-3 program.
How the data is accessed from the fieldbus side depends on the fieldbus however.
Pos : 77.11 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/Proz ess abbild/F ür den F eldbus contr oller kann ei n MOD BUS/TCP-M aster über... (750-841) @ 6\mod_1256039409593_21.doc x @ 43179 @ @ 1
For the fieldbus controller, a MODBUS/TCP master can access the data via
implemented MODBUS functions, whereby decimal or hexadecimal MODBUS
addresses are used.
Optionally, data can also be accessed via Ethernet/IP using an object model.
Pos : 77.12 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/Proz ess abbild/Informati on: Eine detaillierte Besc hreibung z u di es en feldbusspezifis chen Datenz ugriffen ( 750-841) @ 6\mod_1256039483359_21.doc x @ 43182 @ @ 1
Additional Information:
For a detailed description of these fieldbus-specific data access methods, refer to
the section "MODBUS Functions" or the section "EtherNet/IP (Ethernet/Industrial
Protocol)".
Pos : 77.13 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/Proz ess abbild/Informati on: D as fel dbuss pezifisc he Pr ozessabbild is t ... ( 750-833,841,842,843,871,880,881,882,889) @ 6\mod_1256131415906_21.doc x @ 43398 @ @ 1
Additional Information:
For the fieldbus-specific process image of any WAGO I/O module, please refer to
the section “I/O Modules” > … > “Structure of the process data”.
Pos : 77.14 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
76
Function Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 77.15 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/Proz ess abbild/Beis piel für ein Ei ngangspr ozessabbild- Beis piel für ei n Ausg angs proz ess abbil d @ 6\mod_1256040947968_21.doc x @ 43188 @ 33 @ 1
7.2.2
Example of an Input Process Image
The following figure is an example of an input process image.
The configuration comprises 16 digital and 8 analog inputs.
The input process image thus has a data length of 8 words for the analog modules
and 1 word for the digital modules; i.e., 9 words in total.
Figure 37: Example of Process Image for Input Data
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
7.2.3
Function Description
77
Example of an Output Data Process Image
The following example for the output process image comprises 2 digital and 4
analog outputs. It comprises 4 words for the analog outputs and 1 word for the
digital outputs; i.e., 5 words in total.
In addition, the output data can also be read back with an offset of 200hex (0x0200)
added to the MODBUS address.
Data > 256 words can be read back by using the cumulative offset!
All output data greater than 256 words and, therefore located in the memory range
6000hex (0x6000) to 66F9 hex (0x66F9) can be read back with an offset of 1000 hex
(0x1000) added to the MODBUS address.
Figure 38: Example of Process Image for Output Data
Pos : 77.16 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/Proz ess abbild/Pr oz ess daten M ODBU S/TC P und EtherN et/IP - Übersc hrift 3 @ 6\mod_1259149638329_21.doc x @ 44990 @ 3 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
78
Function Description
7.2.4
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Process Data MODBUS/TCP and EtherNet/IP
Pos : 77.17 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/Proz ess abbild/Der Aufbau der Pr ozessdaten ist auf der F eldebene bei einigen Bus klemmen feldbusspezifisc h. @ 6\mod_1256032164328_21.doc x @ 43113 @ @ 1
For some I/O modules (and their variations), the structure of the process data
depends on the fieldbus.
Pos : 77.18 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/Proz ess abbild/Pr oz ess abbild wortweis e aufg ebaut ( mit word- alignment) ( 750- 841) (MOD BUS und Ethernet/IP) @ 6\mod_1256032355828_21.doc x @ 43119 @ @ 1
For the fieldbus controller with MODBUS and Ethernet/IP, the process image is
built up word-by-word (with word alignment). The internal mapping method for
data greater than one byte conforms to Intel formats.
Pos : 77.19 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/Proz ess abbild/Informati on: Weiter e Infos zu dem fel dbuss pezifisc hen Proz ess datenaufbau für MOD BU S und EtherN et/IP @ 6\mod_1259150064576_21.doc x @ 44993 @ @ 1
Additional Information:
For the respective fieldbus-specific structure of the process values of any I/O
module within the 750 or 753 Series of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM, refer to
Section "Structure of Process Data for MODBUS/TCP" or "Structure of Process
Data for Ethernet/IP".
Pos : 78 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Function Description
79
Pos : 79 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschriften für alle Serien/__ noc h nic ht ei ns ortierte Ü berschriften müss en noc h eins orti ert werden __/D atenaustausch - Übersc hrift 2 @ 4\mod_1241431718548_21.doc x @ 32202 @ 2 @ 1
7.3
Data Exchange
Pos : 80.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Datenaus tausc h/D atenaustaus ch - Ei nleitung Teil 1 ( 750-841, - 871, -880, -881, - 882, -885 ) - mit Ether net/IP @ 6\mod_1256044434515_21.doc x @ 43207 @ @ 1
With the fieldbus controller, data is exchanged via the MODBUS/TCP protocol
and/or the MODBUS/UDP protocol or EtherNet/IP.
Pos : 80.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Datenaus tausc h/D atenaustaus ch - Ei nleitung Teil 2 ( 750-841,-842, - 843, -871, -880, - 881, -882, -885 ) @ 8\mod_1281078066247_21.doc x @ 62560 @ @ 1
MODBUS/TCP works according to the master/slave principle. The master
controller can be a PC or a PLC.
The fieldbus controllers of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 are usually slave
devices. Thanks to the programming with IEC 61131-3, however, these
controllers can also assume the master function.
The master requests communication. This request can be directed to certain nodes
by addressing. The nodes receive the request and, depending on the request type,
send a reply to the master.
Pos : 80.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Datenaus tausc h/D atenaustaus ch - Ei n F eldbusc ontr oller kann ei ne bes timmte Anz ahl gleic hz eitiger Ver bd. (C ontroller) @ 6\mod_1256044496578_21.doc x @ 43210 @ @ 1
A controller can set up a defined number of simultaneous connections (socket
connections) to other network subscribers:
Pos : 80.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Datenaus tausc h/D atenaustaus ch - Lis te gleichzeitiger Verbi ndungen (Soc ket-Verbi ndungen) (750- 841, 881, 882, 885) @ 6\mod_1256044617468_21.doc x @ 43216 @ @ 1
•
3 connections for HTTP (to read HTML pages from the controller)
•
15 connections via MODBUS/TCP (to read or write input and output data of
the controller)
•
128 connections for Ethernet/IP
•
5 connections (using the Ethernet.lib) via PFC (available in the PLC
function for IEC 61131-3 application programs)
•
2 connections for WAGO-I/O-PRO (these connections are reserved for
debugging the application program via ETHERNET. WAGO-I/O-PRO
needs 2 connections at the same time for the debugging. However, only one
programming tool can have access to the controller).
•
10 connections for FTP
•
2 connections for SNMP
Pos : 80.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Datenaus tausc h/D atenaustaus ch - Sc hnitts tell en (Controll er) @ 6\mod_1256044722312_21.doc x @ 43219 @ @ 1
The maximum number of simultaneous connections can not be exceeded. Existing
connections must first be terminated before new ones can be set up. The
ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller is essentially equipped with three
interfaces for data exchange:
•
the interface to the fieldbus (Master),
•
the PLC function of the PFC (CPU) and
•
the interface to the I/O modules.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
80
Function Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Data exchange takes place between the fieldbus master and the I/O modules,
between the PLC function of the PFC (CPU) and the I/O modules and between the
fieldbus master and the PLC function of the PFC (CPU).
Pos : 80.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Datenaus tausc h/D atenaustaus ch - Wird der Fel dbus M ODBU S g enutz t, grei ft der Mas ter über die (Contr oller) @ 6\mod_1256044816515_21.doc x @ 43225 @ @ 1
If MODBUS is used as the fieldbus, the MODBUS master accesses the date using
the MODBUS functions implemented in the controller; Ethernet/IP, in contrast,
uses an object model for data access.
Pos : 80.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Datenaus tausc h/D atenaustaus ch - Der Zugriff des F eldbusc ontrollers auf di e D aten erfolgt mit Hilfe eines IEC- 611... @ 6\mod_1256044879953_21.doc x @ 43228 @ @ 1
Data access is carried out with the aid of an IEC-61131-3 application program.
Data addressing varies greatly here.
Pos : 80.8 /Dokumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Function Description
81
Pos : 80.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/F unktions beschr eibung/Datenaus tausc h/Speic her ber eiche M ODBU S/Speic her ber eiche M ODBU S - Bild ( 750- 841, 871, 873, 880, 881, 882, 884, 885) - mit Eth/IP @ 6\mod_1256046946781_21.doc x @ 43245 @ 3 @ 1
7.3.1
Memory Areas
Figure 39: Memory areas and data exchange
Pos : 80.10 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D atenaustausch/Speicherbereic he MOD BUS/Speicherbereic he MOD BU S - Legende "Speic herbereic he und D atenaustaus ch" (Controll er) @ 6\mod_1256047253015_21.doc x @ 43248 @ @ 1
The controller process image contains the physical data for the bus modules.
These have a value of 0 ... 255 and word 512 ... 1275.

The input module data can be read by the CPU and by the fieldbus side.

Likewise, data can be written to the output modules from the CPU and the
fieldbus side.
The MODBUS PFC variables are stored in each of the memory areas for word
256 ... 511 between these sides.

The MODBUS-PFC input variables are written to the input memory area
from the fieldbus side and read in by the CPU for processing.

The variables processed by the CPU using the IEC-61131-3 program are
places in the output memory area, where they can be read out by the master.
Pos : 80.11 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D atenaustausch/Speicherbereic he MOD BUS/Speicherbereic he MOD BU S - Im Ansc hluss an di e Bus kl emmendaten Wort 1276...1531 ( 750-841) @ 6\mod_1256133822562_21.doc x @ 43401 @ @ 1
The memory area for word 1276 ... 1531 for the Ethernet/IP PFC variables is
adjacent to the physical I/O module data.
Pos : 80.12 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D atenaustausch/Speicherbereic he MOD BUS/Speicherbereic he MOD BU S - F ür z ukünftige Protokoll-Er weiterungen und weitere PFC- Vari abl en ist ... @ 6\mod_1256133965750_21.doc x @ 43405 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
82
Function Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
The subsequent memory area, starting from word 1532, is reserved for future
protocol expansion and other PFC variables.
Pos : 80.13 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D atenaustausch/Speicherbereic he MOD BUS/Speicherbereic he MOD BU S - Spi egeln der Bus kl emmendaten @ 6\mod_1256047661921_21.doc x @ 43254 @ @ 1
In addition, all output data is mirrored in the ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232
Controller to a memory area with the address offset 0x0200 and 0x1000. This
allows output values to be read back in by adding 0x0200 or 0x1000 to the
MODBUS address.
Pos : 80.14 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D atenaustausch/Speicherbereic he MOD BUS/Speicherbereic he MOD BU S - Er kl ärung D atens peicher, Progrspeic her, Remanent( 750-872,-873) 30KB @ 18\mod_1395917383267_21.doc x @ 149738 @ @ 1
Other memory areas are also provided in the controller, some of which cannot be
accessed by the fieldbus side, however:
•
Data memory (256 kByte and 1024 kByte starting from Firmware
version 03)
The data memory is a volatile RAM memory for creating variables that are
not required for communication with the interfaces, but rather for internal
processing procedures, such as calculation of results.
•
Program memory (512 kByte and 1024 kByte starting from Firmware
version 03)
The IEC-61131-3 program is stored in the program memory. The code
memory is a Flash ROM. When power is switched on, the program is
transferred from the flash to the RAM memory. After error-free run-up, the
PFC cycle starts with the mode selector switch at the top position, or on the
Start command from the WAGO-I/O-PRO.
•
NOVRAM Remanent memory (30 kByte)
The remanent memory is a non-volatile memory; i.e., all values of flags and
variables, that are explicitly defined by “var retain”, are retained even after a
loss of power. Memory management is performed automatically. The
30 kByte memory area is normally divided into an 8 kByte addressable
range for flags (%MW0 ... %MW 4095 ) and a 22 kByte retain area for
variables without memory area addressing, that are defined by "var retain".
Markers are only remanent under "var retain“!
Please note that the bit memory is only retentive if you have declared it as such
under "var retain".
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Function Description
83
Figure 40: Example declaration of remanent flags by „var retain“
This breakdown of the NOVRAM can be varied (see following explanation).
NOVRAM memory allocation can be changed in WAGO-I/O-PRO!
The breakdown of the NOVRAM can be modified when required in the
programming software WAGO-I/O-PRO/Register "Resources"/Dialog window
"Target system settings".
The start address for the flag area is fixed at 16#30000000. The area sizes and the
start address for the retain memory can be varied.
We do recommend keeping the standard settings, however, in order to avoid any
overlapping of the areas.
In these default settings the size of the flag area is set (starting from Firmware
version 03) at 16#3000, followed by the retain memory, with the start address
16#30003000 and the size 16#4800.
Pos : 80.15 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
84
Function Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 80.16 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/Übersc hriften für all e Seri en/__ noc h nic ht einsorti erte Ü bersc hriften müssen noch ei ns ortiert wer den __Adressi erung - Ü bersc hrift 3 @ 8\mod_1279016771610_21.doc x @ 59781 @ 3 @ 1
7.3.2
Addressing
Pos : 80.17 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D atenaustausch/Adres sier ung/Adr essi erung - Ei nleitung (Controll er) @ 6\mod_1256047921109_21.doc x @ 43260 @ @ 1
Module inputs and outputs in a controller are addressed internally as soon as they
are started. The order in which the connected modules are addressed depends on
the type of module that is connected (input module, output module).
The process image is formed from these addresses.
The physical arrangement of the I/O modules in the fieldbus node is arbitrary.
Use various options for addressing the bus terminals!
Connected modules in more detail. It is essential that you understand these
correlations in order to conduct conventional addressing by counting.
The WAGO I/O Configurator is also available as a further addressing option.
The Configurator can assist you in addressing and protocol assignment for the
connected modules. You must select the connected modules in the I/O
Configurator; the software then takes care of correct addressing (see following
Figure).
The I/O Configurator is started from the WAGO-I/O-PRO.
For more details, refer to Section “Configuration using the WAGO-I/O-PRO I/O
Configurator”.
Pos : 80.18 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D atenaustausch/Adres sier ung/Adr essi erung - Adres sierung der Bus klemmen @ 7\mod_1265981710444_21.doc x @ 50597 @ 4 @ 1
7.3.2.1
Addressing of I/O Modules
Addressing first references complex modules (modules that occupy several bytes)
in accordance with their physical order downstream of the fieldbus
coupler/controller; i.e., they occupy addresses starting from word 0.
Following these is the data for the remaining modules, compiled in bytes
(modules that occupy less than one byte). In this process, byte by byte is filled
with this data in the physical order. As soon a complete byte is occupied by the bit
oriented modules, the process begins automatically with the next byte.
Hardware changes can result in changes of the process image!
I f the hardware configuration is changed and/or expanded; this may result in a
new process image structure. In this case, the process data addresses also change.
If adding modules, the process data of all previous modules has to be taken into
account.
Observe process data quantity!
For the number of input and output bits or bytes of the individual IO modules
please refer to the corresponding description of the IO modules.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Function Description
85
Table 31: Data Width for I/O Modules
Data width ≥ 1 word (channel)
Analog input modules
Analog output modules
Input modules for thermocouples
Data width = 1 bit (channel)
Digital input modules
Digital output modules
Digital output modules with
diagnostics (2 bits/channel)
Supply modules with fuse
carrier/diagnostics
Solid-state load relays
Relay output modules
Input modules for resistor sensors
Pulse width output modules
Interface modules
Up/down counters
I/O modules for angle and distance
measurement
Pos : 80.19 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D atenaustausch/Adres sier ung/IEC-61131-3- Adr essräume - Ü bers chrift 4 @ 6\mod_1256048478468_21.doc x @ 43268 @ 4 @ 1
7.3.2.2
IEC-61131-3 Address Areas
Pos : 80.20 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D atenaustausch/Adres sier ung/Adr essi erung - IEC-Adr essr äume i m Ü berblic k (T eil 1) @ 6\mod_1256049319406_21.doc x @ 43295 @ @ 1
Table 32: IEC-61131-3 Address Areas
Address area
phys. inputs
MODBUS PLC
Access
Access
read
read
phys. outputs
read/write
MODBUS/TCP
PFC-IN variables
MODBUS/TCP
PFC-OUT variables
read/write
read
Description
Physical inputs
(%IW0...%IW255 und
%IW512...%IW1275)
read/write Physical outputs
(%QW0...%QW255 und
%QW512...%QW1275)
read
Volatile PLC input variables
(%IW256...%IW511)
read/write Volatile PLC output variables
(%QW256...%QW511)
Pos : 80.21 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D atenaustausch/Adres sier ung/Adr essi erung - IEC-Adr essr äume i m Ü berblic k (T eil 2, wenn Ether net/IP) ( 750-841) @ 6\mod_1256049433687_21.doc x @ 43301 @ @ 1
Ethernet/IP
PFC-IN variables
Ethernet/IP
PFC-OUT variables
-
read
Volatile PLC input variables
(%IW1276 ... %IW1531)
read/write Volatile PLC output variables
(%QW1276 ... %QW1531)
Pos : 80.22 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D atenaustausch/Adres sier ung/Adr essi erung - IEC-Adr essr äume i m Ü berblic k (T eil 3) @ 6\mod_1256049385281_21.doc x @ 43298 @ @ 1
Configuration register read/write
Pos : 80.23 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Firmware register
read
Retain variables
read/write
-
see Section "MODBUS Functions
 MODBUS Registers 
Configuration Registers"
see Section "MODBUS Functions
 MODBUS Registers 
Firmware Information Registers"
read/write Remanent memory
(%MW0...%MW12288)
86
Function Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 80.24 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D atenaustausch/Adres sier ung/Adr essi erung - Abs olute Adressi erung @ 6\mod_1256049674828_21.doc x @ 43304 @ 4 @ 1
7.3.2.3
Absolute Addressing
Direct presentation of individual memory cells (absolute addresses) based on IEC61131-3 is performed using character strings:
Table 33: Absolute Addressing
Position Prefix
Designation
Comment
1
%
Introduces an absolute address
2
I
Input
Q
Output
M
Flag
3
X*
Single bit
Data width
B
Byte (8 bits)
Word (16 bits)
W
D
Doubleword (32 bits)
4
Address
such as word-by-word: %QW27 (28th word), bit-by-bit: %IX1.9 (10th bit in the
2nd word)
* The designator “X” for bits can be omitted
Enter character strings without spaces or special characters!
The character strings for absolute addresses must be entered connected, i.e.
without spaces or special characters!
Pos : 80.25 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D atenaustausch/Adres sier ung/Adr essi erung - Beispi eladressier ung @ 6\mod_1256049728484_21.doc x @ 43307 @ @ 1
Addressing example:
Table 34: Addressing Example
Inputs
Bit
Byte
Word
Double word
%IX14.0 ... 15
%IB28
%IB29
%IW14
%IX15.0 ... 15
%IB30
%IB31
%IW15
%ID7
Outputs
Bit
Byte
Word
Double word
%QX5.0 ... 15
%QB10
%QB11
%QW5
%QD2 (top section)
%QX6.0 ... 15
%QB12
%QB13
%QW6
%QD3 (bottom section)
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Function Description
Flags
Bit
Byte
Word
Double word
%MX11.0 ... 15
%MB22
%MB23
%MW11
%MD5 (top section)
%MX12.0 ... 15
%MB24
%MB25
%MW12
%MD6 (bottom section)
Calculating addresses (as a function of the word address):
Bit address:
Byte address:
DWord address:
Pos : 80.26 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Word address .0 to .15
1st byte: 2 x word address
2nd byte: 2 x word address + 1
Word address (even number) / 2
or Word address (uneven number) / 2, rounded down
87
88
Function Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 80.27 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D atenaustausch/Datenaus tausc h - D atenaustausc h MOD BUS/TCP-M aster und Bus klemmen @ 6\mod_1256049861734_21.doc x @ 43310 @ 3 @ 1
7.3.3
Data Exchange between MODBUS/TCP Master and I/O
Modules
Data exchange between the MODBUS/TCP Master and the I/O modules is
conducted using the MODBUS functions implemented in the controller by means
of bit-by-bit or word-by-word reading and writing routines.
There are 4 different types of process data in the controller:
•
•
•
•
Input words
Output words
Input bits
Output bits
Access by word to the digital I/O modules is carried out in accordance with the
following table:
Table 35: Allocation of Digital Inputs and Outputs to Process Data Words in Accordance with the
Intel Format
Digital inputs/
16. 15. 14. 13. 12. 11. 10. 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1.
outputs
Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit
Process data
15 14 13 12 11 10 9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
word
Byte
High byte D1
Low byte D0
Output can be read back in by adding an offset of 200hex (0x0200) to the
MODBUS address.
Data > 256 words can be read back by using the cumulative offset!
All output data greater than 256 words and, therefore located in the memory range
0x6000 to 0x62FC, can be read back by adding an offset of 1000hex (0x1000) to
the MODBUS address.
Figure 41: Data Exchange Between MODBUS Master and I/O Modules
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Function Description
89
Register functions start at address 0x1000. These functions can be addressed in a
similar manner with the MODBUS function codes that are implemented
(read/write).
The specific register address is then specified instead of the address for a module
channel.
Additional Information
A detailed description of the MODBUS addressing may be found in Chapter
"MODBUS Register Mapping".
Pos : 80.28 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D atenaustausch/Datenaus tausc h - D atenaustausc h EtherNet/IP-Mas ter und Bus kl emmen @ 6\mod_1256050145625_21.doc x @ 43322 @ 3 @ 1
7.3.4
Data Exchange between EtherNet/IP Master and I/O
Modules
The data exchange between Ethernet/IP master and the I/O modules is
objectoriented. Each node on the network is depicted as a collection of objects.
The “assembly” object specifies the structure of the objects for the data
transmission. With the assembly object, data (e.g. I/O data) can be combined into
blocks (mapped) and sent via a single message connection. Thanks to this
mapping, less access to the network is necessary.
There is a distinction between input and output assemblies.
An input assembly reads in data from the application via the network or produces
data on the network.
An output assembly writes data to the application or consumes data from the
network.
In the fieldbus coupler/controller, various assembly instances are already
preprogrammed (static assembly).
After the input voltage is applied, the assembly object combines data from the
process image. As soon as a connection is established, the master can address the
data with “class”, “instance”, and “attribute” and access it or read and write using
I/O connections.
The mapping of the data depends on the assembly instance of the static assembly
selected.
Additional Information:
The assembly instances for the static assembly are described in the section
“Ethernet/IP”.
Pos : 80.29 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
90
Function Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 80.30 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D atenaustausch/Datenaus tausc h - D atenaustausc h SPS-Funkti onalität (C PU) und Bus kl emmen @ 6\mod_1256049896812_21.doc x @ 43313 @ 3 @ 1
7.3.5
Data Exchange between PLC Function (CPU) and I/O
Modules
The PLC function (CPU) of the PFC uses direct addresses to access the I/O
module data.
The PFC uses absolute addresses to reference the input data. The data can then be
processed internally in the controller using the IEC-61131-3 program.
Flags are stored in a non-volatile memory area in this process. The results of
linking can then be written directly to the output data employing absolute
addressing.
Figure 42: Data Exchange Between PLC Function (CPU) of the PFC and the I/O Modules
Pos : 80.31 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Function Description
91
Pos : 80.32 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D atenaustausch/Datenaus tausc h - D atenaustausc h Master und SPS-Funkti onalität (C PU) @ 6\mod_1256049969000_21.doc x @ 43316 @ 3 @ 1
7.3.6
Data Exchange between Master and PLC Function (CPU)
The fieldbus master and the PLC function (CPU) of the PFC have different
perspectives on data.
Variable data generated by the master are routed as input variables to the PFC,
where they are further processed.
Data created in the PFC are transmitted via fieldbus to the master as output
variables.
In the PFC, access to the MODBUS/TCP PFC variable data is possible starting
from word address 256 to 511 (double-word address 128-255, byte address 5121023), while access to the PFC variable data is possible starting from a word
address of 1276 to 1531 (double-word address 638-765, byte address 2552-3063).
Pos : 80.33 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D atenaustausch/Datenaus tausc h - Beispi el MOD BUS/TCP-M aster und SPS-Funkti onalität (CPU) @ 6\mod_1256050019140_21.doc x @ 43319 @ 4 @ 1
7.3.6.1
Example of MODBUS/TCP Master and PLC Function (CPU)
Data access by the MODBUS/TCP Master
Access to data by the MODBUS Master is always either by word or by bit.
Addressing of the first 256 data words by the I/O modules begins with word-byword and bit-by-bit access at 0.
Addressing of the data by the variables begins at 256 for word-based access;
bit-by-bit access then takes place starting at:
4096 for bit 0 in word 256
4097 for bit 1 in word 256
...
8191 for bit 15 in word 511.
The bit number can be determined using the following equation:
Bit No. = (word * 16) + Bit No. in word
Example: 4097 = ( 256 * 16) + 1
Data Access by PLC Function (CPU)
The PLC function of the PFC employs a different type of addressing for accessing
the same data. PLC addressing is identical with word-by-word addressing by the
MODBUS Master for the declaration of 16-bit variables. However, a different
notation is used for declaration of Boolean variables (1 bit) than that used by
MODBUS. Here, the bit address is composed of the elements word address and
bit number in the word, separated by a decimal point.
Example:
Bit access by MODBUS to bit number 4097 => Bit addressing in the PLC
<Word No.>.<Bit No.> = 256.1
The PLC function of the PFC can also access data by bytes and by doubleword
access.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
92
Function Description
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Addresses are calculated based on the following equations for byte-based access:
High Byte address = Word address*2
Low Byte address = (Word address*2) + 1
Addresses are calculated according to the following equation for double-word
based access:
Double-word address = High word address/2 (rounded down)
or = Low word address/2
Additional Information
There is a detailed description of the MODBUS and the corresponding IEC 61131
addressing in section “MODBUS Register Mapping”.
Pos : 80.34 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Funkti onsbesc hrei bung/D atenaustausch/Datenaus tausc h - Anwendungsbeispi el, Adressi erungsbeis piel für einen F eldbus knoten @ 6\mod_1255937031906_21.doc x @ 43042 @ 3 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
7.3.7
Application Example
Figure 43: Example of Addressing for a Fieldbus Node
Pos : 81 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Function Description
93
94
Commissioning
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 82 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschriften für alle Serien/Inbetri ebnehmen - Konfigurier en - Parametri eren - Bedienen/In Betri eb nehmen - Ü bersc hrift 1 @ 4\mod_1240901452750_21.doc x @ 31570 @ 1 @ 1
8
Commissioning
Pos : 83.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten i n Betrieb nehmen/In Betrieb nehmen Ei nlei tung - Anfang (Koppler/C ontroll er) @ 4\mod_1238483034921_21.doc x @ 29371 @ @ 1
This section shows a step-by-step procedure for starting up exemplarily a WAGO
fieldbus node.
Pos : 83.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten i n Betrieb nehmen/Einl eitung - Hi nweis: Exempl arisches Beispi el, 3 erfor derliche Ar bei tssc hritte (Koppl er/Contr oller) @ 4\mod_1238672477625_21.doc x @ 29750 @ @ 1
Exemplary Example!
This description is exemplary and is limited here to the execution of a local startup of one individual fieldbus node with a non-interlaced computer running
Windows.
For start-up, three steps are necessary. The description of these work steps can be
found in the corresponding following sections.
•
•
•
Connecting Client PC and Fieldbus Node
Allocating the IP Address to the Fieldbus Node
Testing the Function of the Fieldbus Node
Pos : 83.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten i n Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e an den Fel dbus knoten vergeben - Ei nlei tung (Contr oller) @ 4\mod_1243596709914_21.doc x @ 34590 @ @ 1
The assignment of the IP address belongs to the basic setting for the fieldbus
controller to allow access to the fieldbus controller via the integrated web
interface.
Pos : 83.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten i n Betrieb nehmen/Hi nweis: IP-Adresse mus s eindeutig s ein! @ 4\mod_1243596850245_21.doc x @ 34594 @ @ 1
The IP address must occur in the network only once!
For error-free network communication, note that the assigned IP address must
occur only once in the network!
In the event of an error, the error message “IP address configuration error” (error
code 6 – error argument 6) is indicated by 'I/O' LED at the next power-on.
Pos : 83.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten i n Betrieb nehmen/Es gi bt versc hiedene M öglichkeiten, di e IP-Adresse zu vergeben. Di ese wer den i n den nachfolg enden K. @ 9\mod_1281682989099_21.doc x @ 63563 @ @ 1
There are various ways to assign the IP address.
The various options are described in the following sections individually.
Pos : 83.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten i n Betrieb nehmen/Einl eitung - Anfang - i m Anschl uss sind z us ätzlic he Themen besc hrieben: Flas h, Uhr, Defaul @ 4\mod_1243521630641_21.doc x @ 34197 @ @ 1
Following the commissioning descriptions after which the fieldbus node is ready
for communication, the following topics are described:
•
•
•
Preparing the Flash File System
Synchronizing the real-time clock
Restoring factory settings
Pos : 83.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten i n Betrieb nehmen/Einl eitung - Ende (C ontroller) @ 4\mod_1238673421171_21.doc x @ 29790 @ @ 1
After the topics specified above, you can find instructions for programming the
fieldbus controller with WAGO-I/O-PRO and the description of the internal web
pages of the web-based Management System (WBM) for additional settings of the
fieldbus controller.
Pos : 83.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten i n Betrieb nehmen/PC und Fel dbus knoten ansc hließ en (Übersc hrift 2) @ 4\mod_1238677467406_21.doc x @ 29815 @ 2 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
8.1
Commissioning
95
Connecting Client PC and Fieldbus Nodes
Pos : 83.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten i n Betrieb nehmen/PC und Fel dbus knoten an F eldbusansc hluss anschli eßen ( Aufzähl ung Anfang) @ 7\mod_1270715583038_21.doc x @ 54969 @ @ 1
1.
Use the fieldbus cable to connect the fieldbus connection of your
mechanically and electrically assembled fieldbus node to an open interface
on your computer.
The client PC must be equipped with a network card for this connection.
The controller transfer rate then depends on the network card of your client
PC.
Pos : 83.10 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten i n Betri eb nehmen/H ochl auf und LEDs (C ontroller) @ 4\mod_1243521648173_21.doc x @ 34301 @ @ 1
After the power is switched on, the controller is initialized. The fieldbus controller
determines the I/O module configuration and creates a process image. During
startup, the I/O LED (red) will flash. After a brief period, the I/O LED lights up
green, indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational.
Pos : 83.11 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten i n Betri eb nehmen/H ochl auf und LEDs - F ehler 6-4: noc h kei ne IP- Adr ess e z ugewi esen @ 4\mod_1243590721843_21.doc x @ 34504 @ @ 1
If an error has occurred during startup, a fault code is flashed by the I/O LED.
If the I/O LED flashes 6 times (indicating error code 6) and then 4 times
(indicating error argument 4), an IP address has not been assigned yet.
Pos : 83.12 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten i n Betri eb nehmen/IP-Adres se an den F el dbus knoten vergeben - Übersc hrift 2 @ 4\mod_1243596274106_21.doc x @ 34544 @ 2 @ 1
8.2
Allocating the IP Address to the Fieldbus Node
Pos : 83.13 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten i n Betri eb nehmen/Einl eitung - Listenpunkt - IP-Adres se mit WAGO- ETHERN ET-Settings vergeben @ 4\mod_1238672956046_21.doc x @ 29763 @ @ 1
•
Assigning IP Address via WAGO ETHERNET Settings
(static IP address via the serial communication port)
Automatic assignment of addresses via DHCP
(Automatic address assignment via DHCP)
Assigning IP Address via a BootP server
Static via the fieldbus, in which several steps are required in comparison to
assigning the IP address using WAGO ETHERNET Settings
Pos : 83.14 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten i n Betri eb nehmen/Einl eitung - Listenpunkt - IP-Adres se mit DHC P vergeben (automatisc h) @ 5\mod_1243598540693_21.doc x @ 34613 @ @ 1
•
Pos : 83.15 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten i n Betri eb nehmen/Einl eitung - Listenpunkt - IP-Adres se mit BootP-Ser ver vergeben @ 4\mod_1238673093468_21.doc x @ 29766 @ @ 1
•
Pos : 83.16.1 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/IP-Adres se mi t ETHERN ET-Setti ngs vergeben - Ü bers chrift 3 @ 4\mod_1239022358609_21.doc x @ 29973 @ 3 @ 1
Eine nähere Ang abe von J ürgen er hal
8.2.1
Assigning IP Address via WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings
Pos : 83.16.2 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Mit den WAGO-ETH ERN ET-Setti ngs in Betrieb nehmen - Einlei tung @ 4\mod_1239021569906_21.doc x @ 29958 @ @ 1
“WAGO-ETHERNET Settings 759-316” is a Windows application used to read
and edit bus-specific parameters of WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus
couplers/controllers.
You can use the following functions with the WAGO-ETHERNET Settings:
•
configure an IP address at start-up via the serial communications interface
•
reset the fieldbus coupler/controller parameter to factory default settings
•
delete and unzip the flash file system on which the html pages of the
fieldbus coupler are stored
Manual
Version 1.2.0
96
Commissioning
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
More information about WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings
The program “WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings” is available for download at
http://www.wago.com under Downloads  AUTOMATION.
You can find a short description in the “Quick Start” of the ETHERNET 750-841
Fieldbus Controller. The brief description is also available on the Internet at
http://www.wago.com under Documentation.
Pos : 83.16.3 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Z ur Datenkommuni kation können Kommuni kati ons kabel oder WAGO-F unkadapter ver wendet werden. @ 5\mod_1243599181347_21.doc x @ 34623 @ @ 1
WAGO communication cables or WAGO radio-link adapters can be used for data
communication.
Pos : 83.16.4 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Hinweis: Kommuni kati ons kabel 750-920 nic ht unter Spannung s tec ken! (Controll er) @ 6\mod_1264499356321_21.doc x @ 48718 @ @ 1
Do not connect Communication Cable when energized!
To prevent damage to the communications interface, do not connect or disconnect
Communication Cable 750-920 respectively 750-923 when energized!
The fieldbus controller must be de-energized!
Pos : 83.16.5 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Betri ebsspg aussc hal ten, Kommuni kations kabel anschli eß en, Bertriebss pg an (Controll er) Sc hritt 1-3 @ 8\mod_1275649569537_21.doc x @ 57380 @ @ 1
1.
Switch off the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
2.
Connect the communication cable 750-920 or 750-921 respectively the
Bluetooth® Adapter 750-923 to the configuration interface of the fieldbus
controller and to your computer.
3.
Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
Pos : 83.16.6 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/IP-Adres se mi t ETHERN ET-Setti ngs vergeben, Sc hritt 4,5,6: E-S starten, Identi fiz., Register TC P/IP @ 20\mod_1408690952384_21.doc x @ 162112 @ @ 1
4.
Start WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings program.
5.
Click on [Read] to read in and identify the connected fieldbus node.
6.
7.
Select the TCP/IP tab.
Select "Automatically obtain: DHCP Server " in the Settings box, or if
you want to assign a permanent address, select the "Use the following
addresses:" option (BootP is the default).
8.
If you select the static configuration, enter the desired additional IP address
and optionally the subnet mask and the gateway.
Pos : 83.16.7 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/IP-Adres se mi t ETHERN ET-Setti ngs vergeben, Sc hritt 7 "“F olgende Adr ess en ver wenden:" DHC P-Reg:TC P/IP @ 5\mod_1243936676542_21.doc x @ 34663 @ @ 1
Pos : 83.16.8 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/IP-Adres se mi t ETHERN ET-Setti ngs vergeben, Sc hritt 9 bis 10 IP übernehmen, WBM öffnen @ 5\mod_1244199645897_21.doc x @ 34997 @ @ 1
9.
Click on the [Write] button to apply the settings in the fieldbus node.
10.
You can now close ETHERNET-Settings or make other changes in the
Web-based Management System as required. To open the Web-based
Management System click on the button [WBM] on the right side.
Pos : 83.17.1 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/IP-Adres se mi t DHC P vergeben - Ü bersc hrift 3, Die Besc hr umfasst folg Arbeitssc hritte, Ü4 DHCP akti v @ 5\mod_1244201774491_21.doc x @ 35007 @ 3 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
8.2.2
Commissioning
97
Assigning IP Address via DHCP
If you want to use DHCP to assign the IP address, it happens automatically via a
DHCP server on the network.
Pos : 83.17.2 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/IP-Adres se mi t DHC P vergeben T eil 2 @ 9\mod_1282136848186_21.doc x @ 63897 @ 4 @ 1
Total network failure when there are two DHCP servers in the network!
To prevent network failure, never connect a PC, on which a DHCP server is
installed, to a global network. In larger networks, there is usually a DHCP server
already that can cause collisions and subsequent network failure.
There must be a DHCP server in the network for further configuration!
Install a DHCP server on your client PC in the local network if not already
available. You can download a DHCP server free of charge on the Internet, e.g.,
http://windowspedia.de/dhcp-server_download/.
Assign the client PC a fixed IP address and note common subnet!
Note that the client PC, on which the DHCP server is listed, must have a fixed IP
address and that the fieldbus node and client PC must be in the same subnet.
The following steps are included:
•
•
8.2.2.1
Enable DHCP
Disable DHCP
Enable DHCP
Pos : 83.17.3 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/DHC P muss akti vi ert s ein, Automatisc he IP-Vergabe durch DHCP @ 5\mod_1244202995679_21.doc x @ 35014 @ @ 1
DHCP must be enabled on the Web pages or in WAGO-ETHERNETSettings!
Note that DHCP must be enabled on the internal Web pages of the WBM, HTML
page “Port configuration”.
If BootP is also enabled, it is automatically disabled.
DHCP is disabled and BootP is enabled by default when delivered.
As an alternative, you can also enable DHCP via WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings in
the TCP/IP tab.
An IP address is automatically assigned after restarting the fieldbus node.
Pos : 83.17.4 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Hinweis: Weitere Informati onen z um Ausles en der IP-Adresse mittels ETHERN ET-Settings @ 5\mod_1244637843934_21.doc x @ 35196 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
98
Commissioning
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
More information about reading the IP address
You can use WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings to read the IP address currently
assigned.
Proceed as described in the section “Assigning IP Address via WAGOETHERNET-Settings.”
Pos : 83.17.5 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/DHC P deakti vi eren - Ü berschrift 4 @ 5\mod_1244625976924_21.doc x @ 35158 @ 4 @ 1
8.2.2.2
Disabling DHCP
Pos : 83.17.6 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Hinweis: F ür di e dauerhafte Adr ess vergabe DHCP deakti vier en! (Contr oller) @ 5\mod_1244626215944_21.doc x @ 35154 @ @ 1
BootP must be disabled to assign the address permanently!
To apply the new IP address permanently in the fieldbus controller, BootP must
be disabled.
This prevents the fieldbus coupler from receiving a new BootP request.
Pos : 83.17.7 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/D as D eakti vier en von DHCP können Sie auf z wei Arten vor nehmen: ET-Setti ngs,WBM @ 5\mod_1244626577279_21.doc x @ 35165 @ @ 1
You can disable DHCP in two ways:
•
•
Disable DHCP in WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings.
Disable DHCP in the Web-based Management System.
Pos : 83.17.8 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gli ederungsel emente/------Leerzeil e------ @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0.doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
Pos : 83.17.9 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/DHC P in WAGO-ETHERN ET-Setti ngs deakti vi eren - Z wis chenübers chrift @ 5\mod_1244627134851_21.doc x @ 35177 @ @ 1
Disable DHCP in WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings
Pos : 83.17.10 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Kommuni kations kabel 750- 920 nicht unter Spannung stec ken! (Contr oller) @ 6\mod_1264499356321_21.doc x @ 48718 @ @ 1
Do not connect Communication Cable when energized!
To prevent damage to the communications interface, do not connect or disconnect
Communication Cable 750-920 respectively 750-923 when energized!
The fieldbus controller must be de-energized!
Pos : 83.17.11 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Betriebss pg aus schalten, Kommuni kati ons kabel ansc hließen, Bertriebss pg an (C ontroller) Schritt 1-3 @ 8\mod_1275649569537_21.doc x @ 57380 @ @ 1
1.
Switch off the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
2.
Connect the communication cable 750-920 or 750-921 respectively the
Bluetooth® Adapter 750-923 to the configuration interface of the fieldbus
controller and to your computer.
3.
Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
Pos : 83.17.12 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hoc hl auf und LEDs (Contr oller) @ 4\mod_1243521648173_21.doc x @ 34301 @ @ 1
After the power is switched on, the controller is initialized. The fieldbus controller
determines the I/O module configuration and creates a process image. During
startup, the I/O LED (red) will flash. After a brief period, the I/O LED lights up
green, indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational.
Pos : 83.17.13 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hoc hl auf und LEDs - F ehl er allgemein, Hi nweis : Sig nalisi erung/Blinkcode-Aus w. @ 4\mod_1243594306433_21.doc x @ 34538 @ @ 1
If an error occurs during start-up indicated by the I/O LED flashing red, evaluate
the error code and argument and resolve the error.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Commissioning
99
More information about LED signaling
The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the
section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.
Pos : 83.17.14 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e mit ETH ERNET- Setti ngs verg eben, Schritt 4,5,6: E-S star ten, Identifiz ., R egister TCP/IP @ 20\mod_1408690952384_21.doc x @ 162112 @ @ 1
4.
Start WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings program.
5.
Click on [Read] to read in and identify the connected fieldbus node.
6.
7.
Select the TCP/IP tab.
Select "Automatically obtain: BootP Server " in the Settings box, or if
you want to assign a permanent address, select the "Use the following
addresses:" option.
8.
If you select the static configuration, enter the desired additional IP address
and optionally the subnet mask and the gateway.
Pos : 83.17.15 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e mit ETH ERNET- Setti ngs verg eben, Schritt 7 "“Automatisc h bezi ehen: BootP @ 21\mod_1417098830361_21.doc x @ 169568 @ @ 1
Pos : 83.17.16 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e mit ETH ERNET- Setti ngs verg eben, Schritt 9 bis 10 IP übernehmen, WBM öffnen @ 5\mod_1244199645897_21.doc x @ 34997 @ @ 1
9.
Click on the [Write] button to apply the settings in the fieldbus node.
10.
You can now close ETHERNET-Settings or make other changes in the
Web-based Management System as required. To open the Web-based
Management System click on the button [WBM] on the right side.
Pos : 83.17.17 /D okumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/------Leerzeile------ @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0.doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
Pos : 83.17.18 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/DHCP in dem Web-bas ed Management- System deakti vier en - Z wisc henübersc hrift @ 5\mod_1244627722261_21.doc x @ 35181 @ @ 1
Disable DHCP in the Web-based Management System
Pos : 83.17.19 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/DHCP über WM B deakti vier en - Sc hritte 1-4 WBM öffnen, R egister Port @ 5\mod_1244192820640_21.doc x @ 34990 @ @ 1
1.
Launch a Web browser (e.g., MS Internet Explorer or Mozilla) and enter the
IP address you have assigned your fieldbus node in the address bar.
2.
Click [Enter] to confirm.
The start page of the Web based Management System loads.
3.
Select “Port” in the left menu bar.
4.
Enter your user name and password in the inquiry screen (default: user =
“admin”, password = “wago” or user = “user”, password = “user”).
The HTML page "Port configuration" loads.
Pos : 83.17.20 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Deakti vi eren Sie DHCP, indem Si e die Opti on „BootP“ oder „ use IP fr om EEPR OM“ aus wählen, ( Sc hritt 5) @ 5\mod_1244628524957_21.doc x @ 35189 @ @ 1
5.
Disable DHCP by selecting the option “BootP” or “use IP fom
EEPROM”.
Pos : 83.17.21 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e über das Web-bas ed Management- System vergeben - Schritte 6-7 SU BMIT , N eus tart @ 5\mod_1244125431662_21.doc x @ 34964 @ @ 1
6.
Click on [SUBMIT] to apply the changes in your fieldbus node.
7.
Restart the fieldbus node to apply the settings of the Web interface.
Pos : 83.18.1 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/IP-Adres se mi t einem BootP-Ser ver vergeben (C ontroller) @ 6\mod_1265022423859_21.doc x @ 49093 @ 3 @ 1
8.2.3
Assigning the IP Address with a BootP Server
A BootP server or PLC program can be used to assign a fixed IP address.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
100
Commissioning
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
When assigning an address using a PLC program, this can be done using the
"Ethernet_Set_Network_Config" function block from the "Ethernet.lib" library
integrated in WAGO-I/O-PRO.
Assigning the IP address using a BootP server depends on the respective BootP
program. Handling is described in the respective manual for the program or in the
respective integrated help texts.
Pos : 83.18.2 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Hinweis: IP-Adress vergabe nic ht über Router möglich! @ 9\mod_1281680971860_21.doc x @ 63546 @ @ 1
IP address assignment is not possible via the router!
The IP address is assigned via patch cable, switches, hubs, or via direct link using
a crossover cable. Addresses cannot be assigned via routers.
Pos : 83.18.3 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Hinweis: BootP muss i m Web- bas ed M anagement-Sys tem akti viert sei n! @ 9\mod_1281681388997_21.doc x @ 63558 @ @ 1
BootP must be enabled on the Web pages!
Note that BootP must be enabled on the internal Web pages of the WBM, HTML
page “Port configuration”.
BootP is enabled by default when delivered.
Pos : 83.18.4 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Infor mation: IP-Adr ess vergabe mit BootP- Ser ver auch unter Li nux. Beliebig er BootP- Ser ver @ 9\mod_1281681162420_21.doc x @ 63552 @ @ 1
Additional Information
Assigning IP addresses using a BootP server can be carried out in any Windows
and Linux operating system. Any other BootP servers may also be used, besides
the WAGO-BootP server.
Pos : 83.18.5 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Die Besc hrei bung umfasst di e folgenden Ar beitssc hritte: M AC-ID,... (gekürz t für uns pez. BootP) @ 6\mod_1265027842746_21.doc x @ 49105 @ @ 1
The following steps are included:
•
•
•
•
Note MAC ID
Note IP address
Assigning the IP address and enable BootP
Disable BootP
Pos : 83.18.6 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Commissioning
101
Pos : 83.18.7 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/MAC- ID ermittel n ( BootP) Übersc hrift 4 @ 6\mod_1264500781687_21.doc x @ 48740 @ 4 @ 1
8.2.3.1
Note MAC ID
Pos : 83.18.8 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/MAC- ID ermittel n - Sc hritte 1- 2 (C ontroller) @ 5\mod_1244023567062_21.doc x @ 34779 @ @ 1
1.
Write down the controller’s MAC address (see label or peel-off strip).
If the fieldbus is already installed, turn off the operating voltage of the
fieldbus controller, then take the fieldbus controller out of the assembly of
your fieldbus node and note the MAC ID of your fieldbus controller.
The MAC ID is applied to the back of the fieldbus controller or on the paper strip
with two self-adhesive peel-off strips on the side of the fieldbus controller.
MAC ID of the fieldbus controller:
2.
00:30:DE:__:__:__
Plug the fieldbus controller into the assembly of the fieldbus node.
Pos : 83.18.9 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Client- PC und F eldbus knoten an Fel dbus ansc hluss ansc hließ en (Aufz ählung F ortsetz ung) @ 4\mod_1243520482117_21.doc x @ 34109 @ @ 1
3.
Use the fieldbus cable to connect the fieldbus connection of your
mechanically and electrically assembled fieldbus node to an open interface
on your computer.
The client PC must be equipped with a network card for this connection.
The controller transfer rate then depends on the network card of your client
PC.
Pos : 83.18.10 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Starten Si e den Cli ent-PC, der die Funkti on des M as ters und BootP- Ser vers überni mmt. @ 4\mod_1239087816984_21.doc x @ 30067 @ @ 1
4.
Start the client that assumes the function of the master and BootP server.
Pos : 83.18.11 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Sc halten Sie di e Spannungsvers orgung am C ontroll er (DC-24V-N etzteil) ei n. @ 4\mod_1239089269406_21.doc x @ 30071 @ @ 1
5.
Switch on the power at the controller (DC 24 V power supply unit).
Pos : 83.18.12 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hoc hl auf und LEDs (Contr oller) @ 4\mod_1243521648173_21.doc x @ 34301 @ @ 1
After the power is switched on, the controller is initialized. The fieldbus controller
determines the I/O module configuration and creates a process image. During
startup, the I/O LED (red) will flash. After a brief period, the I/O LED lights up
green, indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational.
Pos : 83.18.13 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hoc hl auf und LEDs - F ehl er allgemein, Hi nweis : Sig nalisi erung/Blinkcode-Aus w. @ 4\mod_1243594306433_21.doc x @ 34538 @ @ 1
If an error occurs during start-up indicated by the I/O LED flashing red, evaluate
the error code and argument and resolve the error.
More information about LED signaling
The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the
section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.
Pos : 83.18.14 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hoc hl auf und LEDs - F ehl er: keine IP (C ontroll er) @ 6\mod_1264498406795_21.doc x @ 48704 @ @ 1
Error codes and error arguments are indicated by the frequency of a LED flash
sequence. For example: Error code 6, followed by error argument 4, is indicated
by the I/O LED after controller start-up with 6 red error code flashes, followed by
four red flashes of the error argument. This indicates that an IP address has not yet
been assigned.
Pos : 83.18.15 /D okumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
102
Commissioning
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 83.18.16 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e ermi tteln ( BootP) Ü bersc hrift 4 @ 6\mod_1264497894131_21.doc x @ 48701 @ 4 @ 1
8.2.3.2
Determining IP addresses
Pos : 83.18.17 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e ermi tteln ( BootP) Bes chr eibung @ 5\mod_1244023774169_21.doc x @ 34783 @ @ 1
1.
If the client PC is already integrated into an IP network, you can determine
the client PC's IP address by clicking on Control Panel from the Start
Menu / Settings.
2.
Double-click on the Network icon.
The network dialog window appears.
For Windows 2000/XP:
•
•
•
Select Network and Dial-Up Connections
In the dialog window that then appears, right click on LAN Connection
and open the Properties link.
Mark the entry Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)
For Windows 7:
•
•
•
Choose Network and Sharing Center by using Control Panel.
In the dialog window that then appears, right click on LAN Connection
and open the Properties link.
Mark the entry Internet Protocol V4
Reinstall TCP/IP components if required!
If the “Internet Protocol TCP/IP” entry is missing, install the corresponding
TCP/IP components and reboot your computer.
You will need the installation CD for Windows 2000, XP or 7.
3.
Then click on the Properties... button
4.
The IP address, subnet mask and, where required, the client PC's gateway
address appear in the Properties window. Note these values:
Client PC IP address:
Subnet mask:
Gateway:
5.
___ . ___ . ___ . ___
___ . ___ . ___ . ___
___ . ___ . ___ . ___
Now select the desired IP address for your fieldbus node.
Assign the client PC a fixed IP address and note common subnet!
Note that the client PC, on which the BootP server is listed, must have a fixed IP
address and that the fieldbus node and client PC must be in the same subnet.
6.
Note the IP address you have selected:
Fieldbus node IP address:
___ . ___ . ___ . ___
Pos : 83.18.18 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e über BootP vergeben (Ü bersc hrift 4 und Schritte 1-3) @ 6\mod_1265023678369_21.doc x @ 49099 @ 4 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
8.2.3.3
Commissioning
103
Assigning the IP address
1.
Based on the handling, which depends on the BootP program set, assign the
required IP address for your fieldbus node.
2.
Enable the query/response mechanism of the BootP protocol based on the
handling, which depends on the BootP program set. Alternatively, do the
activation of BootP in WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings or in the Web-based
management system.
3.
To apply the new IP address, use a hardware reset to restart your fieldbus
node (interrupt the voltage supply for approx. 2 seconds).
Pos : 83.18.19 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/BootP deakti vi eren - Ü bersc hrift 4 @ 5\mod_1244025692102_21.doc x @ 34786 @ 4 @ 1
8.2.3.4
Disabling BootP
Pos : 83.18.20 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Bei akti vi ertem BootP- Protokoll er wartet der Contr oller die permanente Anwes enheit (C ontroller) @ 4\mod_1239104652546_21.doc x @ 30193 @ @ 1
When the BootP protocol is activated the controller expects the BootP server to be
permanently available. If there is no BootP server available after a PowerOn reset,
the network will remain inactive.
Pos : 83.18.21 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Si e müss en das BootP-Pr otokoll deakti vier en, damit der C ontroller di e IP aus dem R AM i n (Contr oller) @ 4\mod_1239104980734_21.doc x @ 30199 @ @ 1
You must then deactivate the BootP protocol so that the controller uses the
configurated IP address from the EEPROM; this does away with the need for the
BootP server to be permanently available.
Pos : 83.18.22 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Für die dauer hafte Adress vergabe, muss BootP deakti vi ert werden! (Contr oller) @ 5\mod_1244028650602_21.doc x @ 34812 @ @ 1
BootP must be disabled to assign the address permanently!
To apply the new IP address permanently in the fieldbus controller, BootP must
be disabled.
This prevents the fieldbus coupler from receiving a new BootP request.
Pos : 83.18.23 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Kein Verlust der IP-Adres se bei deakti vi ertem BootP-Protokoll (C ontr oller) @ 4\mod_1239105654343_21.doc x @ 30205 @ @ 1
The IP address is not lost when the BootP-Protocol is disabled!
If the BootP protocol is deactivated after addresses have been assigned, the stored
IP address is retained, even after an extended loss of power, or when the fieldbus
controller is removed.
Pos : 83.18.24 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Das Deakti vieren von BootP können Si e auf z wei Arten vor nehmen: ET- Settings,WBM @ 5\mod_1244032981452_21.doc x @ 34839 @ @ 1
You can disable BootP in two ways:
•
•
Pos : 83.18.25 /D okumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Disable BootP in WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings
Disable BootP in the Web-based Management System
104
Commissioning
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 83.18.26 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/BootP in WAGO-ETH ERNET-Setti ngs deakti vi eren - Z wisc henübersc hrift @ 5\mod_1244033879652_21.doc x @ 34860 @ @ 1
Disable BootP in WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings
Pos : 83.18.27 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Kommuni kations kabel 750- 920 nicht unter Spannung stec ken! (Contr oller) @ 6\mod_1264499356321_21.doc x @ 48718 @ @ 1
Do not connect Communication Cable when energized!
To prevent damage to the communications interface, do not connect or disconnect
Communication Cable 750-920 respectively 750-923 when energized!
The fieldbus controller must be de-energized!
Pos : 83.18.28 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Betriebss pg aus schalten, Kommuni kati ons kabel ansc hließen, Bertriebss pg an (C ontroller) Schritt 1-3 @ 8\mod_1275649569537_21.doc x @ 57380 @ @ 1
1.
Switch off the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
2.
Connect the communication cable 750-920 or 750-921 respectively the
Bluetooth® Adapter 750-923 to the configuration interface of the fieldbus
controller and to your computer.
3.
Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
Pos : 83.18.29 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hoc hl auf und LEDs (Contr oller) @ 4\mod_1243521648173_21.doc x @ 34301 @ @ 1
After the power is switched on, the controller is initialized. The fieldbus controller
determines the I/O module configuration and creates a process image. During
startup, the I/O LED (red) will flash. After a brief period, the I/O LED lights up
green, indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational.
Pos : 83.18.30 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hoc hl auf und LEDs - F ehl er allgemein, Hi nweis : Sig nalisi erung/Blinkcode-Aus w. @ 4\mod_1243594306433_21.doc x @ 34538 @ @ 1
If an error occurs during start-up indicated by the I/O LED flashing red, evaluate
the error code and argument and resolve the error.
More information about LED signaling
The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the
section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.
Pos : 83.18.31 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hoc hl auf und LEDs - F ehl er: keine IP (C ontroll er) @ 6\mod_1264498406795_21.doc x @ 48704 @ @ 1
Error codes and error arguments are indicated by the frequency of a LED flash
sequence. For example: Error code 6, followed by error argument 4, is indicated
by the I/O LED after controller start-up with 6 red error code flashes, followed by
four red flashes of the error argument. This indicates that an IP address has not yet
been assigned.
Pos : 83.18.32 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e mit ETH ERNET- Setti ngs verg eben, Schritt 4,5,6: E-S star ten, Identifiz ., R egister TCP/IP @ 20\mod_1408690952384_21.doc x @ 162112 @ @ 1
4.
Start WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings program.
5.
Click on [Read] to read in and identify the connected fieldbus node.
6.
7.
Select the TCP/IP tab.
Select "Automatically obtain: DHCP Server " in the Settings box, or if
you want to assign a permanent address, select the "Use the following
addresses:" option (BootP is the default).
8.
If you select the static configuration, enter the desired additional IP address
and optionally the subnet mask and the gateway.
Pos : 83.18.33 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e mit ETH ERNET- Setti ngs verg eben, Schritt 7 "“Folg ende Adressen ver wenden:" DHCP-R eg:TCP/IP @ 5\mod_1243936676542_21.doc x @ 34663 @ @ 1
Pos : 83.18.34 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e mit ETH ERNET- Setti ngs verg eben, Schritt 8 Geben Sie di e IP-Adresse ei n @ 5\mod_1244199539786_21.doc x @ 34993 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
9.
Commissioning
Enter the required IP Address and, if applicable, the address of the subnet
mask and gateway.
Pos : 83.18.35 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP- Adr ess e mit ETH ERNET- Setti ngs verg eben, Schritt 9 - IP über nehmen ( KEIN WBM) @ 9\mod_1281615891429_21.doc x @ 63384 @ @ 1
10.
Click on the [Write] button to apply the settings in the fieldbus node.
11.
You can now close ETHERNET-Settings.
Pos : 83.18.36 /D okumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
105
106
Commissioning
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 83.18.37 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/BootP in dem Web-bas ed Management-Sys tem deakti vier en - Z wisc henübersc hrift @ 5\mod_1244124957364_21.doc x @ 34960 @ @ 1
Disable BootP in the Web-based Management System
Pos : 83.18.38 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/BootP deakti vi eren - Anl eitung (Contr oller) @ 4\mod_1239105878859_21.doc x @ 30228 @ @ 1
1.
Open the Web browser on your client (such as the Microsoft Internet
Explorer) to have the HTML pages displayed.
2.
Enter the IP address for your fieldbus node in the address line of the
browser and press [Return].
A dialog window then appears with a password prompt. This is provided for
secure access and entails three different user groups: admin, guest and user.
3.
As Administrator, enter the user name: "admin" and the password "wago".
A start page is then displayed in the browser window with information about your
fieldbus controller (start page can be changed on HTML page “PLC Settings”).
You can navigate to other information using the hyperlinks in the left navigation
bar.
Pos : 83.18.39 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web- based M anagement-Sys tem WBM /Seite Infor mation/Infor mation - Bild ( 750-8xx) @ 15\mod_1367572328319_21.doc x @ 118569 @ @ 1
Figure 44: WBM page "Information"
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Commissioning
107
Pos : 83.18.40 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Zur Anzeige des Web-based-Management- Systems Proxy-Ser ver deakti vier en! @ 4\mod_1239178521218_21.doc x @ 30346 @ @ 1
Disable the proxy server to display the web-based Management-System!
If these pages are not displayed for local access to the fieldbus nodes, you must
define in the Web browser properties that, as an exception, no proxy server are to
be used for the node IP address.
Pos : 83.18.41 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Änderung der C ontroll er-IP durch DHCP-Ser ver i m N etz möglich! (Controll er) @ 4\mod_1239109927671_21.doc x @ 30258 @ @ 1
The controller IP can be changed in the network by the DHCP server!
If DHCP is enabled and a DHCP server (e.g. a router with active DHCP server) is
installed in the network, addresses are automatically allocated from the address
range of the DHCP server after a power failure (failure of the 24 VDC power
supply of the controller).
That is to say that all fieldbus coupler/controllers with active DHCP receive a new
IP address!
Pos : 83.18.42 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Klic ken Si e i n der li nken N avigationsleis te auf den Li nk „ Por t“, um di e HTM L-Seite für die... @ 4\mod_1239109846656_21.doc x @ 30255 @ @ 1
4.
In the left navigation bar click on Port to open the HTML page for selecting
a protocol.
Pos : 83.18.43 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web- based M anagement-Sys tem WBM /Seite Port/Port - Bild (750- 871, - 872, -872/020-000, -873) @ 6\mod_1264677792904_21.doc x @ 48873 @ @ 1
Figure 45: WBM page "Port"
Manual
Version 1.2.0
108
Commissioning
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 83.18.44 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Si e erhalten ei ne Liste aller Protokoll e, die der C ontroller unterstützt. (Contr oller) @ 4\mod_1239110517375_21.doc x @ 30265 @ @ 1
You are shown a list of all the protocols supported by the fieldbus controller.
Pos : 83.18.45 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/BootP deakti vi eren (Ei nstellungen i m WBM) @ 4\mod_1239108727859_21.doc x @ 30271 @ @ 1
5.
Select the option “DHCP” or “use IP from EEPROM” to disable the
BootP protocol.
You can also deactivate any other protocols that you no longer need in the same
manner, or select desired protocols and activate them explicitly.
Since communication for each protocol takes place via different ports, you can
have several protocols activated simultaneously; communication takes place via
these protocols.
Pos : 83.18.46 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/BootP deakti vi eren - Ende der Anl eitung (C ontroller) @ 6\mod_1264493847995_21.doc x @ 48694 @ @ 1
6.
Click on SUBMIT and then switch off the power to the fieldbus controller
(hardware reset), or press down the mode selector switch. The protocol
settings are then saved and the fieldbus controller is ready for operation.
If you have activated the MODBUS/TCP protocol, for example, you can now
select and execute required MODBUS functions using the MODBUS master too,
such as querying of the module configuration via register 0x2030.
If you have activated the WAGO-I/O-PRO for example, you can also program the
controller via ETHERNET link using WAGO-I/O-PRO in line with Standard
IEC-61131-3.
Pos : 83.18.47 /D okumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Sei tenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Commissioning
109
Pos : 83.18.48 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Fel dbus knoten in Betrieb nehmen/Gründe für ei ne fehlg esc hlagene IP-Adress vergabe (bei BootP) (Contr oller) @ 4\mod_1239098186078_21.doc x @ 30141 @ 4 @ 1
8.2.3.5
Reasons for Failed IP Address Assignment
•
The controller MAC address does not correspond to the entry given in the
"bootstrap.txt" file.
•
The client on whom the BootP server is running is not located in the same
subnet as the controller; i.e., the IP addresses do not match
Example: Client IP: 192.168.0.10 and controller IP: 10.1.254.5
•
Client and/or controller is/are not linked to the ETHERNET
•
Poor signal quality (use switches or hubs)
Pos : 83.19.1 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/F unktion des F eldbus knotens tes ten - Ü berschrift 2 @ 5\mod_1244635054676_21.doc x @ 35193 @ 2 @ 1
8.3
Testing the Function of the Fieldbus Node
Pos : 83.19.2 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Hinweis: Weitere Informati onen z um Ausles en der IP-Adresse mittels ETHERN ET-Settings @ 5\mod_1244637843934_21.doc x @ 35196 @ @ 1
More information about reading the IP address
You can use WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings to read the IP address currently
assigned.
Proceed as described in the section “Assigning IP Address via WAGOETHERNET-Settings.”
Pos : 83.19.3 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten testen, Betriebss pannung auss chalten, Schritt 1 @ 5\mod_1244638193434_21.doc x @ 35209 @ @ 1
1.
To ensure that the IP address is correct and to test communication with the
fieldbus node, first turn off the operating voltage of the fieldbus node.
2.
Create a non-serial connection between your client PC and the fieldbus
node.
Pos : 83.19.4 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/H ochl auf und LEDs (C ontr oller) @ 4\mod_1243521648173_21.doc x @ 34301 @ @ 1
After the power is switched on, the controller is initialized. The fieldbus controller
determines the I/O module configuration and creates a process image. During
startup, the I/O LED (red) will flash. After a brief period, the I/O LED lights up
green, indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational.
Pos : 83.19.5 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/H ochl auf und LEDs - F ehler allgemei n, Hi nweis: Signalisierung/Bli nkc ode-Aus w. @ 4\mod_1243594306433_21.doc x @ 34538 @ @ 1
If an error occurs during start-up indicated by the I/O LED flashing red, evaluate
the error code and argument and resolve the error.
More information about LED signaling
The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the
section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.
Pos : 83.19.6 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten testen, Sc hritt 3-6 @ 5\mod_1244638753496_21.doc x @ 35212 @ @ 1
3.
To test the coupler’s newly assigned I/P address, start a DOS window by
clicking on the Start menu item Programs/MS-DOS Prompt.
4.
In the DOS window, enter the command: "ping " followed by the IP address
of your coupler in the following format:
Manual
Version 1.2.0
110
Commissioning
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
ping [space] XXX . XXX . XXX . XXX (=IP address)
Figure 46: Example for the Function test of a Fieldbus Node
5.
When the [Enter] key has been pressed, your PC will receive a query from
the coupler, which will then be displayed in the DOS window.
If the error message: "Timeout" appears, please compare your entries again
to the allocated IP address and check all connections.
6.
When the test has been performed successfully, you can close the DOS
prompt.
The fieldbus node is now ready for communication.
Pos : 83.20.1 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Fl ash-D ateis ystem vor ber eiten - Ü berschrift 2 @ 5\mod_1244641182202_21.doc x @ 35222 @ 2 @ 1
8.4
Preparing the Flash File System
Pos : 83.20.2 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Fl ash-D ateis ystem vor ber eiten - Einl eitung (C ontroller) @ 5\mod_1244641380782_21.doc x @ 35231 @ @ 1
The flash file system must be prepared in order to use the Web interface of the
fieldbus controller to make all configurations.
The flash file system is already prepared when delivered.
However, if the flash file system has not been initialized on your fieldbus
controller or it has been destroyed due to an error, you must first extract it to the
flash memory to access it.
Pos : 83.20.3 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Hinweis: Kommuni kati ons kabel 750-920 nic ht unter Spannung s tec ken! (Koppler) @ 4\mod_1239172916562_21.doc x @ 30343 @ @ 1
Do not connect Communication Cable when energized!
To prevent damage to the communications interface, do not connect or disconnect
750-920 respectively 750-923 Communication Cable when energized! The
fieldbus coupler must be de-energized!
Pos : 83.20.4 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Hinweis: Daten werden durc h F or matieren g elösc ht! @ 5\mod_1244641489071_21.doc x @ 35235 @ @ 1
Formatting erases data!
Note that formatting erases all data and configurations.
Only use this function when the flash file system has not been initialized yet or
has been destroyed due to an error.
Pos : 83.20.5 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Betri ebsspg aussc hal ten, Kommuni kations kabel anschli eß en, Bertriebss pg an (Controll er) Sc hritt 1-3 @ 8\mod_1275649569537_21.doc x @ 57380 @ @ 1
1.
Switch off the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
2.
Connect the communication cable 750-920 or 750-921 respectively the
Bluetooth® Adapter 750-923 to the configuration interface of the fieldbus
controller and to your computer.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
3.
Commissioning
111
Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
Pos : 83.20.6 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/H ochl auf und LEDs (C ontr oller) @ 4\mod_1243521648173_21.doc x @ 34301 @ @ 1
After the power is switched on, the controller is initialized. The fieldbus controller
determines the I/O module configuration and creates a process image. During
startup, the I/O LED (red) will flash. After a brief period, the I/O LED lights up
green, indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational.
Pos : 83.20.7 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/H ochl auf und LEDs - F ehler allgemei n, Hi nweis: Signalisierung/Bli nkc ode-Aus w. @ 4\mod_1243594306433_21.doc x @ 34538 @ @ 1
If an error occurs during start-up indicated by the I/O LED flashing red, evaluate
the error code and argument and resolve the error.
More information about LED signaling
The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the
section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.
Pos : 83.20.8 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Fl ash-D ateis ystem vor ber eiten, ETH ERNET-Setti ngs starten, Dateis ystem z urüc ksetzen Sc hritt 4-6 @ 5\mod_1244643184660_21.doc x @ 35238 @ @ 1
4.
Start the WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings program.
5.
In the top menu bar, select Reset File System to format the file system and
to extract the Web pages of the flash file system.
Formatting and extracting is complete when the status window displays
"Resetting the file system successfully".
Restart the Fieldbus coupler/controller after resetting file system!
Make a restart of the fieldbus coupler/controller, so that the Web pages can be
displayed after resetting file system.
Pos : 83.21.1 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Echtzei tuhr s ync hronisier en - Übersc hrift 2 @ 5\mod_1244643344108_21.doc x @ 35241 @ 2 @ 1
8.5
Synchronizing the Real-Time Clock
Pos : 83.21.2 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Echtzei tuhr s ync hronisier en - Ei nleitung (Controll er) @ 5\mod_1244644089082_21.doc x @ 35254 @ @ 1
The fieldbus controller's real-time clock enables a date and time indication for
files in the flash file system.
At start-up, synchronize the real-time clock with the computer's current time.
Pos : 83.21.3 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Echtzei tuhr s ync hronisier en, Listenpunkte, Z wisc henübersc hrift: ...mi t ETHERN ET Setti ngs s ynchr on. @ 5\mod_1244644164581_21.doc x @ 35258 @ @ 1
There are two options to synchronize the real-time clock:
•
Synchronize the real-time clock using WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings
•
Synchronize the real-time clock using the Web-based ManagementSystem
Synchronize the real-time clock using WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings
Pos : 83.21.4 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Betri ebsspg aussc hal ten, Kommuni kations kabel anschli eß en, Bertriebss pg an (Controll er) Sc hritt 1-3 @ 8\mod_1275649569537_21.doc x @ 57380 @ @ 1
1.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Switch off the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
112
Commissioning
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
2.
Connect the communication cable 750-920 or 750-921 respectively the
Bluetooth® Adapter 750-923 to the configuration interface of the fieldbus
controller and to your computer.
3.
Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
Pos : 83.21.5 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/H ochl auf und LEDs (C ontr oller) @ 4\mod_1243521648173_21.doc x @ 34301 @ @ 1
After the power is switched on, the controller is initialized. The fieldbus controller
determines the I/O module configuration and creates a process image. During
startup, the I/O LED (red) will flash. After a brief period, the I/O LED lights up
green, indicating that the fieldbus controller is operational.
Pos : 83.21.6 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/H ochl auf und LEDs - F ehler allgemei n, Hi nweis: Signalisierung/Bli nkc ode-Aus w. @ 4\mod_1243594306433_21.doc x @ 34538 @ @ 1
If an error occurs during start-up indicated by the I/O LED flashing red, evaluate
the error code and argument and resolve the error.
More information about LED signaling
The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the
section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.
Pos : 83.21.7 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Echtzei tunhr s ynchr onisi eren - ETH ERNET- Settings starten, Scr eens hotbsp, Sychnc hr., Sc hritte 4-6 @ 5\mod_1244644387640_21.doc x @ 35261 @ @ 1
4.
Start the WAGO Ethernet Settings program.
5.
Select the Date and Time tab.
Figure 47: Example of Time Synchronization in ETHERNET Settings
6.
Click on the [Apply] button.
Pos : 83.21.8 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Echtzei tuhr s ync hronisier en - WBM starten, WBM Cl oc k Scr eenbsp., Eins tell ung en, Schritte 1-5 @ 5\mod_1244644813093_21.doc x @ 35264 @ @ 1
Synchronize the real-time clock using the Web-based Management-System
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Commissioning
113
1.
Launch a Web browser (e.g., MS Internet Explorer or Mozilla) and enter the
IP address you have assigned your fieldbus node in the address bar.
2.
Click [Enter] to confirm.
The start page of the Web interface loads.
3.
Select “Clock” in the left menu bar.
4.
Enter your user name and password in the inquiry screen (default: user =
“admin”, password = “wago” or user = “user”, password = “user”).
The HTML page "Clock configuration" loads.
5.
Set the values in the fields “Time on device”, “Date” and “Timezone” to the
current values and enable the “Daylight Saving Time (DST)” option if
necessary.
Figure 48: Example of WBM Clock Configuration
Pos : 83.21.9 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/IP-Adres se über das Web- based M anagement-System vergeben - Sc hritte 6- 7 SUBM IT, N eustart @ 5\mod_1244125431662_21.doc x @ 34964 @ @ 1
6.
Click on [SUBMIT] to apply the changes in your fieldbus node.
7.
Restart the fieldbus node to apply the settings of the Web interface.
Pos : 83.22.1 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/Übersc hriften für all e Serien/Inbetriebnehmen - Konfigurieren - Parametrier en - Bedi enen/Wer ksei nstellungen wi ederherstellen - Ü berschrift 2 @ 19\mod_1400835342342_21.doc x @ 154641 @ 2 @ 1
8.6
Restoring Factory Settings
Pos : 83.22.2 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmenHinweis: Für vollständiges Lösc hen des C ontroll ers, erst Dateis ys tem zur üc ks etz en! @ 19\mod_1400834547681_21.doc x @ 154638 @ @ 1
For total deletion, first make a file system reset!
Note that you first reset the file system for the complete deletion of the
controller. Use for this the program WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings, as described
below, and click first on the button [Reset File System].
Then, you restore the factory settings.
Pos : 83.22.3 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Wer ksei nstellungen wi ederherstellen - Einl eitung @ 5\mod_1244645612937_21.doc x @ 35274 @ @ 1
To restore the factory settings, proceed as follows:
Pos : 83.22.4 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Betri ebsspg aussc hal ten, Kommuni kations kabel anschli eß en, Bertriebss pg an (Controll er) Sc hritt 1-3 @ 8\mod_1275649569537_21.doc x @ 57380 @ @ 1
1.
Switch off the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
2.
Connect the communication cable 750-920 or 750-921 respectively the
Bluetooth® Adapter 750-923 to the configuration interface of the fieldbus
controller and to your computer.
3.
Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus controller.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
114
Commissioning
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 83.22.5 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten in Betri eb nehmen/Wer ksei nstellungen wi ederherstellen - ETHERN ET-Settings s tarten,D efault,Conti nue, Neust Schritte 4-5 @ 5\mod_1244645750981_21.doc x @ 35277 @ @ 1
4
Start the WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings program.
5.
In the top menu bar, select [Factory Settings] and click [Yes] to confirm.
A restart of the fieldbus node is implemented automatically. The start takes place
with the default settings.
Pos : 84 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
115
Pos : 85.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betrieb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PR O programmi eren/PFC mit WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en - Übersc hrift 1, mit Bes chr eibung T eil 1 @ 4\mod_1240896463296_21.doc x @ 31480 @ 1 @ 1
9
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
Using IEC 61131-3 programming, the ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
750-873 can also utilize the function of a PLC in addition to the functions of a
fieldbus coupler. Creation of an application program in line with IEC 61131-3 is
performed using the programming tool WAGO-I/O-PRO.
Pos : 85.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betrieb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PR O programmi eren/PFC mit WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogr.,Hinweis: Opti on „CoD eSys“ im Web-bas ed Management- System akti vi eren! @ 9\mod_1282111968039_21.doc x @ 63800 @ @ 1
Activate option “CODESYS” in the web-based Management System for
programming!
Pay attention, the IEC 61131-3 programming of the controller via ETHERNET
requires that the check box CODESYS be activated at the Website “Port
Configuration” (default).
You can, however, also connect the client PC and controller serially for
programming using a programming cable.
Pos : 85.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betrieb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PR O programmi eren/Hinweis: Zur Pr ogrammi erung des Fel dbus contr ollers mit Adminis trator kennwort anmelden! (Ei nloggen) @ 14\mod_1361179815290_21.doc x @ 112141 @ @ 1
Log in with the administrator password to program the fieldbus controller!
If you have activated password protection for port 2455 on the “Security” page of
the WBM, you have to log into WAGO-I/O-PRO in the menu Online > Log In to
obtain programming access to the fieldbus controller (default password “wago”).
Figure 49: Logging in for Programming Access
Pos : 85.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betrieb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PR O programmi eren/Hinweis: Zur Nutzung des PLC-Br owsers mit Admi nistr ator benutz erdaten anmelden! @ 14\mod_1361182544053_21.doc x @ 112138 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
116
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Log in to use the PLC browser with administrator user data!
To use the PLC browser functionality in WAGO-I/O-PRO, log into the PLC
browser with the administrator user data (default user “admin”, password
“wago”). Enter “login admin wago” in the command line of the PLC browser.
Figure 50: Logging into the PLC Browser
Pos : 85.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betrieb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PR O programmi eren/PFC mit WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en - Bes chr eibung T eil 2 @ 9\mod_1282112143230_21.doc x @ 63803 @ @ 1
A description of programming using WAGO-I/O-PRO is not included in this
manual. The following sections, on the other hand, contain important information
about creating projects in WAGO-I/O-PRO and about special modules that you
can use explicitly for programming of the ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232
Controller.
Explanations are also provided as to how the IEC 61131-3 program is transferred
and how suitable communication drivers are loaded.
One WAGO-I/O-PRO-/(CODESYS)-Instance per traget system!
Note that a simultaneous connection of multiple WAGO-I/O-PRO/(CODESYS)
Instances on one target system is not possible.
Name Conventions for WAGO-I/O-PRO/(CODESYS) Projects!
Note that you do not use special characters for the name of your
WAGO-I/O-PRO/(CODESYS) project and limit the name to a maximum of 8
characters.
This will ensure that not always, in case of the online change function is activated
simultaneously, for each online change event a new TxT file is created, which
contains the paths and the project ID, and that for this additional memory is
consumed. With proper choice of the file name, the TxT file is only overwritten
each time and does not consume additional memory space.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
117
Additional Information:
For a detailed description of using the software, refer to the manual for the
“WAGO-I/O-PRO”. This manual is located in the Internet under
http://www.wago.com.
1.
Start the programming tool at Start \ Programs \ WAGO-I/O-PRO.
2.
Under File / New create a new project
A dialog window then appears on which you can set the target system for
programming.
Pos : 85.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betrieb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PR O programmi eren/Dial ogfens ter Zi els ys temeins tell ung en aus wähl en – Bil d Aus wahlliste (750- xxx) @ 13\mod_1352725111339_21.doc x @ 105893 @ @ 1
Figure 51: Dialog window for target system settings
Pos : 85.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betrieb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PR O programmi eren/Dial ogfens ter Zi els ys temeins tell ung en aus wähl en 750- xxx F el dbusc ontroller (allg) @ 4\mod_1240901339765_21.doc x @ 31551 @ @ 1
3.
Select the respective entry in the select list for your fieldbus controller and
then click OK.
Pos : 85.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betrieb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PR O programmi eren/Projekt anl egen, Progr ammi erart wählen @ 4\mod_1240904374062_21.doc x @ 31566 @ @ 1
4.
In the dialog window that appears select the program type (AWL, KOP,
FUP, AS, ST or CFC).
Pos : 85.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betrieb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PR O programmi eren/Bus kl emmenkonfiguration z us ammenz ustellen und i n Konfigur ati ons datei „EA-config.xml“ abbilden @ 4\mod_1240904494468_21.doc x @ 31589 @ @ 1
To ensure that you can access all I/O module data properly in your new project,
first compile the I/O module configuration based on the existing fieldbus node
hardware and map it in the configuration file “EA-config.xml”.
Pos : 85.10 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Sc hrei bz ugriff in EA-config.xml festleg en 750- 872, -873 mit RTU @ 21\mod_1417019285634_21.doc x @ 169278 @ @ 1
This file defines whether write access is permitted to the modules from the IEC61131-3 program, from the MODBUS/TCP, EtherNet/IP or MODBUS RTU.
Pos : 85.11 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Generier ung der EA-config.xml über die Konfiguration mit dem WAGO-I/O- Konfigur ator @ 4\mod_1240907172437_21.doc x @ 31613 @ @ 1
As described below, this file can be generated via configuration using the WAGO
I/O Configurator.
Pos : 85.12 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
118
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 85.13 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Fel dbusc ontroll er mit dem I/O-Konfigurator konfiguri eren @ 4\mod_1240907399109_21.doc x @ 31617 @ 2 @ 1
9.1
Configuring the Fieldbus Controller using the I/O
Configurator
The I/O Configurator is a plug-in integrated into WAGO-I/O-PRO used to
determine addresses for I/O modules at a fieldbus controller.
1.
1. In the left half of the screen for the WAGO-I/O-PRO interface, select
the tab Resources.
2.
To start the I/O Configurator, double-click in the tree structure on Control
system configuration.
3.
Expand the branch Hardware configuration in the tree structure.
4.
Right-click on the entry K-Bus and then select Edit in the context
menu.
5.
In the “Configuration” window that then opens, click on Add to open the
module selection window.
6.
Select the I/O module you wish to add from the module catalog and attach it
to the end of the internal data bus structure by clicking on [>>] and OK.
7.
Position all of the required I/O modules in their correct order until this
arrangement matches the configuration of the physical node.
Arrange the tree structure in the hardware configuration in the same manner.
Include all I/O modules which supply or receive data.
If you access your fieldbus controller online, you can use the [Start WAGO-I/OCHECK and scan] button in the “Configuration” window to read in the
physically linked fieldbus controllers with the series-connected I/O modules and
display all of the components.
The internal data bus structure in the WAGO I/O Configurator must match
the physical node structure!
The number of I/O modules that send or receive data must correspond to the
existing hardware (except for supply modules, copying modules or end modules,
for example). For the number of input and output bits or bytes of the individual
I/O modules, please refer to their corresponding descriptions.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
119
Additional information
To open the data sheet for an I/O module, click in the “Configuration” window on
the corresponding I/O module and then click the [Data sheet] button. The data
sheet is then shown in a separate window.
All current data sheets are available on our website http://www.wago.com under
Documentation.
8.
Click OK to accept the node configuration and close the dialog window.
The addresses for the control system configuration are then recalculated and the
tree structure for the configuration is updated.
Pos : 85.14 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Zugriffs berec htigung änder n 750-841, - 871, -872, -873 @ 4\mod_1240910417718_21.doc x @ 31640 @ @ 1
If required, you can also modify the authorization privileges for individual I/O
modules if they are to be accessed via fieldbus (MODBUS/TCP/IP or
Ethernet/IP). Initially, write access from the PLC is defined for each I/O module
that is added. Proceed as follows to change this setting:
Pos : 85.15 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Zugriff auf di e Kl emmendaten besti mmen @ 4\mod_1240910665484_21.doc x @ 31647 @ @ 1
9.
Click the “PI Assignment” tab in the “Configuration” dialog.
10.
Define for each module from where access to the module data is to be
carried out.
You can choose from the following settings in the column “PI Assignment” for
this:
Pos : 85.16 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Zugriffs berec htigung - PLC , PLC ( Standardeins tell ung) - Z ugriff vom PFC aus @ 4\mod_1240910818906_21.doc x @ 31650 @ @ 1
•
PLC, PLC (standard setting)
- Access from PLC
•
fieldbus 1
- Access from MODBUS/TCP
•
fieldbus 2
- Access from Ethernet/IP
•
fieldbus3
- Access from MODBUS RTU
After completing these settings you can begin the IEC-61131-3 programming.
Pos : 85.17 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Zugriffs berec htigung - fi eldbus 1 - Z ugriff von MOD BUS/TCP aus @ 4\mod_1240910995796_21.doc x @ 31653 @ @ 1
Pos : 85.18 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Zugriffs berec htigung - fi eldbus 2 - Z ugriff von Ethernet/IP aus @ 4\mod_1240911087031_21.doc x @ 31657 @ @ 1
Pos : 85.19 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Zugriffs berec htigung - fi eldbus 3 - Z ugriff von MOD BUS RTU aus @ 20\mod_1412148159864_21.doc x @ 165058 @ @ 1
Pos : 85.20 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Zuordnen--Nach Fertigstellung der Z uordnung, können Si e mit der IEC-61131-3- Programmier ung beginnen. @ 21\mod_1415208429195_21.doc x @ 167252 @ @ 1
Pos : 85.21 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Zuordnen-- Wenn Si e das Projekt übers etz en (Menü Pr ojekt > Ü bers etzen/Alles übers etz en) und i n den @ 21\mod_1415208625731_21.doc x @ 167255 @ @ 1
An “EA-config.xml” configuration file is automatically generated and stored in
the fieldbus controller, when you transfer the project (Menu project >
transfer/transfer all) and download it in the fieldbus controller.
Pos : 85.22 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Hinweis: Bei dir ektem Schr eiben über MOD BUS an eine H ardwar e-Adress e fiel dbus 1 einstellen! @ 4\mod_1240913208359_21.doc x @ 31729 @ @ 1
Set “MODBUS TCP/UDP, fieldbus1”, when directly writing to a hardware
address via MODBUS!
Set “MODBUS TCP/UDP, fieldbus 1” if you wish to write directly to a hardware
address via MODBUS. Otherwise the modules will be allocated to the PLC,
making writing from a different location impossible.
Pos : 85.23 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Infor mati on: Besc hrei bung z u dem Pr ogrammiertool WAGO-I/O-PR O + I/O- Konfig urator @ 4\mod_1242119437406_21.doc x @ 32980 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
120
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Additional Information
For a detailed description of using the software WAGO-I/O-PRO and the I/O
Configurator, refer to the online Help function for WAGO-I/O-PRO.
Pos : 85.24 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Fel dbusc ontroll er mit der Datei EA-config.xml konfigurier en @ 4\mod_1241698395500_21.doc x @ 32750 @ 3 @ 1
9.1.1
Configuration using the “EA-config.xml” File
You can also create the file “EA-config.xml” using an editor and store it in the
controller directory “/etc” by means of FTP.
Configuration using the file “EA-config.xml” that is already stored in the fieldbus
controller is described in this section.
Pos : 85.25 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Hinweis: Konfigurati onsei ntr äge i n WAGO-I/O- PRO übersc hrei ben „ EA-c onfig.xml“ bei D ownl oad! @ 4\mod_1242042856796_21.doc x @ 32900 @ @ 1
Configuration entries in WAGO-I/O-PRO overwrite “EA-config.xml” upon
download!
If you wish to perform module assignment directly using the “EAconfig.xml” file
stored in the controller, do not save any configuration data in WAGO-I/O-PRO
prior to this, as the file is overwritten by entries in the WAGO-I/O-PRO on each
download.
Pos : 85.26 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Mit der D atei EA-c onfig.xml konfigurieren ( Vorgang) @ 4\mod_1240914151781_21.doc x @ 31760 @ @ 1
1.
Open any FTP client. You can also use the Windows FTP client in the DOS
prompt window:
ftp://[IP address of controller], e.g. ftp://192.168.1.201
2.
Then, enter admin as the user login and wago as the password.
The file “EA-config.xml” is located in the “etc” folder.
3.
Copy this file to a local directory on your PC and open it in an editor
installed on your PC (e.g., “WordPad”).
The file already contains the following syntax:
Figure 52: EA-config.xml
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
121
The fourth line contains the necessary information for the first I/O module.
The entry MAP=PLC assigns write access privileges to the IEC-61131-3 program
for the first module.
Pos : 85.27 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Mit der D atei EA-c onfig.xml konfigurieren - Zugriff ändern, PLC durch FB1, 2 E/ oder 3(RTU) ers etz en @ 20\mod_1412775515581_21.doc x @ 165398 @ @ 1
4.
If you wish to change the access rights, replace "PLC" with "FB1" as the
access privileges from MODBUS/TCP.
If you wish to change the access rights, replace "PLC" with "FB2" as the
access privileges from Ethernet/IP.
If you wish to change the access rights, replace "PLC" with "FB3" as the
access privileges from MODBUS RTU:
<Module ARTIKELNR=“ “ MAP=“PLC“ LOC=“ALL“>
</Module>
<Module ARTIKELNR=“ “ MAP=“FB3“ LOC=“ALL“>
</Module>
5. Then complete the fourth line for each individual module using this syntax
and set the corresponding assigned access privileges.
Pos : 85.28 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Mit der D atei EA-c onfig.xml konfigurieren - Zeil en hi nzufüg en @ 4\mod_1240920351781_21.doc x @ 31800 @ @ 1
The number of line entries must correspond with the number of bus
terminals used!
It is imperative that the number of line entries concurs with the number of existing
hardware modules.
6.
Save the file and reload it to the controller file system via FTP client.
You can then begin with IEC-61131-3 programming.
Additional Information:
For a detailed description of how to use the software, refer to the WAGO-I/OPRO manual. The manual is available in the Internet under:
http://www.wago.com  Documentation  WAGO Software  WAGO-I/OPRO  759-333
Pos : 85.29 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
122
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 85.30 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/ETH ERNET-Bibli otheken für WAGO- I/O- PRO @ 4\mod_1240922020812_21.doc x @ 31825 @ 2 @ 1
9.2
ETHERNET Libraries for WAGO-I/O-PRO
Various libraries are available in WAGO-I/O-PRO for different IEC 61131-3
programming tasks. These libraries contain function blocks that can be used
universally to facilitate and accelerate the creation of programs.
Once the libraries have been integrated, function blocks, functions and data types
will be available that you can use the same as ones you have specifically defined.
Additional Information
All libraries are included on the installation CD for the software WAGO-I/O-PRO
or in the Internet under http://www.wago.com.
The libraries described below are specific to ETHERNET projects with WAGOI/O-PRO.
Pos : 85.31 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/ETH ERNET-Bibli otheken für WAGO- I/O- PRO - Tabelle @ 9\mod_1282203067362_21.doc x @ 63998 @ @ 1
Table 36: ETHERNET Libraries for WAGO-I/O-PRO
Library
Description
Ethernet.lib
WAGOLibEthernet_01.lib
Function blocks for communication via ETHERNET
Function blocks that can set up a link to a remote server or
client via TCP protocol to exchange data with any potential
UDP server or client via UDP protocol
WAGOLibModbus_IP_01.lib Function blocks that set up links with one or more slaves
ModbusEthernet_04.lib
Function blocks for data exchange with several
MODBUS/TCP/UDP slaves
Also a function block that provides a MODBUS server that
maps the MODBUS services on a word array.
SysLibSockets.lib
Function block for access to sockets for communication via
TCP/IP and UDP.
WagoLibSockets.lib
Function blocks for access to sockets for communication
via TCP/IP and UDP
Contains additional functions in addition to SysyLibSockets.lib.
Mail_02.lib
Function block for sending e-mails
WAGOLibMail_02.lib
Function block for sending e-mails
WagoLibSnmpEx_01.lib
Function blocks for sending SNMP-V1 traps together with
the parameters for the type DWORD and STRING(120)
(starting with software version SW >= 07).
WagoLibSntp.lib
Function blocks for setting and using the simple network
time protocol (SNTP)
WagoLibFtp.lib
Function blocks for setting and using the file transfer protocol
(FTP)
WAGOLibTerminalDiag.lib
Function blocks for the output of module, channel and diagnostic
data of I/O modules that provide diagnostic data
WAGOLibKBUS.lib
Function blocks for permitting both task-synchronous and
consistent access to process data, as well as register
communication between fieldbus coupler/controller and connected
I/O modules.
Pos : 85.32 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/ETH ERNET-Bibli otheken für WAGO- I/O- PRO - Infor mati on: Besc hrei bung Baustei ne, Ver wei s Handbuc h @ 9\mod_1282203119147_21.doc x @ 64002 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
123
Additional Information
For a detailed description of the function blocks and use of the software, refer to
the online Help function for WAGO-I/O-PRO or the WAGO-I/O-PRO manual in
the Internet under: http://www.wago.com.
Pos : 85.33 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
124
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 85.34 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumfang @ 4\mod_1240813319046_21.doc x @ 31330 @ 2 @ 1
9.3
Functional Restrictions and Limits
The basis of WAGO-I/O-PRO, the standard programming system CoDeSys by
3S, has an integrated visualization. Dependend on the target, this visualization can
be used in the variants “HMI”, “TargetVisu” and “WebVisu”.
The fieldbus controller supports the process variants “HMI” and “WebVisu”.
Depending on the version, there are technological limitations.
Several options for complex visualization objects “Alarm” and “Trend” are only
provided by the “HMI” version. This applies, for example, to sending emails as a
response to an alarm or for navigating through and generating historical trend
data.
Compared with “HMI”, the “WebVisu” on the fieldbus controller is executed
within considerably tighter physical limits. Whereas the “HMI” can call upon the
resources of a PC, the “WebVisu” operate within the following restrictions:
Pos : 85.35 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumfang - Dateis ystem 1,4 MB - Übersc hrift @ 4\mod_1240835723781_21.doc x @ 31400 @ @ 1
File system (1,4 MB):
The overall size of the PLC program, visualization files, bitmaps, log files,
configuration files, etc. must fit into the file system.
The PLC browser delivers the amount of free disk space in response to the
command “fds” (FreeDiscSpace).
Pos : 85.36 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumfang - Dateis ystem alle M B - T ext @ 14\mod_1359727098630_21.doc x @ 110809 @ @ 1
Pos : 85.37 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumfang - Pr oz essdatenbuffer 16 kB @ 4\mod_1240836025546_21.doc x @ 31407 @ @ 1
Process data buffer (16 kB):
The WebVisu uses its own protocol for exchanging process data between applet
and control system. In doing so, the process data is transmitted with ASCII
coding. The pipe character (“|”) separates two process values. For this reason, the
required space of a process data variable in the process data buffer not only
depends on the data type, but also on the process values itself. A “WORD”
variable therefore occupies between one byte for the values 0...9 and five bytes for
values greater than 10000. The selected format allows only a rough estimate of the
space required for the individual process data in the process data buffer. If the size
is exceeded, the WebVisu no longer works as expected.
Pos : 85.38 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumfang - Bausteinanzahl (bis F W02): 1023, (ab F W03): 2047 @ 20\mod_1412861320181_21.doc x @ 165588 @ @ 1
The number of modules (until FW02: 1023, since FW03: 2047):
The total size of the PLC program is determined, among other things, by the
maximum number of modules. This value can be configured in the target system
settings.
Pos : 85.39 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumfang - Rechenl eistung/Prozes sorz eit @ 4\mod_1240836481343_21.doc x @ 31418 @ @ 1
Computing power/processor time:
The 750-873 is based on a real-time operating system with pre-emptive
multitasking. High-priority processes such as the PLC program will eliminate
low-priority processes.
The web server supplies process data and applets for the web visualization.
Make sure when configuring tasks, that there is sufficient processor time available
for all processes. The “freewheeling” task call option is not suitable in
conjunction with the “WebVisu”; as in this case, the high-priority PLC program
suppresses the web server. Instead of this, use the “cyclic” task call option with a
realistic value.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
125
The PLC browser provides an overview of the real execution times for all
CoDeSys tasks with the command “tsk”.
If in a PLC program, operating system functions are used; e.g., for the handling of
“sockets” or the “file system”, these execution times are not taken into
consideration covered by the command “tsk”.
Pos : 85.40 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumfang - Zähl er CTU @ 4\mod_1240836717125_21.doc x @ 31422 @ @ 1
CTU counter:
The CTU counter operates in a value range of 0 to 32767.
Pos : 85.41 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumfang - Hinweis EEPROM Teil 1 @ 7\mod_1271319786826_21.doc x @ 55135 @ @ 1
Note the maximum number of write cycles of the EEPROM!
Fieldbus couplers/controllers save some information such as IP addresses and IP
parameters in the EEPROM to make it available after a restart. The memory
cycles of an EEPROM are generally limited. Beyond a limit of approx. 1 million
write cycles, memory can no longer be assured. A defective EEPROM only
becomes apparent after a restart by software reset or power-on.
Due to a bad checksum, the fieldbus coupler/controller then always starts with the
default parameters.
The following functions use the EEPROM:
Pos : 85.42 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumfang - Hinweis EEPROM Teil 2 ( 341, 841, 352/020- 000, 871, 872, 873) @ 7\mod_1271316284441_21.doc x @ 55123 @ @ 1
•
WAGO-I/O-PRO
• WagoLibDaylightSaving
• EthernetLib
SetDaylightSavings
SetNetworkConfig
SetVariables
Pos : 85.43 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumfang - Hinweis EEPROM Teil 3 ( alle Ethernet-Contr oller) @ 7\mod_1271316220952_21.doc x @ 55120 @ @ 1
•
MODBUS
• Register 0x1035 Time Offset
• Register 0x100B Watchdog parameters
• Register 0x1028 Network configuration
• Register 0x1036 Daylight saving
• Register 0x1037 Modbus response delay
• Register 0x2035 PI parameter
• Register 0x2043 Default configuration
Pos : 85.44 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumfang - Hinweis EEPROM Teil 4 ( 341, 841, 352/020- 000, 871, 872, 873) @ 7\mod_1271316578247_21.doc x @ 55127 @ @ 1
•
Ethernet/IP
• Class 0xF5
• Class 0xF6
• Class 0x64
Pos : 85.45 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ei nsc hränkungen i m Funkti onsumfang - Hinweis EEPROM Teil 5 ( alle Ethernet-Koppl er/-Contr oller) @ 7\mod_1271316819859_21.doc x @ 55131 @ @ 1
•
Pos : 85.46 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Parameter assignments
• BootP new parameters
• DHCP new parameters
• WAGO MIB write access
126
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 85.47 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Generell e Hi nweis e z u den IEC-T as ks @ 4\mod_1240925127250_21.doc x @ 31878 @ 2 @ 1
9.4
General Information about IEC Tasks
Please note the following information when programming your IEC tasks:
Use different priorities for IEC tasks!
Give IEC tasks (in WAGO-I/O-PRO under the Resources tab > Task
Configuration) different priorities to prevent an error from occurring when
compiling the user program.
An interruption of IEC tasks is possible through tasks of higher priority!
An ongoing task may be interrupted by tasks with higher priorities. Execution of
the task that has been interrupted is resumed only when there are no other higherpriority tasks to be executed.
Distortion of variables in overlapping areas of the process image!
If several IEC tasks utilize input or output variables with the same, or overlapping
addresses in the process image, the values for the input or output variables may
change while the IEC task is being executed!
Pos : 85.48 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Generell e Hi nweis e z u den IEC-T as ks - Freil aufende Tas ks werden nac h j edem T as k-Z ykl us angeh. @ 4\mod_1240925581328_21.doc x @ 31881 @ @ 1
Observe waiting periods of free-running tasks!
Running tasks are halted after each task cycle for half the time that the task proper
requires (min. 1 ms). Execution of the task is then resumed.
Example:
1st Task 4 ms  Waiting period 2 ms
2nd Task 2 ms  Waiting period 1 ms
Pos : 85.49 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Generell e Hi nweis e z u den IEC-T as ks - DefaultT as k, z yklisc he T as ks mit akti vem Watc hdog @ 8\mod_1275479235303_21.doc x @ 57360 @ @ 1
The default task is created by default!
If no task has been defined in the task configuration, a running default task is
created during translation. This task, called “Default task”, is recognized by this
name in the firmware, meaning that the name “Default task” cannot be used for
other task names.
Observe the watchdog sensitivity for cyclic tasks!
The watchdog sensitivity indicates how many times the watchdog time is
exceeded for an even to be triggered. You set the sensitivity in WAGO-I/O-PRO
under Register Resources > Task Configuration for Cyclical Tasks. The values
1 and 0 are equivalent with regard to sensitivity. A sensitivity value of 0 or 1
results in the watchdog event being triggered when the watchdog time is exceeded
on time. With a sensitivity value of 2, for instance, the watchdog time must be
exceeded in two consecutive task cycles in order for the watchdog event to be
triggered.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
127
The following applies to cyclic tasks with watchdog activated:
Reference for Watchdog Settings!
For each tasks created, a watchdog can be enabled that monitors the execution
time of a task.
If the task runtime exceeds the specified watchdog time (e.g., t#200 ms), then the
watchdog event has occurred.
The runtime system stops the IEC program and reports an error.
Figure 53: Watchdog Runtime is Less than the Task Runtime
If the watchdog time set is greater than the call interval of the task, then the
watchdog is restarted for each task call interval.
Figure 54: Watchdog Runtime is Greater than the Task Call Interval
Pos : 85.50 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Generell e Hi nweis e z u den IEC-T as ks - keine z yklis chen T as ks mit Aufr ufinter vall > 30 min möglich @ 4\mod_1240926230296_21.doc x @ 31912 @ @ 1
To cyclic tasks applies:
Manual
Version 1.2.0
128
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Cyclic tasks with > 30 min. call intervals not possible!
Cyclic tasks with a call interval of more than 30 minutes are not possible.
Pos : 85.51 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Ablaufs chema ei ner IEC-T as k @ 4\mod_1240983766218_21.doc x @ 31950 @ 3 @ 1
9.4.1
IEC Task Sequence
1.
Determine the system time (tStart).
2.
If no full internal bus cycle has run since the last time the outputs were
written:
 Wait until the next internal bus cycle is completed.
3.
Reading of inputs and reading back of the outputs from the process image.
4.
If the application program has been started.
 Execute the program codes for this task.
5.
Writing of the outputs to the process image.
6.
Determine the system time (tEnd).
 tEnd - tStart = runtime for the IEC task
Pos : 85.52 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Die wic htigsten T as k-Pri oritäten i m Ü ber blic k - Ü berschrift 3 @ 4\mod_1240984052500_21.doc x @ 31953 @ 3 @ 1
9.4.2
Overview of Most Important Task Priorities
Pos : 85.53 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Die wic htigsten T as k-Pri oritäten i m Ü ber blic k - T as k- Prioritäten ( 750- 8xx) @ 4\mod_1240987211812_21.doc x @ 31995 @ @ 1
Table 37: Task Processing
Task
Internal bus task, fieldbus task
Normal task
PLC-Comm task
Background task
Importance of the execution
of priority before all others
after the internal bus and fieldbus tasks
after the normal tasks
after the PLC-Comm tasks
Pos : 85.54 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Die wic htigsten T as k-Pri oritäten i m Ü ber blic k - Klemmenbus-Tas k/F eldbus-Tas k (Intern) ( 750-8xx) @ 4\mod_1240986465328_21.doc x @ 31984 @ @ 1
I/O Bus Task / Fieldbus Task (Internal)
The I/O Bus task is an internal task, which updates the I/O module data from the
process image. Fieldbus tasks are triggered by fieldbus events (communications);
therefore, they only use processing time when the fieldbus is active
(MODBUS/Ethernet/IP).
Normal task (IEC-Task priorities 1-10 that can be set in CODESYS)
IEC tasks with this priority may be interrupted by the internal bus tasks.
Therefore, configuration for the connected modules and communication via
fieldbus with the watchdog activated for the task call interval must be taken into
account here.
Pos : 85.55 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Die wic htigsten T as k-Pri oritäten i m Ü ber blic k - N or mal e T as k, PLC-Comm-T as k, Bac kground-T as k @ 4\mod_1240986684796_21.doc x @ 31988 @ @ 1
PLC-Comm task (internal)
The PLC-Comm task is active when logged in and takes up communication with
the CODESYS gateway.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
129
Background task (IEC-Task priorities 11-31 that can be set in CODESYS)
All internal tasks have a priority higher than that for the IEC background tasks.
These tasks are therefore very well-suited for performing time-intensive and noncritical time tasks, such as calling up functions in the SysLibFile.lib.
Pos : 85.56 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Hinweis: M axi male Anzahl an IEC-Tas ks 30- 3 (841, 871, 872, 873) @ 18\mod_1391686120550_21.doc x @ 144608 @ @ 1
Maximum number of IEC tasks!
Note that the fieldbus controller supports a total of 30 tasks (task ID 0 … 29), the
three tasks (task ID 0 … 2) are used by the runtime system in the Firmware. It
will thus remain 27 tasks (task ID 3 ... 29) for your user program. The task ID of
exceeding tasks than has task ID of an invalid handle (0xFFFFFFFF).
Pos : 85.57 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Infor mati on: Besc hrei bung z u dem Pr ogrammiertool WAGO-I/O-PR O @ 4\mod_1240987323640_21.doc x @ 31999 @ @ 1
Additional Information
For a detailed description of using the software, refer to the manual for the
“WAGO-I/O-PRO”. This manual is located in the Internet under
http://www.wago.com.
Pos : 85.58 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
130
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 85.59 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Sys temereig nisse @ 4\mod_1241096393312_21.doc x @ 32133 @ 23 @ 1
9.5
System Events
In place of a task, a system event can also call up a project module for processing.
The system events to be employed for this depend on the target system. These
events consist of the list of supported standard system events for the control
system and any other manufacturer-specific events which may have been added.
Possible events, for example: Stop, Start, Online change.
A complete list of all system events is provided at WAGO-I/O-PRO in tab
Resources > Task configuration > System events.
9.5.1
Enabling/disabling system events
1.
Open the register resources > task configuration > system events in
WAGO-I/O-PRO (see the following Figure).
2.
In order to call up a module via an event, activate the entries by setting a
hatch mark in the respective control boxes.
3.
Disable the control boxes by removing the hatch marks through a mouse
click.
Figure 55: Enabling/Disabling System Events
Only use global variables and functions (Fun)!
Note that the fetch of function blocks (FB) such as Timer modules , or the fetch of
blocking functions such as file operations can lead to a malfunction of the system.
Therefore use in system events exclusively Global variables and functions (Fun).
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
131
Additional Information:
Allocation of the system events to the specific modules to be called up is clarified
in the manual for the programming tool WAGO-I/O-PRO in the Internet under
http://www.wago.com.
Pos : 85.60 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
132
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 85.61 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/IEC- Programm auf den Contr oller übertrag en @ 4\mod_1241097223359_21.doc x @ 32136 @ 2 @ 1
9.6
Transfer the IEC program to the controller
Transfer from the PC to the controller of the program for the created IEC-61131-3
application can be performed two ways (see following sections).
•
•
Direct transfer via serial port
Transfer via fieldbus
Suitable communication drivers are required for transfer; these can be loaded and
configured using WAGO-I/O-PRO.
Check/adjust communications parameters of the driver
When selecting the desired driver, watch for the proper settings and adjustments
of the communications parameters (see the following description).
“Reset” and “Start” are required to set the physical outputs!
The initialization values for the physical outputs are not set immediately after
downloading. Select Online > Reset and subsequently Online > Start in the
menu bar of WAGO I/O-PRO to set the values.
Stop application before generating large boot projects!
Stop the WAGO-I/O-PRO application via Online > Stop before generating a very
large boot project, since this may otherwise cause stopping the internal bus. You
can restart the application after creating the boot project.
Pos : 85.62 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/IEC- Programm auf den Contr oller übertrag en - Hinweis: Handli ng persistenter Daten beei nflusst den @ 9\mod_1282205726124_21.doc x @ 64009 @ @ 1
Handling persistent data affects the program start!
Depending on the variable type, the number and sizes of the persistent data and
their combination, such as in function modules, handling with persistent data can
delay the program start by an extended initialization phase.
Pos : 85.63 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/IEC- Programm auf den Contr oller übertrag en - Informati on: Eins tieg, WAGO-I/O-PRO @ 9\mod_1282205790198_21.doc x @ 64013 @ @ 1
Additional Information
The following description is used for fast access. For details on installing missing
communication drivers and using the software, refer to “WAGO-I/O-PRO”
available in the Internet under http://www.wago.com.
Pos : 85.64 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
133
Pos : 85.65 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Appli kati on mittels s erieller Sc hnitts telle übertragen ( Einl eitung) @ 4\mod_1241516209250_21.doc x @ 32380 @ 3 @ 1
9.6.1
Transfer via Serial Service Port
Watch the position of the mode selector switch when accessing the controller!
Prerequisite for the access to the fieldbus controller is that the operating mode
switch of the controller, which is located behind the cover of the fieldbus
controller next to the service interface, is in the center or top position.
Use the WAGO communication cable to set up a physical connection via serial
service port. This cable is included in the scope of supply for the IEC-61131-3
programming tool (order no. 759-333), or can be procured as an accessory item
under order no. 750-920.
Pos : 85.66 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/F eldbus knoten i n Betri eb nehmen/Hi nweis : Kommuni kati ons kabel 750-920 nic ht unter Spannung s tec ken! (Controll er) @ 6\mod_1264499356321_21.doc x @ 48718 @ @ 1
Do not connect Communication Cable when energized!
To prevent damage to the communications interface, do not connect or disconnect
Communication Cable 750-920 respectively 750-923 when energized!
The fieldbus controller must be de-energized!
Pos : 85.67 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Appli kati on mittels s erieller Ser vice- Schnittstelle übertr agen ( mit Betriebsar tensc hal ter) @ 17\mod_1384783516200_21.doc x @ 137541 @ @ 1
1.
Check that the controller mode selector switch is set to the center or top
position.
If this is not the case, move the mode selector switch to the center or top
position.
2.
Use the WAGO communication cable to connect a COM port of your PC to
the controller communication port.
Pos : 85.68 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Appli kati on mittels s erieller Ser vice- Schnittstelle übertr agen @ 4\mod_1241519721312_21.doc x @ 32386 @ @ 1
A communication driver is required for serial data transfer. This driver and its
parameters must be entered in the WAGO-I/O-PRO in the dialog window
“Communication parameters”.
3.
Start the WAGO-I/O-PRO software under Start > Programs > WAGO
Software > WAGO-I/O-PRO.
4.
In the menu Online select the item Communication parameters.
The dialog window “Communication parameters” then appears. The channels of
the currently connected gateway servers are shown on the left side of the dialogue
and the already installed communications drivers are shown below. This window
is empty in its default settings.
5.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Click New to set up a link and then enter a name, such as RS-232
Connection.
134
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Figure 56: Dialog Window “Communication Parameters”
6.
In the selection window, mark the required driver in the right side of the
window, Serial (RS-232) 3S Serial RS-232 driver, to configure the serial
link between the PC and the controller.
The following properties for the serial port are shown in the center dialog
window:
•
•
•
•
•
Port:
Baud rate:
Parity:
Stop-bits:
Motorola byte order:
7.
If necessary, change the entries according to the above values by clicking on
the respective value and editing it.
8.
Confirm these settings by clicking OK
COM1
19200
Even
1
No
The RS-232 port is now configured for transferring the application.
Pos : 85.69 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Hinweis: Z ur Programmi erung des F el dbusc ontroll ers mit Admi nistr ator kennwort anmel den! (Einl oggen) @ 14\mod_1361179815290_21.doc x @ 112141 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
135
Log in with the administrator password to program the fieldbus controller!
If you have activated password protection for port 2455 on the “Security” page of
the WBM, you have to log into WAGO-I/O-PRO in the menu Online > Log In to
obtain programming access to the fieldbus controller (default password “wago”).
Figure 57: Logging in for Programming Access
Pos : 85.70 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Online, Einl oggen, Bootproj ekt erz eug en, Starten der Programmabar beitung @ 4\mod_1242106439171_21.doc x @ 32920 @ @ 1
9.
Under Online, click the menu item Login to log in to the controller
The WAGO-I/O-PRO Server is active during online operation. The
communication parameters can not be called up during this time.
Depending on whether a program is already present in the controller, a window
will appear asking whether a (new) program should be loaded.
10.
Respond with Yes to load the current program.
11.
In menu Online, click on Create Boot project.
You compiled project will also be executed by this method, if you restart the
controller or if there is a power failure.
12.
Once the program has been loaded, start program processing in the menu
Online, menu item Start.
This command starts the processing of your program in the control system or in
the simulation.
“ONLINE” and “RUNNING” will then appear at the right of the status bar.
13.
Pos : 85.71 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
To terminate online operation, click the menu item Log off in the menu
Online.
136
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 85.72 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Appli kati on via ETH ERNET übertrag en @ 4\mod_1241516380828_21.doc x @ 32383 @ 3 @ 1
9.6.2
Transfer via ETHERNET
The physical link between the PC and the controller is set up via fieldbus. An
appropriate communication driver is required for data transfer. The driver and its
parameters must be entered in the WAGO-I/O-PRO in the dialog window
"Communication parameters".
Controller needs IP address for access!
The controller must have an IP address before it can be accessed. The operating
mode switch, which is located behind the cover of the fieldbus controller next to
the service interface, must be in the center or top position.
1.
Start the WAGO-I/O-PRO software under Start / Programs / WAGOSoftware > WAGO-I/O-PRO.
2.
In the menu Online select the item Communication parameters.
The dialog window "Communication parameters" then appears. The channels of
the currently connected gateway servers are shown on the left side of the dialogue
and the already installed communications drivers are shown below. This window
is empty in its default settings.
3.
Click New to set up a connection and then specify a name, e.g. TcpIp
connection.
Pos : 85.73 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Appli kati on via ETH ERNET übertrag en - ETH ERNET-Treiber aus wählen (Tc p/Ip) @ 9\mod_1282206942209_21.doc x @ 64018 @ @ 1
4.
Mark the required TCP/IP driver in the right side of the dialog window to
configure the link between the PC and the controller via ETHERNET.
Select the new driver version "Tcp/Ip" (3S Tcp/Ip driver).
Pos : 85.74 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Appli kati on via ETH ERNET übertrag en - Standardei nträg e (750-841,...) @ 9\mod_1282207323057_21.doc x @ 64030 @ @ 1
The following standard entries are shown in the center dialog window:
•
•
•
IP address:
Port number:
Motorolabyteorder:
IP address of your controller
2455
No
Pos : 85.75 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Appli kati on via ETH ERNET übertrag en - Ei nträg e änder n, bestätigen, übertragen @ 9\mod_1282207397827_21.doc x @ 64034 @ @ 1
5.
Change any entries as you may require.
6.
Confirm with OK.
You have now configured the TCP/IP link with the communication
parameters/drivers.
Pos : 85.76 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/In Betri eb nehmen/In WAGO-I/O-PRO pr ogrammier en/Online, Einl oggen, Bootproj ekt erz eug en, Starten der Programmabar beitung @ 4\mod_1242106439171_21.doc x @ 32920 @ @ 1
7.
Under Online, click the menu item Login to log in to the controller
The WAGO-I/O-PRO Server is active during online operation. The
communication parameters can not be called up during this time.
Depending on whether a program is already present in the controller, a window
will appear asking whether a (new) program should be loaded.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Programming the PFC using WAGO-I/O-PRO
8.
Respond with Yes to load the current program.
9.
In menu Online, click on Create Boot project.
137
You compiled project will also be executed by this method, if you restart the
controller or if there is a power failure.
10.
Once the program has been loaded, start program processing in the menu
Online, menu item Start.
This command starts the processing of your program in the control system or in
the simulation.
“ONLINE” and “RUNNING” will then appear at the right of the status bar.
11.
Pos : 86 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
To terminate online operation, click the menu item Log off in the menu
Online.
138
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 87.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web- bas ed M anagement-Sys tem WBM/Im Web- bas ed M anagement-Sys tem konfiguri eren (Ei nleitung und Ü bersc hrift 1) @ 4\mod_1242217768500_21.doc x @ 33098 @ 1 @ 1
10
Configuring via the Web-Based Management
System (WBM)
An internal file system and an integrated Web server can be used for
configuration and administration of the system. Together, they are referred to as
the Web-Based Management System (WBM).
The HTML pages saved internally provide you with information about the
configuration and status of the fieldbus node. In addition, you can also change the
configuration of the device here.
You can also save HTML pages created yourself via the implemented file system.
Always restart after making changes to the configuration!
The system must always be restarted for the changed configuration settings to
take effect.
1.
To open the WBM, launch a Web browser (e.g., Microsoft Internet Explorer
or Mozilla Firefox).
2.
Enter the IP address of the fieldbus coupler/controller in the address bar.
3.
Click [Enter] to confirm.
The start page of WBM loads.
4.
Select the link to the desired HTML page in the left navigation bar.
A query dialog appears.
5.
Enter your user name and password in the query dialog (default: user =
“admin”, password = “wago” or user = “user”, password = “user”).
The corresponding HTML page is loaded.
6.
Make the desired settings.
7.
Press [SUBMIT] to confirm your changes or press [UNDO] to discard the
changes.
8.
Restart the system to apply the settings.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
You can access the following WBM pages via the links given in the navigation
bar:
Pos : 87.2.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web- bas ed Management-Sys tem WBM/Ü bersicht N avigati onslis te/Informati on @ 16\mod_1374063152753_0.doc x @ 126437 @ @ 1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pos : 87.2.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web- bas ed Management-Sys tem WBM/Ü bersicht N avigati onslis te/Ethernet @ 16\mod_1374065764504_0.doc x @ 126441 @ @ 1
Pos : 87.2.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web- bas ed Management-Sys tem WBM/Ü bersicht N avigati onslis te/TCP/TCP/IP @ 16\mod_1374065769316_0.doc x @ 126445 @ @ 1
Pos : 87.2.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web- bas ed Management-Sys tem WBM/Ü bersicht N avigati onslis te/Port @ 16\mod_1374065788519_0.doc x @ 126491 @ @ 1
Pos : 87.2.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web- bas ed Management-Sys tem WBM/Ü bersicht N avigati onslis te/SNM P @ 16\mod_1374065791610_0.doc x @ 126495 @ @ 1
Pos : 87.2.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web- bas ed Management-Sys tem WBM/Ü bersicht N avigati onslis te/SNM P V3 @ 16\mod_1374065772532_0.doc x @ 126459 @ @ 1
Pos : 87.2.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web- bas ed Management-Sys tem WBM/Ü bersicht N avigati onslis te/Watchdog @ 16\mod_1374062564302_0.doc x @ 126434 @ @ 1
Pos : 87.2.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web- bas ed Management-Sys tem WBM/Ü bersicht N avigati onslis te/Cloc k @ 16\mod_1374065774617_0.doc x @ 126463 @ @ 1
Pos : 87.2.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web- bas ed Management-Sys tem WBM/Ü bersicht N avigati onslis te/Sec urity (PLC) @ 16\mod_1374065778057_0.doc x @ 126471 @ @ 1
Pos : 87.2.10 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Ü bersic ht Navig ationsliste/M odbus @ 16\mod_1374065782395_0.doc x @ 126479 @ @ 1
Pos : 87.2.11 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Ü bersic ht Navig ationsliste/PLC Info @ 16\mod_1374066196262_0.doc x @ 126507 @ @ 1
Pos : 87.2.12 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Ü bersic ht Navig ationsliste/PLC Settings @ 17\mod_1382010825371_0.doc x @ 134416 @ @ 1
Pos : 87.2.13 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Ü bersic ht Navig ationsliste/F eatures @ 16\mod_1374065780481_0.doc x @ 126475 @ @ 1
Pos : 87.2.14 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Ü bersic ht Navig ationsliste/I/I/O c onfig @ 16\mod_1374066198093_0.doc x @ 126511 @ @ 1
Pos : 87.2.15 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Ü bersic ht Navig ationsliste/Dis k Info @ 16\mod_1374065784711_0.doc x @ 126483 @ @ 1
Pos : 87.2.16 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Ü bersic ht Navig ationsliste/WebVis u @ 16\mod_1374066199728_0.doc x @ 126515 @ @ 1
Pos : 87.3 /Dokumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Information
Ethernet
TCP/IP
Port
SNMP
SNMP V3
Watchdog
Clock
Security (PLC)
Modbus
PLC Info
PLC Settings
Features
I/O config
Disk Info
WebVisu
139
140
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 87.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web- bas ed M anagement-Sys tem WBM/Seite Informati on/Informati on - Ei nlei tung @ 4\mod_1242221504031_21.doc x @ 33104 @ 2 @ 1
10.1
Information
The WBM page “Information” contains an overview of all important information
about your fieldbus coupler/controller.
Pos : 87.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web- bas ed M anagement-Sys tem WBM/Seite Informati on/Informati on - Bil d ( 750-8xx) @ 15\mod_1367572328319_21.doc x @ 118569 @ @ 1
Figure 58: WBM page "Information"
Pos : 87.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web- bas ed M anagement-Sys tem WBM/Seite Informati on/Informati on - T abelle (750- 871, -872, -873) Teil 1 @ 17\mod_1382012151394_21.doc x @ 134432 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 38: WBM page "Information"
Coupler details
Entry
Default
Order number
750-873
Firmware
kk.ff.bb (rr)
revision
Ethernet details
Entry
Mac address
IP details
Entry
IP address
Subnet mask
Gateway
Hostname
Domainname
141
Value (example)
750-873
04.01.12 (08)
Description
Item number
Firmware revision number
(kk = compatibility,
ff = functionality, bb = bugfix,
rr = revision)
Default
0030DEXXXXXX
Value (example)
0030DE000006
Description
Hardware MAC address
Default
192.168.1.1
255.255.255.0
0.0.0.0
___
___
Value (example)
192.168.1.80
255.255.255.240
192.168.1.251
___
___
Description
IP address
Subnet mask
Gateway
Host name (not assigned here)
Domain name (not assigned here)
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Address of (S)NTP server
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Address of first DNS server
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Address of second DNS server
Standard value
0
0
Coupler running, OK
Value (Example)
10
5
Missmatch in
CODESYS IOconfiguration
Control-Mode is
OFF
Description
Error code
Error argument
Error description
Pos : 87.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web- bas ed M anagement-Sys tem WBM/Seite Informati on/Informati on - T abelle (750- 829, 849, -880, - 881, -871) Zeil e (S)NT P-Ser ver @ 8\mod_1279001927768_21.doc x @ 59690 @ @ 1
(S)NTP server
Pos : 87.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web- bas ed M anagement-Sys tem WBM/Seite Informati on/Informati on - T abelle (750- 831, 871, -880, - 881, -884, -889) Teil 2 @ 17\mod_1382012431906_21.doc x @ 134435 @ @ 1
DNS server 1
DNS server 2
Module status
Entry
Error code
Error argument
Error description
Control-Mode
status
Pos : 87.9 /Dokumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Disabled
Status of Control mode
142
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 87.10 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite ETH ERNET /Ethernet - Ei nleitung @ 4\mod_1242375638906_21.doc x @ 33190 @ 2 @ 1
10.2
Ethernet
Use the “Ethernet” HTML page to set the data transfer rate and bandwidth limit
for each of the two switch ports for data transfer via Ethernet.
Pos : 87.11 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite ETH ERNET /Ethernet - Bild (750- 830, -872, -873) @ 4\mod_1242371224187_21.doc x @ 33140 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Figure 59: WBM page "Ethernet"
Pos : 87.12 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite ETH ERNET /Ethernet - Tabelle ( 750-830, - 872, -873) @ 4\mod_1242377384000_21.doc x @ 33196 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
143
144
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 39: WBM page "Ethernet"
Speed Configuration
Entry
Port 1
(default)
Enable Power-Save Mode

Enable Auto MDI-X

Enable Autonegotiation

10 MBit Half Duplex
10 MBit Full Duplex
100 MBit Half Duplex
100 MBit Full Duplex




Enable IEEE 802.3x
Full Duplex Flow Control

MTU
1500
Bandwidth/Sniffer Configuration
Desc
Port 1
(default)
Description
 Enable energy saving mode for Port 1
 Disable energy saving mode for Port 1
 Enable the Auto MDI-X function of the ETHERNET
port. The "Auto MDI-X" function employs an
internal switching functionality to allow the use of
either crossed (Crossover) or straight-in (Patch)
cables.
 Disable the Auto MDI-X function of the
ETHERNET port.
Automatically set the best possible transmission speed
with "Enable Autonegotiation“.
Select half or full duplex for the ETHERNET to
configure a fixed transmission speed 10 or 100 MBit.
 Enable full duplex with flow control CSMA/CD
 Disable full duplex with flow control CSMA/CD
Maximum packet size of a protocol, which can be
transferred without fragmentation ("Maximum
Transmission Unit" - MTU)
Description
All
Limit Mode
All
Input Limit Rate
No Limit
Output Limit Rate
No Limit
Limits the bandwidth according to the
settings below "Input limit rate " or "Output
rate limit " for all data packets.
BC MC
Limit broadcast (BC), multicast (MC) and
FU
flooded unicast (FU) (in reference to the
input and output limit rate)
BC MC
Limit broadcast (BC) and multicast (MC)
BC
Limit broadcast (BC)
No Limit No bandwidth limit for input data
64 Kbps ... Limit bandwidth input data to 64 Kbps, 128
88 Mbps
Kbps, ... 88 Mbps
No Limit No bandwidth limit for output data
64 Kbps ... Limit bandwidth output data to 64 Kbps, 128
88 Mbps
Kbps, ... 88 Mbps
Pos : 87.13 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite ETH ERNET /Hinweis: ETH ERNET-Ü ber tragungs modus korrekt konfigurieren! (zu " Enable autonegatiation") 881, 882,.. @ 8\mod_1280406054684_21.doc x @ 61618 @ @ 1
Configure ETHERNET transmission mode correctly!
A fault configuration of the ETHERNET transmission mode may result in a lost
connection, poor network performance or faulty performance of the fieldbus
coupler/controller.
Pos : 87.14 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 87.15 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite TCP/IP/TCP/IP - Ei nlei tung @ 4\mod_1242383515859_21.doc x @ 33219 @ 2 @ 1
10.3
TCP/IP
You can configure network addressing and network identification on the
“TCP/IP” HTML page.
Pos : 87.16 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite TCP/IP/TCP/IP - Bil d (750-873) @ 8\mod_1280143866977_21.doc x @ 61256 @ @ 1
Figure 60: WBM page "TCP/IP"
Pos : 87.17 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite TCP/IP/TCP/IP - T abelle Teil 1 @ 4\mod_1242383723093_21.doc x @ 33222
Manual
Version 1.2.0
145
146
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
@ @1
Table 40: WBM Page “TCP/IP”
EEPROM Configuration Data
Entry
Default
Description
IP address
Subnet mask
Gateway
Host name
Enter IP address
Enter subnet mask
Enter gateway
Enter host name
Domain name
DNS Server1
DNS Server2
Value
(example)
192.168.1.0
192.168.1.200
255.255.255.0 255.255.255.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0030DEXXX 0030DE026005
XXX
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
(S)NTP Server
0.0.0.0
SNTP Update Time
3600
(sec. max. 65535)
0.0.0.0
Enter domain name
Enter IP address of the first DNS server
Enter optional IP address of the second
DNS server
Pos : 87.18 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite TCP/IP/TCP/IP - T abelle Teil 2 @ 7\mod_1275317026238_21.doc x @ 57226 @ @ 1
0
Enter IP address of the (S)NTP server
Enter the delay after which the (S)NTP
server requests the network time again
Pos : 87.19 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
147
Pos : 87.20 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Port/Port - Ei nleitung @ 4\mod_1242385203187_21.doc x @ 33225 @ 2 @ 1
10.4
Port
Use the “Port” HTML page to enable or disable services available via the IP
protocol.
Pos : 87.21 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Port/Port - Bil d (750-871, -872, - 872/020- 000, - 873) @ 6\mod_1264677792904_21.doc x @ 48873 @ @ 1
Figure 61: WBM page "Port"
Pos : 87.22 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Port/Port - Tabelle ( 750-880, - 881, -882 -352, -873) Teil 1 "F TP" @ 8\mod_1279004143276_21.doc x @ 59698 @ @ 1
Table 41: WBM page “Port”
Port Settings
Entry
Entry
FTP (Port 21)
Enabled

Enabled

Entry
 activating “File Transfer Protocol”
 deactivating “File Transfer Protocol”
Pos : 87.23 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Port/Port - Tabelle ( 750-880, - 881, -882, -873, - 885) T eil 2 "SNT P" @ 8\mod_1279004174774_21.doc x @ 59702 @ @ 1
SNTP (Port 123)
 activating "Simple Network Time Protocol"
 deactivating "Simple Network Time
Protocol"
Pos : 87.24 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Port/Port - Tabelle ( 750-873) T eil 3 @ 8\mod_1280242484093_21.doc x @ 61390 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
148
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
HTTP (Port 80)
Enabled

SNMP (Port 161, 162)
Enabled

Ethernet IP (TCP-Port 44818,
UDP-Port 2222)
Enabled

Modbus UDP (Port 502)
Enabled

Modbus TCP (Port 502)
Enabled

Enabled

Pos : 87.25 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Port/Port - Tabelle ( 750-873) T eil 3.1 " WAGO Ser vic es" @ 20\mod_1413984107410_21.doc x @ 166268 @ @ 1
WAGO Services (Port 6626)
Pos : 87.26 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Port/Port - Tabelle ( 750-880, - 881, -882, -873) Teil 4 @ 8\mod_1279004202241_21.doc x @ 59710 @ @ 1
Enabled

BootP (Port 68)
Enabled

DHCP (Port 68)
Enabled

use IP from EEPROM
Enabled

CODESYS (Port 2455)
Pos : 87.27 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Port/Port - Tabelle ( 750-880, - 881, -882, -352) Teil 5 @ 6\mod_1265188882146_21.doc x @ 49200 @ @ 1
 Activating Hypertext Transfer Protocol
 Deactivating Hypertext Transfer Protocol
 Activating Simple Network Management

Protocol
Deactivating Simple Network Management
Protocol
Activating ETHERNET/IP Protocol
Deactivating ETHERNET/IP Protocol
Activating MODBUS/UDP Protocol
Deactivating MODBUS/UDP Protocol
Activating MODBUS/TCP Protocol
Deactivating MODBUS/TCP-Protocol
Deactivating WAGO Services







 Activating WAGO Services (e. g.









WAGO-I/O-CHECK via Ethernet)
Deactivating WAGO Services
activating WAGO-I/O-PRO (CODESYS)
deactivating WAGO-I/O-PRO (CODESYS)
activating "Bootstrap Protocol"
deactivating "Bootstrap Protocol"
activating "Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol"
deactivating "Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol"
activating use of IP address from EEPROM
deactivating use of IP address from
EEPROM
Pos : 87.28 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
149
Pos : 87.29.1 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNM P - Ü berschrift 2 @ 6\mod_1260193069166_21.doc x @ 46790 @ 2 @ 1
10.5
SNMP
Pos : 87.29.2 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNM P - Einl eitung @ 4\mod_1242627851796_21.doc x @ 33417 @ @ 1
On the HTML page “SNMP”, you can perform the settings for the Simple
Network Management Protocol.
SNMP is a standard for device management within a TCP/IP network. The Simple
Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is responsible for transporting the control
data that allows the exchange of management information, the status and statistic
data between individual network components and a management system.
Pos : 87.29.3 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNM P - D as Protokoll wird in der Versi on 1, 2c und 3 unterstützt. @ 4\mod_1243331480234_21.doc x @ 33890 @ @ 1
The fieldbus coupler/controller supports SNMP in versions 1, 2c and 3.
Pos : 87.29.4 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNM P - In dem F eldbuscontr oller umfasst SNM P die allgemeine MIB nach RFC 1213 (MIB II). (Controll er) @ 4\mod_1243332881765_21.doc x @ 33908 @ @ 1
The SNMP of the ETHERNET TCP/IP controller includes the general MIB
according to RFC1213 (MIB II).
Pos : 87.29.5 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNM P - SNMP wird über Por t 161 abg ear b.; Hinweis: Ports fr eigeben, Ändern Parameter, Ver weis SNMP @ 4\mod_1243333611156_21.doc x @ 33921 @ @ 1
SNMP is processed via port 161. The port number for SNMP traps (agent
messages) is 162.
Enable port 161 and 162 to use SNMP!
Enable ports 161 and 162 in the WBM in menu “port”, so that the fieldbus
coupler/controller can be reached via SNMP. The port numbers cannot be
modified.
Modify parameter via WBM or SNMP objects!
However, parameters that can be set on the html pages can also be changed
directly by the appropriate SNMP objects.
Additional Information:
Additional information for SNMP, the Management Information Base (MIB) and
traps (event messages via SNMP) may be obtained from section “Fieldbus
Communication” > … > “SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol).”
Pos : 87.29.6 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNM P - Betrac hten Si e die Ei nstellungen bez üglich SNM Pv1/v2c und SNMPv3 unabhängig... (C ontroller) @ 6\mod_1259926787164_21.doc x @ 46640 @ @ 1
Note that the settings for SNMPV1/V2c and SNMPV3 are separate from each
other: The different SNMP versions can be activated or used in parallel or
individually on a fieldbus controller.
Pos : 87.29.7 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNM P V1/V2c - Ü berschrift 3 @ 6\mod_1259929289842_21.doc x @ 46646 @ 3 @ 1
10.5.1
SNMP V1/V2c
Pos : 87.29.8 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNM P - In der Version 1 und 2c von SNM P handelt es sich um ei nen C ommunity-N ac hrichtenaus tausc h @ 4\mod_1243331840562_21.doc x @ 33902 @ @ 1
The SNMP version 1/2c represents a community message exchange. The
community name of the network community must thereby be specified.
Pos : 87.29.9 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNM P - Bild V1-2 ( 750- xxx) @ 18\mod_1396446811512_21.doc x @ 150556 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
150
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Figure 62: WBM page "SNMP"
Pos : 87.29.10 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web- based M anagement-Sys tem WBM /Seite SNMP/SNMP - T abelle SNM P C onfigurati on (750- 8xx) PFC ETH ERNET @ 20\mod_1411379420601_21.doc x @ 164068 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 42: WBM page “SNMP”
SNMP Configuration
Entry
Value (Default)
Description
WAGO 750-873
ETHERNET
TCP/IP RS-232
Controller
Physical location
LOCAL
Contact
[email protected]
151
Description
Gerätebeschreibung (sysDescription)
Location of device (sysLocation)
E-mail contact address (sysContact)
Pos : 87.29.11 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web- based M anagement-Sys tem WBM /Seite SNMP/SNMP - T abelle SNM P V1/V2 (750-352, -829, - 831, -841, -880, - 881, - 830) @ 6\mod_1260530858609_21.doc x @ 47052 @ @ 1
SNMP v1/v2 Manager Configuration
Entry
Value (Default) Description
 Activating SNMP Version 1/2c
SNMP
Protocol Enable

V1/V2c
 Deactivating SNMP-Version 1/2c
Local Community
Used community name
public
Name
SNMP v1/v2 Trap Receiver Configuration
Entry
Value (Default) Description
Trap Receiver 1
0.0.0.0
IP address of 1. used SNMP manager
Community Name 1 public
1. Community name of the network community used
Activating Traps Version 1
 V1  V2 
V1
Trap Version
V2
Activating Traps Version 2
 V1  V2 
Trap Receiver 2
0.0.0.0
IP address of 2. used SNMP manager
Community Name 2 public
2. Community name of the network community used
Activating Traps Version 1
 V1  V2 
V1
Trap Version
V2
Activating Traps Version 2
 V1  V2 
Pos : 87.29.12 /D okumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/------Leerzeile------ @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0.doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
Pos : 87.29.13 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web- based M anagement-Sys tem WBM /Seite SNMP/SNMP V3 - Ü berschrift 3 @ 6\mod_1259929073655_21.doc x @ 46643 @ 3 @ 1
10.5.2
SNMP V3
Pos : 87.29.14 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web- based M anagement-Sys tem WBM /Seite SNMP/SNMP - In der Version 3 von SNM P is t der N ac hrichtenaustausc h an Benutz er gebunden. @ 4\mod_1243331908234_21.doc x @ 33899 @ @ 1
In SNMP version 3, exchanging messages is user-related. Each device, that knows
the passwords set via WBM, may read or write values from the fieldbus
controller. In SNMPv3, user data from SNMP messages can also be transmitted in
encoded form. This is why SNMPv3 is often used in safety-related networks.
Pos : 87.29.15 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web- based M anagement-Sys tem WBM /Seite SNMP/SNMP - Bil d V3 (750- 8xx) @ 14\mod_1358955350029_21.doc x @ 109648 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
152
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Figure 63: WBM page “SNMP V3”
Pos : 87.29.16 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web- based M anagement-Sys tem WBM /Seite SNMP/SNMP - T abelle SNM P V3 @ 4\mod_1242740282468_21.doc x @ 33534 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
SNMP v3 (user based)
Entry
Value
(Example)
1. User / 2. User
activate
153
Description

 Activating user 1 or 2
 Deactivating user 1 or 2
No encryption of the
authentication
Encryption of the
None  MD5  SHA1 
authentication with MD5
Encryption of the
None  MD5  SHA1 
authentication with SHA1
None  MD5  SHA1 

Authentification
Type
None
MD5
SHA1
Security
Authentification
Name
Security Name
Authentification Key
Privacy Enable
Privacy Key
Notification/
Trap enable
Notification
Receiver IP


Enter the name, if the "authentification type“ MD5 or
SHA1 has been selected
Authentification Enter the password with at least 8 characters, if
Key
"authentification type“ MD5 or SHA1 has been selected
 Activate the DES encryption of the data
DES

 Deactivate the DES encryption of the data
Enter the password of at least 8 characters in the
Privacy Key
encryption with DES
 Activate the notification traps of the SNMP version 3
V3
  Deactivate the notification traps of the SNMP version
3
192.168.1.10
IP address of the notification manager
Two independent SNMPv3 users can be defined and activated via the html page
(user 1 and user 2).
Pos : 87.30 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
154
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 87.31 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Watc hdog/Watc hdog - Einl eitung @ 6\mod_1256542494406_21.doc x @ 43693 @ 2 @ 1
10.6
Watchdog
Click the link "Watchdog" to go to a Web site where you can specify the settings
for the connection and MODBUS watchdog.
Pos : 87.32 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Watc hdog/Watc hdog - Bild ( 750-873, - 872) @ 8\mod_1280148478022_21.doc x @ 61294 @ @ 1
Figure 64: WBM page "Watchdog"
Pos : 87.33 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Watc hdog/Watc hdog - T abell e @ 6\mod_1256542784812_21.doc x @ 43696 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 43: WBM Page “Watchdog”
Connection watchdog
Entry
Default
Connection Timeout Value 600
(100 ms)
Modbus Watchdog
Entry
State Modbus Watchdog
Watchdog Type
Watchdog Timeout Value
(100 ms)
Watchdog Trigger Mask
(F 1 to F16)
Watchdog Trigger Mask
(F17 to F32)
Pos : 87.34 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Default
Disabled
155
Description
Monitoring period for TCP links.
After the completion of this period without any
subsequent data traffic, the TCP connection is
closed.
Description
Enabled – Watchdog is activated
Disabled – Watchdog is disabled
Standard  The set coding mask (watchdog trigger mask) is
evaluated to determine whether the watchdog time is
reset.
Alternative  The watchdog time is reset by any Modbus/TCP
telegram.
100
Monitoring period for Modbus links. After the
completion of this period without receiving a
Modbus telegram, the physical outputs are set to "0".
0xFFFF
Coding mask for certain Modbus telegrams
(Function Code FC1 ... FC16)
0xFFFF
Coding mask for certain Modbus telegrams
(Function Code FC17 ... FC32)
156
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 87.35 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Cl oc k/Cloc k - Ei nlei tung @ 4\mod_1242627994671_21.doc x @ 33430 @ 2 @ 1
10.7
Clock
Specify the settings for the internal real-time clock on the “Clock” HTML page.
Here, enter the current time and date and also select standard or daylight saving
time.
Pos : 87.36 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Cl oc k/Cloc k - Hinweis: Interne U hr nac h ang egebenen T agen ohne Spannungs vers orgung neu stellen! @ 4\mod_1242743045062_21.doc x @ 33562 @ @ 1
Reset the internal clock after a specified time without power supply!
The internal clock must be reset on initial startup or after the end of days,
specified in the technical Data without power supply (Powerfail RTC Buffer).
If the clock is not set, the clock begins with the date 01.01.2000 around 0:00 clock
with time measurement.
Pos : 87.37 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Cl oc k/Cloc k - Hinweis: Zur U mstellung von Wi nter-/Sommerz eit F unktions bloc k einbinden! @ 4\mod_1242743083359_21.doc x @ 33579 @ @ 1
Integrate the function block for converting from winter/summer time!
Switch-over between standard and daylight saving time via Web-based
management system is required when synchronizing the controllers in your
network using a time server. The controller itself does not automatically execute a
change-over between standard and daylight-saving time. The change-over is
resolved via function block PrgDaylightSaving, which you must integrate into the
WAGO-I/O-PRO using the library DaylightSaving.lib. From that point, changeover will be performed automatically, allowing all functions to be executed
properly and at the right time.
Pos : 87.38 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Cl oc k/Cloc k - Hinweis: Fehler meldung in WAGO-I/O-CHEC K nac h Spannungsausfall möglic h! @ 4\mod_1242743110078_21.doc x @ 33582 @ @ 1
Error message in WAGO I/O CHECK is possible after a power failure!
If you are using the software “WAGO-I/O-CHECK” after a loss of power has
occurred, error messages may be generated. Should this occur, call up the Webbased management system and set the actual time under “Clock”. Then, call up
the “WAGO-I/O-CHECK” program again
Pos : 87.39 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Cl oc k/Hinweis: M öglicher T elegrammverlus t bei Konfig urati on im laufenden Betri eb! @ 6\mod_1256560367828_21.doc x @ 43716 @ @ 1
Loss of telegrams possible when performing configuration during ongoing
operation!
Telegrams may be lost if configuration is performed using WAGO-I/O-CHECK
while the system is in operation.
Pos : 87.40 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Cl oc k/Cloc k - Hinweis: WAGO-RTC-Kl emme zur Zeits ync hr onisi erung nutz en! @ 4\mod_1242743149546_21.doc x @ 33585 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
157
Use a WAGO RTC module for time synchronization!
You can also use a WAGO 750-640 RTC Module for your node to utilize the
actual encoded time (Real-time – RTC) in your higher-level control system. An
even greater degree of accuracy is achieved via RTC module than that obtained
using the real-time clock in the coupler or controller.
Pos : 87.41 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/------Leerz eile------ @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0.doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
Pos : 87.42 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Cl oc k/Cloc k - Bil d (750-873, -872) @ 8\mod_1280146340423_21.doc x @ 61270 @ @ 1
Figure 65: WBM page "Clock"
Pos : 87.43 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Cl oc k/Cloc k - T abelle D ST @ 4\mod_1242630354890_21.doc x @ 33433 @ @ 1
Table 44: WBM Page “Clock”
Configuration Data
Entry
Default
Coordinated
Time on device
Universal Time
UTC
Date
Date based on
(YYYY-MM-DD)
UTC
Value (example) Description
Set current time
13:00:31
Time zone (+/- hour)
1 (MEZ)
Daylight Saving Time

(DST)



12 hour clock
Pos : 87.44 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
0
2013-02-08
Set current date
Set time zone offset from the
Coordinated Universal Time (UTC)
 Enable summer time
 Enable winter time
 Enable 12-hour display
 Enable 24-hour display
158
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 87.45 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Security/Sec urity - Einl eitung @ 4\mod_1242630881437_21.doc x @ 33436 @ 2 @ 1
10.8
Security
Use the “Security” HTML page with passwords to set up read and/or write access
for various user groups to protect against configuration changes.
Passwords can only be changed by “admin” and after software reset!
The “admin” user and associated password are required to change passwords.
Press the [Software Reset] button to restart the software for the setting changes to
take effect.
Note password restrictions!
The following restrictions apply for passwords:
• Max. 15 characters
• Letters and numbers only
• No special characters or umlauts
Pos : 87.46 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Security/Sec urity - Bild mit PLC Sec urity (750-829, -871,-2,-3, -884, -889) @ 18\mod_1396510990761_21.doc x @ 150659 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Figure 66: WBM page “Security”
Pos : 87.47.1 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Security/Sec urity - T abell e 1.1 Webs er ver Security @ 4\mod_1242632218843_21.doc x @ 33439 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
159
160
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 45: WBM Page “Security”
Webserver Security
Entry
Default
Webserver authentication
enabled

Description
Enable password protection to access the Web
 interface
Disable password protection to access the
 Web interface
Pos : 87.47.2 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Security/Sec urity - T abell e 1.2 Webs er ver, FT P and PLC User configur ati on @ 14\mod_1358161374207_21.doc x @ 108514 @ @ 1
Webserver, FTP and PLC User configuration *)
Entry
Default
Description
User
guest
Select admin, guest or user
Password
guest
Enter password
Confirm password
Enter password again to confirm
Pos : 87.47.3 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Security/Sec urity - T abell e 1.3 PLC Security @ 14\mod_1358161974949_21.doc x @ 108524 @ @ 1
PLC Security
Entry
Port 2455 authentication
enabled
Default

Description
Enable password protection to access to the
 PLC program.
Disable password protection to access to the
 PLC program.
Pos : 87.47.4 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O- SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Security/Sec urity - T abell e 1.4 (Fuß note wenn 1.2) @ 14\mod_1360675146650_21.doc x @ 111700 @ @ 1
*) The following default groups exist:
User: admin
User: guest
User: user
Password: wago
Password: guest
Password: user
Pos : 87.48 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Security/Hinweis: Nac h Software-R es et Z ugriff erneuern! @ 6\mod_1260540394978_21.doc x @ 47059 @ @ 1
Renew access after software reset!
If you initiate a software reset on this page, then the fieldbus coupler/controller
starts with the configurations previously loaded into the EEPROM and the
connection to the browser is interrupted.
If you changed the IP address previously, you have to use the changed IP address
to access the device from the browser.
You have not changed the IP address and performed other settings; you can
restore the connection by refreshing the browser.
Pos : 87.49 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 87.50 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite M ODBU S/M ODBU S - Einl eitung mit Üb.2 @ 4\mod_1242801249906_21.doc x @ 33631 @ 2 @ 1
10.9
MODBUS
Use the “MODBUS” HTML page to specify the settings for the MODBUS
protocol.
Pos : 87.51 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite M ODBU S/M ODBU S - Bild (750- 873, -872) @ 8\mod_1280246114862_21.doc x @ 61408 @ @ 1
Figure 67: WBM page "MODBUS RTU"
Pos : 87.52 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite M ODBU S/M ODBU S - T abell e @ 4\mod_1242803871578_21.doc x @ 33634 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
161
162
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 46: WBM page "Modbus"
Serial Port Settings
Entry
Default value
Baudrate
115200
Parity
Even
MODBUS RTU Settings
Entry
Default value
Slave Device
1
Address
Override default
fieldbus settings?

Description
Set baud rate 9600, 19200, 57600 or 115200
Select parity check:
• Even parity
• Odd parity
• No parity
Errors in data transmission are detected with the aid of the
parity bit.
Description
Enter slave device address in the number range 0...255
 By default, assign I/O modules to MODBUS/RTU.
 Assign MODBUS/IP to I/O modules default
Pos : 87.53 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 87.54 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite PLC-Info/PLC - Einl eitung (Info) @ 12\mod_1336491238329_21.doc x @ 94706 @ 2 @ 1
10.10
PLC Info
On the HTML page "PLC Info" you will receive information of the current
WAGO-I/O-PRO project.
Pos : 87.55 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite PLC-Info/PLC-Info - Bil d ( 750-830) @ 4\mod_1242371525125_21.doc x @ 33178 @ @ 1
Figure 68: WBM page "PLC Info"
Pos : 87.56 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite PLC-Info/PLC - T abell e (750-829, 830) @ 12\mod_1336490866122_21.doc x @ 94696 @ @ 1
Table 47: WBM page „PLC Info“
Project Info
Function
Decription
Title
Title of the WAGO-I/O-PRO project
Version
Version of the WAGO-I/O-PRO project
Date
Date of creation of the WAGO-I/O-PRO project
Description Description of the WAGO-I/O-PRO project
Author
Author/creator of the WAGO-I/O-PRO project
ID
ID of the WAGO-I/O-PRO project
Pos : 87.57 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
163
164
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 87.58 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite PLC/PLC - Ei nleitung (Setti ngs) @ 12\mod_1336491119161_21.doc x @ 94699 @ 2 @ 1
10.11
PLC Settings
Click the "PLC Settings" link to access a Web site where you can define the PFC
functionality settings for your controller.
Pos : 87.59 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite PLC/PLC - Bild (750- 873, -872) @ 8\mod_1280146832352_21.doc x @ 61279 @ @ 1
Figure 69: WBM page "PLC Settings"
Pos : 87.60 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite PLC/PLC - Tabelle ( 750-830, 849, 871, 873) @ 4\mod_1242647199046_21.doc x @ 33501 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
165
Table 48: WBM page "PLC Settings "
PLC Features
Function
Default
Description
Activate, if all outputs must be set at zero when stopping the
Set outputs to
 user program
Process
zero, if user

image
program is
Disable, if all outputs must remain at the last current value
 when stopping the user program
stopped
Set
Activate, if the page "Webvisu.htm" must be opened as
‘webvisu.htm’   starting page when calling up WMB instead of the standard
as default
Default starting page "Status Information"
Open
Activate, if the page "Webvisu.htm" must be opened in a
’webvisu.htm’   frame
WebVisu
in frame
Open
Activate, if the page "Webvisu.htm" must be opened in a new
’webvisu.htm’
window
 
in new
window
I/O
configuration
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Return to WBM view via the IP address of the fieldbus controller!
The "Webvisu.htm" page does not have any hyperlinks to the other Web sites. To
deactivate this starting page function, or to go to other pages using hyperlinks, enter
the IP address for your controller and the address for the original starting page in the
URL line of your browser with the following syntax:
http://IP address of your controller/webserv/Index.ssi.
Activate, if the write authorizations must be assigned to the
outputs of all bus terminals based on an existing file "eaconfig.xml“.
Here, note whether a control system configuration has
 already been created and, if so, whether this configuration is
correct or incorrect (see the following table).
Compatible
The current process values are displayed on the website "IO
handling for 
config", in addition to the displayed data channels.
ea-config.xml
Disable, if the write authorizations must be assigned to the
outputs of all bus terminals of the PLC
 Here, note whether a control system configuration has
already been created and, if so, whether this configuration is
correct or incorrect (see the following table).
Activate to also display the current process values on the
Insert
 html page"IO config"
monitoring
for the displayed data channels.

entries into
Disable, if no process values must be displayed on the html
ea-config.xml
 page "IO config“.
166
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 49: Control system configuration
Control system
I/O configuration
configuration
(function activated)
in the project
Writing privileges to the outputs of
None
all modules are assigned on the
basis of an existing ea-config.xml.
correct
faulted
I/O configuration
(function deactivated,
standard setting):
The outputs for all modules are
assigned to the PLC. Any eaconfig.xml file that may already
be present is ignored and
overwritten.
The ea-config.xml file must be
completely error-free; otherwise the
writing privileges for all modules
will be assigned to the standard
fieldbus.
Writing privileges to the module outputs is taken from the control system
configuration. A corresponding ea-config.xml file is generated in the file
system.
The standard fieldbus is granted writing privileges to the outputs of all the
modules.
Pos : 87.61 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
167
Pos : 87.62 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Features /Features - Ei nlei tung @ 4\mod_1242635282062_21.doc x @ 33442 @ 2 @ 1
10.12
Features
Use the “Features” HTML page to enable or disable additional functions.
Pos : 87.63 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Features /Features - Bil d ( 750-871, - 872, - 873) @ 6\mod_1264772164125_21.doc x @ 49047 @ @ 1
Figure 70: WBM page "Features"
Pos : 87.64 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Features /Features - T abelle (750- 871, -872, -873) @ 8\mod_1280162512454_21.doc x @ 61322 @ @ 1
Table 50: WBM page "Features"
Entry
Default
Aditional functions
Description
Activate the automatic software restart, if a system error
Autoreset on
system error *)

 occurs
Disable the automatic software restart, if a system error
 occurs
Automatically set the static IP address enabled.
For this configuration, the fieldbus coupler uses an
 automatically, statically configured IP address if the
BootP Request
request via BootP fails.

before Static-IP
Automatically set the static IP address disabled. For this
 configuration, the IP address request via BootP is
repeated in the event of error.
)
* The "Autoreset on system error" function can ensure safe and fast recovery in the event of
temporary errors (e.g., severe EMC interference) when activated for areas that are difficult to
access (e.g., in the offshore area). The automatic software restart is executed as soon as the
fieldbus coupler has an error status that requires a restart.
With the original factory settings, this function is deactivated (default), meaning that diagnostics
is indicated via the blink code for the "I/O" LED when an error occurs. A manual restart must
then be performed after error evaluation and rectification.
Pos : 87.65 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
168
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 87.66 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite I/O C onfig/I/O Config - Einl eitung @ 4\mod_1242637844015_21.doc x @ 33474 @ 2 @ 1
10.13
I/O Config
Click the link “I/O Config” to view the configuration and/or write access
privileges for the outputs of your fieldbus node.
The node structure created using the “WAGO-I/O-PRO I/O Configurator”
hardware configuration tool is displayed in the window. If no modules are shown
in this window, no hardware configuration and, thus, no allocation of write access
privileges have been assigned. In this case, the handling defined at the Web site
“PLC Settings” by the function “I/O configuration - Compatible handling for eaconfig.xml” will be applied to assign the write privileges for all outputs either to
the standard fieldbus, or to the PLC.
Pos : 87.67 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite I/O C onfig/I/O Config - Infor mation: Infos z um I/O-Konfigur ator in Kapitel "In Betrieb nehmen" @ 4\mod_1242641319031_21.doc x @ 33480 @ @ 1
Additional Information
For more detailed information about the WAGO-I/O-PRO I/O Configurator, refer
to the Section “Startup of Fieldbus Node”.
Pos : 87.68 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite I/O C onfig/I/O Config - Wenn auf Sei te " PLC" akti vi ert, dann auch Anz eige von Pr ozess wer ten pro Datenkanal @ 8\mod_1279006193094_21.doc x @ 59722 @ @ 1
When the function “I/O configuration Insert monitoring entries into eaconfig.xml” is also activated at the Web site “PLC Settings”, the current process
values will also be shown for the data channels that are displayed.
Pos : 87.69 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite I/O C onfig/I/O Config - Bild 1 ( 750-831, - 872) @ 14\mod_1359020972085_21.doc x @ 109837 @ @ 1
Figure 71: WBM Page "I/O config" (View 1)
Pos : 87.70 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite I/O C onfig/I/O Config - T abell e T eil 1 @ 4\mod_1243415137656_21.doc x @ 34032 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 51: WBM Page “I/O Config”
Configuration details
Entry
Number of modules on terminal
bus
Number of modules in I/O
configuration
169
Value (Example) Description
5
Number of I/O modules (hardware)
5
Number of I/O modules in the hardware
configuration of the I/O
-
Writes the current bus terminal structure
and the field bus assignment in the „eaconfig.xml” file.
Pos : 87.71 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite I/O C onfig/I/O Config - Sc haltfläc he [cr eate ea-c onfig.xml ] @ 12\mod_1340376360803_21.doc x @ 98250 @ @ 1
[create ea-config.xml]
Pos : 87.72 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite I/O C onfig/I/O Config - T abell e T eil 2 + Hinweis @ 8\mod_1279005866681_21.doc x @ 59718 @ @ 1
I/O configuration file
Entry
Value (Example)
Pos
1
Module
750-4xx
M001Ch1
M001Ch2
Type
2DI
Mapping Fieldbus 3
Description
Position of the I/O module in the hardware
Product number of the integrated I/O module
M = module, 001 = position 1, Ch1 = channel 1
M = module, 002 = position 2, Ch2 = channel 2
I/O module type, e.g. 2 DI (2 Channel Digital Input Module)
Mapping via PLC, fieldbus 1 etc. (Entries depend on the
coupler/controller, see WAGO-I/O-PRO under control
parameters/module parameters)
Enter I/O modules in the I/O Configurator!
Enter the I/O modules used in the I/O configurator of WAGO-I/O-PRO. Here,
open the Control Configuration in the Resources register and add your I/O
modules to the I/O module figure.
The added I/O modules must match the hardware in sequence and quantity. The
entries “Number of modules on terminalbus” and “Number of modules in I/O
configuration” on the html page “I/O Config” serve as control.
Pos : 87.73 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
170
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 87.74 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Dis k Info/Dis k Info - Einl eitung (750-830, -882) @ 7\mod_1268034828177_21.doc x @ 51876 @ 2 @ 1
10.14
Disk Info
Information about the flash file system appears on the "Disk Info" page.
Pos : 87.75 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Dis k Info/Dis k Info - Bild ( 750-871) @ 17\mod_1382434754800_21.doc x @ 134820 @ @ 1
Figure 72: WBM page „Disk Info“
Pos : 87.76 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite Dis k Info/Dis k Info - T abelle (750- 871) @ 17\mod_1382014130961_21.doc x @ 134460 @ @ 1
Table 52: WBM page "Disk Info"
File system
Entry
Value (Example)
Total Space
1.82 MBytes
Free Space
1.66 MBytes
Total Clusters
467
Free Clusters
426
Sectors per Clusters
8
Bytes per Sector
512
Description
Total space of file system
Free Space
Number of clusters
Free clusters
Sektors per clusters
Bytes per sector
Pos : 87.77 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
171
Pos : 87.78 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite WebVis u/WebVisu - Ei nlei tung 1 (750- 841) @ 6\mod_1260271845363_21.doc x @ 46854 @ 2 @ 1
10.15
WebVisu
The visualization of your programmed application is displayed on the html page
“WebVisu”, provided you have created it with the visualization editor in
WAGO-I/O-PRO and loaded it into the controller.
Perform the following settings in WAGO-I/O-PRO, so that an html page with
your visualization is automatically created at the transmission of your project:
1.
Double click to open the Target System Settings in the Resource register.
2.
Open the Visualization register.
3.
Select the Web Visualization option with a hatch mark.
4.
Confirm with OK.
A link is then created to this html page “WebVisu” by the Web-based
Management system. You can set the html page “WebVisu” as the starting page.
1.
Call up the page “PLC Settings” in the web-based Management-System.
2.
a.) To set the HTML page “WebVisu” as the start page, use the function
WebVisu – Set 'webvisu.htm' as default. When accessing the webbased management system, the “WebVisu” page is opened instead of
the default WBM start page “Information”. However, the links to
switch to the other WBM pages is then no longer available.
Pos : 87.79 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite WebVis u/WebVisu - Hinweis: WebVis u als Starts eite deakti vi eren! @ 4\mod_1242646529875_21.doc x @ 33498 @ @ 1
Returning to the “WebVisu.htm” page is only possible via the IP address of
the fieldbus controller!
The “Webvisu.htm” page does not have any hyperlinks to other Web sites. To
deactivate the starting page function again, or to go to other pages using
hyperlinks, enter the IP address for your controller and the address for the original
starting page in the URL line of your browser with the following syntax:
http://IP address of your controller/webserv/Index.ssi.
Pos : 87.80 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite WebVis u/WebVisu - Ei nlei tung 2 (750- 841) @ 6\mod_1260282535531_21.doc x @ 46857 @ @ 1
b.) To call up the the HTML page “WebVisu” in an eternal window
(default setting), use the function WebVisu – Open 'webvisu.htm' in
new window. Clicking on the “WebVisu” link opens a new window
that displays the HTML page with visualization of your configured
application. The links to switch to the other WBM pages are still
available with this setting.
c) To call up the HTML page “WebVisu” on the WBM site directly, use
the function WebVisu – Open 'webvisu.htm' in frame. Clicking on
the “WebVisu” link opens the HTML page with visualization of your
configured application in a frame in the WBM window directly. The
Manual
Version 1.2.0
172
Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM)
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
links to switch to the other WBM pages are still available with this
setting.
Pos : 87.81 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Web-bas ed Manag ement- System WBM/Seite WebVis u/WebVisu - Bil d (750-873) @ 8\mod_1280147969385_21.doc x @ 61291 @ @ 1
Figure 73: WBM page "WebVisu"
Pos : 88 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Diagnostics
173
Pos : 89 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschriften für alle Serien/Diag nos e/Di agnos e - Ü bersc hrift 1 @ 4\mod_1240831069471_21.doc x @ 31372 @ 1 @ 1
11
Diagnostics
Pos : 90 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschriften für alle Serien/Diag nos e/LED-Signalisierung - Ü bers chrift 2 @ 4\mod_1240831118032_21.doc x @ 31375 @ 2 @ 1
11.1
LED Signaling
Pos : 91.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Di agnose/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/LED- Signalisierung - Einlei tung (Contr oller) @ 6\mod_1256651527937_21.doc x @ 43747 @ @ 1
For on-site diagnostics, the fieldbus controller has several LEDs that indicate the
operational status of the fieldbus controller or the entire node (see following
figure).
Pos : 91.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ger ätebesc hrei bung/Anz eigeelemente/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Bilder/Anz eigeelemente 750- 0873 - Bild @ 5\mod_1253107960426_21.doc x @ 41724 @ @ 1
+
Figure 74: Display Elements
Pos : 91.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Di agnose/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/LED- Signalisierung - T abellenkopf, LED-Zuordnung für die Di agnos e (all e Koppl er/C ontroller) @ 6\mod_1256652265984_21.doc x @ 43750 @ @ 1
The diagnostics displays and their significance are explained in detail in the
following section.
The LEDs are assigned in groups to the various diagnostics areas:
Table 53: LED Assignment for Diagnostics
Diagnostics area
LEDs
Pos : 91.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Di agnose/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/LED- Signalisierung - T abelle Fel dbuss tatus (LN K ACT, M S, NS) @ 8\mod_1280244694763_21.doc x @ 61402 @ @ 1
Fieldbus status
• LNK ACT
• MS
• NS
Pos : 91.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Di agnose/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/LED- Signalisierung - T abelle Knotens tatus (Controll er) I/O, U SR @ 4\mod_1240925652592_21.doc x @ 31891 @ @ 1
Node status
• I/O
• USR
Pos : 91.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Di agnose/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/LED- Signalisierung - T abelle Versorgungss pannungsstatus A, B @ 6\mod_1256652844437_21.doc x @ 43753 @ @ 1
Status Supply Voltage
• A (system supply)
• B (field supply)
Pos : 91.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Di agnose/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/F eldbusstatus aus werten ( LNK ACT, MS, NS) @ 8\mod_1280244858783_21.doc x @ 61405 @ 3 @ 1
11.1.1
Evaluating Fieldbus Status
The health of the ETHERNET Fieldbus is signaled through the top LED group
('LNK ACT', 'MS' and 'NS').
The two-colored LEDs 'MS' (module status) and 'NS' (network status) are solely
used by the Ethernet/IP protocol. These two LEDs conform to the Ethernet/IP
specifications.
Pos : 91.8.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Diag nose/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Knotenstatus aus werten 1 - I/O-LED ( alle Koppler/Knotenstatus aus werten 1 - I/O- LED (alle Koppl er/Contr oller) @ 6\mod_1259229729546_21.doc x @ 45457 @ 3 @ 1
11.1.2
Evaluating Node Status – I/O LED (Blink Code Table)
The communication status between fieldbus coupler/controller and the I/O
modules is indicated by the I/O LED.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
174
Diagnostics
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 54: Node Status Diagnostics – Solution in Event of Error
LED Status Meaning
Solution
I/O
green
The fieldbus node is operating correctly.
Normal operation.
Pos : 91.8.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Diag nose/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Knotenstatus aus werten 2 - I/O-LED ( alle Koppler/Knotenstatus aus werten 2 - I/O- LED (alle Koppl er/Contr oller) @ 18\mod_1390381556408_21.doc x @ 142694 @ @ 1
orange
flashing
red
red
flashing
red
cyclical
flashing
off
Start of the firmware.
1 … 2 seconds of rapid flashing indicate
start-up.
Coupler/controller hardware defect
Flashing with approx.. 10 Hz indicates
the initialization of the internal bus or of
a internal bus error.
Replace the fieldbus coupler/controller.
Note the following flashing sequence.
Evaluate the flashing sequences based
Up to three successive flashing sequences on the following blink code table.
The blinking indicates an error message
indicate internal data bus errors. There
are short intervals between the sequences. comprised of an error code and error
argument.
No data cycle on the internal bus.
The fieldbus coupler/controller supply
is off.
Device boot-up occurs after turning on the power supply. The I/O LED flashes
orange.
Then the bus is initialized. This is indicated by flashing red at 10 Hz for
1 … 2 seconds.
After a trouble-free initialization, the I/O LED is green.
In the event of an error, the I/O LED continues to blink red. Blink codes indicate
detailed error messages. An error is indicated cyclically by up to 3 flashing
sequences.
After elimination of the error, restart the node by turning the power supply of the
device off and on again.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Diagnostics
Figure 75: Node Status – I/O LED Signaling
Figure 76: Error Message Coding
Example of a module error:
•
The I/O LED starts the error display with the first flashing sequence
(approx. 10 Hz).
•
After the first break, the second flashing sequence starts (approx. 1 Hz):
The I/O LED blinks four times.
Error code 4 indicates “data error internal data bus”.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
175
176
Diagnostics
•
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
After the second break, the third flashing sequence starts (approx. 1 Hz):
The I/O LED blinks twelve times.
Error argument 12 means that the internal data bus is interrupted behind the
twelfth I/O module.
The thirteenth I/O module is either defective or has been pulled out of the
assembly.
Pos : 91.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Di agnose/Fel dbus koppl er/-contr oller/Blinkc ode-T abellen - Fehlerc ode 1 ( 750- 0830, -841, - 849) @ 6\mod_1259577088296_21.doc x @ 46118 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Diagnostics
177
Table 55: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 1
Error code 1: "Hardware and configuration error"
Error
Error Description
Solution
Argument
Overflow of the
internal buffer
memory for the
attached I/O
modules.
1.
2.
3.
4.
2
I/O module(s) with
unknown data type
1. Determine the faulty I/O module by first turning off the
power supply.
2. Plug the end module into the middle of the node.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
4. - LED continues to flash? Turn off the power supply and plug the end module into
the middle of the first half of the node (toward the
fieldbus controller).
- LED not flashing? Turn off the power and plug the end module into the
middle of the second half of the node (away from the
fieldbus controller).
5. Turn the power supply on again.
6. Repeat the procedure described in step 4 while halving
the step size until the faulty I/O module is detected.
7. Replace the faulty I/O module.
8. Inquire about a firmware update for the fieldbus
controller.
3
Invalid check sum in
1. Turn off the power supply for the node.
the parameter area of
2. Replace the fieldbus controller.
the fieldbus
3. Turn the power supply on again.
controller.
4
1. Turn off the power supply for the node.
Fault when writing in
2. Replace the fieldbus controller.
the serial EEPROM.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
5
Fault when reading
the serial EEPROM
1. Turn off the power supply for the node.
2. Replace the fieldbus controller.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
6
The I/O module
configuration after
AUTORESET
differs from the
configuration
determined the last
time the fieldbus
controller was
powered up.
1. Restart the fieldbus controller by turning the power
supply off and on.
7
Invalid hardwarefirmware
combination.
1. Turn off the power supply for the node.
2. Replace the fieldbus controller.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Turn off the power for the node.
Reduce the number of I/O modules.
Turn the power supply on again.
If the error persists, replace the fieldbus controller.
178
Diagnostics
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 55: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 1
Error code 1: "Hardware and configuration error"
Error
Error Description
Solution
Argument
8
Timeout during
serial EEPROM
access.
1. Turn off the power supply for the node.
2. Replace the fieldbus controller.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
9
Bus controller
initialization error
1. Turn off the power supply for the node.
2. Replace the fieldbus controller.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
10
Buffer power failure
real-time clock
(RTC)
1. Set the clock.
2. Maintain the power supply of the fieldbus controller for
at least 15 minutes in order to charge the Goldcap
capacitor.
11
Fault during read
access to the realtime clock (RTC)
1. Set the clock.
2. Maintain the power supply of the fieldbus controller for
at least 15 minutes in order to charge the Goldcap
capacitor.
12
Fault during write
access to the realtime clock (RTC)
1. Set the clock.
2. Maintain the power supply of the fieldbus controller for
at least 15 minutes in order to charge the Goldcap
capacitor.
13
Clock interrupt fault
1. Set the clock.
2. Maintain the power supply of the fieldbus controller for
at least 15 minutes in order to charge the Goldcap
capacitor.
14
Maximum number of 1. Turn off the power for the node.
gateway or mailbox 2. Reduce the number of corresponding modules to a valid
modules exceeded
number.
Pos : 91.10 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/Bli nkc ode-Tabellen - F ehl erc ode 2...5 (750- 0806, - 830, -841, -849, 833) @ 9\mod_1281701367460_21.doc x @ 63670 @ @ 1
Table 56: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 2
Error code 2: “Exceeded Process Image”
Error
Error Description
Solution
Argument
1
Not used
2
Process image is
too large.
1. Turn off the power supply of the node.
2. Reduce number of I/O modules.
3. Turn the power supply on.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Diagnostics
179
Table 57: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 3
Error code 3: “Protocol error, internal bus”
Error
Error Description
Solution
Argument
- Are passive power supply modules (750-613) located in the
node? 1. Check that these modules are supplied correctly with
power.
2. Determine this by the state of the associated status LEDs.
-
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Internal data bus
communication is
faulty, defective
module cannot be
identified.
- Are all modules connected correctly or are there any 750613 Modules in the node? 1. Determine the faulty I/O module by turning off the power
supply.
2. Plug the end module into the middle of the node.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
4. - LED continues to flash? Turn off the power supply and plug the end module into
the middle of the first half of the node (toward the
fieldbus controller).
- LED not flashing? Turn off the power and plug the end module into the
middle of the second half of the node (away from the
fieldbus controller).
5. Turn the power supply on again.
6. Repeat the procedure described in step 4 while halving
the step size until the faulty I/O module is detected.
7. Replace the faulty I/O module.
8. Inquire about a firmware update for the fieldbus
controller.
180
Diagnostics
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 58: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 4
Error code 4: “Physical error, internal bus”
Error
Error Description
Solution
Argument
1. Turn off the power supply to the node.
2. Plug in an end module behind the fieldbus controller.
3. Turn the power supply on.
4. Observe the error argument signaled.
- Is no error argument indicated by the I/O LED? 5. Replace the fieldbus controller.
-
n*
- Is an error argument indicated by the I/O LED? 5. Identify the faulty I/O module by turning off the power
supply.
Internal bus data
6. Plug the end module into the middle of the node.
transmission error or 7. Turn the power supply on again.
interruption of the
8. - LED continues to flash? internal data bus at
Turn off the power and plug the end module into the
the fieldbus
middle of the first half of the node (toward the fieldbus
controller
controller).
- LED not flashing? Turn off the power and plug the end module into the
middle of the second half of the node (away from the
fieldbus controller).
9. Turn the power supply on again.
10. Repeat the procedure described in step 6 while halving
the step size until the faulty I/O module is detected.
11. Replace the faulty I/O module.
12. If there is only one I/O module on the fieldbus controller
and the LED is flashing, either the I/O module or fieldbus
controller is defective. Replace the defective component.
Interruption of the
internal data bus
behind the nth bus
module with process
1. Turn off the power supply of the node.
data, the maximum
2. Reduce number of I/O modules.
supported number is
3. Turn the power supply on.
reached, the
following modules
are no longer
supported.
* The number of light pulses (n) indicates the position of the I/O module.
I/O modules without data are not counted (e.g., supply modules without diagnostics)
Table 59: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 5
Error code 5: “Initialization error, internal bus”
Error
Error Description
Solution
Argument
Error in register
1. Turn off the power supply to the node.
communication
2. Replace the (n+1) I/O module containing process data.
n*
during internal bus
3. Turn the power supply on.
initialization
* The number of light pulses (n) indicates the position of the I/O module.
I/O modules without data are not counted (e.g., supply modules without diagnostics)
Pos : 91.11 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/Bli nkc ode-Tabellen - F ehl erc ode 6 ( 750-0830, -841, -0849) @ 6\mod_1259243409390_21.doc x @ 45593 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Diagnostics
181
Table 60: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 6
Error code 6: "Fieldbus specific errors"
Error
Error description
Solution
Argument
1. Turn off the power supply of the node.
2. Exchange fieldbus controller.
Invalid MACID
1
3. Turn the power supply on again.
1. Restart the fieldbus controller by turning the power
Ethernet Hardware
supply off and on again.
2
initialization error
2. If the error still exists, exchange the fieldbus controller.
1. Restart the fieldbus coupler by turning the power
TCP/IP initialization
supply off and on again.
3
error
2. If the error still exists, exchange the bus coupler.
Network configuration 1. Check the settings of BootP server.
4
error (no IP Address)
1. Restart the fieldbus coupler by turning the power
Application protocol
supply off and on again.
5
initialization error
2. If the error still exists, exchange the bus coupler.
Process image is too
1. Turn off the power supply of the node.
6
large
2. Reduce number of I/O modules
1. Change configuration. Use another IP address, which is
not yet present in network.
Double IP address in
7
2. Restart the fieldbus coupler by turning the power
network
supply off and on again.
1. Turn off the power supply of the node.
2. Reduce number of I/O modules
Error when building
3. Restart the fieldbus coupler by turning the power
8
the process image
supply off and on again.
4. If the error still exists, exchange the bus coupler.
Pos : 91.12 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/------Leerz eile------ @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0.doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
Pos : 91.13 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/Bli nkc ode-Tabellen - F ehl erc ode 7/n (nic ht unterstütz te Bus kl emme) @ 6\mod_1259247106578_21.doc x @ 45640 @ @ 1
Table 61: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 7
Error code 7: “Not supported I/O module”
Error
Error Description
Solution
Argument
1. Turn off the power supply to the node.
First unsupported
2. Replace the nth I/O module containing process data or
I/O module
n
reduce the number of modules to the number of n-1.
in place of n.
3. Turn the power supply on.
Pos : 91.14 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/Bli nkc ode-Tabellen - F ehl erc ode 8...9 (Fehlerc ode nic ht g enutz t) @ 12\mod_1339150647306_21.doc x @ 96641 @ @ 1
Table 62: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 8 … 9
Error code 8 … 9 –not used–
Error
Error Description
Solution
Argument
-
Pos : 91.15 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/Bli nkc ode-Tabellen - F ehl erc ode 10, Argument 1 ( ohne SD-Karte) @ 15\mod_1364465877343_21.doc x @ 116260 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
not used
-
182
Diagnostics
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 63: Blink code table for the 'I/O' LED signaling, error code 10
Error code 10: "PLC program fault"
Error
Error Description
Solution
Argument
Error when
implementing the
PFC run time system
1. Restart the fieldbus controller by turning the power
supply off and on again.
2. If the error still exists, please contact the I/O Support.
2
Error when generating
the PFC
inline code
1. Restart the fieldbus controller by turning the power
supply off and on again.
2. If the error still exists, please contact the I/O Support.
3
An IEC task exceeded
the maximum running
time or the sampling
interval of the IEC task
could not be kept
(Watchdog)
1. Check the task configuration concerning the adjusted
sampling intervals and watchdog times.
4
PFC Web-Visualization
initialization error
1. Restart the fieldbus controller by turning the power
supply off and on again.
2. If the error still exists, please accomplish a reset
(origin) in WAGO-I/O-PRO.
3. Compile the project again.
4. Transfer the project to the controller.
5
Error when
synchronizing the PLC
configuration with the
internal data bus
1. Check the information of the connected modules in
the PLC configuration of WAGO-I/O-PRO.
2. Compare this information with the modules that are
actually connected.
3. Compile the project again.
4. Transfer the project to the controller.
1
Pos : 91.16 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/Bli nkc ode-Tabellen - F ehl erc ode 10 (2- 5), 11 (750- 0830, - 841, - 0849) @ 6\mod_1259247309750_21.doc x @ 45643 @ @ 1
Table 64: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 11
Error code 11: "Gateway-/Mailbox I/O module fault"
Error
Error Description
Solution
Argument
1
1. Turn off the power supply of the node.
Maximum number of
2. Reduce number of Gateway modules.
Gateway modules exceeded
3. Turn the power supply on again.
2
Maximum size of Mailbox
exceeded
1. Turn off the power supply of the node.
2. Reduce the Mailbox size.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
3
Maximum size of process
image exceeded due to the
put Gateway modules
1. Turn off the power supply of the node.
2. Reduce the data width of the Gateway modules.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
* The number of blink pulses (n) indicates the position of the I/O module.
I/O modules without data are not counted (e.g. supply module without diagnosis)
Pos : 91.17 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/LED-Sig nalisi erung - USR- LED @ 6\mod_1259249846609_21.doc x @ 45646 @ 4 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
11.1.2.1
Diagnostics
183
USR LED
The bottom indicator LED (“USR”) is provided for visual output of information.
Control of the LED from the application program is conducted using the functions
from the WAGO-I/O-PRO library “Visual.lib”.
Pos : 91.18 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/Vers orgungss pannungsstatus aus werten ( alle Koppler/C ontroll er) @ 6\mod_1259230026625_21.doc x @ 45546 @ 3 @ 1
11.1.3
Evaluating Power Supply Status
The power supply unit of the device has two green LEDs that indicate the
status of the power supplies.
LED “A” indicates the 24 V supply of the coupler.
LED “B” or “C” reports the power available on the power jumper contacts
for field side power.
Table 65: Power Supply Status Diagnostics – Solution in Event of Error
LED Status Meaning
Solution
A
Operating voltage for the system is
Green
available.
Check the power supply for the system
Off
No power is available for the system
(24 V and 0 V).
B or C
The operating voltage for power jumper
Green
contacts is available.
No operating voltage is available for the
Check the power supply for the power
Off
power jumper contacts.
jumper contacts (24 V and 0 V).
Pos : 91.19 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/F ehl er ver halten, F el dbus aus fall ( 750- 830, - 841, -849, ...) @ 6\mod_1259570148859_21.doc x @ 46112 @ 23 @ 1
11.2
Fault Behavior
11.2.1
Loss of Fieldbus
A fieldbus and, hence, a link failure is recognized when the set reaction time for
the watchdog expires without initiation by the higher-order control system. This
may occur, for example, when the Master is switched off, or when there is a
disruption in the bus cable. An error at the Master can also result in a fieldbus
failure. No connection via ETHERNET.
The MODBUS watchdog monitors the ongoing MODBUS communication via
MODBUS protocol. A fieldbus failure is signaled by the red "I/O" LED lighting
up, provided the MODBUS watchdog has been configured and activated.
Fieldbus monitoring independently of a certain protocol is possible using the
function block 'FBUS_ERROR_INFORMATION' in the library "Mod_com.lib".
This checks the physical connection between modules and the controller and
assumes evaluation of the watchdog register in the control system program. The
I/O bus remains operational and the process images are retained. The control
system program can also be processed independently.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
184
Diagnostics
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
FBUS_ERROR_INFORMATION
FBUS_ERROR
ERROR
Figure 77: Function Block for Determining Loss of Fieldbus, Independently of Protocol
'FBUS_ERROR' (BOOL)
= FALSE
= TRUE
= no fault
= loss of field bus
'ERROR' (WORD)
=0
=1
= no fault
= loss of field bus
The node can be put into a safe status in the event of a fieldbus failure with the aid
of these function block outputs and an appropriately programmed control system
program.
Loss of fieldbus detection through MODBUS protocol:
For detailed information about the watchdog register, refer to Section “MODBUS
Functions”, in particular Section “Watchdog (Fieldbus failure)”.
Protocol-independent detection of loss of fieldbus:
The library “Mod_com.lib” with function block
'FBUS_ERROR_INFORMATION' is normally included in the setup for the
WAGO-I/O-PRO. You can integrate the library via register “Resources” at the
bottom on the left of the workspace. Click Insert and then Other libraries. The
“Mod_com.lib” is located in folder C:\Programme\WAGO Software\CODESYS
V2.3\Targets\WAGO\Libraries\32_Bit
Pos : 91.20 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/Kl emmenbus fehl er (alle Contr oller) @ 6\mod_1259322394765_21.doc x @ 45998 @ 3 @ 1
11.2.2
Internal Data Bus Failure
I/O LED indicates an internal bus failure.
I/O LED flashed red:
When an internal data bus failure occurs, the fieldbus controller generates an error
message (error code and error argument).
An internal data bus failure occurs, for example, if an I/O module is removed.
If the error occurs during operation, the output modules operate as they do during
an internal data bus stop.
If the internal data bus error is resolved, the controller starts up after turning the
power off and on similar to that of a normal start-up. The process data is
transmitted again and the outputs of the node are set accordingly.
Pos : 91.21 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Diagnos e/F eldbus koppler/-c ontroll er/Kl emmenbus fehl er - Nachtrag F unktions baustei n KBU S_ERROR _INF ORMAT ION (750- 0841) @ 6\mod_1259243954515_21.doc x @ 45619 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Diagnostics
185
If the “KBUS_ERROR_INFORMATION” function block is evaluated in the
control program, then the “ERROR”, ”BITLEN”, “TERMINALS” and
”FAILADDRESS” output values are relevant.
ERROR
= FALSE
(BITLEN
TERMINALS
= No fault
= Bit length of the internal bus shift register
= Number of I/O modules)
ERROR
= TRUE
(BITLEN
TERMINALS
FAILADRESS
= Internal Bus Error
=0
=0
= Position of the I/O module after which the
internal bus interruption arose, similar to the
flashed error argument of the I/O LED)
Pos : 92 /D okumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
186
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 93 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/Ü berschriften für alle Serien/__ noc h nic ht ei ns ortierte Ü berschriften müss en noc h eins orti ert werden __/F eldbus kommuni kation - Ü berschrift 1 @ 4\mod_1241433862621_21.doc x @ 32212 @ 1 @ 1
12
Fieldbus Communication
Pos : 94.1 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/F eldbus kommuni kation/ETHER NET/ETH ERNET- Einl eitungstext @ 4\mod_1236763733502_21.doc x @ 28163 @ @ 1
Fieldbus communication between master application and a WAGO fieldbus
coupler/controller based on the ETHERNET standard normally occurs via an
implemented fieldbus-specific application protocol.
Depending on the application, this can be e.g., MODBUS/TCP (UDP),
EtherNet/IP, BACnet/IP, KNXnet/IP, PROFINET, sercos or other.
In addition to the ETHERNET standard and the fieldbus-specific application
protocol, there are also other communications protocols important for reliable
communication and data transmission and other related protocols for configuring
and diagnosing the system implemented in the WAGO fieldbus coupler/controller
based on ETHERNET.
These protocols are explained in more detail in the other sections.
Pos : 94.2 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/F eldbus kommuni kation/ETHER NET/Allgemeine ETHERN ET-Informati onen (für ETH ERN ET-Lang bes chr eibung) @ 4\mod_1236850283581_21.doc x @ 28299 @ 234444434443 @ 1
12.1
General ETHERNET Information
ETHERNET is a technology, which has been proven and established as an
effective means of data transmission in the field of information technology and
office communication. Within a short time ETHERNET has also made a
successful breakthrough in the area of private PC networks throughout the world.
This technology was developed in 1972 by Dr. Robert M. Metcalfe, David R.
Boggs, Charles Thacker, Butler W. Lampson, and Xerox (Stanford, Ct.).
Standardization (IEEE 802.3) took place in 1983.
ETHERNET predominantly uses coaxial cables or twisted pair cables as a
transmission medium. Connection to ETHERNET, often already existing in
networks, (LAN, Internet) is easy and the data exchange at a transmission rate of
10 Mbps or for some couplers/controllers also 100 Mbps is very fast.
ETHERNET has been equipped with higher level communication software in
addition to standard IEEE 802.3, such as TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol /
Internet Protocol) to allow communication between different systems. The TCP/IP
protocol stack offers a high degree of reliability for the transmission of
information.
In the ETHERNET based (programmable) fieldbus couplers and controllers
developed by WAGO, usually various application protocols have been
implemented on the basis of the TCP/IP stack.
These protocols allow the user to create applications (master applications) with
standardized interfaces and transmit process data via an ETHERNET interface.
In addition to a series of management and diagnostic protocols, fieldbus specific
application protocols are implemented for control of the module data, depending
upon the coupler or controller, e. g. MODBUS TCP (UDP), EtherNet/IP, BACnet,
KNXNET/IP, PROFINET, Powerlink, sercos or others.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
187
Information such as the fieldbus node architecture, network statistics and
diagnostic information is stored in the ETHERNET (programmable) fieldbus
couplers and controllers and can be viewed as HTML pages via a web browser
(e.g., Microsoft Internet-Explorer, Netscape Navigator) being served from the
HTTP server in the couplers and controllers.
Furthermore, depending on the requirements of the respective industrial
application, various settings such as selection of protocols, TCP/IP, internal clock
and security configurations can be performed via the web-based management
system. However, you can also load web pages you have created yourself into the
couplers/controllers, which have an internal file system, using FTP.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
188
Fieldbus Communication
12.1.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Network Architecture – Principles and Regulations
A simple ETHERNET network is designed on the basis of one PC with a network
interface card (NI), one crossover connection cable (if necessary), one
ETHERNET fieldbus node and one 24 V DC power supply for the
coupler/controller voltage source.
Each fieldbus node consists of a (programmable) fieldbus coupler or controller
and a number of needed I/O modules.
Sensors and actuators are connected to the digital or analog I/O modules on the
field side. These are used for process signal acquisition or signal output to the
process, respectively.
The WAGO ETHERNET TCP/IP fieldbus node does not require any additional
master components other than a PC with a network card. So, the fieldbus node can
be easily connected to local or global networks using the fieldbus connection.
Other networking components such as hubs, switches or repeaters can also be
used.
The use of ETHERNET as a fieldbus allows continuous data transmission
between the plant floor and the office. Connection of the ETHERNET TCP/IP
fieldbus node to the Internet even enables industrial processing data for all types
of applications to be called up world-wide. This makes site independent
monitoring.
Fieldbus communication between master application and (programmable) fieldbus
coupler or controller takes place using the implemented fieldbus specific
application protocol, e. g. MODBUS TCP (UDP), EtherNet/IP, BACnet,
KNXNET/IP, PROFINET, Powerlink, sercos or others.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.1.1.1
Fieldbus Communication
189
Transmission Media
General ETHERNET transmission standards
For transmitting data the ETHERNET standard supports numerous technologies
with various parameters (e.g., transmission speed, medium, segment length and
type of transmission).
Table 66: ETHERNET- transmission standards
1Base5
Uses a 24 AWG UTP (twisted pair cable) for a 1Mbps baseband signal for
distances up to 500 m (250 m per segment) in a physical star topology.
10Base2
Uses a 5 mm 50 Ohm coaxial cable for a 10Mbps baseband signal for
distances of up to 185 m in a physical bus topology (often referred to as
Thin ETHERNET or ThinNet).
10Base5
Uses a 10 mm 50 Ohm coaxial cable for a 10Mbps baseband signal for
distances of up to 500 m in a physical bus topology (often referred to as
Thick ETHERNET).
10Base-F
Uses a fiber-optic cable for a 10Mbps baseband signal for distances of up
to 4 km in a physical star topology.
(There are three sub-specifications: 10Base-FL for fiber-optic link,
10Base FB for fiber-optic backbone and 10Base-FP for fiber-optic
passive).
10Base-T
Uses a 24 AWG UTP or STP/UTP (twisted pair cable) for a 10Mbps
baseband signal for distances up to 100 m in a physical star topology.
10Broad36
Uses a 75 Ohm coaxial cable for a 10Mbps baseband signal for distances
of up to 1800 m (or 3600 m with double cables) in a physical bus
topology.
100BaseTX
Specifies a 100 Mbps transmission with a twisted pair cable of Category 5
and RJ45-connectors. A maximum segment of 100 meters may be used.
Beyond that there are still further transmission standards, for example: 100BaseT4 (Fast ETHERNET over twisted conductors), 100Base-FX (Fast ETHERNET
over fiber-optic cables) or P802.11 (Wireless LAN) for a wireless transmission.
10Base-T, 100BaseTX
Either the 10BaseT standard or 100BaseTX can be used for the WAGO
ETHERNET fieldbus node.
The network architecture is very easy and inexpensive to assemble with S-UTP
cable as transmission medium or with cables of STP type.
Both types of cable can be obtained from any computer dealer.
S-UTP cable (screened unshielded twisted pair) is single-shielded cable of
Category 5 with overall shield surrounding all twisted unshielded conductor pairs
and an impedance of 100 ohm.
STP cable (shielded twisted pair) is cable of Category 5 with stranded and
individually shielded conductor pairs; no overall shield is provided
Manual
Version 1.2.0
190
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Wiring of the fieldbus nodes
Maybe, a crossover cable is required for direct connection of a fieldbus node to
the network card of the PC.
Figure 78: Direct Connection of a Node with Crossover Cable
If several fieldbus nodes are to be connected to a network card, the fieldbus nodes
can be connected via an ETHERNET switch or hub with straight through/parallel
cables.
Figure 79: Connection of a Node by means of a Hub with Parallel cables
WAGO recommends using a switch rather than a hub, this will allow for a more
deterministic architecture. An ETHERNET switch is a device that allows all
connected devices to transmit and receive data with each other. The switch can
also be viewed as a “data traffic cop” where the hub “polices” the data coming in
and going out of the individual ports, so the data will only be transmitted to the
required node.
Consider maximum Cable length!
The cable length between the node and the hub cannot be longer than 100 m (328
ft.) without adding signal conditioning systems (i.e., repeaters). Various
possibilities are described in the ETHERNET standard for networks covering
larger distances.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.1.1.2
Fieldbus Communication
191
Network Topologies
In the case of 10Base-T, or 100BaseTX several stations (nodes) are connected
using a star topology according to the 10Base-T ETHERNET Standard.
Therefore, this manual only deals with the star topology and the tree topology for
larger networks in more detail.
Star Topology
A star topology consists of a network in which all nodes are connected to a central
point via individual cables.
Figure 80: Star Topology
A star topology offers the advantage of allowing the extension of an existing
network. Stations can be added or removed without network interruption.
Moreover, in the event of a defective cable, only the network segment and the
node connected to this segment is impaired. This considerably increases the failsafe of the entire network.
Tree Topology
The tree topology combines characteristics of linear bus and star topologies. It
consists of groups of star-configured workstations connected to a linear bus
backbone cable. Tree topologies allow for the expansion of an existing network,
and enables schools, etc. to configure a network to meet their needs.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
192
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Figure 81: Tree Topology
Table 67: Legend Tree Topology
Caption
(A)
(B)
(C)
(1)
(2)
(3)
Description
Primary range
Secondary range
Tertiary range
Building panel board
Building panel board
Floor panel board
5-4-3 Rule
A consideration in setting up a tree topology using ETHERNET protocol is the
5-4-3 rule. One aspect of the ETHERNET protocol requires that a signal sent out
on the network cable must reach every part of the network within a specified
length of time. Each concentrator or repeater that a signal goes through adds a
small amount of time. This leads to the rule that between any two nodes on the
network there can only be a maximum of 5 segments connected through 4
repeaters/concentrators. In addition, only 3 of the segments may be populated
(trunk) segments if they are made of coaxial cable. A populated segment is one
that has one or more nodes attached to it. In Figure 5-5, the 5-4-3 rule is adhered
to. The furthest two nodes on the network have 4 segments and 3
repeaters/concentrators between them.
This rule does not apply to other network protocols or ETHERNET networks
where all fiber optic cabling or a combination of a backbone with UTP cabling is
used. If there is a combination of fiber optic backbone and UTP cabling, the rule
is simply translated to 7-6-5 rule.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
193
Cabling guidelines
"Structured Cabling" specifies general guidelines for network architecture of a
LAN, establishing maximum cable lengths for the grounds area, building and
floor cabling.
The "Structured Cabling" is standardized in EN 50173, ISO 11801 and TIA 568A. It forms the basis for a future-orientated, application-independent and costeffective network infrastructure.
The cabling standards define a domain covering a geographical area of 3 km and
for an office area of up to 1 million square meters with 50 to 50,000 terminals. In
addition, they describe recommendations for setting up of a cabling system.
Specifications may vary depending on the selected topology, the transmission
media and coupler modules used in industrial environments, as well as the use of
components from different manufacturers in a network. Therefore, the
specifications given here are only intended as recommendations.
12.1.1.3
Coupler Modules
There are a number of hardware modules that allow for flexible arrangement for
setting up an ETHERNET network. They also offer important functions, some of
which are very similar.
The following table defines and compares these modules and is intended to
simplify the correct selection and appropriate application of them.
Table 68: Comparison of Coupler Modules for Networks
Module
Characteristics/application
Repeater
Bridge
Switch
Hub
Router
Gateway
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Amplifier for signal regeneration, connection on a physical level.
Segmentation of networks to increase the length.
Multiport bridge, meaning each port has a separate bridge function.
Logically separates network segments, thereby reducing network traffic.
Consistent use makes ETHERNET collision-free.
Used to create star topologies, supports various transmission media,
does not prevent any network collisions.
Links two or more data networks.
Matches topology changes and incompatible packet sizes (e.g. used in
industrial and office areas).
Links two manufacturer-specific networks which use different software
and hardware (i.e., ETHERNET and Interbus-Loop).
ISO/OSI
layer
1
2
2 (3)
2
3
4-7
194
Fieldbus Communication
12.1.1.4
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
ETHERNET - Transmission Mode
Some ETHERNET based WAGO couplers/controllers support both 10Mbit/s and
100Mbit/s for either full or half duplex operation. To guarantee a safe and fast
transmission, both these couplers/controllers and their link partners must be
configured for the same transmission mode.
Pay attention to adapted Transmission Mode!
A faulty configuration of the transmission mode may result in a link loss
condition, a poor network performance or a faulty behavior of the
coupler/controller.
The IEEE 802.3u ETHERNET standard defines two possibilities for configuring
the transmission modes:
•
Static configuration
•
Dynamic configuration
Static Configuration of the Transmission Mode
Using static configuration, both link partners are set to static transmission rate and
duplex mode. The following configurations are possible:
•
10 Mbit/s, half duplex
•
10 Mbit/s, full duplex
•
100 Mbit/s, half duplex
•
100 Mbit/s, full duplex
Dynamic Configuration of the Transmission Mode
The second configuration option is the autonegotiation mode which is defined in
the IEEE 802.3u standard. Using this mode, the transmission rate and the duplex
mode are negotiated dynamically between both communication partners.
Autonegotiation allows the device to automatically select the optimum
transmission mode.
Activate Autonegotiation!
To ensure a correct dynamic configuration process, the operation mode for the
autonegotiation of both communication partners must be supported and activated.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
195
Errors Occurring when Configuring the Transmission Mode
Invalid configurations are listed below:
Table 69: Errors Occurring when Configuring the Transmission Mode
Problem
Cause
Symptoms
Mismatch of the transmission
Occurs when configuring one
Link failure
rate
link partner with 10 Mbit/s and
the other one with 100 Mbit/s.
Duplex mode mismatch
Occurs when one link partner is Faulty or discarded data packets
running in full-duplex and the as well as collisions on the
other in half-duplex mode.
medium.
Mismatch using autonegotiation Occurs when one link partner is The link partner, which is in
running in auto-negotiation
autonegotiation mode,
mode and the other one is using determines the network speed
a static configuration of the
via the parallel detection
transmission mode in fullprocedure and sets the duplex
duplex operation.
mode to half-duplex. If the
device is operating in fullduplex mode with static
configuration, a duplex mode
mismatch will occur (see
above).
Manual
Version 1.2.0
196
Fieldbus Communication
12.1.1.5
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Important Terms
Data security
If an internal network (Intranet) is to be connected to the public network (e.g., the
Internet) then data security is an extremely important aspect.
Undesired access can be prevented by a Firewall.
Firewalls can be implemented in software or network components. They are
interconnected in a similar way to routers as a switching element between
Intranets and the public network. Firewalls are able to limit or completely block
all access to the other networks, depending on the access direction, the service
used and the authenticity of the network user.
Real-time ability
Transmission above the fieldbus system level generally involves relatively large
data quantities. The permissible delay times may also be relatively long (0.1...10
seconds).
However, real-time behavior within the fieldbus system level is required for
ETHERNET in industry.
In ETHERNET it is possible to meet the real-time requirements by restricting the
bus traffic (< 10 %), by using a master-slave principle, or also by implementing a
switch instead of a hub.
MODBUS/TCP is a master/slave protocol in which the slaves only respond to
commands from the master. When only one master is used, data traffic over the
network can be controlled and collisions avoided.
However, to establish the greatest amount of “determinism” a switch is
recommended.
Shared ETHERNET
Several nodes linked via a hub share a common medium. When a message is sent
from a station, it is broadcast throughout the entire network and is sent to each
connected node. Only the node with the correct target address processes the
message. Collisions may occur and messages have to be repeatedly transmitted as
a result of the large amount of data traffic. The delay time in a Shared
ETHERNET cannot be easily calculated or predicted.
Figure 82: Principle of Shared ETHERNET
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
197
Deterministic ETHERNET
The TCP/IP software or the user program in each subscriber can limit
transmittable messages to make it possible to determine real-time requirements.
At the same time the maximum medium message rate (datagrams per second), the
maximum medium duration of a message, and the minimum time interval between
the messages (waiting time of the subscriber) is limited.
Therefore, the delay time of a message is predictable.
Switched ETHERNET
In the case of Switched Ethernet, several fieldbus nodes are connected by a
switch. When data from a network segment reaches the switch, it saves the data
and checks for the segment and the node to which this data is to be sent. The
message is then only sent to the node with the correct target address. This reduces
the data traffic over the network, extends the bandwidth and prevents collisions.
The runtimes can be defined and calculated, making the Switched Ethernet
deterministic.
Figure 83: Principle of Switched ETHERNET
Manual
Version 1.2.0
198
Fieldbus Communication
12.1.2
Network Communication
12.1.2.1
ETHERNET- Packet
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
The datagram’s exchanged on the transmission medium are called “ETHERNET
packets” or just “packets”. Transmission is connectionless; i.e. the sender does not
receive any feedback from the receiver. The data used is packed in an address
information frame. The following figure shows the structure of such a packet.
Table 70: ETHERNET-Data packet
Preamble
ETHERNET Header
8 Byte
14 Byte
ETHERNET Data
46 … 1500 Byte
Check Sum
4 Byte
The preamble serves as synchronization between the transmitting station and the
receiving station. The ETHERNET header contains the MAC addresses of the
transmitter and the receiver, and a type field.
The type field is used to identify the following protocol by way of unambiguous
coding (e.g., 0x0800 = Internet Protocol).
12.1.2.2
ETHERNET address (MAC-ID)
Each WAGO ETHERNET (programmable) fieldbus coupler or controller is
provided from the factory with a unique and internationally unambiguous physical
ETHERNET address, also referred to as MAC-ID (Media Access Control
Identity). This can be used by the network operating system for addressing on a
hardware level.
The address has a fixed length of 6 Bytes (48 Bit) and contains the address type,
the manufacturer’s ID, and the serial number.
Example for the MAC-ID of a WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus coupler
(hexadecimal): 00 : 30 : DE : 00 : 00 : 01
ETHERNET does not allow addressing of different networks.
If an ETHERNET network is to be connected to other networks, higher-ranking
protocols have to be used.
Connect Networks via Router!
If you wish to connect one or more data networks, routers have to be used.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.1.2.3
Fieldbus Communication
199
Channel access method
In the ETHERNET Standard, the fieldbus node accesses the bus using CSMA/CD
(Carrier Sense Multiple Access/ Collision Detection).
•
Carrier Sense:
The transmitter senses the bus.
•
Multiple Access:
Several transmitters can access the bus.
•
Collision Detection:
A collision is detected.
Each station can send a message once it has established that the transmission
medium is free. If collisions of data packets occur due to several stations
transmitting simultaneously, CSMA/CD ensures that these are detected and the
data transmission is repeated.
However, this does not make data transmission reliable enough for industrial
requirements. To ensure that communication and data transmission via
ETHERNET is reliable, various communication protocols are required.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
200
Fieldbus Communication
12.1.3
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Protocol layer model (Example)
The protocol layer model helps with an example (MODBUS and EtherNet/IP) to
explain the classification and interrelationships between the communication and
application protocols.
In this example, the fieldbus communication can take place using either the
MODBUS protocol or EtherNet/IP.
1
ETHERNET:
The Ethernet hardware forms the basis for the physical exchange of data. The
exchanged data signals and the bus access procedure CSMA/CD are defined in a
standard.
Table 71: Physical Layer
...
ETHERNET
(physical interface, CSMA/CD)
(1)
2
IP:
For the communication the Internet Protocol (IP) is positioned above the Ethernet
hardware. This bundles the data to be transmitted in packets along with sender and
receiver address and passes these packets down to the Ethernet layer for physical
transmission. At the receiver end, IP accepts the packets from the Ethernet layer
and unpacks them.
Table 72: Network Layer
(2)
(1)
3
-
-
...
IP
ETHERNET
(physical interface, CSMA/CD)
TCP/UDP:
TCP: (Transmission Control Protocol)
The TCP protocol, which is positioned above the IP layer, monitors the
transport of the data packets, sorts their sequence and sends repeat requests
for missing packets. TCP is a connection-oriented transport protocol.
The TCP and IP protocol layers are also jointly described as the
TCP/IP protocol stack or TCP/IP stack
UDP: (User Datagram Protocol)
The UDP layer is also a transport protocol like TCP, and is
arranged above the IP layer. In contrast to the TCP protocol, UDP
is not connection oriented. That means there are no monitoring
mechanisms for data exchange between sender and receiver.
The advantage of this protocol is in the efficiency of the transmitted
data and the resultant increase in processing speed.
Many programs use both protocols. Important status information is
sent via the reliable TCP connection, while the main stream of data
is sent via UDP.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
201
Table 73: Transport Layer
...
TCP/UDP
IP
ETHERNET
(physical interface, CSMA/CD)
(3)
(2)
(1)
4
Management, Diagnostic and Application Protocols:
Positioned above the TCP/IP stack or UDP/IP layer are correspondingly
implemented management, diagnostic and application protocols that provide
services that are appropriate for the application. For the management and
diagnostic, these are, for example, SMTP (Simple Mail Transport Protocol) for emails, HTTP (Hypertext Transport Protocol) for www browsers and some others.
In this example, the protocols MODBUS/TCP (UDP) and EtherNet/IP are
implemented for use in industrial data communication.
Here the MODBUS protocol is also positioned directly above TCP (UDP)/IP;
EtherNet/IP, on the other hand, basically consists of the protocol layers Ethernet,
TCP and IP with an encapsulation protocol positioned above it. This serves as
interface to CIP (Control and Information Protocol).
DeviceNet uses CIP in the same way as EtherNet/IP. Applications with DeviceNet
device profiles can therefore be very simply transferred to EtherNet/IP.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Encapsulation
protocol
TCP/UDP
IP
ETHERNET
(physical interface, CSMA/CD)
CIP
MODBUS
...
...
WWW-Browser
HTTP
Application device
profiles
(e.g. positioning
controllers, semiconductors, pneumatic
valves)
CIP application objects
library
CIP data management
services
(explicit messages, I/O
messages)
CIP message routing,
connection management
ETHERNET/IP
(3)
(2)
(1)
Mail-Client
(4)
SMTP
Table 74: Application Layer
202
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Data structure
The following diagram is intended to explain the data structure of these protocols
and how the data packets of the communication protocols Ethernet, TCP and IP
with the adapted application protocol MODBUS nested in each other for
transmission. A detailed description of the tasks and addressing schemes of these
protocols is contained in the following.
Figure 84: Communication Protocols
Pos : 94.3 /Dokumentation allgemei n/Glieder ungs elemente/---Seitenwechs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
203
Pos : 94.4 /All e Seri en ( Allgemei ne Dokumente) ( Allgemei ne Module)/F eldbus kommuni kation/ETHER NET/Kommuni kations protokolle - Übersc hrift 3 @ 4\mod_1237210733218_21.doc x @ 28496 @ 3 @ 1
12.1.4
Communication Protocols
Pos : 95 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/F eldbus kommuni kation/ETHERNET/IP (Inter net Protoc ol) @ 4\mod_1237210825239_21.doc x @ 28499 @ 4 @ 1
12.1.4.1
IP (Internet Protocol)
The Internet protocol divides datagrams into segments and is responsible for their
transmission from one network subscriber to another. The stations involved may
be connected to the same network or to different physical networks which are
linked together by routers.
Routers are able to select various paths (network transmission paths) through
connected networks, and bypass congestion and individual network failures.
However, as individual paths may be selected which are shorter than other paths,
datagrams may overtake each other, causing the sequence of the data packets to be
incorrect.
Therefore, it is necessary to use a higher-level protocol, for example, TCP to
guarantee correct transmission.
IP Packet
In addition to the data units to be transported, the IP data packets contain a range
of address information and additional information in the packet header.
Table 75: IP Packet
IP Header
IP Data
The most important information in the IP header is the IP address of the
transmitter and the receiver and the transport protocol used.
IP Addresses
To allow communication over the network each fieldbus node requires a 32 bit
Internet address (IP address).
IP Address must be unique!
For error free operation, the IP address must be unique within the network.
The same IP address may not be assigned twice.
As shown below there are various address classes with net identification (net ID)
and subscriber identification (subscriber ID) of varying lengths. The net ID
defines the network in which the subscriber is located. The subscriber ID
identifies a particular subscriber within this network.
Networks are divided into various network classes for addressing purposes:
• Class A: (Net ID: Byte 1, Host ID: Byte 2… Byte 4)
Manual
Version 1.2.0
204
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 76: Network Class A
e. g.
101 .
16
.
232
.
22
01100101
00010000
11101000
00010110
Net ID
Host ID
0
The highest bit in Class A networks is always '0'. This means the highest byte can
be in a range of '0 0000000' to '0 1111111'.
Therefore, the address range of a Class A network in the first byte is always
between 0 and 127.
• Class B: (Net ID: Byte 1 … Byte 2, Host ID: Byte 3… Byte 4)
Table 77: Network Class B
e. g.
181
10110101
.
16
.
232
.
22
00010000
11101000
00010110
Net ID
Host ID
10
The highest bits in Class B networks are always '10'. This means the highest byte
can be in a range of '10 000000' to '10 111111'.
Therefore, the address range of Class B networks in the first byte is always
between 128 and 191.
• Class C: (Net ID: Byte 1 … Byte 3, Host ID: Byte 4)
Table 78: Network Class C
e. g.
201
11000101
.
16
.
232
.
22
00010000
11101000
00010110
Net ID
Host ID
110
The highest bits in Class C networks are always '110'. This means the highest byte
can be in a range of '110 00000' to '110 11111'.
Therefore, the address range of Class C networks in the first byte is always
between 192 and 223.
• Additional network classes (D, E): are only used for special tasks.
Key Data
Table 79: Key Data Class A, B and C
Network Class
Class A
Class B
Class C
Address range of
the subnetwork
Possible number of
Networks
Hosts per
Network
0.XXX.XXX.XXX ...
128
127.XXX.XXX.XXX
(27)
128.000.XXX.XXX ... Approx. 16 Thousand
191.255.XXX.XXX
(214)
192.000.000.XXX ...
Approx. 2 Million
223.255.255.XXX
(221)
Approx. 16 Million
(224)
Ca. 65 Thousand
(216)
254
(28)
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
205
Each WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus coupler or controller can be easily assigned an
IP address via the implemented BootP protocol. For small internal networks we
recommend selecting a network address from Class C.
Do not set IP addresses to 0.0.0.0 or 255.255.255.255!
Never set all bits to equal 0 or 1 in one byte (byte = 0 or 255). These are reserved
for special functions and may not be allocated. Therefore, the address 10.0.10.10
may not be used due to the 0 in the second byte.
If a network is to be directly connected to the Internet, only registered,
internationally unique IP addresses allocated by a central registration service may
be used. These are available from InterNIC (International Network Information
Center).
Internet access only by the authorized network administrator!
Direct connection to the Internet should only be performed by an authorized
network administrator and is therefore not described in this manual.
Subnets
To allow routing within large networks a convention was introduced in the
specification RFC 950. Part of the Internet address, the subscriber ID is divided
up again into a subnetwork number and the station number of the node. With the
aid of the network number it is possible to branch into internal subnetworks
within the partial network, but the entire network is physically connected together.
The size and position of the subnetwork ID are not defined; however, the size is
dependent upon the number of subnets to be addressed and the number of
subscribers per subnet.
Table 80: Example: Class B Address with Field for Subnet IDs
1
1 0
8
...
16
Network ID
24
Subnet ID
32
Host ID
Subnet Mask
A subnet mask was introduced to encode the subnets in the Internet. This involves
a bit mask, which is used to mask out or select specific bits of the IP address. The
mask defines the subscriber ID bits used for subnet coding, which denote the ID
of the subscriber. The entire IP address range theoretically lies between 0.0.0.0
and 255.255.255.255. Each 0 and 255 from the IP address range are reserved for
the subnet mask.
The standard masks depending upon the respective network class are as follows:
•
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Class A Subnet mask:
206
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 81: Subnet Mask for Class A Network
255
•
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.255
.0
Class B Subnet mask:
Table 82: Subnet Mask for Class B Network
255
•
.255
Class C Subnet mask:
Table 83: Subnet Mask for Class C Network
255
.255
Depending on the subnet division the subnet masks may, however, contain other
values beyond 0 and 255, such as 255.255.255.128 or 255.255.255.248.
Your network administrator allocates the subnet mask number to you.
Together with the IP address, this number determines which network your PC and
your node belongs to.
The recipient node, which is located on a subnet, initially calculates the correct
network number from its own IP address and subnet mask. Only then the node
checks the node number and, if it corresponds, delivers the entire packet frame.
Table 84: Example for an IP Address from a Class B Network
172.16.233.200
'10101100 00010000 11101001 11001000'
IP address
255.255.255.128
'11111111 11111111 11111111 10000000'
Subnet mask
172.16.0.0
'10101100 00010000 00000000 00000000'
Net ID
0.0.233.128
'00000000 00000000 11101001 10000000'
Subnet ID
0.0.0.72
'00000000 00000000 00000000 01001000'
Host ID
Specification of the network mask necessary!
Specify the network mask defined by the administrator in the same way as the IP
address when installing the network protocol.
Gateway
The subnets of the Internet are normally connected via gateways. The function of
these gateways is to forward packets to other networks or subnets.
This means that in addition to the IP address and network mask for each network
card, it is necessary to specify the correct IP address of the standard gateway for a
PC or fieldbus node connected to the Internet. You should also be able to obtain
this IP address from your network administrator.
The IP function is limited to the local subnet if this address is not specified.
To communicate directly with each other, host and gateway must be on the same
subnet, that means the network ID must be the same.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
207
RAW IP
Raw IP manages without protocols such as PPP (point-to-point protocol). With
RAW IP, the TCP/IP packets are directly exchanged without handshaking, thus
enabling the connection to be established more quickly.
However, the connection must beforehand have been configured with a fixed IP
address. The advantages of RAW IP are high data transfer rate and good stability.
IP Multicast
Multicast refers to a method of transmission from a point to a group, which is a
point-to-multipoint transfer or multipoint connection. The advantage of multicast
is that messages are simultaneously transferred to several users or closed user
groups via one address.
IP multicasting at the Internet level is realized with the help of the Internet Group
Message Protocol IGMP; neighboring routers use this protocol to inform each
other on membership to the group.
For distribution of multicast packets in the sub-network, IP assumes that the
datalink layer supports multicasting. In the case of Ethernet, you can provide a
packet with a multicast address in order to send the packet to several recipients
with a single send operation. Here, the common medium enables packets to be
sent simultaneously to several recipients. The stations do not have to inform each
other on who belongs to a specific multicast address – every station physically
receives every packet. The resolution of IP address to Ethernet address is solved
by the use of algorithms, IP multicast addresses are embedded in Ethernet
multicast addresses.
Pos : 96 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/F eldbus kommuni kation/ETHERNET/TCP (Tr ansport Protoc ol) @ 4\mod_1237211218837_21.doc x @ 28502 @ 4 @ 1
12.1.4.2
TCP (Transmission Control Protocol)
As the layer above the Internet protocol, TCP (Transmission Control Protocol)
guarantees the secure transport of data through the network.
TCP enables two subscribers to establish a connection for the duration of the data
transmission. Communication takes place in full-duplex mode (i.e., transmission
between two subscribers in both directions simultaneously).
TCP provides the transmitted message with a 16-bit checksum and each data
packet with a sequence number.
The receiver checks that the packet has been correctly received on the basis of the
checksum and then sets off the sequence number. The result is known as the
acknowledgement number and is returned with the next self-sent packet as an
acknowledgement.
This ensures that the lost TCP packets are detected and resent, if necessary, in the
correct sequence.
TCP Data Packet
Manual
Version 1.2.0
208
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
The packet header of a TCP data packet is comprised of at least 20 bytes and
contains, among others, the application port number of the transmitter and the
receiver, the sequence number and the acknowledgement number.
The resulting TCP packet is used in the data unit area of an IP packet to create a
TCP/IP packet.
TCP Port Numbers
TCP can, in addition to the IP address (network and subscriber address), respond
to a specific application (service) on the addressed subscriber. For this the
applications located on a subscriber, such as a web server, FTP server and others
are addressed via different port numbers. Well-known applications are assigned
fixed ports to which each application can refer when a connection is built up
(Examples: Telnet Port number: 23, http Port number: 80).
A complete list of “standardized services” is contained in the RFC 1700 (1994)
specifications.
Pos : 97 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/F eldbus kommuni kation/ETHERNET/UDP (Us er D atagram Protoc ol) @ 4\mod_1237211297860_21.doc x @ 28505 @ 4 @ 1
12.1.4.3
UDP (User Datagram Protocol)
The UDP protocol, like the TCP protocol, is responsible for the transport of data.
Unlike the TCP protocol, UDP is not connection-orientated; meaning that there
are no control mechanisms for the data exchange between transmitter and
receiver. The advantage of this protocol is the efficiency of the transmitted data
and the resulting higher processing speed.
Pos : 98 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/F eldbus kommuni kation/ETHERNET/Konfigurati ons- und Di agnoseprotokolle - Übersc hrift 3 @ 4\mod_1237211597686_21.doc x @ 28511 @ 3 @ 1
12.1.5
Configuration and Diagnostics Protocols
Pos : 99 /All e Seri en (Allgemei ne Module)/F eldbus kommuni kation/ETHERNET/BootP (Boots Trap Protoc ol) @ 4\mod_1237211805257_21.doc x @ 28514 @ 4 @ 1
12.1.5.1
BootP (Bootstrap Protocol)
The "Bootstrap Protocol" (BootP) can be used to assign an IP address and other
parameters to the fieldbus coupler/controller in a TCP/IP network. Subnet masks
and gateways can also be transferred using this protocol. Protocol communication
is comprised of a client request from the fieldbus coupler and a server response
from the PC.
A broadcast request is transmitted to Port 67 (BootP server) via the protocol that
contains the hardware address (MAC ID) for the fieldbus coupler.
The BootP server then receives this message. The server contains a database in
which the MAC ID and IP addresses are assigned to one another. When a MAC
address is found a broadcast reply is transmitted via network.
The fieldbus coupler/controller "listens" at the specified Port 68 for a response
from the BootP server. Incoming packets contain information such as the IP
address and the MAC address for the fieldbus coupler/controller. A fieldbus
coupler/controller recognizes by the MAC address that the message is intended
for that particular fieldbus coupler/controller and accepts the transmitted IP
address into its network.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
209
IP addresses can be assigned via BootP under Windows and Linux!
You can use WAGO-BootP-Server to assign an IP address under the Windows
and Linux operating systems. You can also use any other BootP server besides
WAGO-BootP-Server.
More information about WAGO-BootP-Server
"759-315 WAGO-BootP-Server" is available free of charge at
http://www.wago.com under Downloads  AUTOMATION  759-315
WAGO-BootP-Server.
More information about using BootP server to assign IP addresses
The process for assigning addresses using WAGO-BootP-Server is described in
detail in the section "Commissioning Fieldbus Nodes".
The BootP Client assists in the dynamic configuration of the network parameters:
Table 85: Meaning of the BootP parameters
Parameter
Meaning
IP address of the client
IP address of the router
Network address of the fieldbus coupler/controller
If communication takes place outside the local network, the IP
address of the router (gateway) is given in this parameter.
The subnet mask makes it possible for the fieldbus
coupler/controller to distinguish which parts of the IP address
identify the network and which identify the network stations.
The IP addresses from a maximum of 2 DNS servers can be
specified here.
Name of host
Subnet mask
IP addresses of the DNS server
Host name
The network parameters (IP address, etc.) are stored in the EEPROM when using
the Bootstrap protocol to configure the node.
BootP configuration is saved in the EEPROM!
Please note that the network configuration is stored in the EEPROM when using
BootP in contrast to configuration via DHCP.
By default, BootP is activated in the fieldbus coupler/controller.
When BootP is activated, the fieldbus coupler/controller expects the BootP server
to be permanently available.
If there is no BootP server available after a PowerOn reset, the network will
remain inactive.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
210
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
To operate the fieldbus coupler/controller with the IP configuration stored in the
EEPROM, you must deactivate the BootP protocol after configuration.
The Web-based management system is used to deactivate the BootP protocol on
the respective fieldbus coupler/controller-internal HTML page under the "Port"
link.
If BootP is deactivated, the fieldbus coupler/controller uses the parameters saved
in the EEPROM when booting next.
If there is an error in the saved parameters, the I/O LED releases a blink code and
configuration via BootP is turned on automatically.
Pos : 100 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/HTT P (H yper text Trans fer Protoc ol) @ 4\mod_1237211903403_21.doc x @ 28517 @ 4 @ 1
12.1.5.2
HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol)
HTTP is a protocol used by WWW (World Wide Web) servers for the forwarding
of hypermedia, texts, images, audiodata, etc.
Today, HTTP forms the basis of the Internet and is also based on requests and
responses in the same way as the BootP protocol.
The HTTP server implemented in the (programmable) fieldbus coupler or
controller is used for viewing the HTML pages saved in the coupler/controller.
The HTML pages provide information about the coupler/controller (state,
configuration), the network and the process image.
On some HTML pages, (programmable) fieldbus coupler or controller settings
can also be defined and altered via the web-based management system (e.g.
whether IP configuration of the coupler/controller is to be performed via the
DHCP protocol, the BootP protocol or from the data stored in the EEPROM).
The HTTP server uses port number 80.
Pos : 101 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/DHC P (D ynamic Hos t C onfigurati on Pr otoc ol) @ 4\mod_1237211970146_21.doc x @ 28520 @ 4 @ 1
12.1.5.3
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)
The fieldbus coupler/controller internal HTML page opened via the "Port" link
provides the option to configure the network using the data saved in the EEPROM
or via DHCP instead of via the BootP protocol.
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a further development of BootP
and is backwards compatible with BootP.
Both BOOTP and DHCP assign an IP address to the fieldbus node (Client) when
starting; the sequence is the same as for BootP.
For configuration of the network parameters via DHCP, the fieldbus
coupler/controller sends a client request to the DHCP server e.g., on the connected
PC.
A broadcast request is transmitted to Port 67 (DHCP server) via the protocol that
contains the hardware address (MAC ID) for the fieldbus coupler/controller.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
211
The DHCP server then receives this message. The server contains a database in
which the MAC ID and IP addresses are assigned to one another. When a MAC
address is found a broadcast reply is transmitted via network.
The fieldbus coupler/controller "listens" at the specified Port 68 for a response
from the DHCP server. Incoming packets contain information such as the IP
address and the MAC address for the fieldbus coupler/controller. A fieldbus
coupler/controller recognizes by the MAC address that the message is intended
for that particular fieldbus coupler/controller and accepts the transmitted IP
address into its network.
If there is no reply, the inquiry is sent again after 4 seconds, 8 seconds and 16
seconds.
If all inquiries receive no reply, a blink code is released via the I/O LED. The
parameters cannot be applied from the EEPROM.
DHCP configuration is not saved in the EEPROM!
Please note that the network configuration is not stored in the EEPROM when
using DHCP in contrast to configuration via BootP.
The difference between BOOTP and DHCP is that both use different assignment
methods.
BOOTP can be used to assign a fixed IP address for each client where the
addresses and their reservation are permanently saved in the BOOTP server
database.
In contrast, DHCP is also used to dynamically assign available IP addresses
through client leases (lease time after which the client requests a new address)
where each DHCP client address is saved temporarily in the server database.
In addition, DHCP clients do not require a system restart to rebind or renew
configuration with the DHCP server. Instead, clients automatically enter a
rebinding state at set timed intervals to renew their leased address allocation with
the DHCP server. This process occurs in the background and is transparent to the
user.
There are three different operating modes for a DHCP server:
•
Manual assignment
In this mode, the IP addresses are permanently assigned on the DHCP server
to specific MAC addresses. The addresses are assigned to the MAC address
for an indefinite period.
Manual assignments are used primarily to ensure that the DHCP client can
be reached under a fixed IP address.
•
Automatic assignment
For automatic assignment, a range of IP addresses is assigned on the DHCP
server.
If the address was assigned from this range once to a DHCP client, then it
Manual
Version 1.2.0
212
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
belongs to the client for an indefinite period as the assigned IP address is
also bound to the MAC address.
•
Dynamic assignment
This process is similar to automatic assignment, but the DHCP server has a
statement in its configuration file that specifies how long a certain IP
address may be "leased" to a client before the client must log into the server
again and request an "extension".
If the client does not log in, the address is released and can be reassigned to
another (or the same) client. The time defined by the administrator is called
Lease Time.
Some DHCP servers also assign IP addresses based on the MAC address,
i.e., a client receives the same IP address as before after longer network
absence and elapse of the Lease Time (unless the IP address has been
assigned otherwise in the mean time).
The DHCP Client assists in the dynamic network configuration of the fieldbus
coupler/controller by setting the following parameters:
Table 86: Meaning of the DHCP parameters
Parameter
Meaning
IP address of the client
IP address of the router
Network address of the fieldbus coupler/controller
If communication takes place outside the local network, the IP
address of the router (gateway) is given in this parameter.
The subnet mask makes it possible for the fieldbus
coupler/controller to distinguish which parts of the IP address
identify the network and which identify the network stations.
The IP addresses from a maximum of 2 DNS servers can be
specified here.
The maximum duration (i.e., how long the fieldbus
coupler/controller maintains the assigned IP address) can be
defined here. The maximum lease time for an ETHERNET
controller is 24.8 days. This is due to the internal timer
resolution.
The renewing time indicates when the fieldbus coupler/controller
must renew the lease time.
The rebinding time indicates after what amount of time the
fieldbus coupler/controller must have received its new address.
Subnet mask
IP addresses of the DNS server
Lease time
Renewing time
Rebinding time
When using a lease time, the values for the renewing time and rebinding time are
also indicated. After the renewing time has elapsed, the fieldbus coupler/controller
attempts to automatically renew the lease time for its IP address. If this is
unsuccessful when the rebinding time has elapsed, the fieldbus coupler/controller
attempts to receive a new IP address.
The renewing time should be approximately half of the lease time.
The rebinding time should be approximately 7/8 of the lease time.
Pos : 102 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/DN S (Domai n N ame Ser ver) @ 4\mod_1237212084977_21.doc x @ 28523 @ 4 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.1.5.4
Fieldbus Communication
213
DNS (Domain Name Systems)
The DNS client enables conversion of logical Internet names such as
www.wago.com into the appropriate decimal IP address represented with
separator stops, via a DNS server. Reverse conversion is also possible.
The addresses of the DNS server are configured via DHCP, BootP or web-based
management. Up to 2 DNS servers can be specified. The host identification can be
achieved with two functions; an internal host table is not supported.
Pos : 103.1 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/SNTP-Client (Si mpl e N etwor k Ti me Protoc ol) - Ei nleitung @ 7\mod_1265368453398_21.doc x @ 49866 @ 4 @ 1
12.1.5.5
SNTP-Client (Simple Network Time Protocol)
The SNTP client is used for synchronization of the time of day between a time
server (NTP and SNTP server Version 3 and 4 are supported) and the internal
system time in the (programmable) fieldbus coupler or controller. The protocol is
executed via a UDP port. Only unicast addressing is supported.
Configuration of the SNTP client
The configuration of the SNTP client is performed via the web-based
management system. The following parameters must be set:
Table 87: Meaning of the SNTP Parameters
Parameter
Meaning
Pos : 103.2 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/SNTP-Client (Si mpl e N etwor k Ti me Protoc ol) - Tabellenz eile " Adr ess e des Ti me- Ser vers" @ 7\mod_1265370673801_21.doc x @ 49869 @ @ 1
Address of the Time Server
The address assignment can be made either over an IP address or
a hostname.
Pos : 103.3 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/SNTP-Client (Si mpl e N etwor k Ti me Protoc ol) - Rest @ 7\mod_1265370907817_21.doc x @ 49872 @ @ 1
WBM page “TCP/IP” 
„SNTP Update Time (sec,
max. 65535) ”
The update time indicates the interval in seconds, in which the
synchronization with the time server is to take place.
WBM page “Clock” 
“Timezone (+/- hour:minute)”
The time zone relative to GMT (Greenwich Mean time). A range
of -12 to +14 hours is acceptable.
WBM page “Port” “SNTP”
It indicates whether the SNTP Client is to be activated or
deactivated.
Pos : 104.1 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/FT P-Ser ver (Fil e Tr ans fer Protoc ol) - Einl eitung @ 7\mod_1265373934850_21.doc x @ 49914 @ 4 @ 1
12.1.5.6
FTP-Server (File Transfer Protocol)
The file transfer protocol (FTP) enables files to be exchanged between different
network stations regardless of operating system.
In the case of the ETHERNET coupler/controller, FTP is used to store and read
the HTML pages created by the user, the IEC61131 program and the IEC61131
source code in the (programmable) fieldbus coupler or controller.
Pos : 104.2 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/FT P (File Ser ver Pr otocol) - F ür das D ateis ystem s teht ei n Ges amts peic her von 1,5 MB z ur Verfügung. @ 7\mod_1265374158431_21.doc x @ 49920 @ @ 1
A total memory of 1.5 MB is available for the file system.
Pos : 104.3 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/FT P (File Ser ver Pr otocol) - D ateis ys tem + Hinweis: Z yklen für Fl as h auf 1 Million begrenzt! @ 7\mod_1265373989882_21.doc x @ 49917 @ @ 1
The file system is mapped to RAM disk. To permanently store the data of the
RAM disk, the information is additionally copied into the flash memory. The data
is stored in the flash after the file has been closed. Due to the storage process,
access times during write cycles are long.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
214
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Flash Write Cycles are limited up to 1 Million!
Up to 1 million write cycles are possible for writing to the flash memory for the
file system.
Pos : 104.4 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/FT P (File Ser ver Pr otocol) - Tabelle: FTP- Kommandos und deren F unktion @ 7\mod_1265374299823_21.doc x @ 49926 @ @ 1
The following table shows the supported FTP commands for accesses to the file
system:
Table 88: FTP Commands and Function
Command
Function
USER
PASS
ACCT
REIN
QUIT
PORT
PASV
TYPE
STRU
MODE
RETR
STOR
APPE
ALLO
RNFR
RNTO
ABOR
DELE
CWD
LIST
NLST
RMD
PWD
MKD
Identification of the user
User password
Account for access to certain files
Server reset
Terminates the connection
Addressing of the data link
Changes server in the listen mode
Determines the kind of the representation for the transferred file
Determines the structure for the transferred file
Determines the kind of file transmission
Reads file from server
Saves file on server
Saves file on server (Append mode)
Reservation of the necessary storage location for the file
Renames file from (with RNTO)
Renames file in (with RNFR)
Stops current function
Deletes file
Changes directory
Gives the directory list
Gives the directory list
Deletes directory
Gives the actually path
Creates a directory
The TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) is not supported by some of the
couplers/controllers.
Pos : 104.5 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/Infor mation: Weitere i nfor mation z u den i mplementierten Protokollen @ 7\mod_1265374349668_21.doc x @ 49929 @ @ 1
More Information about the implemented Protocols
You can find a list of the exact available implemented protocols in the section
“Technical Data” to the fieldbus coupler and/or controller.
Pos : 105 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MIB)/SNMP ( Simpl e N etwor k Management Pr otokoll) - SNMP (Übersc hrift 2) @ 7\mod_1270702626019_21.doc x @ 54936 @ 2 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.2
Fieldbus Communication
215
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)
Pos : 106 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MIB)/SNMP ( Simpl e N etwor k Management Pr otokoll) - SNMP @ 6\mod_1264585618382_21.doc x @ 48815 @ @ 1
The Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is responsible for
transporting the control data that allows the exchange of management information
as well as status and statistic data between individual network components and a
management system.
An SNMP management workstation polls the SNMP agents to obtain information
on the relevant devices.
SNMP is supported in versions 1/2c and some fieldbus couplers/controllers in
version 3.
This represents a community message exchange in SNMP versions 1 and 2c. The
community name of the network community must thereby be specified.
In SNMP version 3, exchanging messages is user-related. Each device, that knows
the passwords set via WBM, may read or write values from the controller. In
SNMPv3, user data from SNMP messages can also be transmitted in encoded
form. This way, both requested values and values to be written cannot be easily
decoded by others via ETHERNET. This is why SNMPv3 is often used in safetyrelated networks.
The device data, that can be accessed or modified by an SNMP agent, is called
SNMP object. The sets of SNMP objects are stored in a logical database called
Management Information Base (MIB); this is why these objects are typically
known as “MIB objects”.
The SNMP of the ETHERNET controller includes both the general MIB acc. to
RFC1213 (MIB II) and a special WAGO MIB.
SNMP is processed via port 161. The port number for SNMP traps (agent
messages) is 161. Both ports must be enabled to use SNMP.
Pos : 107 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MIB)/SNMP ( Simpl e N etwor k Management Pr otokoll) - Besc hreibung der MIB II (Ü bersc hrift 3) @ 7\mod_1270702460141_21.doc x @ 54933 @ 3 @ 1
12.2.1
MIB II Description
Pos : 108 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MIB)/SNMP ( Simpl e N etwor k Management Pr otokoll) - Besc hreibung der MIB II mit Ver weis auf Anhang @ 7\mod_1270702410659_21.doc x @ 54930 @ @ 1
MIB II acc. to RFC1213 is divided into the following groups:
Table 89: MIB II Groups
Group
System Group
Interface Group
IP Group
IpRoute Table Group
ICMP Group
TCP Group
UDP Group
SNMP Group
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Identifier
1.3.6.1.2.1.1
1.3.6.1.2.1.2
1.3.6.1.2.1.4
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21
1.3.6.1.2.1.5
1.3.6.1.2.1.6
1.3.6.1.2.1.7
1.3.6.1.2.1.11
216
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Additional Information
Please find detailed information on these individual groups in section
“MIB II groups” of the manual appendix.
Pos : 109 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MIB)/SNMP ( Simpl e N etwor k Management Pr otokoll) - Standard-Traps (Überschrift 3) @ 7\mod_1270703799171_21.doc x @ 54951 @ 3 @ 1
12.2.2
Traps
Pos : 110 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MIB)/SNMP ( Simpl e N etwor k Management Pr otokoll) - Standard-Traps (Einl eitung) @ 7\mod_1270721636553_21.doc x @ 54977 @ @ 1
Standard Traps
For specific events, the SNMP agent will independently send one of the following
messages without polling the manager.
Pos : 111 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MIB)/SNMP ( Simpl e N etwor k Management Pr otokoll) - Hi nweis: Ereignis meldungen i m WBM freigeben! V1, 2c, 3 @ 7\mod_1270721741999_21.doc x @ 54980 @ @ 1
Enable event messages (traps) in the WBM!
Initially enable the event messages in the WBM in menu “SNMP” under “Trap
Enable”. Traps in version 1, 2c and 3 may be activated separately.
Pos : 112 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MIB)/SNMP ( Simpl e N etwor k Management Pr otokoll) - Standard-Traps @ 6\mod_1264588370404_21.doc x @ 48822 @ @ 1
The following messages are triggered automatically as traps (SNMPv1) by the
fieldbus coupler/controller:
Table 90: Standard Traps
TrapType/TrapNumber/
OID of the provided value
TrapType = 0
TrapType = 1
TrapType = 3
TrapType = 4
TrapType = 6/
ab Trap-Nummer 25
benutzerspezifisch
Name
Event
ColdStart
WarmStart
EthernetUp
AuthenticationFailure
Restart the coupler/controller
Reset via service switch
Network connection detected
Unauthorized (abortive) MIB
access
Enterprise-specific messages and
function poll in the PFC program
starting with enterprise trap number 25
enterpriseSpecific
Pos : 113 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/ETHERN ET/Anwendungsprotokolle - Ü bersc hrift 3 und Ei nleitungstext @ 4\mod_1237212360010_21.doc x @ 28535 @ 3 @ 1
12.2.3
Application Protocols
If fieldbus specific application protocols are implemented, then the appropriate
fieldbus specific communication is possible with the respective coupler/controller.
Thus the user is able to have a simple access from the respective fieldbus on the
fieldbus node.
The implemented fieldbus specific application protocols these protocols are
individual described in the following chapters.
Pos : 114.1 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/MOD BUS/MOD BUS-F unktionen - Allgemeines @ 3\mod_1234513607390_21.doc x @ 27530 @ 23 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.3
MODBUS Functions
12.3.1
General
Fieldbus Communication
217
MODBUS is a manufacturer-independent, open fieldbus standard for diverse
applications in manufacturing and process automation.
The MODBUS protocol is implemented according to the current Internet Draft of
the IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) and performs the following functions:
•
Transmission of the process image
•
Transmission of the fieldbus variables
•
Transmission of different settings and information on the coupler/controller
The data transmission in the fieldside takes place via TCP and via UDP.
The MODBUS/TCP protocol is a variation of the MODBUS protocol, which was
optimized for communication via TCP/IP connections.
This protocol was designed for data exchange in the field level (i.e. for the exchange of I/O data in the process image).
All data packets are sent via a TCP connection with the port number 502.
Pos : 114.2 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/MOD BUS/MOD BUS-F unktionen - Allgemeines - Datenpaket @ 3\mod_1234517576546_21.doc x @ 27536 @ @ 1
MODBUS/TCP segment
The general MODBUS/TCP header is as follows:
Table 91: MODBUS/TCP Header
Byte
0
1
Identifier
(entered by
receiver)
2
3
Protocolidentifier
(is always 0)
4
5
6
Length field Unit identifier
(High byte, low
(Slave
byte)
address)
7
8…n
MODBUS
function
code
Data
Additional Information
The structure of a datagram is specific for the individual function. Refer to the
descriptions of the MODBUS Function codes.
Pos : 114.3 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/MOD BUS/MOD BUS-F unktionen - Allgemeines - 15 Ver bindungen ( x41) @ 4\mod_1235565560015_21.doc x @ 27682 @ @ 1
For the MODBUS protocol 15 connections are made available over TCP. Thus it
allows digital and analog output data to be directly read out at a fieldbus node and
special functions to be executed by way of simple MODBUS function codes from
15 stations simultaneously.
Pos : 114.4 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/MOD BUS/MOD BUS-F unktionen - Allgemeines - MOD BUS-Pr otokoll @ 4\mod_1235565612609_21.doc x @ 27685 @ @ 1
For this purpose a set of MODBUS functions from the Open MODBUS/TCP
specification is realized.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
218
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
More information
More information on the “Open MODBUS/TCP specification” you can find in the
Internet: www.modbus.org .
Therefore the MODBUS protocol based essentially on the following basic data
types:
Table 92: Basic Data Types of MODBUS Protocol
Data type
Discrete inputs
Coils
Input register
Holding register
Length
1 bit
1 bit
16 bits
16 bits
Description
Digital inputs
Digital outputs
Analog input data
Analog output data
For each basic data type one or more function codes are defined.
These functions allow digital or analog input and output data, and internal
variables to be set or directly read out of the fieldbus node.
Pos : 114.5 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/MOD BUS/MOD BUS-F unktionen - Lis te Funktionsc odes (C ontroller , x41) @ 3\mod_1234954357875_21.doc x @ 27540 @ @ 1
Table 93: List of the MODBUS Functions in the Fieldbus Controller
Function code
Function
Access method and description
0x01
Read Coils
Reading of several output bits
FC1
FC2
0x02
Read Discrete
Inputs
Read Holding
Registers
Reading of several input bits
FC3
0x03
FC4
0x04
Read Input
Registers
Reading of several input registers
FC5
0x05
Writing of an individual output bit
FC6
0x06
Write Single
Coil
Write Single
Register
FC11
0x0B
FC15
0x0F
FC16
0x10
FC22
0x16
Reading of several input registers
Writing of an individual output
register
Get Comm
Communication event counter
Event Counters
Write Multiple Writing of several output bits
Coils
Write Multiple Writing of several output registers
Registers
Mask Write
Register
Writing of several bits of an
individual output register by mask
Access to resources
R: Process image,
PFC variables
R: Process image,
PFC variables
R: Process image,
PFC variables,
internal variables,
NOVRAM
R: Process image,
PFC variables,
internal variables,
NOVRAM
W: Process image,
PFC variables
W: Process image,
PFC variables,
internal variables,
NOVRAM
R: None
W:
W:
W:
Process image,
PFC variables
Process image,
PFC variables,
internal variables,
NOVRAM
Process image,
PFC variables,
NOVRAM
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
FC23
0x17
Read/Write
Multiple
Registers
Fieldbus Communication
Reading and writing of several
output registers
219
R/W: Process image,
PFC variables,
NOVRAM
Pos : 114.6 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/MOD BUS/MOD BUS-F unktionen - Ei ngabe Adres se und Funktionsc ode, Hinweis @ 3\mod_1234955801125_21.doc x @ 27543 @ @ 1
To execute a desired function, specify the respective function code and the
address of the selected input or output data.
Note the number system when addressing!
The examples listed use the hexadecimal system (i.e.: 0x000) as their numerical
format. Addressing begins with 0. The format and beginning of the addressing
may vary according to the software and the control system. All addresses then
need to be converted accordingly.
Pos : 114.7 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
220
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 114.8 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/MOD BUS/Anwendung der M ODBU S-F unktionen - Einl eitung @ 7\mod_1265623985585_21.doc x @ 49940 @ 33 @ 1
12.3.2
Use of the MODBUS Functions
The example below uses a graphical view of a fieldbus node to show which
MODBUS functions can be used to access data of the process image.
Figure 85: Use of the MODBUS Functions
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
221
Use register functions to access analog signals and coil functions to access
binary signals!
It is recommended that analog data be accessed with register functions  and
digital data with coil functions . If reading or writing access to binary signals is
performed via register functions , an address shift may occur as soon as further
analog modules are operated on the coupler/controller.
12.3.3
Description of the MODBUS Functions
All MODBUS functions are executed as follows:
1.
A MODBUS TCP master (e.g., a PC) makes a request to the WAGO
fieldbus node using a specific function code based on the desired operation..
2.
The WAGO fieldbus node receives the datagram and then responds to the
master with the proper data, which is based on the master’s request.
If the WAGO fieldbus node receives an incorrect request, it sends an error
datagram (Exception) to the master.
The exception code contained in the exception has the following meaning:
Pos : 114.9 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/MOD BUS/Anwendung der M ODBU S-F unktionen - Tabell e " Exc eption-Codes" @ 7\mod_1265624178510_21.doc x @ 49943 @ @ 1
Table 94: Exception Codes
Exception code
0x01
0x02
0x03
0x04
0x05
0x06
0x08
0x0A
0x0B
Meaning
Illegal function
Illegal data address
Illegal data value
Slave device failure
Acknowledge
Server busy
Memory parity error
Gateway path unavailable
Gateway target device failed to respond
Pos : 114.10 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Anwendung der M ODBU S-Funkti onen - FC 1 bis FC 6 @ 3\mod_1234957373125_21.doc x @ 27556 @ 444444 @ 1
The following chapters describe the datagram architecture of request, response
and exception with examples for each function code.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
222
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Reading and writing of outputs via FC1 to FC4 is also possible by adding an
offset!
In the case of the read functions (FC1 ... FC4) the outputs can be additionally
written and read back by adding an offset of 200hex (0x0200) to the MODBUS
addresses in the range of [0hex ... FFhex] and an offset of 1000hex (0x01000) to the
MODBUS addresses in the range of [6000hex ... 62FChex].
12.3.3.1
Function Code FC1 (Read Coils)
This function reads the status of the input and output bits (coils) in a slave device.
Request
The request specifies the reference number (starting address) and the bit count to
read.
Example: Read output bits 0 to 7.
Table 95: Request of Function Code FC1
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Length field
Unit identifier
MODBUS function code
Reference number
Bit count
Example
0x0000
0x0000
0x0006
0x01 not used
0x01
0x0000
0x0008
Response
The current values of the response bits are packed in the data field. A binary 1
corresponds to the ON status and a 0 to the OFF status. The lowest value bit of the
first data byte contains the first bit of the request. The others follow in ascending
order. If the number of inputs is not a multiple of 8, the remaining bits of the last
data byte are filled with zeroes (truncated).
Table 96: Response of Function Code FC1
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Byte 9
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Byte count
Bit values
0x01
0x01
0x12
The status of the inputs 7 to 0 is shown as byte value 0x12 or binary 0001 0010.
Input 7 is the bit having the highest significance of this byte and input 0 the lowest
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
value.
The assignment is thus made from 7 to 0 as follows:
Table 97: Assignment of Inputs
Bit
Coil
OFF OFF OFF ON
0
0
0
1
7
6
5
4
OFF OFF ON OFF
0
0
1
0
3
2
1
0
Exception
Table 98: Exception of Function Code FC1
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Exception code
0x81
0x01 or 0x02
223
224
Fieldbus Communication
12.3.3.2
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Function Code FC2 (Read Discrete Inputs)
This function reads the input bits from a slave device.
Request
The request specifies the reference number (starting address) and the bit count to
be read.
Example: Read input bits 0 to 7
Table 99: Request of Function Code FC2
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Length field
Unit identifier
MODBUS function code
Reference number
Bit count
Example
0x0000
0x0000
0x0006
0x01 not used
0x02
0x0000
0x0008
Response
The current value of the requested bits are packed into the data field. A binary 1
corresponds to the ON status and a 0 the OFF status. The lowest value bit of the
first data byte contains the first bit of the inquiry. The others follow in an
ascending order. If the number of inputs is not a multiple of 8, the remaining bits
of the last data byte are filled with zeroes (truncated).
Table 100: Response of Function Code FC2
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Byte 9
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Byte count
Bit values
0x02
0x01
0x12
The status of the inputs 7 to 0 is shown as a byte value 0x12 or binary 0001 0010.
Input 7 is the bit having the highest significance of this byte and input 0 the lowest
value. The assignment is thus made from 7 to 0 as follows:
Table 101: Assignment of Inputs
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Bit
OFF OFF
0
0
0
1
0
Coil
7
6
5
4
3
ON
OFF
0
1
0
2
1
0
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
Exception
Table 102: Exception of Function Code FC2
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Exception code
0x82
0x01 or 0x02
225
226
Fieldbus Communication
12.3.3.3
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Function Code FC3 (Read Multiple Registers)
This function reads the contents of holding registers from a slave device in word
format.
Request
The request specifies the reference number (start register) and the word count
(register quantity) of the registers to be read. The reference number of the request
is zero based, therefore, the first register starts at address 0.
Example: Read registers 0 and 1.
Table 103: Request of Function Code FC3
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Length field
Unit identifier
MODBUS function code
Reference number
Word count
Example
0x0000
0x0000
0x0006
0x01 not used
0x03
0x0000
0x0002
Response
The reply register data is packed as 2 bytes per register. The first byte contains the
higher value bits, the second the lower values.
Table 104: Response of Function Code FC3
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Byte 9, 10
Byte 11, 12
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Byte count
Value register 0
Value register 1
0x03
0x04
0x1234
0x2345
The contents of register 0 are displayed by the value 0x1234 and the
contents of register 1 is 0x2345.
Exception
Table 105: Exception of Function Code FC3
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Exception code
0x83
0x01 or 0x02
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.3.3.4
Fieldbus Communication
227
Function Code FC4 (Read Input Registers)
This function reads contents of input registers from the slave device in word
format.
Request
The request specifies a reference number (start register) and the word count
(register quantity) of the registers to be read. The reference number of the request
is zero based, therefore, the first register starts at address 0.
Example: Read registers 0 and 1
Table 106: Request of Function Code FC4
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Length field
Unit identifier
MODBUS function code
Reference number
Word count
Example
0x0000
0x0000
0x0006
0x01 not used
0x04
0x0000
0x0002
Response
The register data of the response is packed as 2 bytes per register. The first byte
has the higher value bits, the second the lower values.
Table 107: Response of Function Code FC4
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Byte 9, 10
Byte 11, 12
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Byte count
Value register 0
Value register 1
0x04
0x04
0x1234
0x2345
The contents of register 0 are shown by the value 0x1234 and the contents of
register 1 is 0x2345.
Exception
Table 108: Exception of Function Code FC4
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Exception code
0x84
0x01 or 0x02
228
Fieldbus Communication
12.3.3.5
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Function Code FC5 (Write Coil)
This function writes a single output bit to the slave device.
Request
The request specifies the reference number (output address) of output bit to be
written. The reference number of the request is zero based; therefore, the first coil
starts at address 0.
Example: Turn ON the second output bit (address 1)
Table 109: Request of Function Code FC5
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10
Byte 11
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Length field
Unit identifier
MODBUS function code
Reference number
ON/OFF
Example
0x0000
0x0000
0x0006
0x01 not used
0x05
0x0001
0xFF
0x00
Response
Table 110: Response of Function Code FC5
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10
Byte 11
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Reference number
Value
0x05
0x0001
0xFF
0x00
Exception
Table 111: Exception of Function Code FC5
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Exception code
0x85
0x01, 0x02 or 0x03
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.3.3.6
Fieldbus Communication
229
Function Code FC6 (Write Single Register)
This function writes the value of one single output register to a slave device in
word format.
Request
The request specifies the reference number (register address) of the first output
word to be written. The value to be written is specified in the “Register Value”
field. The reference number of the request is zero based; therefore, the first
register starts at address 0.
Example: Write a value of 0x1234 to the second output register
Table 112: Request of Function Code FC6
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Length field
Unit identifier
MODBUS function code
Reference number
Register value
Example
0x0000
0x0000
0x0006
0x01 not used
0x06
0x0001
0x1234
Response
The reply is an echo of the inquiry.
Table 113: Response of Function Code FC6
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Reference number
Register value
0x06
0x0001
0x1234
Exception
Table 114: Exception of Function Code FC6
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Pos : 114.11 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Exception code
0x85
0x01 or 0x02
230
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 114.12 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Anwendung der M ODBU S-Funkti onen - FC 11, FC 15, FC 16 @ 4\mod_1235567470328_21.doc x @ 27730 @ 444 @ 1
12.3.3.7
Function Code FC11 (Get Comm Event Counter)
This function returns a status word and an event counter from the slave device’s
communication event counter. By reading the current count before and after a
series of messages, a master can determine whether the messages were handled
normally by the slave.
Following each successful new processing, the counter counts up. This counting
process is not performed in the case of exception replies, poll commands or
counter inquiries.
Request
Table 115: Request of Function code FC11
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Length field
Unit identifier
MODBUS function code
Example
0x0000
0x0000
0x0002
0x01 not used
0x0B
Response
The reply contains a 2-byte status word and a 2-byte event counter. The status
word only contains zeroes.
Table 116: Response of Function Code FC11
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Status
Event count
0x0B
0x0000
0x0003
The event counter shows that 3 (0x0003) events were counted.
Exception
Table 117: Exception of Function Code FC 11
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Exception code
0x85
0x01 or 0x02
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.3.3.8
Fieldbus Communication
231
Function Code FC15 (Write Multiple Coils)
This function sets a sequence of output bits to 1 or 0 in a slave device. The
maximum number is 256 bits.
Request
The request message specifies the reference number (first coil in the sequence),
the bit count (number of bits to be written), and the output data. The output coils
are zero-based; therefore, the first output point is 0.
In this example 16 bits are set, starting with the address 0. The request contains 2
bytes with the value 0xA5F0, or 1010 0101 1111 0000 in binary format.
The first data byte transmits the value of 0xA5 to the addresses 7 to 0, whereby 0
is the lowest value bit. The next byte transmits 0xF0 to the addresses 15 to 8,
whereby the lowest value bit is 8.
Table 118: Request of Function Code FC15
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Byte 12
Byte 13
Byte 14
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Length field
Unit identifier
MODBUS function code
Reference number
Bit count
Byte count
Data byte1
Data byte2
Example
0x0000
0x0000
0x0009
0x01 not used
0x0F
0x0000
0x0010
0x02
0xA5
0xF0
Response
Table 119: Response of Function Code FC15
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Reference number
Bit count
0x0F
0x0000
0x0010
232
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Exception
Table 120: Exception of Function Code FC15
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Exception code
0x8F
0x01 or 0x02
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.3.3.9
Fieldbus Communication
233
Function Code FC16 (Write Multiple Registers)
This function writes a sequence of registers in a slave device in word format.
Request
The Request specifies the reference number (starting register), the word count
(number of registers to write), and the register data . The data is sent as 2 bytes
per register. The registers are zero-based; therefore, the first output is at address 0.
Example: Set data in registers 0 and 1
Table 121: Request of Function Code FC16
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Byte 12
Byte 13, 14
Byte 15, 16
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Length field
Unit identifier
MODBUS function code
Reference number
Word count
Byte count
Register value 1
Register value 2
Example
0x0000
0x0000
0x000B
0x01 not used
0x10
0x0000
0x0002
0x04
0x1234
0x2345
Response
Table 122: Response of Function Code FC16
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Reference number
Word count
0x10
0x0000
0x0002
Exception
Table 123: Exception of Function Code FC16
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Pos : 114.13 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Exception code
0x85
0x01 or 0x02
234
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 114.14 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Anwendung der M ODBU S-Funkti onen ( x41) - FC 22 @ 4\mod_1235567699484_21.doc x @ 27737 @ 4 @ 1
12.3.3.10 Function Code FC22 (Mask Write Register)
This function manipulates individual bits within a register using a combination of
an AND mask, an OR mask, and the register’s current content.
Request
Table 124: Request of Function Code FC22
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Byte 12, 13
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Length field
Unit identifier
MODBUS function code
Reference number
AND mask
OR mask
Example
0x0000
0x0000
0x0002
0x01 not used
0x16
0x0000
0x0000
0xAAAA
Response
Table 125: Response of Function Code FC22
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Byte 12, 13
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Reference number
AND mask
OR mask
0x10
0x0000
0x0000
0xAAAA
Exception
Table 126: Exception of Function Code FC22
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Exception code
0x85
0x01 or 0x02
Pos : 114.15 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
235
Pos : 114.16 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Anwendung der M ODBU S-Funkti onen - FC 23 @ 4\mod_1235567802937_21.doc x @ 27740 @ 4 @ 1
12.3.3.11 Function Code FC23 (Read/Write Multiple Registers)
This function performs a combination of a read and write operation in a single
request. The function can write the new data to a group registers, and then return
the data of a different group. The write operation is performed before the read.
Request
The reference numbers (addresses) are zero-based in the request message;
therefore, the first register is at address 0.
The request message specifies the registers to read and write. The data is sent as 2
bytes per register.
Example: The data in register 3 is set to value 0x0123, and values 0x0004 and
0x5678 are read out of the two registers 0 and 1.
Table 127: Request of Function Code FC23
Byte
Byte 0, 1
Byte 2, 3
Byte 4, 5
Byte 6
Byte 7
Byte 8, 9
Byte 10, 11
Byte 12, 13
Byte 14, 15
Byte 16
Byte 17...(B+16)
Field name
Transaction identifier
Protocol identifier
Length field
Unit identifier
MODBUS function code
Reference number for read
Word count for read (1…125)
Reference number for write
Word count for write (1…100)
Byte count (2 x word count for write)
Register values (B = Byte count)
Example
0x0000
0x0000
0x000F
0x01 not used
0x17
0x0000
0x0002
0x0003
0x0001
0x02
0x0123
Response
Table 128: Response of Function Code FC23
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Byte 9...(B+1)
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Byte count (2 x word count for read)
Register values (B = Byte count)
0x17
0x04
0x0004 or 0x5678
Exception
Table 129: Exception of Function Code FC23
Byte
...
Byte 7
Byte 8
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Field name
Example
MODBUS function code
Exception code
0x97
0x01 or 0x02
236
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Note that if the register ranges overlap, the results are undefined!
If register areas for read and write overlap, the results are undefined.
Pos : 114.17 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
237
Pos : 114.18 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Register-Mappi ng - Ei nlei tung (Contr oller) @ 3\mod_1235386256031_21.doc x @ 27560 @ 3 @ 1
12.3.4
MODBUS Register Mapping
The following tables display the MODBUS addressing and the corresponding
IEC61131 addressing for the process image, the PFC variables, the NOVRAM
data, and the internal variables is represented.
Via the register services the states of the complex and digital I/O modules can be
determined or changed.
Pos : 114.19 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Register-Mappi ng - R egisterz ugriff Les en ( mit FC 3, FC4, FC 23) (C ontroll er, x41) @ 3\mod_1235387483765_21.doc x @ 27566 @ @ 1
Register (Word) Access Reading (with FC3, FC4 and FC23)
Table 130: Register (word) access reading (with FC3, FC4 and FC23)
MODBUS address
[dec]
[hex]
0...255
Manual
Version 1.2.0
%IW0...%IW255
Memory range
Physical input area (1)
First 256 words of physical input data
256...511
0x0100...0x01FF %QW256...%QW511 PFC OUT area
Volatile PFC output variables
512...767
0x0200...0x02FF
%QW0...%QW255 Physical output area (1)
First 256 words of physical output data
768...1023
0x0300...0x03FF %IW256...%IW511 PFC IN area
Volatile PFC input variables
1024...4095 0x0400...0x0FFF
MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
4096...12287 0x1000...0x2FFF
Configuration register (see following
chapter “Configuration Functions“)
12288...24575 0x3000...0x5FFF %MW0...%MW12287 NOVRAM
8 kB retain memory (max. 24 kB)
24576...25340 0x6000...0x62FC %IW512...%IW1275 Physical input area (2)
Additional 764 words physical input data
25341...28671 0x62FD...0x6FFF
MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
28672...29436 0x7000...0x72FC %QW512...%QW1275 Physical output area (2)
Additional 764 words physical output data
29437...65535 0x72FD...0xFFFF
MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
Pos : 114.20 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Register-Mappi ng - R egisterz ugriff Schr eiben ( mit FC 6, FC 16, FC 22, F C23) (Contr oller, x41) @ 3\mod_1235392386281_21.doc x @ 27580 @ @ 1
0x0000...0x00FF
IEC 61131
address
238
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Register (Word) Access Writing (with FC6, FC16, FC22 and FC23)
Table 131: Register (word) access writing (with FC6, FC16, FC22 and FC23)
MODBUS address
[dec]
[hex]
0...255
0x0000...0x00FF
IEC 61131
address
Memory range
%QW0...%QW255
Physical output area (1)
First 256 words of physical output data
256...511
0x0100...0x01FF %IW256...%IW511 PFC IN area
Volatile PFC input variables
512...767
0x0200...0x02FF
%QW0...%QW255 Physical output area (1)
First 256 words of physical output data
768...1023
0x0300...0x03FF %IW256...%IW511 PFC IN area
Volatile PFC input variables
1024...4095 0x0400...0x0FFF
MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
4096...12287 0x1000...0x2FFF
Configuration register ( see following
chapter „Configuration Functions“)
12288...24575 0x3000...0x5FFF %MW0...%MW12287 NOVRAM
8 kB retain memory (max. 24 kB)
24576...25340 0x6000...0x62FC %QW512...%QW1275 Physical output area (2)
Additional 764 words physical output data
25341...28671 0x62FD...0x6FFF
MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
28672...29436 0x7000...0x72FC %QW512...%QW1275 Physical output area (2)
Additional 764 words physical output data
29437...65535 0x72FD...0xFFFF
MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
Pos : 114.21 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Register-Mappi ng - Abs atz Coil-Dienste, Bitzugriffe @ 3\mod_1235393917265_21.doc x @ 27584 @ @ 1
The digital MODBUS services (coil services) are bit accesses, with which only
the states of digital I/O modules can be determined or changed. Complex I/O
modules are not attainable with these services and so they are ignored. Because of
this the addressing of the digital channels begins again with 0, so that the
MODBUS address is always identical to the channel number, (i.e. the digital input
no. 47 has the MODBUS address "46").
Pos : 114.22 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Register-Mappi ng - Bi tzugriff Les en (mi t FC 1, FC 2) (C ontr oller, x41) @ 3\mod_1235394387921_21.doc x @ 27587 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
239
Bit Access Reading (with FC1 and FC2)
Table 132: Bit access reading (with FC1 and FC2)
MODBUS address
[dec]
[hex]
0...511
512...1023
1024...4095
0x0000...0x01FF
0x0200...0x03FF
0x0400...0x0FFF
4096...8191
0x1000...0x1FFF
8192...12287 0x2000...0x2FFF
12288...32767 0x3000...0x7FFF
32768...34295 0x8000...0x85F7
34296...36863 0x85F8...0x8FFF
36864...38391 0x9000...0x95F7
38392...65535 0x95F8...0xFFFF
Memory range
Description
Physical input area (1) First 512 digital inputs
Physical output area (1) First 512 digital outputs
MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
%QX256.0...%QX511.15 PFC OUT area
Volatile PFC output variables
%IX256.0...%IX511.15 PFC IN area
Volatile PFC input variables
%MX0...%MX1279.15 NOVRAM
8 kB retain memory (max. 24 kB)
Physical input area (2) Starts with the 513th and ends with the
2039th digital input
MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
Physical output area (2) Starts with the 513th and ends with the
2039th digital output
MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
Pos : 114.23 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Register-Mappi ng - Bi tzugriff Sc hrei ben ( mit FC5, FC 15) (Controll er, x41) @ 3\mod_1235398841703_21.doc x @ 27595 @ @ 1
Bit Access Writing (with FC5 and FC15)
Table 133: Bit access writing (with FC5 and FC15)
MODBUS address
[dec]
[hex]
0...511
512...1023
1024...4095
Description
Physical output area (1) First 512 digital outputs
Physical output area (1) First 512 digital outputs
MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
4096...8191 0x1000...0x1FFF %IX256.0...%IX511.15 PFC IN area
Volatile PFC input variables
8192...12287 0x2000...0x2FFF %IX256.0...%IX511.15 PFC IN area
Volatile PFC input variables
12288...32767 0x3000...0x7FFF %MX0...%MX1279.15 NOVRAM
8 kB retain memory (max. 24 kB)
32768...34295 0x8000...0x85F7 Physical output area (2) Starts with the 513th and ends with the
2039th digital input
34296...36863 0x85F8...0x8FFF
MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
36864...38391 0x9000...0x95F7 Physical output area (2) Starts with the 513th and ends with the
2039th digital output
38392...65535 0x95F8...0xFFFF
MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
Pos : 114.24 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
0x0000...0x01FF
0x0200...0x03FF
0x0400...0x0FFF
Memory range
240
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 114.25 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Register ( x41) - Teil 1.0 ( 0x1000 bis 0x102A) @ 3\mod_1235399979343_21.doc x @ 27603 @ 3 @ 1
12.3.5
MODBUS Registers
Table 134: MODBUS Registers
Register Access Length Description
address
(Word)
0x1000
R/W
1
Watchdog time read/write
0x1001
R/W
1
Watchdog coding mask 1…16
0x1002
R/W
1
Watchdog coding mask 17…32
0x1003
R/W
1
Watchdog trigger
0x1004
R
1
Minimum trigger time
0x1005
R/W
1
Watchdog stop (Write sequence 0xAAAA, 0x5555)
0x1006
R
1
Watchdog status
0x1007
R/W
1
Restart watchdog (Write sequence 0x1)
0x1008
R/W
1
Stop watchdog (Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55)
0x1009
R/W
1
MODBUS and HTTP close at watchdog time-out
0x100A R/W
1
Watchdog configuration
0x100B W
1
Save watchdog parameter ( Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55)
0x1020
R
1…2
LED error code
0x1021
R
1
LED error argument
0x1022
R
1…4
Number of analog output data in the process image (in bits)
0x1023
R
1…3
Number of analog input data in the process image (in bits)
0x1024
R
1…2
Number of digital output data in the process image (in bits)
0x1025
R
1
Number of digital input data in the process image (in bits)
0x1028
R/W
1
Boot configuration
0x1029
R/W
1…9
MODBUS/TCP statistics (Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55)
0x102A R
1
Number of TCP connections
Pos : 114.26 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Register (750-880, -881, - 352) - T eil 1.1 (0x102B) @ 7\mod_1265628629284_21.doc x @ 49988 @ @ 1
0x102B
W
1
KBUS Reset
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
1…9
1…8
1…7
1…6
1…5
1…4
1…3
1…2
1
1
1
1
1
1
Constant 0x0000
Constant 0xFFFF
Constant 0x1234
Constant 0xAAAA
Constant 0x5555
Constant 0x7FFF
Constant 0x8000
Constant 0x3FFF
Constant 0x4000
Firmware version
Series code
Coupler/controller code
Firmware version major revision
Firmware version minor revision
Pos : 114.27 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Register ( x41) - Teil 3 @ 3\mod_1235460292328_21.doc x @ 27613 @ @ 1
0x2000
0x2001
0x2002
0x2003
0x2004
0x2005
0x2006
0x2007
0x2008
0x2010
0x2011
0x2012
0x2013
0x2014
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
Table 135: MODBUS registers (Continuation)
Register Access Length Description
address
(Word)
0x2020
R
1 … 16 Short description controller
0x2021
R
1…8
Compile time of the firmware
0x2022
R
1…8
Compile date of the firmware
0x2023
R
1 … 32 Indication of the firmware loader
0x2030
R
1 … 65 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 0…64)
0x2031
R
1 … 64 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 65…128)
0x2032
R
1 … 64 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 129…192)
0x2033
R
1 … 63 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 193…255)
0x2040
W
1
Software reset (Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55)
0x2041
W
1
Format flash disk
0x2042
W
1
Extract HTML sides from the firmware
0x2043
W
1
Factory settings
Pos : 114.28 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Register ( x41) - Teil 1.1 ( 0x1030 und 0x1031) @ 7\mod_1265628290879_21.doc x @ 49982 @ @ 1
0x1030
0x1031
R/W
R
1
1…3
Configuration MODBUS/TCP time-out
Read out the MAC-ID of the coupler/controller
R/W
R/W
R/W
1
1
1
Timeoffset RTC
Daylight Saving
Modbus Response Delay (ms)
R
3
Diagnosis of the connected I/O modules
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
1…9
1…8
1…7
1…6
1…5
1…4
1…3
1…2
1
1
1
1
1
1
Constant 0x0000
Constant 0xFFFF
Constant 0x1234
Constant 0xAAAA
Constant 0x5555
Constant 0x7FFF
Constant 0x8000
Constant 0x3FFF
Constant 0x4000
Firmware version
Series code
Coupler/controller code
Firmware version major revision
Firmware version minor revision
Pos : 114.29 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Register (750-829, -880, - 881) - T eil 1.1 (0x1035 bis 0x1037) @ 7\mod_1265628768490_21.doc x @ 49991 @ @ 1
0x1035
0x1036
0x1037
Pos : 114.30 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Register ( x41) - Teil 1.2 ( 0x1050) @ 7\mod_1265628337132_21.doc x @ 49985 @ @ 1
0x1050
Pos : 114.31 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/M ODBU S-Register ( x41) - Teil 3 @ 3\mod_1235460292328_21.doc x @ 27613 @ @ 1
0x2000
0x2001
0x2002
0x2003
0x2004
0x2005
0x2006
0x2007
0x2008
0x2010
0x2011
0x2012
0x2013
0x2014
Manual
Version 1.2.0
241
242
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 136: MODBUS registers (Continuation)
Register Access Length Description
address
(Word)
0x2020
R
1 … 16 Short description controller
0x2021
R
1…8
Compile time of the firmware
0x2022
R
1…8
Compile date of the firmware
0x2023
R
1 … 32 Indication of the firmware loader
0x2030
R
1 … 65 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 0…64)
0x2031
R
1 … 64 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 65…128)
0x2032
R
1 … 64 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 129…192)
0x2033
R
1 … 63 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 193…255)
0x2040
W
1
Software reset (Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55)
0x2041
W
1
Format flash disk
0x2042
W
1
Extract HTML sides from the firmware
0x2043
W
1
Factory settings
Pos : 114.32 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Watc hdog-Register bis Tabelle @ 3\mod_1235460353828_21.doc x @ 27616 @ 44 @ 1
12.3.5.1
Accessing Register Values
You can use any MODBUS application to access (read from or write to) register
values. Both commercial (e.g., "Modscan") and free programs (from
http://www.modbus.org/tech.php) are available.
The following sections describe how to access both the registers and their values.
12.3.5.2
Watchdog Registers
The watchdog monitors the data transfer between the fieldbus master and the
controller. Every time the controller receives a specific request (as define in the
watchdog setup registers) from the master, the watchdog timer in the controller
resets.
In the case of fault free communication, the watchdog timer does not reach its end
value. After each successful data transfer, the timer is reset.
If the watchdog times out, a fieldbus failure has occurred. In this case, the
fieldbus controller answers all following MODBUS TCP/IP requests with the
exception code 0x0004 (Slave Device Failure).
In the controller special registers are used to setup the watchdog by the master
(Register addresses 0x1000 to 0x1008).
By default, the watchdog is not enabled when you turn the controller on. To
activate it, the first step is to set/verify the desired time-out value of the Watchdog
Time register (0x1000). Second, the function code mask must be specified in the
mask register (0x1001), which defines the function code(s) that will reset the
timer for the first time. Finally, the Watchdog-Trigger register (0x1003) or the
register 0x1007 must be changed to a non-zero value to start the timer
subsequently.
Reading the Minimum Trigger time (Register 0x1004) reveals whether a
watchdog fault occurred. If this time value is 0, a fieldbus failure is assumed. The
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
243
timer of watchdog can manually be reset, if it is not timed out, by writing a value
of 0x1 to the register 0x1003 or to the Restart Watchdog register 0x1007.
After the watchdog is started, it can be stopped by the user via the Watchdog Stop
register (0x1005) or the Simply Stop Watchdog register (0x1008).
The watchdog registers can be addressed in the same way as described with the
MODBUS read and write function codes. Specify the respective register address
in place of the reference number.
Pos : 114.33 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Watc hdog-Register Tabellen 0x1000 (ALLE AU SSER 342, 842) @ 8\mod_1278923916162_21.doc x @ 59540 @ @ 1
Table 137: Register Address 0x1000
Register address 0x1000 (4096dec)
Watchdog time, WS_TIME
Value
Read/write
Access
0x0064
Default
This register stores the watchdog timeout value as an unsigned 16 bit value. The
Description
default value is 0. Setting this value will not trigger the watchdog. However, a
non zero value must be stored in this register before the watchdog can be
triggered. The time value is stored in multiples of 100ms (e.g., 0x0009 is .9
seconds). It is not possible to modify this value while the watchdog is running.
Pos : 114.34 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Watc hdog-Register (ab 0x1001 bis 0x100A) @ 8\mod_1278926087850_21.doc x @ 59546 @ @ 1
Table 138: Register Address 0x1001
Register address 0x1001 (4097dec)
Watchdog function coding mask, function code 1...16, WDFCM_1_16
Value
Read/write
Access
0xFFFF
Default
Using this mask, the function codes can be set to trigger the watchdog function.
Description
The function code can be selected via a "1"
FC 1 Bit 0
FC 2 Bit 1
FC 3 Bit 2
FC 4 Bit 3
FC 5 Bit 4
...
FC 16 Bit 15
Changes to the register value can only be made if the watchdog is deactivated.
The bit pattern stored in the register defines the function codes that trigger the
watchdog. Some function codes are not supported. For those the watchdog will
not be triggered even if another MODBUS device transmits one of them.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
244
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 139: Register Address 0x1002
Register address 0x1002 (4098dec)
Watchdog function coding mask, function code 17...32, WD_FCM_17_32
Value
Read/write
Access
0xFFFF
Default
Same function as above, however, with the function codes 17 to 32.
Description
FC 17 Bit 0
FC 18 Bit 1
...
FC 32 Bit 15
These codes are currently not supported, for this reason the default value should
not be changed. Changes to the register value can only be made if the watchdog
is deactivated. It is not possible to modify this value while the watchdog is
running.
Table 140: Register Address 0x1003
Register address 0x1003 (4099dec)
Watchdog trigger, WD_TRIGGER
Value
Read/write
Access
0x0000
Standard
This register is used for an alternative trigger method. The watchdog is triggered
Description
by writing different values in this register. Values following each other must
differ in size. Writing of a value not equal to zero starts the watchdog after a
Power-on. For a restart the written value must necessarily be unequal the before
written value! A watchdog fault is reset and writing process data is possible
again.
Table 141: Register Address 0x1004
Register address 0x1004 (4100dez)
Minimum current trigger time, WD_AC_TRG_TIME
Value
Read
Access
0xFFFF
Standard
This register saves the minimum current watchdog trigger time. If the watchdog
Description
is triggered, the saved value is compared with the current value. If the current
value is smaller than the saved value, this is replaced by the current value. The
unit is 100 ms/digit. The saved value is changed by writing new values, which
does not affect the watchdog. 0x0000 is not permissible.
Table 142: Register Address 0x1005
Register address 0x1005 (4101dez)
Stop watchdog, WD_AC_STOP_MASK
Value
Read/write
Access
0x0000
Standard
The watchdog is stopped if here the value 0xAAAA is written first, followed by
Description
0x5555. The watchdog fault reaction is blocked. A watchdog fault is reset and
writing on the process data is possible again.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
245
Table 143: Register Address 0x1006
Register address 0x1006 (4102dez)
While watchdog is running, WD_RUNNING
Value
Read
Access
0x0000
Standard
Current watchdog status.
Description
at 0x0000: Watchdog not active
at 0x0001: Watchdog active
at 0x0002: Watchdog exhausted.
Table 144: Register Address 0x1007
Register address 0x1007 (4103dez)
Restart watchdog, WD_RESTART
Value
Read/write
Access
0x0000
Standard
This register restarts the watchdog timer by writing a value of 0x1 into it.
Description
If the watchdog was stopped before the overrun, it is not restarted.
Table 145: Register Address 0x1008
Register address 0x1008 (4104dez)
Simply stop watchdog, WD_AC_STOP_SIMPLE
Value
Read/write
Access
0x0000
Standard
This register stops the watchdog by writing the value 0xAA55 or 0x55AA into it.
Description
The watchdog timeout fault is deactivated and it is possible to write in the
watchdog register again. If there is an existing watchdog fault, it is reset
Table 146: Register Address 0x1009
Register address 0x1009 (4105dez)
Close MODBUS socket after watchdog timeout
Value
Read/write
Access
0: MODBUS socket is not closed
Description
1: MODBUS socket is closed
Table 147: Register Address 0x100A
Register address 0x100A (4106dez)
Alternative watchdog
Value
Read/write
Access
0x0000
Standard
This register provides an alternate way to activate the watchdog timer.
Description
Procedure: Write a time value in register 0x1000; then write a 0x0001 into
register 0x100A. With the first MODBUS request, the watchdog is started. The
watchdog timer is reset with each MODBUS/TCP instruction. If the watchdog
times out, all outputs are set to zero. The outputs will become operational again,
after communications are re-established.
Register 0x00A is non-volatile, including register 0x1000.
It is not possible to modify the time value in register 0x1000 while the watchdog
is running.
Pos : 114.35 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Watc hdog (Beispi el Z eitübersc hreitung) @ 4\mod_1235634365875_21.doc x @ 27793 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
246
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
The length of each register is 1 word; i.e., with each access only one word can be
written or read. Following are two examples of how to set the value for a time
overrun:
Setting the watchdog for a timeout of more than 1 second:
1.
Write 0x000A in the register for time overrun (0x1000).
Register 0x1000 works with a multiple of 100 ms;
1 s = 1000 ms; 1000 ms / 100 ms = 10dec = Ahex)
2.
Use the function code 5 to write 0x0010 (=2(5-1)) in the coding mask
(register 0x1001).
Table 148: Starting Watchdog
FC FC16 FC15 FC14 FC13 FC12 FC11 FC10 FC9
9
8
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
bin 0
0
0
hex
FC8
FC7
FC6
FC5
FC4
FC3
FC2
FC1
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
1
3
0
2
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
Function code 5 (writing a digital output bit) continuously triggers the watchdog
to restart the watchdog timer again and again within the specified time. If time
between requests exceeds 1 second, a watchdog timeout error occurs.
3.
To stop the watchdog, write the value 0xAA55 or 0x55AA into 0x1008
(Simply Stop Watchdog register, WD_AC_STOP_SIMPLE).
Setting the watchdog for a timeout of 10 minutes or more:
1.
Write 0x1770 (= 10*60*1000 ms / 100 ms) in the register for time overrun
(0x1000).
(Register 0x1000 works with a multiple of 100 ms;
10 min = 600,000 ms; 600,000 ms / 100 ms = 6000dec = 1770hex)
2.
Write 0x0001 in the watchdog trigger register (0x1003) to start the
watchdog.
3.
Write different values (e.g., counter values 0x0000, 0x0001) in the
watchdog to trigger register (0x1003).
Values following each other must differ in size. Writing of a value not equal to
zero starts the watchdog. Watchdog faults are reset and writing process data is
possible again.
4.
To stop the watchdog, write the value 0xAA55 or 0x55AA into 0x1008
(Simply Stop Watchdog register, WD_AC_STOP_SIMPLE).
Pos : 114.36 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Watc hdog-Register 0x100B @ 4\mod_1235634300500_21.doc x @ 27790 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
Table 149: Register address 0x100B
Register address 0x100B (4107dec)
Save watchdog parameter
Value
Write
Access
0x0000
Default
With writing of “0x55AA“ or „0xAA55“ in register 0x100B the registers
Description
0x1000, 0x1001, 0x1002 are set on remanent.
Pos : 114.37 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
247
248
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 114.38 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Di agnoser egister 0x1020, 0x1021 @ 3\mod_1235461657984_21.doc x @ 27628 @ 4 @ 1
12.3.5.3
Diagnostic Registers
The following registers can be read to determine errors in the node:
Table 150: Register Address 0x1020
Register address 0x1020 (4128dec)
LedErrCode
Value
Read
Access
Declaration of the error code
Description
Table 151: Register Address 0x1021
Register address 0x1021 (4129dec)
LedErrArg
Value
Read
Access
Declaration of the error argument
Description
Pos : 114.39 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
249
Pos : 114.40 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x1022 bis 0x1025 @ 3\mod_1235461775390_21.doc x @ 27632 @ 4 @ 1
12.3.5.4
Configuration Registers
The following registers contain configuration information of the connected
modules:
Table 152: Register Address 0x1022
Register address 0x1022 (4130dec)
CnfLen.AnalogOut
Value
Read
Access
Number of word-based outputs registers in the process image in bits (divide by
Description
16 to get the total number of analog words)
Table 153: Register Address 0x1023
Register address 0x1023 (4131dec)
CnfLen.AnalogInp
Value
Read
Access
Number of word-based inputs registers in the process image in bits (divide by 16
Description
to get the total number of analog words)
Table 154: Register Address 0x1024
Register address 0x1024 (4132dec)
CnfLen.DigitalOut
Value
Read
Access
Number of digital output bits in the process image
Description
Table 155: Register Address 0x1025
Register address 0x1025 (4133dec)
CnfLen.DigitalInp
Value
Read
Access
Number of digital input bits in the process image
Description
Pos : 114.41 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x1028 ( x41) @ 4\mod_1235635808625_21.doc x @ 27808 @ @ 1
Table 156: Register Address 0x1028
Register address 0x1028 (4136dec)
Boot options
Value
Read/write
Access
Boot configuration:
Description
1: BootP
2: DHCP
3: BootP-Request before static IP
4: EEPROM
Pos : 114.42 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x1029 ( x41) @ 4\mod_1235635910031_21.doc x @ 27811 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
250
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 157: Register Address 0x1029
Register address 0x1029 (4137dec) with 9 words
MODBUS TCP statistics
Value
Read/write
Access
 internal bus error, fieldbus error by
1 word SlaveDeviceFailure
Description
activated watchdog
 error in the MODBUS TCP header
1 word BadProtocol
 Wrong telegram length
1 word BadLength
 Invalid function code
1 word BadFunction
 Invalid register address
1 word BadAddress
 Invalid value
1 word BadData
 Number of the registers which can be
1 word TooManyRegisters
worked on is too large, Read/Write 125/100
 Number of the coils which can be worked
1 word TooManyBits
on is too large, Read/Write 2000/800
1 word ModTcpMessageCounter  Number of received MODBUS/TCP
requests
With writing 0xAA55 or 0x55AA in the register will reset this data area.
Pos : 114.43 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x102A @ 4\mod_1235634788484_21.doc x @ 27796 @ @ 1
Table 158: Register Address 0x102A
Register address 0x102A (4138dec) with a word count of 1
MODBUS/TCP connections
Value
Read
Access
Number of TCP connections
Description
Pos : 114.44 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x102B (881) @ 8\mod_1280233152940_21.doc x @ 61365 @ @ 1
Table 159: Register Address 0x102B
Register address 0x102B (4139dez) with a word count of up to 1
KBUS reset
Value
Write
Access
Writing of this register restarts the internal bus
Description
Pos : 114.45 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x1030, 0x1031 (Z eitbasis 100ms) @ 6\mod_1254385997423_21.doc x @ 42340 @ @ 1
Table 160: Register Address 0x1030
Register address 0x1030 (4144dec) with a word count of 1
Configuration MODBUS/TCP time-out
Value
Read/write
Access
0x0258 (600 decimal)
Default
This is the maximum number of milliseconds the fieldbus coupler will allow a
Description
MODBUS/TCP connection to stay open without receiving a MODBUS request.
Upon time-out, idle connection will be closed. Outputs remain in last state.
Default value is 600 ms (60 seconds), the time base is 100 ms, the minimal value
is 100 ms. If the value is set to ‘0’, the timeout is disabled. On this connection,
the watchdog is triggered with a request.
Table 161: Register Address 0x1031
Register address 0x1031 (4145dec) with a word count of 3
Read the MAC-ID of the controller
Value
Read
Access
This register gives the MAC-ID, with a length of 3 words
Description
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
251
Pos : 114.46 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x1035, 0x1036 (881) @ 8\mod_1280225698346_21.doc x @ 61362 @ @ 1
Table 162: Register Address 0x1035
Register address 0x1035 (4149dez) 1 word
Configuration of the time offsets to the GMT time
Value
Read/write
Access
0x0000
Default
Register to set the time offset to the UTC time (Greenwich meridian) with a
Description
possible setting range from -12 to +12.
Table 163: Register Address 0x1036
Register address 0x1036 (4150dez) 1 word
Configuration of summer or winter time
Value
Read/write
Access
0x0000
Default
Register to set winter or summer time (Daylight Saving Time).
Description
The values 0 and 1 are valid.
Pos : 114.47 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x1037 (352, 881) @ 8\mod_1280225513951_21.doc x @ 61359 @ @ 1
Table 164: Register Address 0x1037
Register address 0x1031 (4151dez) with a word count of 3
Configuration of Modbus Response Delay Time
Value
Read/write
Access
0x0000
Default
This register saves the value for the Modbus Response Delay Time for a Modbus
Description
connection. The time base is 1 ms. On the Modbus TCP connection, the
response will be delayed by the inscribed time.
Pos : 114.48 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x1050 @ 4\mod_1235634956296_21.doc x @ 27802 @ @ 1
Table 165: Register Address 0x1050
Register address 0x1050 (4176dec) with a word count of 3
since firmware version 9
Diagnosis of the connected I/O modules
Value
Read
Access
Diagnosis of the connected I/O modules, length 3 words
Description
Word 1: Number of the module
Word 2: Number of the channel
Word 3: Diagnosis
Pos : 114.49 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x2030 @ 3\mod_1235461168031_21.doc x @ 27622 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
252
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 166: Register Address 0x2030
Register address 0x2030 (8240dec) with a word count of up to 65
Description of the connected I/O modules
Value
Read module 0...64
Access
Length 1...65 words
Description
These 65 registers identify the controller and the first 64 modules present in a
node. Each module is represented in a word. Because order numbers cannot be
read out of digital modules, a code is displayed for them, as defined below:
Bit position 0

Input module
Bit position 1

Output module
Bit position 2…7

Not used
Bit position 8…14

Module size in bits
Bit position 15

Designation digital module
Examples:
4 Channel Digital Input Module = 0x8401
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit
Code 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
8
4
0
1
Hex
2 Channel Digital Output Module = 0x8202
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit
Code 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
8
2
0
2
Hex
Pos : 114.50 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x2031, 0x2032, 0x2033 @ 4\mod_1235636342812_21.doc x @ 27818 @ @ 1
Table 167: Register Address 0x2031
Register address 0x2031 (8241dec) with a word count of up to 64
Description of the connected I/O modules
Value
Read modules 65...128
Access
Length 1…64 words
Description
These 64 registers identify the 2nd block of I/O modules present (modules 65 to
128). Each module is represented in a word. Because order numbers cannot be
read out of digital modules, a code is displayed for them, as defined below:
Bit position 0

Input module
Bit position 1

Output module
Bit position 2…7

Not used
Bit position 8…14

Module size in bits
Bit position 15

Designation digital module
Table 168: Register Address 0x2032
Register address 0x2032 (8242dec) with a word count of up to 64
Description of the connected I/O modules
Value
Read modules 129...192
Access
Length 1…64 words
Description
These 64 registers identify the 3rd block of I/O modules present (modules 129 to
192). Each module is represented in a word. Because order numbers cannot be
read out of digital modules, a code is displayed for them, as defined below:
Bit position 0

Input module
Bit position 1

Output module
Bit position 2…7

Not used
Bit position 8…14

Module size in bits
Bit position 15

Designation digital module
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
253
Table 169: Register Address 0x2033
Register address 0x2033 (8243dec) with a word count of up to 65
Description of the connected I/O modules
Value
Read modules 193 ... 255
Access
Length 1…63 words
Description
These 63 registers identify the 4th block of I/O modules present (modules 193 to
255). Each module is represented in a word. Because order numbers cannot be
read out of digital modules, a code is displayed for them, as defined below:
Bit position 0

Input module
Bit position 1

Output module
Bit position 2…7

Not used
Bit position 8…14

Module size in bits
Bit position 15

Designation digital module
Pos : 114.51 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x2040 @ 4\mod_1235636434734_21.doc x @ 27821 @ @ 1
Table 170: Register Address 0x2040
Register address 0x2040 (8256dec)
Implement a software reset
Value
Write (Write sequence 0xAA55 or 0x55AA)
Access
With writing 0xAA55 or 0x55AA the register will be reset.
Description
Pos : 114.52 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Konfigur ati onsr egister 0x2041, 0x2042, 0x2043 @ 4\mod_1235636503453_21.doc x @ 27824 @ @ 1
Table 171: Register address 0x2041
Register address 0x2041 (8257dec)
Flash Format
Value
Write (Write sequence 0xAA55 or 0x55AA)
Access
The file system Flash is again formatted.
Description
since Firmware version 3
Table 172: Register address 0x2042
Register address (8258dec)
since Firmware version 3
Extract data files
Value
Write (Write sequence 0xAA55 or 0x55AA)
Access
The standard files (HTML pages) of the Controller are extracted and written into
Description
the Flash.
Table 173: Register address 0x2043
Register address (8259dec)
0x55AA
Value
Write
Access
Factory Settings
Description
Pos : 114.53 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
since Firmware version 9
254
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 114.54 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Fir mwar e-Infor mati onsr egister 0x2010 bis 0x2014 @ 3\mod_1235461969843_21.doc x @ 27636 @ 4 @ 1
12.3.5.5
Firmware Information Registers
The following registers contain information on the firmware of the controller:
Table 174: Register Address 0x2010
Register address 0x2010 (8208dec) with a word count of 1
Revision, INFO_REVISION
Value
Read
Access
Firmware index, e.g. 0x0005 for version 5
Description
Table 175: Register Address 0x2011
Register address 0x2011 (8209dec) with a word count of 1
Series code, INFO_SERIES
Value
Read
Access
WAGO serial number, e.g. 0x02EE (750 dec.) for WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Description
Table 176: Register Address 0x2012
Register address 0x2012 (8210dec) with a word count of 1
Order number, INFO_ITEM
Value
Read
Access
First part of WAGO order number,
Description
e.g. 0x0349 (841 dec.) for the controller 750-841 or 0x0155 (341 dec.) for the
coupler 750-341 etc.
Table 177: Register Address 0x2013
Register address 0x2013 (8211dec) with a word count of 1
Major sub item code, INFO_MAJOR
Value
Read
Access
Firmware version major revision
Description
Table 178: Register Address 0x2014
Register address 0x2014 (8212dec) with a word count of 1
Minor sub item code, INFO_MINOR
Value
Read
Access
Firmware version minor revision
Description
Pos : 114.55 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Fir mwar e-Infor mati onsr egister 0x2020 bis 0x2023 @ 4\mod_1235646917328_21.doc x @ 27848 @ @ 1
Table 179: Register Address 0x2020
Register address 0x2020 (8224dec) with a word count of up to 16
Description, INFO_DESCRIPTION
Value
Read
Access
Information on the controller, 16 words
Description
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
Table 180: Register Address 0x2021
Register address 0x2021 (8225dec) with a word count of up to 8
Description, INFO_DESCRIPTION
Value
Read
Access
Time of the firmware version, 8 words
Description
Table 181: Register Address 0x2022
Register address 0x2022 (8226dec) with a word count of up to 8
Description, INFO_DATE
Value
Read
Access
Date of the firmware version, 8 words
Description
Table 182: Register Address 0x2023
Register address 0x2023 (8227dec) with a word count of up to 32
Description, INFO_LOADER_INFO
Value
Read
Access
Information to the programming of the firmware, 32 words
Description
Pos : 114.56 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
255
256
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 114.57 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Konstantenr egister 0x2000 bis 0x2008 @ 3\mod_1235462025437_21.doc x @ 27639 @ 4 @ 1
12.3.5.6
Constant Registers
The following registers contain constants, which can be used to test
communication with the master:
Table 183: Register Address 0x2000
Register address 0x2000 (8192dec)
Zero, GP_ZERO
Value
Read
Access
Constant with zeros
Description
Table 184: Register Address 0x2001
Register address 0x2001 (8193dec)
Ones, GP_ONES
Value
Read
Access
Constant with ones
Description
• –1 if this is declared as "signed int"
• MAXVALUE if it is declared as "unsigned int"
Table 185: Register Address 0x2002
Register address 0x2002 (8194dec)
1,2,3,4, GP_1234
Value
Read
Access
This constant value is used to test the Intel/Motorola format specifier. If the
Description
master reads a value of 0x1234, then with Intel format is selected – this is the
correct format. If 0x3412 appears, Motorola format is selected.
Table 186: Register Address 0x2003
Register address 0x2003 (8195dec)
Mask 1, GP_AAAA
Value
Read
Access
This constant is used to verify that all bits are accessible to the fieldbus master.
Description
This will be used together with register 0x2004.
Table 187: Register Address 0x2004
Register address 0x2004 (8196dec)
Mask 1, GP_5555
Value
Read
Access
This constant is used to verify that all bits are accessible to the fieldbus master.
Description
This will be used together with register 0x2003.
Table 188: Register Address 0x2005
Register address 0x2005 (8197dec)
Maximum positive number, GP_MAX_POS
Value
Read
Access
Constant in order to control arithmetic.
Description
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
257
Table 189: Register Address 0x2006
Register address 0x2006 (8198dec)
Maximum negative number, GP_MAX_NEG
Value
Read
Access
Constant in order to control arithmetic
Description
Table 190: Register Address 0x2007
Register address 0x2007 (8199dec)
Maximum half positive number, GP_HALF_POS
Value
Read
Access
Constant in order to control arithmetic
Description
Table 191: Register Address 0x2008
Register address 0x2008 (8200dec)
Maximum half negative number, GP_HALF_NEG
Value
Read
Access
Constant in order to control arithmetic
Description
Pos : 114.58 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Fel dbus kommuni kati on/M ODBUS/Z ugriff auf R egister werte - Konstantenr egister 0x3000 bis 0x5F FF (Contr oller, x41) @ 3\mod_1235461429796_21.doc x @ 27625 @ @ 1
Table 192: Register Addresses 0x3000 to 0x5FFF
Register addresses 0x3000 to 0x5FFF (12288dec to 24575dec)
Retain range
Value
Read/write
Access
These registers can be accessed as the flag/retain range
Description
Pos : 115.1 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetIP/EtherN etIP - Allgemei n @ 3\mod_1233669829343_21.doc x @ 27044 @ 23333344 @ 1
12.4
EtherNet/IP (Ethernet/Industrial Protocol)
12.4.1
General
EtherNet/IP stands for Ethernet Industrial Protocol and defines an open industry
standard that extends the classic Ethernet with an industrial protocol. This
standard was jointly developed by ControlNet International (CI) and the Open
DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) with the help of the Industrial Ethernet
Association (IEA).
This communication system enables devices to exchange time-critical application
data in an industrial environment. The spectrum of devices ranges from simple
I/O devices (e.g., sensors) through to complex controllers (e.g., robots).
EtherNet/IP is based on the TCP/IP protocol family and consequently uses the
bottom 4 layers of the OSI layer model in unaltered form so that all standard
Ethernet communication modules such as PC interface cards, cables, connectors,
hubs and switches can also be used with EtherNet/IP.
Positioned above the transport layer is the encapsulation protocol, which enables
use of the Control & Information Protocol (CIP) on TCP/IP and UDP/IP.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
258
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
CIP, as a major network independent standard, is already used with ControlNet
and DeviceNet. Therefore, converting from one of these protocols to EtherNet/IP
is easy to do. Data exchange takes place with the help of an object model.
In this way, ControlNet, DeviceNet and EtherNet/IP have the same application
protocol and can therefore jointly use device profiles and object libraries. These
objects enable plug-and-play interoperability between complex devices of
different manufacturers.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.4.2
Fieldbus Communication
259
Protocol overview in the OSI model
In order to clarify the interrelationships between DeviceNet, ControlNet and
EtherNet/IP, the following diagram presents the associated ISO/OSI reference
model.
Table 193: ISO/OSI reference model
Object Library
(Communications, Applications, Time
Synchronization)
Safety Object
Library
6
Presentation
Layer
Data Management Services
Explicit and I/O Messages
Safety Services and
Messages
5
Session
Layer
TCP/UDP
3
Network
Layer
Internet
Protocol
2
Data Link
Layer
CompoNet
Network and Transport
ControlNet
Network
and
Transport
DeviceNet
Network and
Transport
Ethernet
CSMA/CD
CompoNet
Time Slot
ControlNet
CTDMA
CAN
CSMA/NBA
Ethernet
CompoNet
ControlNet
DeviceNet
Network Adaptations of CIP
4
Transport
Layer
1
Physical
Layer
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Connection Management, Routing
Comon Industrial Protocol (CIP)
7
Application
Layer
260
Fieldbus Communication
12.4.3
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Characteristics of the EtherNet/IP Protocol Software
The EtherNet/IP product classes are divided into 4 levels with each level
containing a particular functionality. Each higher level in turn possesses at least
the functionality of a lower level. The fieldbus coupler supports levels 1 and 2 of
the EtherNet/IP product classes, which immediately build on each other.
12.4.4
Level 2
Level 2: Level 1 + I/O Messages Server
Level 1
Level 1: Explicit Messages Server
•
Unconnected Message Manager (UCMM) client and server
•
128 Encapsulation Protocol sessions
•
128 Class 3 or Class 1 connections combined
•
Class 3 connection – explicit messages
(connection oriented, client and server)
•
Class 1 connection – I/O messages
(connection oriented, client and server)
EDS File
The “Electronic Data Sheets” file (EDS file for short) contains the characteristics
of the fieldbus coupler/controller and information regarding its communication
capabilities. The EDS file required for Ethernet/IP operation is imported and
installed by the corresponding configuration software.
Downloading the EDS file!
You can download the EDS file in the download area of the WAGO web site:
http://www.wago.com.
Information about installing the EDS file
When installing the EDS file, refer to the information provided in the
documentation of the configuration software, which you are using.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.4.5
Object Model
12.4.5.1
General
Fieldbus Communication
261
For network communication, Ethernet/IP utilizes an object model in which all
functions and data of a device are described.
Each node in the network is depicted as a collection of objects.
The object model contains terms that are defined as follows:
Object:
An object is an abstract representation of individual, related components within a
device. It is determined by its data or attributes, its outwardly applied functions or
services, and by its defined behavior.
Class:
A class describes a series of objects which all represent the same type of system
components. A class is the generalization of an object. All objects in a class are
identical as regards form and behavior, but can comprise differing attribute
values.
Instance:
An instance describes a specific and physical occurrence of an object. The terms
“object,” “instance” and “object instance” all refer to a specific instance. Different
instances of a class have the same services, the same behavior and the same
variables (attributes). However, you can have different variable values.
For example, Finland is an instance of the “Land” object class.
Variable:
The variables (attributes) describe an externally visible characteristic or the
function of an object. Typical attributes include configuration or status
information.
For example, the ASCII name of an object or the repetition frequency of a
periodic object is output.
Service:
A service is a function supported by an object and/or an object class. CIP defines
a group of common services that are applied to the attributes. These services
execute specified actions.
Example: Reading variables.
Behavior:
The behavior specifies how an object functions. The functions result from various
occurrences, which are determined by the object, e.g. receiving service requests,
recording internal errors or the sequence of timers.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
262
Fieldbus Communication
12.4.5.2
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Class Overview
CIP classes are included in the CIP specification of ODVA. They describe the
properties (Volume 1, “Common Industrial Protocol”) of Ethernet and CAN
independent of their physical interface. The physical interface is described in a
separate specification. For Ethernet/IP, this is Volume 2 (“Ethernet/IP Adaptation
of CIP”), which describes the adaption of Ethernet /IP to CIP.
For this purpose, WAGO uses classes 01hex, 02hex, 04hex, 05hex, 06hex and F4hex,
which are described in Volume 1 (“Common Industrial Protocol”).
Classes F5hex and F6hex are supported from Volume 2 (“Ethernet/IP Adaptation of
CIP”).
WAGO-specific classes listed in the overview table below are also available.
All CIP Common classes listed and the WAGO-specific classes listed below that
are described in detail in the following individual sections after a brief explanation
of the table headings in the object descriptions.
Table 194: CIP common class
Class
01 hex
02 hex
04 hex
05 hex
06 hex
F5 hex
F6 hex
Name
Identity
Message Router
Assembly
Connection
Connection Manager
TCP/IP Interface Object
Ethernet Link Object
Table 195: WAGO specific classes
Class
64 hex
65 hex
66 hex
67 hex
68 hex
69 hex
6A hex
6B hex
6C hex
6D hex
6E hex
6F hex
70 hex
71 hex
72 hex
73 hex
Name
Coupler/Controller Configuration Object
Discrete Input Point
Discrete Output Point
Analog Input Point
Analog Output Point
Discrete Input Point Extended 1
Discrete Output Point Extended 1
Analog Input Point Extended 1
Analog Output Point Extended 1
Discrete Input Point Extended 2
Discrete Output Point Extended 2
Analog Input Point Extended 2
Analog Output Point Extended 2
Discrete Input Point Extended 3
Discrete Output Point Extended 3
Analog Input Point Extended 3
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
74 hex
80 hex
81 hex
Fieldbus Communication
263
Analog Output Point Extended 3
Module Configuration
Module Configuration Extended 1
Pos : 115.2 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetIP/Allgemei n - Variabl es (nur C ontroll er) @ 3\mod_1233728715593_21.doc x @ 27050 @ @ 1
A0 hex
A1 hex
A2 hex
A3 hex
A4 hex
A5 hex
A6 hex
A7 hex
A8 hex
A9 hex
AA hex
AB hex
AC hex
AD hex
Pos : 115.3 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetIP/Erläuter ung zur Obj ektbesc hr., Klassen Identity, Messag e R outer @ 3\mod_1233730204656_21.doc x @ 27053 @ 444 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Input fieldbus variable USINT
Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1
Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 2
Output fieldbus variable USINT
Output fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1
Output fieldbus variable USINT Extended 2
Input fieldbus variable UINT
Input fieldbus variable UINT Extended 1
Output fieldbus variable UINT
Output fieldbus variable UINT Extended 1
Input fieldbus variable UDINT
Input fieldbus variable UDINT Offset UINT
Output fieldbus variable UDINT
Output fieldbus variable UDINT Offset UINT
264
Fieldbus Communication
12.4.5.3
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Explanation of the Table Headings in the Object Descriptions
Table 196: Explanation of the table headings in the object descriptions
Table heading
Description
Attribute ID
Access
Integer value which is assigned to the corresponded attribute
Set:
The attribute can be accessed by means of Set_Attribute services.
Response also possible with Get_Attribute service!
All the set attributes can also be accessed by means of
Get_Attribute services.
NV
Name
Data type
Description
Default value
12.4.5.4
Get:
The attribute can be accessed by means of Get_Attribute services.
Get_Attribute_All:
Delivers content of all attributes.
Set_Attribute_Single:
Modifies an attribute value.
Reset:
Performs a restart.
0: Restart
1: Restart and restoration of factory settings
NV (non volatile):
The attribute is permanently stored in the controller.
V (volatile):
The attribute is not permanently stored in the controller.
Without specifying, the attribute is not saved!
If this column is missing, all attributes have the type V
(volatile).
Designation of the attribute
Designation of the CIP data type of the attribute
Short description for the Attribute
Factory settings
Identity (01 hex)
The “Identity” class provides general information about the fieldbus
coupler/controller that clearly identifies it.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 197: Identity (01 hex) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
1
Get
Revision
2
Get
Max Instance
3
Get
Max ID number of
class attributes
4
Get
Max ID number of
instance attribute
Data type
UINT
UINT
UINT
UINT
Description
Revision of this object
Maximum instance
Maximum number of
class attributes
Maximum number of
instance attributes
Default value
1 (0x0001)
1 (0x0001)
0 (0x0000)
0 (0x0000)
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
265
Instance 1
Table 198: Identity (01 hex) – Instance 1
Attribute ID Access Name
1
Get
Vendor ID
Default value
40 (0x0028)
2
Get
12 (0x000C)
3
Get
4
Get
5
Get
6
7
Get
Get
Data type Description
UINT
Manufacturer
identification
Device Type
UINT
General type
designation of
the product
Product Code
UINT
Designation
of the
coupler/
controller
Revision
STRUCT Revision of
of:
the identity
objects
Major Revision UINT
Minor Revision UINT
Status
WORD
Current status
of the device
Serial Number
Product Name
UINT
SHORT_
STRING
e.g. 841 (0x0349),
873 (0x0369), 341(0x0155) etc.
Depending on the firmware
Bit 0
Assignment to a
master
Bit 1 = 0 reserved
Bit 2
(configured)
=0
Configuration is
unchanged
=1
Configuration is
different to the
manufacturers
parameters
Bit 3 = 0 reserved
Bit 4-7 Extended Device
Status
=0010 at least one faulted I/O
connection
=0011 no I/O connection
established
Bit 8-11 not used
Bit 12- reserved
15 =0
Serial number The last 4 digits of MAC ID
Product name
Common Services
Table 199: Identity (01 hex) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name
Class Instance
01 hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_All
05 hex
No
Yes
Reset
0E hex
Manual
Version 1.2.0
No
Yes
Description
Supplies contents of all attributes
Implements the reset service
Service parameter
0: Emulates a Power On reset
1: Emulates a Power On reset and reestablishes factory settings
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
266
Fieldbus Communication
12.4.5.5
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Message Router (02 hex)
The “Message Router Object” provides connection points (in the form of classes
or instances), which can use a client for addressing services (reading, writing).
These messages can be transmitted both when connected and when unconnected
from the client to the fieldbus coupler.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 200: Message router (02 hex) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
1
Get
Revision
2
Get
Number of Attributes
3
Get
Number of Services
4
Get
Max ID Number of
Class Attributes
5
Get
Max ID Number of
Instance Attributes
Data type
UINT
UINT
UINT
UINT
UINT
Description
Revision of this object
Number of attributes
Number of services
Maximum number of class
attributes
Maximum number of
instance attributes
Default value
1 (0x0001)
0 (0x0000)
0 (0x0000)
0 (0x0000)
0 (0x0000)
Get_Attribute_All service can only be used!
The class attributes are only accessible with the Get_Attribute_All service.
Instance 1
Table 201: Message router (02 hex) – Instance 1
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type
1
Get
ObjectList
STRUCT of:
Number
UINT
Classes
2
Get
UINT
NumberAvailable UINT
Description
Number of
implemente
d classes
Implemente
d classes
Maximum
number of
different
connections
Default value
40 (0x0028)
01 00 02 00 04 00 06 00 F4
00 F5 00 F6 00 64 00 65
0066 0067 00 68 00 69 00
6A 00 6B 00 6C 00 6D 00
6E 00 6F 00 70 00 71 00 72
00 73 00 74 00 80 00 81 00
A0 00 A1 00 A2 00 A6 00
A7 00 AA 00 AB 00 A3 00
A4 00 A5 00 A8 00 A9 00
AC 00 AD 00
128 (0x0080)
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
267
Common Services
Table 202: Message router (02 hex) – Common service
Service code Service available Service-Name
Description
Class
Instance
01 hex
Yes
No
Get_Attribute_All
Supplies contents of all attributes
0E hex
No
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
Pos : 115.4 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetIP/Assembl y ( 04hex), s tatisc he Ass embl y Instanz (C ontr oller) @ 7\mod_1265639174189_21.doc x @ 49994 @ 4 @ 1
12.4.5.6
Assembly Object (04 hex)
Using the "Assembly" classe, even several diverse objects can be combined.
These could be, for example, input and output data, status and control information
or diagnostic information. WAGO uses the manufacturer-specific instances in
order to provide these objects for you in various arrangements. This gives you an
efficient way to exchange process data. The following is a description of the
individual static Assembly instances with their contents and arrangements.
Instance (Class Attributes)
Table 203: Assembly (04 hex) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type
1
Get
Revision UINT
2
Get
Max
UINT
Instance
Description
Revision of this object
Highest Instance
Default value
2 (0x0002)
111 (0x006F)
Overview of static Assembly instances
Table 204: Overview of static Assembly instances
Instance
Description
Instance 101 (65 hex) For analog and digital output data, as well as fieldbus input variables
Instance102 (66 hex)
For digital output data and fieldbus input variables
Instance 103 (67 hex) For analog output data and fieldbus input variables
Instance 104 (68 hex) For analog and digital intput data, status and fieldbus output variables
Instance 105 (69 hex) For digital input data, status and fieldbus output variables
Instance 106 (6A hex) For analog input data, status and fieldbus output variables
Instance 107 (6B hex) For digital and analog input data and fieldbus output variables
Instance 108 (6C hex) For digital input data and fieldbus output variables
Instance109 (6D hex) For analog input data and fieldbus output variables
Instance 110 (6E hex) For fieldbus output variables
Instance 111 (6F hex) For fieldbus intput variables
Instance 101 (65 hex)
This assembly instance contains analog and digital output data. Any fieldbus input
variables that may be defined are attached behind this.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
268
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 205: Static assembly instances – Instance 101 (65 hex)
Attribute ID Access Name Data type
Description
Default value
3
Get/Set Data
ARRAY of BYTE Only analog and digital
output data, as well as
possible fieldbus input
variables, are contained in the
process image.
4
Get
Data
UNIT
Number of Bytes in the
Size
process data image
Instance 102 (66 hex)
This assembly instance contains digital output data and fieldbus input variables
only.
Table 206: Static assembly instances – Instance 102 (66 hex)
Attribute ID Access Name Data type
Description
3
Get/Set Data
ARRAY of BYTE Digital output data and
fieldbus input variables are
contained in the process
image.
4
Get
Data
UNIT
Number of Bytes in the
Size
process data image
Default value
-
-
Instance 103 (67 hex)
This assembly instance contains analog output data and fieldbus input variables
only.
Table 207: Static assembly instances – Instance 103 (67 hex)
Attribute ID Access Name Data type
Description
3
Get/Set Data
ARRAY of BYTE Analog output data and
fieldbus input variables are
contained in the process
image.
4
Get
Data
UNIT
Number of Bytes in the
Size
process data image
Default value
-
-
Instance 104 (68 hex)
This assembly instance contains analog and digital input data, status (= value from
class 100, instance 1, attribute 5) and fieldbus output variables.
Table 208: Static assembly instances – Instance 104 (68 hex)
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type
Description
Default value
3
Get
Data
ARRAY of BYTE Analog and digital input data,
the status and fieldbus output
variables are contained in the
process image.
4
Get
Data
UNIT
Number of Bytes in the
Size
process data image
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
269
Instance 105 (69 hex)
This assembly instance contains only digital input data, status (= value from class
100, instance 1, attribute 5) and fieldbus output variables.
Table 209: Static assembly instances – Instance 105 (69 hex)
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type
Description
3
Get
Data
ARRAY of BYTE Digital input data, status and
fieldbus output variables are
contained in the process
image
4
Get
Data
UNIT
Number of Bytes in the
Size
process data image
Default value
-
-
Instance 106 (6A hex)
This assembly instance contains only analog input data, status (= value from class
100, instance 1, attribute 5) and fieldbus output variables.
Table 210: Static assembly instances – Instance 106 (6A hex)
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type
Description
3
Get
Data
ARRAY of BYTE Analog input data, status and
fieldbus output variables are
contained in the process
image.
4
Get
Data
UNIT
Number of Bytes in the
Size
process data image
Default value
-
-
Instance 107 (6B hex)
This assembly instance contains analog and digital input data and fieldbus output
variables.
Table 211: Static assembly instances – Instance 107 (6B hex)
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type
Description
3
Get
Data
ARRAY of BYTE Analog and digital input data
and fieldbus output variables
are contained in the process
image.
4
Get
Data
UNIT
Number of Bytes in the
Size
process data image
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Default value
-
-
270
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Instance 108 (6C hex)
This assembly instance contains only digital input data and fieldbus output
variables.
Table 212: Static assembly instances – Instance 108 (6C hex)
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type
Description
Default value
3
Get
Data
ARRAY of BYTE Digital input data and fieldbus
output variables are contained
in the process image.
4
Get
Data
UNIT
Number of Bytes in the
Size
process data image
Instance 109 (6D hex)
This assembly instance contains only analog input data and fieldbus output
variables.
Table 213: Static assembly instances – Instance 109 (6C hex)
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type
Description
3
Get
Data
ARRAY of BYTE Analog input data and
fieldbus output variables are
contained in the process
image.
4
Get
Data
UNIT
Number of Bytes in the
Size
process data image
Default value
-
-
Pos : 115.5 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetIP/Instanz 110, 111 (nur C ontroller) @ 3\mod_1233752719031_21.doc x @ 27060 @ @ 1
Instance 110 (6E hex)
Table 214: Static assembly instances – Instance 110 (6E hex)
Attribute ID Access Name Data type
Description
Default value
3
Get
Data
ARRAY of BYTE Reference of the process image:
only PFC output variables
Instance 111 (6F hex)
Table 215: Static assembly instances – Instance 111 (6F hex)
Attribute ID Access Name Data type
Description
Default value
3
Set
Data
ARRAY of BYTE Reference of the process image:
only PFC input variables
Pos : 115.6 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetIP/Instanz 198, 199, C ommon ser vic e @ 3\mod_1233753006078_21.doc x @ 27064 @ @ 1
Instance 198 (C6 hex) “Input Only”
This instance is used to establish a connection when no outputs are to be
addressed or when inputs, which are already being used in an exclusive owner
connection, are to be interrogated. The data length of this instance is always zero.
This instance can only be used in the “consumed path” (seen from the slave
device).
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
271
Instance 199 (C7 hex) “Listen only”
This instance is used to establish a connection based on an existing exclusive
owner connection. The new connection also has the same transmission parameters
as the exclusive owner connection. When the exclusive owner connection is
cleared, this connection, too, is automatically cleared. The data length of this
instance is always zero.
This instance can only be used in the “consumed path” (from the point of view of
the slave device).
Common Service
Table 216: Static assembly instances – Common service
Service code Service available Service name
Description
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
10 hex
No
Yes
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
Pos : 115.7 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetIP/C ommon Ser vic es ( ohne Diag nose) @ 8\mod_1276170797909_21.doc x @ 57633 @ @ 1
The software inspects the writing of attribute 3 of assembly instances 101, 102
and 103. If the limit value has been exceeded, it is identified and, if necessary,
corrected. However, a write request is not rejected. This means that if less data is
received than expected, only this data is written. If more data is received than
expected, the received data at the upper limit is deleted. In the case of explicit
messages, however, a defined CIP is generated even though the data has been
written.
Pos : 115.8 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetIP/Port Class , TC P IP Interfac e, Ether net Link (1 Port) @ 17\mod_1382086675522_21.doc x @ 134500 @ 444 @ 1
12.4.5.7
Port Class (F4 hex)
The "Port Class Object" specifies the existing CIP ports on the fieldbus
coupler/coupler. There is one instance for each CIP port.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 217: Port class (F4 hex) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
1
Get
Revision
2
Get
Max Instance
3
Get
Num Instances
8
Get
Entry Port
9
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Get
All Ports
Data type
UINT
UINT
UINT
UINT
Array of
Struct
UINT
Description
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Number of current ports
Instance of the port object
where the request arrived.
Array with instance attributes
1 and 2 of all instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
1 (0x0001)
1 (0x0001)
1 (0x0001)
0 (0x0000)
0 (0x0000)
4 (0x0004)
2 (0x0002)
272
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Instance 1
Table 218: Port class (F4 hex) – Instance 1
Attribute ID Access NV Name
1
Get
V Port Type
2
Get
V Port Number
Data type Description
UINT
UINT
CIP port number
3
UINT
Get
V
Port Object
Padded
EPATH
4
Get
V
7
Get
V
Port Name
SHORT_
STRING
Node Address Padded
EPATH
Number of 16 bit
words in the
following path
Object, which
manages this port
Port name
Port segment (IP
address)
Default value
4 (0x0004)
2 (0x0002)
(EtherNet/IP)
2 (0x0002)
0x20 0xF5
0x24 0x01
(equals TCP/IP
Interface Object)
“”
Depends on IP address
Common Services
Table 219: Port class (F4 hex) – Common service
Service code Service available Service-Name
Description
Class Instance
01 hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_All
Supplies contents of all attributes
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.4.5.8
Fieldbus Communication
273
TCP/IP Interface (F5 hex)
The "TCP/IP Interface Object" provides for the configuration of the TCP/IP
network interface of a fieldbus coupler/controller. Examples of configurable
objects include the IP address, the network mask and the gateway address of the
fieldbus coupler/controller.
The underlying physical communications interface that is connected with the
TCP/IP interface object can be any interface supported by the TCP/IP protocol.
Examples of components that can be connected to a TCP/IP interface object
include the following: an Ethernet interface 802.3, an ATM (Asynchronous
Transfer Mode) interface or a serial interface for protocols such as PPP (Point-toPoint Protocol).
The TCP/IP interface object provides an attribute, which is identified by the linkspecific object for the connected physical communications interface. The linkspecific object should typically provide link-specific counters as well as any linkspecific configuration attributes.
Each device must support exactly one instance of the TCP/IP interface object for
each TCP/IP-compatible communications interface. A request for access to the
first instance of the TCP/IP interface object must always refer to the instance
connected with the interface, which is used to submit the request.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 220: TCP/IP interface (F5hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
3
Get
Num Instances UINT
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Description
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Number of the current
instanced connections
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
1 (0x0001)
1 (0x0001)
274
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Instance 1
Table 221: TCP/IP interface (F5hex) – Instance 1
Attribute ID Access NV Name
Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
3
Set
4
Get
V
V
Status
DWORD
Configuration DWORD
Capability
NV Configuration DWORD
Control
V
Physical Link STRUCT
Object
of
Path size
UINT
Path
5
6
Set
Set
Padded
EPATH
Default
value
0x00000017
Interface state
Interface flags for possible
kinds of configuration
Specifies, how the device gets 0x00000011
is TCP/IP configuration after
the first Power On
Number of 16 Bit words in
the following path
Logical path, which points to
the physical Link object
0x0002
0x20 0xF6
0x24 0x01
(equates to
the Ethernet
Link Object)
NV Interface
Configuration
IP Address
Network
Mask
Gateway
Address
Name Server
STRUCT
of
UDINT
UDINT
-
UDINT
IP address of default gateway 0
UDINT
0
Name Server
2
Domain
Name
NV Host Name
UDINT
STRING
IP address of the primary
name of the server
IP address of the secondary
name of the server
Default domain name
STRING
Device name
“”
IP address
Net work mask
0
0
0
“”
Common Services
Table 222: TCP/IP interface (F5hex) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name
Class Instance
01 hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_All
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single
10 hex
No
Yes
Set_Attribute_Single
Description
Supplies contents of all attributes
Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Modifies an attribute value
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.4.5.9
Fieldbus Communication
275
Ethernet Link (F6 hex)
The "Ethernet Link Object" contains link-specific counter and status information
for an Ethernet 802.3 communications interface. Each device must support exactly
one instance of the Ethernet Link Object for each Ethernet IEEE 802.3
communications interface on the module. An Ethernet link object instance for an
internal interface can also be used for the devices, e.g. an internal port with an
integrated switch.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 223: Ethernet link (F5hex) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
1
Get
Revision
2
Get
Max Instance
3
Get
Num Instances
Data type
UINT
UDINT
UDINT
Description
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Number of the current
instanced connections
Default value
3 (0x0003)
3 (0x0003)
3 (0x0003)
Pos : 115.9 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetIP/Ether net Li nk ( 1 Ins tanz, 1 Port) @ 3\mod_1233817397718_21.doc x @ 27170 @ @ 1
Instance 1
Table 224: Ethernet link (F6 hex) – Instance 1
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type
1
Get
Interface Speed
UDINT
2
Get
Interface Flags
DWORD
3
Get
Physical Address ARRAY of
6 UINTs
Description
Transfer rate
Interface configuration
and status information
MAC layer address
Default value
10 (0x0A) or 100
(0x64)
Bit 0: Link active
Bit 1: Full Duplex
MAC ID of the
device
Common Service
Table 225: Ethernet link (F6 hex) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name
Description
Class Instance
01 hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_All
Supplies contents of all attributes
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Pos : 115.10 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odule) /Fel dbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetIP/CouplerContr oller C onfiguration - Attri bute bis ID 46 @ 3\mod_1233827515062_21.doc x @ 27176 @ 4 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
276
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.4.5.10 Coupler/Controller Configuration (64 hex)
The fieldbus coupler configuration class allows reading and configuration of some
important fieldbus/controller process parameters. The following listings explain in
details all supported instances and attributes.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 226: Coupler/Controller configuration (64 hex) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance UINT
Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
1 (0x0001)
Instance 1
Table 227: Coupler/Controller configuration (64 hex) – Instance 1
Attribute ID Access NV Name
Data type Description
5 (0x05)
Get
V
ProcessState USINT
6 (0x06)
Get
V
DNS_i_
Trmnldia
7 (0x07)
Get
V
8 (0x08)
Get
9 (0x09)
Get
10 (0x0A)
Get
11 (0x0B)
Set
CnfLen.
AnalogOut
V CnfLen.
AnalogInp
V CnfLen.
DigitalOut
V CnfLen.
DigitalInp
NV Bk_Fault_
Reaction
UINT
UINT
UINT
UINT
UINT
USINT
State of coupler/controller, error
mask:
Bit 0: Internal bus error
Bit 3: Module diagnostics (0x08)
Bit 7: Fieldbus error (0x80)
Module diagnostics:
Bit 0..7: Module number
Bit 8..14: Module channel
Bit 15:
0/1 Error, repair/arisen
Number of I/O bits for the analog
output
Number of I/O bits for the analog
input
Number of I/O bits for the digital
output
Number of I/O bits for the digital
input
Fieldbus error reaction
0: stop local I/O cycles
1: set all output to 0
2: no error reaction
3: no error reaction
4: PFC task takes over control of
the outputs (apply to controllers)
12..26
Reserved for compatibility to DeviceNet
(0x0C...0x1A)
40..43
Reserved for compatibility to DeviceNet
(0x28...0x2B)
45 (0x2D)
Get
V Bk_Led_Err UINT
I/O LED error code
_Code
46 (0x2E)
Get
V Bk_Led_Err UINT
I/O LED error argument
_Arg
Default
value
0
0
1
0
0
Pos : 115.11 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odule) /Fel dbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetIP/CouplerContr oller C onfiguration - Attri butID 47-105 (nur Contr oller) @ 3\mod_1233829952953_21.doc x @ 27219 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Attribute ID
Access
NV Name
47 (0x2F)
Get
V
100 (0x64)
Set
NV Bk_FbInp_Var
_Cnt
101 (0x65)
Set
NV Bk_FbOut_Var UINT
_Cnt
102 (0x66)
Set
NV Bk_FbInp_Plc
Only_Var_Cnt
103 (0x67)
Set
NV Bk_FbInp_Start UINT
Plc_Var_Cnt
104 (0x68)
Set
NV Bk_FbOut_Plc
Only_Var_Cnt
105 (0x69)
Set
NV Bk_FbOut_Star UINT
t Plc_Var_Cnt
Pos : 115.12 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odule) /Fel dbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetIP/CouplerContr oller C onfiguration - Attri butID 120, 121, C ommon ser vic e @ 3\mod_1233831576390_21.doc x @ 27222 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Fieldbus Communication
Data type Description
Bk_Diag_Value UINT
UINT
UINT
UINT
Contains the diagnostic byte
Note: This attribute has to be
read out before attribute 6
(DNS_i_Trmnldia), because
during the reading of attribute
6 the diagnostic byte contains
the data of the next diagnostic
Determines the number of
bytes for the PFC input
fieldbus variables, which are
added to the assembly object.
This number is added to the
consuming path. assembly
instances (101...103)
Determines the number of
bytes for the PFC output
fieldbus variables, which are
added to the assembly object.
This number is added to the
producing path. assembly
instances (104...109)
Determines the number of
bytes for the PFC input
fieldbus variables, which are
received via assembly
instance 111.
Determines starting from
which position the PFC input
fieldbus variables for the
assembly instance 111 to be
received.
Determines the number of
bytes for the PFC output
fieldbus variables, which are
received via assembly
instance 110.
Determines starting from
which position the PFC
output fieldbus variables for
the assembly instance 110 to
be received.
277
Default
value
0
0
0
4
0
4
0
278
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
120 (0x78)
Set
NV Bk_Header
CfgOT
UINT
121(0x79)
Set
NV Bk_Header
CfgTO
UINT
Indicates whether the
RUN/IDLE header is used
originator  target direction
0: is used
1: is not used
Indicates whether the
RUN/IDLE header is used
originator  target direction
0: is used
1: is not used
0x0000
0x0001
Common Service
Table 228: Coupler/Controller configuration (64 hex) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name
Description
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
10 hex
No
Yes
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
Pos : 115.13 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odule) /Fel dbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetIP/Discrete Input, Discrete Output, Analog Input, Anal og Output, Modul e C onfiguration Poi nt @ 3\mod_1233832337062_21.doc x @ 27225 @ 444444444444444444 @ 1
12.4.5.11 Discrete Input Point (65 hex)
This class allows the reading of data of a particular digital input point.
Instance 0 (Class-Attributes)
Table 229: Discrete input point (65 hex) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Instance 1 ... 255 (Digital output value 1 up to 255)
Table 230: Discrete input point (65 hex) – Instance 1...255
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
Get
DipObj_Value BYTE
Digital output (only Bit 0 is
valid)
Default value
-
Common Services
Table 231: Discrete input point (65 hex) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name
Description
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
279
12.4.5.12 Discrete Input Point Extended 1 (69 hex)
The extension of the “Discrete Input Point” class enables the reading of data from
a fieldbus node that contains over 255 digital input points (DIPs). The instance
scope of the “Discrete Input Point Extended 1” class covers DIPs from 256 to 510
in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 232: Discrete Input Point Extended 1(69 hex,) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance UINT
Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Instance 256 ... 510 (Digital input value 256 up to 510)
Table 233: Discrete output point (66 hex) – Instance 256...510
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
Get
DipObj_Value BYTE
Digital input
(only Bit 0 is valid)
Default value
-
Common Services
Table 234: Discrete Input Point Extended 1 (69 hex) – Common service
Service
Service available
Service-name
Description
code
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
12.4.5.13 Discrete Input Point Extended 2 (6D hex)
The extension of the “Discrete Input Point” class enables the reading of data from
a fieldbus node that contains over 510 digital input points (DIPs). The instance
scope of the “Discrete Input Point Extended 2” class covers DIPs from 511 to 765
in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 235: Discrete Input Point Extended 2 (6D hex) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
280
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Instance 511 ... 765 (Digital input value 511 up to 765)
Table 236: Analog input point (67 hex) – Instance 1
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
Get
AipObj_Value
ARRAY Analog input
of BYTE
2
Get
AipObj_Value_Length USINT
Length of the input data
AipObj_Value (in byte)
Default value
-
Common Services
Table 237: Analog input point (67 hex) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name
Description
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
12.4.5.14 Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex)
The extension of the “Discrete Input Point” class enables the reading of data from
a fieldbus node that contains over 765 digital input points (DIPs). The instance
scope of the “Discrete Input Point Extended 3” class covers DIPs from 766 to
1020 in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class-Attributes)
Table 238: Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
-
Instance 766 ... 1020 (Digital input value 766 up to 1020)
Table 239: Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex) – Instance 766...1020
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
DipObj_Value BYTE
Digital input
(only Bit 0 is valid)
Default value
-
Common Services
Table 240: Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex) – Common service
Service
Service available
Service-Name
Description
code
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
281
12.4.5.15 Discrete Output Point (66 hex)
This class enables data exchange for a particular digital output point.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 241: Discrete Output Point (66 hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
-
Instance 1 ... 255 (Digital output value 1 up to 255)
Table 242: Discrete Output Point (66 hex) – Instance 1...255
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
DopObj_Value BYTE
Digital Output
(only Bit 0 valid)
Default
value
-
Common Services
Table 243: Discrete Output Point (66 hex) – Common service
Service
Service available
Service-Name
Description
code
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex
No
Yes
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
12.4.5.16 Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex)
The extension of the “Discrete Output Point” class enables the exchange of data
from a fieldbus node that contains over 255 digital output points (DOPs). The
instance scope of the “Discrete Output Point Extended 1” class covers DOPs from
256 to 510 in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 244: Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
-
282
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Instance 256 ... 510 (Digital output value 256 up to 510)
Table 245: Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex) – Instance 256...510
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
DopObj_Value BYTE
Digital Output
(only Bit 0 valid)
Default
value
-
Common Services
Table 246: Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex) – Common service
Service
Service available
Service-Name
Description
code
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex
No
Yes
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
12.4.5.17 Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex)
The extension of the “Discrete Output Point” class enables the exchange of data
from a fieldbus node that contains over 510 digital output points (DOPs). This
instance cope of the “Discrete Output Point Extended 1” class covers the DOPs
from 511 to 765 in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 247: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
-
Instance 511 ... 765 (Digital output value 511 up to 765)
Table 248: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex) – Instance 511...765
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
DopObj_Value BYTE
Digital Output
(only Bit 0 valid)
Default
value
-
Common Services
Table 249: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex) – Common service
Service
Service available
Service-Name
Description
code
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex
No
Yes
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
283
12.4.5.18 Discrete Output Point Extended 3 (72 hex)
The extension of the “Discrete Output Point” class enables the exchange of data
from a fieldbus node that contains over 765 digital output points (DOPs). The
instance scope of the “Discrete Output Point Extended 2” class covers DOPs from
766 to 1020 in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 250: Discrete Output Point Extended 3 (72 hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
-
Instance 766 ... 1020 (Digital Output value 766 up to 1020)
Table 251: Discrete Output Point Extended 3 (72 hex) – Instance 766...1020
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
DopObj_Value BYTE
Digital Output
(only Bit 0 valid)
Default
value
-
Common Services
Table 252: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex) – Common service
Service
Service available
Service name
Description
code
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex
No
Yes
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
12.4.5.19 Analog Input Point (67 hex)
This class enables the reading of data of a particular analog input point (AIP). An
analog input point is part of an analog input module.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 253: Analog Input Point (67 hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
-
284
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Instance 1 ... 255 (Analog input 1 up to 255)
Table 254: Analog Input Point (67 hex) – Instance 1 ... 255
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
AipObj_Value ARRAY Analog Input
of BYTE
2
Get
AipObj_Value_ USINT
Length of the output data
Length
AopObj_Value (in byte)
Default
value
-
Common Services
Table 255: Analog Input Point (67 hex) – Common service
Service
Service available
Service name
Description
code
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
12.4.5.20 Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex)
The extension of the “Analog Input Point” class enables the reading of data from a
fieldbus node that contains over 255 analog outputs (AIPs). The instance scope of
the “Analog Input Point Extended 1” class covers AIPs from 256 to 510 in the
fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 256: Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
-
Instance 256 ... 510 (Analog Input value 256 up to 510)
Table 257: Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex) – Instance 256 ... 510
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
AipObj_Value ARRAY Analog Input
of BYTE
2
Get
AipObj_Value_ USINT
Length of the output data
Length
AopObj_Value (in byte)
Default
value
-
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
285
Common Services
Table 258: Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex) – Common service
Service
Service available
Service name
Description
code
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
12.4.5.21 Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex)
The extension of the “Analog Input Point” class enables the reading of data from a
fieldbus node that contains over 510 analog outputs (AIPs). The instance scope of
the “Analog Input Point Extended 2” class covers AIPs from 511 to 765 in the
fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 259: Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
-
Instance 511 ... 765 (Analog Input 511 up to 765)
Table 260: Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex) – Instance 511 ... 765
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
AipObj_Value ARRAY Analog Input
of BYTE
2
Get
AipObj_Value_ USINT
Length of the output data
Length
AopObj_Value (in byte)
Default
value
-
Common Services
Table 261: Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex) – Common service
Service
Service available
Service name
Description
code
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
Manual
Version 1.2.0
-
286
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.4.5.22 Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex)
The extension of the “Analog Input Point” class enables the reading of data from a
fieldbus node that contains over 765 analog outputs (AIPs). The instance scope of
the “Analog Input Point Extended 3” class covers AIPs from 766 to 1020 in the
fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 262: Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
-
Instance 766 ... 1020 (Analog input value 766 up to 1020)
Table 263: Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex) – Instance 766 ... 1020
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
AipObj_Value ARRAY Analog Input
of BYTE
2
Get
AipObj_Value_ USINT
Length of the output data
Length
AopObj_Value (in byte)
Default
value
-
Common Services
Table 264: Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex) – Common service
Service
Service available
Service name
Description
code
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
12.4.5.23 Analog Output Point (68 hex)
This class enables the reading of data of a particular analog output point (AOP).
An analog output point is part of an analog output module.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 265: Analog Output Point (68 hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
-
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
287
Instance 1 ... 255 (Analog output value 1 up to 255)
Table 266: Analog Output Point (68 hex) – Instance 1...255
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
AopObj_Value ARRAY Analog Output
of BYTE
2
Get
AopObj_Value USINT
Length of the output data
_Length
AopObj_Value (in byte)
Default
value
-
Common Services
Table 267: Analog Output Point (68 hex) – Common service
Service
Service available
Service name
Description
code
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex
No
Yes
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
12.4.5.24 Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex)
The extension of the “Analog Output Point” class enables the exchange of data
from a fieldbus node that contains over 255 analog output points (AOPs). The
instance scope of the “Discrete Output Point Extended 1” class covers AOPs from
256 to 510 in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 268: Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
-
Instance 256 ... 510 (Analog output value 256 up to 510)
Table 269: Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex) – Instance 256...510
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
AopObj_Value ARRAY Analog Output
of BYTE
2
Get
AopObj_Value USINT
Length of the output data
_Length
AopObj_Value (in byte)
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Default
value
-
288
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Common Services
Table 270: Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex) – Common service
Service
Service available
Service name
Description
code
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex
No
Yes
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
12.4.5.25 Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex)
The extension of the “Analog Output Point” class enables the exchange of data
from a fieldbus node that contains over 510 analog output points (AOPs). The
instance scope of the “Discrete Output Point Extended 2” class covers AOPs from
511 to 765 in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 271: Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
-
Instance 511 ... 765 (Analog output value 511 up to 765)
Table 272: Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex) – Instance 511...765
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
AopObj_Value ARRAY Analog Output
of BYTE
2
Get
AopObj_Value USINT
Length of the output data
_Length
AopObj_Value (in byte)
Default
value
-
Common Services
Table 273: Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex) – Common service
Service
Service available
Service name
Description
code
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex
No
Yes
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
289
12.4.5.26 Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex)
The extension of the “Analog Output Point” class enables the exchange of data
from a fieldbus node that contains over 765 analog output points (AOPs). The
instance scope of the “Discrete Output Point Extended 3” class covers AOPs from
766 to 1020 in the fieldbus node.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 274: Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
-
Instance 766 ... 1020 (Analog output value 766 up to 1020)
Table 275: Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex) – Instance 766...1020
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
AopObj_Value ARRAY Analog Output
of BYTE
2
Get
AopObj_Value USINT
Length of the output data
_Length
AopObj_Value (in byte)
Default
value
-
Common Services
Table 276: Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex) – Common service
Service
Service available
Service name
Description
code
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex
No
Yes
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
12.4.5.27 Module Configuration (80 hex)
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 277: Module Configuration (80 hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
-
290
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Instance 1 … 255 (Clamp 0 up to 254)
Table 278: Module Configuration (80 hex) – Instance 1...255
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
Default
ID
value
1
Get
ModulDescription WORD
Description of connected
modules (module 0 =
coupler/controller)
Bit 0:
Module has inputs
Bit 1:
Module has outputs
Bit 8-14: Data width internally in
bit 15: 0/1 Analog/digital
module
For analog modules, bits 0-14
identify the module type, e.g.,
401 for module 750-401
Common Services
Table 279: Module Configuration (80 hex) – Common service
Service
Service available
Service name
Description
code
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
12.4.5.28 Module Configuration Extended (81 hex)
The same as “Module Configuration (80 hex)” but with a description of module
255.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 280: Module Configuration Extended (81 hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
-
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
291
Instance 256 (Clamp 255)
Table 281: Module Configuration Extended (81 hex) – Instance 256
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
Default
ID
value
1
Get
ModulDescription WORD
Description of connected
modules (module 0 =
coupler/controller)
Bit 0:
Module has inputs
Bit 1:
Module has outputs
Bit 8-14: Data width internally in
Bit 15: 0/1 Analog/digital
module
For analog modules, bits 0-14
identify the module type, e.g.,
401 for module 750-401
Common Services
Table 282: Module Configuration Extended (81 hex) – Common service
Service
Service available
Service-Name
Description
code
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
Pos : 115.14 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odule) /Fel dbus kommuni kati on/EtherNetIP/Input output fi eldbus variable ( extended) USINT, U INT, UD INT, A0 hex bis AD hex ( nur C ontroll er) @ 3\mod_1233838959000_21.doc x @ 27252 @ 44444444444444 @ 1
12.4.5.29 Input Fieldbus Variable USINT (A0 hex)
The class enables the reading of data from a particular PLC input variable.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for output
variables %QB2552...%QB2806.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 283: Input fieldbus variable USINT (A0 hex) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance UINT
Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
255 (0x0FF)
Instance 1...255 (Input variable 1 up to 255)
Table 284: Input fieldbus variable USINT (A0 hex) – Instance 1...255
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
Set
Fb_In_Var USINT
Fieldbus input variable of the PLC
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Default value
0
292
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Common Services
Table 285: Input fieldbus variable USINT (A0 hex) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name
Description
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Sing Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
le
10 hex
No
Yes
Set_Attribute_Sing Modifies an attribute value
le
12.4.5.30 Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A1 hex)
The extension of the "Input Fieldbus Variable USINT" class enables the reading
of PLC input variable data. The instance scope of the "Input Fieldbus Variable
USINT Extended 1" class covers the PLC input variable data from 256 to 510.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for input
variables %IB2807...%IB3061.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 286: Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A1 hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance UINT
Max. number of instances
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
255
(0x00FF)
Instance 256...510 (Input variable 256 up to 510)
Table 287: Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 (A1 hex) – Instance 256...510
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Set
Fb_In_Var
USINT
Fieldbus-Input variable of the SPS
Default
value
0
Common Services
Table 288: Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 (A1 hex) – Common service
Servicecode Service available
Service-Name
Description
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex
No
Yes
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
293
12.4.5.31 Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A2 hex)
The extension of the "Input Fieldbus Variable USINT" class enables the reading
of PLC input variable data. The instance scope of the "Input Fieldbus Variable
USINT Extended 1" class covers the PLC input variable data from 256 to 510.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for input
variables %IB2807...%IB3061.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 289: Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A2 hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance UINT
Max. number of instances
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
2 (0x0002)
Instance 511...512 (Input variable 511 up to 512)
Table 290: Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A2 hex) – Instance 511...512
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Set
Fb_In_Var
USINT
Fieldbus-Input variable of the SPS
Default
value
0
Common Services
Table 291: Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 2 (A2 hex) – Common service
Servicecode Service available
Service-Name
Description
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex
No
Yes
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
Manual
Version 1.2.0
294
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.4.5.32 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT (A3 hex)
The class enables the exchange of data from a particular PLC output variable.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for output
variables %QB2552...%QB2806.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 292: Output fieldbus variable USINT (A3 hex) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type
Description
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
255 (0x0FF)
Instance 1...255 (Output variables 1 up to 255)
Table 293: Output fieldbus variable USINT (A3 hex) – Instance 1...255
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
Get
Fb_Out_Var USINT
Fieldbus Output variable of the
PLC
Default value
0
Common Services
Table 294: Output fieldbus variable USINT (A3 hex) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name
Description
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
295
12.4.5.33 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A4 hex)
The extension of the "Output Fieldbus Variable USINT" class enables the
exchange of PLC output variable data. The instance scope of the "Output Fieldbus
Variable USINT Extended 1" class covers the PLC output variable data from 256
to 510.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for output
variables %QB2807...%QB3061.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 295: Output Fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 (A4 hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type
Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
255 (0x00FF)
Instance 256...510 (Output variable 256 up to 510)
Table 296: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A4 hex) – Instance 256...510
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
Fb_Out_Var USINT
Fieldbus output variable of SPS
Default value
0
Common Services
Table 297: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A4 hex) – Common service
Servicecode Service available
Service-Name
Description
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
Manual
Version 1.2.0
296
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.4.5.34 Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A5 hex)
The extension of the "Output Fieldbus Variable USINT" class enables the
exchange of PLC output variable data. The instance scope of the "Output Fieldbus
Variable USINT Extended 2" class covers the PLC output variable data from 511
to 512.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for output
variables %QB3062...%QB3063.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 298: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A5 hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type
Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
2 (0x0002)
Instance 511...512 (Output variable 511 up to 512)
Table 299: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A5 hex) – Instance 511...512
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Get
Fb_Out_Var USINT
Fieldbus-Output variable of SPS
Default
value
0
Common Services
Table 300: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A5 hex) – Common service
Servicecode Service available
Service-Name
Description
Class Instance
0E hex
Ja
Ja
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
297
12.4.5.35 Input Fieldbus Variable UINT (A6 hex)
This class allows the reading of data from a particular PLC input variable.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for input
variables %IW1276...%IW1530.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 301: Input fieldbus variable UINT (A6 hex) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance UINT
Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
255 (0x0FF)
Instance 1...255 (Input variable 1 up to 255)
Table 302: Input fieldbus variable UINT (A6 hex) – Instance 1...255
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
Default value
1
Set
Fb_In_Var UINT
Fieldbus Input variable of the PLC 0
Common Services
Table 303: Input fieldbus variable UINT (A6 hex) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name
Description
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
10 hex
No
Yes
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
Manual
Version 1.2.0
298
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.4.5.36 Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A7 hex)
The extension of the "Input Fieldbus Variable UINT" class enables the reading of
PLC input variable data. The instance scope of the "Input Fieldbus Variable UINT
Extended 1" class covers the PLC input variable data from the PLC input variable
256.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for input
variable %IW1531.
Instanz 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 304: Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A7 hex) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type
Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
UINT
UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
1 (0x0001)
Instanz 256 (Input variable 256)
Table 305: Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A7 hex) – Instance 256
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
Set
Fb_In_Var
UINT
Default
value
Fieldbus Input variable of the PLC 0
Common Services
Table 306: Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A7 hex) – Common service
Service
Service available
Service Name
Description
code
Class Instance
0E hex
Ja
Ja
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex
Nein
Ja
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
299
12.4.5.37 Output Fieldbus Variable UINT (A8 hex)
The class enables the exchange of data from a particular PLC output variable. For
WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for output
variables %QW1276...%QW1530.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 307: Output fieldbus variable UINT (A8 hex) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance UINT
Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
255 (0x0FF)
Instance 1...255 (Output variable 1 up to 255)
Table 308: Output fieldbus variable UINT (A8 hex) – Instance 1...255
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
Get
Fb_Out_Var UINT
Fieldbus output variable of
the PLC
Default value
0
Common Services
Table 309: Output fieldbus variable UINT (A8 hex) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name
Description
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Manual
Version 1.2.0
300
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.4.5.38 Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A9 hex)
The extension of the "Output Fieldbus Variable UINT" class enables the exchange
of PLC output variable data. The instance scope of the "Output Fieldbus Variable
UINT Extended 1" class covers the PLC output variable data from PLC output
variables 256.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for output
variable %QW1531.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 310: Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A9 hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type
Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
1 (0x0001)
Instance 256 (Output variable 256)
Table 311: Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A9 hex) – Instance 256
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
Default
ID
value
1
Get
Fb_Out_Var UINT
Fieldbus output variable of the SPS 0
Common Services
Table 312: Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A9 hex) – Common service
Servicecode Service available
Service-Name
Description
Class Instance
0E hex
Ja
Ja
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
301
12.4.5.39 Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT (AA hex)
This class allows the reading of data from a particular PLC input variable.
For WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for input
variables %ID638 ... %ID765.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 313: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
2
Get
Get
Revision
Max Instance
UINT
UINT
Revision of this object
Max. number of instances
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
128 (0x080)
Instance 1...128 (Input variable 1 up to 128)
Table 314: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex) – Instance 1...128
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
Set
Fb_In_Var
UDINT
Fieldbus input variable of the PLC
Default
value
0
Common Services
Table 315: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name
Description
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
10 hex
No
Yes
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
Manual
Version 1.2.0
302
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.4.5.40 Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AB hex)
This class allows the reading of data from a particular PLC input variable.
With an offset of 2 bytes to the addresses of the "Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT
(AA hex)" class, that means for WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS the PLC
addresses for the input variables %ID638 ... %ID765.
Information about Using the Offset
"Offset of 2 bytes" means:
If instance 1 of this class is read, you obtain High-Word of the address %ID638
and the Low-Word of the address %ID639, etc.
If instance 128 is read, you obtain only the High-Word of the address %ID765.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 316: Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AB hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type
Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Default
value
1 (0x0001)
128 (0x080)
Instance 1...128 (Input variable 1 up to 128)
Table 317: Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AB hex) – Instance 1...128
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
ID
1
Set
Fb_In_Var
UDINT
Fieldbus-Input variable of the SPS
Default
value
0
Common Services
Table 318: Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AB hex) – Common service
Servicecode Service available
Service-Name
Description
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex
No
Yes
Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Fieldbus Communication
303
12.4.5.41 Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT (AC hex)
The class enables the exchange of data from a particular PLC output variable. For
WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS, that means the PLC addresses for output
variables %QD638...%QD765.
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 319: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex) – Class
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
Default value
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
1 (0x0001)
2
Get
Max Instance UINT
Max. number of instances 128 (0x080)
Instance 1...128 (Output variable 1 up to 128)
Table 320: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex) – Instance 1...128
Attribute ID Access Name
Data type Description
1
Set
Fb_Out_Var UDINT
Fieldbus output variable of the PLC
Default
value
0
Common Services
Table 321: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex) – Common service
Service code Service available Service name
Description
Class Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
Manual
Version 1.2.0
304
Fieldbus Communication
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
12.4.5.42 Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AD hex)
The class enables the exchange of data from a particular PLC output variable.
With an offset of 2 bytes to the addresses of the "Output Fieldbus Variable
UDINT (AC hex)" class, that means for WAGO-I/O-PRO or CODESYS the PLC
addresses for %QD638 ... %QD765.
Information about Using the Offset
"Offset of 2 bytes" means:
If instance 1 of this class is read, you obtain High-Word of the address %ID638
and the Low-Word of the address %ID639, etc.
If instance 128 is read, you obtain only the High-Word of the address %ID765..
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)
Table 322: Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AD hex) – Class
Attribute
Access Name
Data type
Description
ID
1
Get
Revision
UINT
Revision of this object
2
Get
Max Instance
UINT
Max. number of instances
Default value
1 (0x0001)
128 (0x0080)
Instance 1...128 (Output variable 1 up to 128)
Table 323: Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AD hex) – Instance 1...128
Attribute
Access Name
Data type Description
Default
ID
value
1
Set
Fb_Out_Var UDINT
Fieldbus output variable of the SPS 0
Common Services
Table 324: Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AD hex) – Common service
Servicecode Service available
Service-Name
Description
Casse Instance
0E hex
Yes
Yes
Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
Pos : 116 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
305
Pos : 117 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Gerätebeschr eibung/Ei nleitung/Bus klemmen - Ü bersc hrift 1, Ü bersic ht - Übersc hrift 2, und allgemeine Einl eitung @ 4\mod_1237537660059_21.doc x @ 28770 @ 12 @ 1
13
I/O Modules
13.1
Overview
For modular applications with the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750/753, different types
of I/O modules are available
•
Digital Input Modules
•
Digital Output Modules
•
Analog Input Modules
•
Analog Output Modules
•
Specialty Modules
•
System Modules
For detailed information on the I/O modules and the module variations, refer to
the manuals for the I/O modules.
You will find these manuals on the WAGO web pages under www.wago.com.
More Information about the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM
Current information on the modular WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM is available in the
Internet under: www.wago.com.
Pos : 118 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
306
I/O Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 119.1 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/IP - M ODBU S/TC P/PA ETH ERN ET - MOD BU S/TC P Ei nlei tung Pr oz ess datenaufbau (750- 342, -830, -842, - 849, FBC /PFC) @ 5\mod_1253542489968_21.doc x @ 41903 @ 2 @ 1
13.2
Process Data Architecture for MODBUS/TCP
With some I/O modules, the structure of the process data is fieldbus specific.
MODBUS/TCP process image uses a word structure (with word alignment). The
internal mapping method for data greater than one byte conforms to the Intel
format.
The following section describes the process image for various WAGO-I/OSYSTEM 750 and 753 I/O modules with MODBUS/TCP.
Equipment damage due to incorrect address!
Depending on the specific position of an I/O module in the fieldbus node, the
process data of all previous byte or bit-oriented modules must be taken into
account to determine its location in the process data map.
Pos : 119.2 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/IP - M ODBU S/TC P/PA ETH ERN ET - PFC-Prozes sabbil d @ 12\mod_1332762119581_21.doc x @ 92093 @ @ 1
The structure of the process data mapping is identical for the PFC process image
of the programmable fieldbus controller.
Pos : 119.3 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
307
Pos : 119.4 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/IP - M ODBU S/TC P/PA ETH ERN ET- Digital e Kl emmen M ODBU S/TC P ( 750-342, - 352, -830, -842, - 849) @ 5\mod_1253542361394_21.doc x @ 41900 @ 3444444443444444444 @ 1
13.2.1
Digital Input Modules
Digital input modules supply one bit of data per channel to specify the signal state
for the corresponding channel. These bits are mapped into the Input Process
Image.
Some digital modules have an additional diagnostic bit per channel in the Input
Process Image. The diagnostic bit is used for detecting faults that occur (e.g., wire
breaks and/or short circuits).
When analog input modules are also present in the node, the digital data is always
appended after the analog data in the Input Process Image, grouped into bytes.
13.2.1.1
1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics
750-435
Table 325: 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
13.2.1.2
Bit 2
Bit 1
Diagnostic
bit
S1
Bit 0
Data bit
DI 1
2 Channel Digital Input Modules
750-400, -401, -405, -406, -410, -411, -412, -427, -438, (and all variations),
753-400, -401, -405, -406, -410, -411, -412, -427
Table 326: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
13.2.1.3
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Data bit
Data bit
DI 2
DI 1
Channel 2 Channel 1
2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics
750-419, -421, -424, -425,
753-421, -424, -425
Table 327: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic Data bit
Data bit
bit S 2
bit S 1
DI 2
DI 1
Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
308
I/O Modules
13.2.1.4
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process
Data
750-418,
753-418
The digital input module supplies a diagnostic and acknowledge bit for each input
channel. If a fault condition occurs, the diagnostic bit is set. After the fault
condition is cleared, an acknowledge bit must be set to re-activate the input. The
diagnostic data and input data bit is mapped in the Input Process Image, while the
acknowledge bit is in the Output Process Image.
Table 328: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic Data bit
Data bit
bit S 2
bit S 1
DI 2
DI 1
Channel 2
Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
13.2.1.5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Acknowledge- Acknowledgement bit Q 2
ment bit Q 1
Channel 2
Channel 1
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
4 Channel Digital Input Modules
750-402, -403, -408, -409, -414, -415, -422, -423, -428, -432, -433, -1420, -1421,
-1422, -1423
753-402, -403, -408, -409, -415, -422, -423, -428, -432, -433, -440
Table 329: 4 Channel Digital Input Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
13.2.1.6
Bit 3
Data bit
DI 4
Channel 4
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
DI 3
DI 2
DI 1
Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
8 Channel Digital Input Modules
750-430, -431, -436, -437, -1415, -1416, -1417, -1418
753-430, -431, -434
Table 330: 8 Channel Digital Input Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
DI 8
DI 7
DI 6
DI 5
DI 4
DI 3
DI 2
DI 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
13.2.1.7
I/O Modules
309
8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output
Process Data
750-1425
The digital input module PTC provides via one logical channel 2 byte for the
input and output process image.
The signal state of PTC inputs DI1 … DI8 is transmitted to the fieldbus
coupler/controller via input data byte D0.
The fault conditions are transmitted via input data byte D1.
The channels 1 … 8 are switched on or off via the output data byte D1. The output
data byte D0 is reserved and always has the value “0“.
Table 331: 8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output Process Data
Input Process Image
Input Byte D0
Input Byte D1
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Signal
status
DI 8
Channel 8
Signal
status
DI 7
Channel 7
Signal
status
DI 6
Channel 6
Signal
status
DI 5
Channel 5
Signal
status
DI 4
Channel 4
Signal
status
DI 3
Channel 3
Signal
status
DI 2
Channel 2
Signal
status
DI 1
Channel 1
Wire Wire Wire Wire Wire Wire Wire Wire
break/ break/ break/ break/ break/ break/ break/ break/
short short short short short short short short
circuit circuit circuit circuit circuit circuit circuit circuit
DB/KS DB/KS DB/KS DB/KS DB/KS DB/KS DB/KS DB/KS
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Chan- Chan- Chan- Chan- Chan- Chan- Chan- Channel 8 nel 7 nel 6 nel 5 nel 4 nel 3 nel 2 nel 1
Output Process Image
Output Byte D0
Output Byte D1
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
DI
Off 7
Channel 7
0:
Channel
ON
1:
Channel
OFF
DI
Off 6
Channel 6
0:
Channel
ON
1:
Channel
OFF
DI
Off 5
Channel 5
0:
Channel
ON
1:
Channel
OFF
DI
Off 4
Channel 4
0:
Channel
ON
1:
Channel
OFF
DI
Off 3
Channel 3
0:
Channel
ON
1:
Channel
OFF
DI
Off 2
Channel 2
0:
Channel
ON
1:
Channel
OFF
DI
Off 1
Channel 1
0:
Channel
ON
1:
Channel
OFF
Table 332: 16 Channel Digital Input Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6
Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data
bit
bit bit bit bit bit bit
bit bit DI bit
DI 16 DI 15 DI 14 DI 13 DI 12 DI 11 DI 10 DI 9 8 DI 7
Chann Chan Chan Chan Chan Chan Chann Chan Chan Chan
el 16 nel 15 nel 14 nel 13 nel 12 nel 11 el 10 nel 9 nel 8 nel 7
Bit 5
Data
bit
DI 6
Chan
nel 6
Bit 4
Data
bit
DI 5
Chan
nel 5
Bit 3
Data
bit
DI 4
Chan
nel 4
Bit 2
Data
bit
DI 3
Chan
nel 3
Bit 1
Data
bit
DI 2
Chan
nel 2
Bit 0
Data
bit
DI 1
Chan
nel 1
0
13.2.1.8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DI
Off 8
Channel 8
0:
Channel
ON
1:
Channel
OFF
16 Channel Digital Input Modules
750-1400, -1402, -1405, -1406, -1407
Manual
Version 1.2.0
310
I/O Modules
13.2.2
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Digital Output Modules
Digital output modules use one bit of data per channel to control the output of the
corresponding channel. These bits are mapped into the Output Process Image.
Some digital modules have an additional diagnostic bit per channel in the Input
Process Image. The diagnostic bit is used for detecting faults that occur (e.g., wire
breaks and/or short circuits). For modules with diagnostic bit is set, also the data
bits have to be evaluated.
When analog output modules are also present in the node, the digital image data is
always appended after the analog data in the Output Process Image, grouped into
bytes.
13.2.2.1
1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data
750-523
The digital output modules deliver 1 bit via a process value Bit in the output
process image, which is illustrated in the input process image. This status image
shows "manual mode".
Table 333: 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
not used
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
not used
13.2.2.2
Bit 0
Status bit
“Manual
Operation“
Bit 0
controls
DO 1
Channel 1
2 Channel Digital Output Modules
750-501, -502, -509, -512, -513, -514, -517, -535, (and all variations),
753-501, -502, -509, -512, -513, -514, -517
Table 334: 2 Channel Digital Output Modules
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
controls
controls
DO 2
DO 1
Channel 2 Channel 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
13.2.2.3
I/O Modules
311
2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data
750-507 (-508), -522,
753-507
The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel. When an
output fault condition occurs (i.e., overload, short circuit, or broken wire), a
diagnostic bit is set. The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image,
while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.
Table 335: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Diagnostic
bit S 2
Channel 2
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
controls
DO 2
Channel 2
Bit 0
Diagnostic
bit S 1
Channel 1
Bit 0
controls
DO 1
Channel 1
750-506,
753-506
The digital output module has 2-bits of diagnostic information for each output
channel. The 2-bit diagnostic information can then be decoded to determine the
exact fault condition of the module (i.e., overload, a short circuit, or a broken
wire). The 4-bits of diagnostic data are mapped into the Input Process Image,
while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.
Table 336: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data 75x-506
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic
bit S 3
bit S 2
bit S 1
bit S 0
Channel 2 Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 1
Diagnostic bits S1/S0, S3/S2: = ‘00’
standard mode
Diagnostic bits S1/S0, S3/S2: = ‘01’
no connected load/short circuit against +24 V
Diagnostic bits S1/S0, S3/S2: = ‘10’
Short circuit to ground/overload
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
not used
not used
Bit 1
controls
DO 2
Channel 2
Bit 0
controls
DO 1
Channel 1
312
I/O Modules
13.2.2.4
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
4 Channel Digital Output Modules
750-504, -516, -519, -531,
753-504, -516, -531, -540
Table 337: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
13.2.2.5
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
controls
controls
controls
DO 4
DO 3
DO 2
Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2
Bit 0
controls
DO 1
Channel 1
4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data
750-532
The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel. When an
output fault condition occurs (i.e., overload, short circuit, or broken wire), a
diagnostic bit is set. The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image,
while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.
Table 338: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic
bit
bit
bit
bit
S4
S3
S2
S1
Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
Diagnostic bit S = ‘0’
no Error
Diagnostic bit S = ‘1’
overload, short circuit, or broken wire
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
13.2.2.6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
controls
controls
controls
DO 4
DO 3
DO 2
Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2
Bit 0
controls
DO 1
Channel 1
Table 339: 8 Channel Digital Output Module
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
controls
controls
controls
controls
controls
controls
controls
DO 8
DO 7
DO 6
DO 5
DO 4
DO 3
DO 2
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2
Bit 0
controls
DO 1
Channel 1
8 Channel Digital Output Module
750-530, -536, -1515, -1516
753-530, -534
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
13.2.2.7
I/O Modules
313
8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data
750-537
The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel. When an
output fault condition occurs (i.e., overload, short circuit, or broken wire), a
diagnostic bit is set. The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image,
while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.
Table 340: 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic
bit
bit
bit
bit
bit
bit
bit
bit
S8
S7
S6
S5
S4
S3
S2
S1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
Diagnostic bit S = ‘0’
no Error
Diagnostic bit S = ‘1’
overload, short circuit, or broken wire
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
controls
controls
controls
controls
controls
controls
controls
DO 8
DO 7
DO 6
DO 5
DO 4
DO 3
DO 2
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2
13.2.2.8
Bit 0
controls
DO 1
Channel 1
16 Channel Digital Output Modules
750-1500, -1501, -1504, -1505
Table 341: 16 Channel Digital Output Modules
Output Process Image
Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
control control control control control
control control control control control control control control control
controls
controls
s
s DO
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
DO 16
DO 10
DO 15 14 DO 13 DO 12 DO 11
DO 9 DO 8 DO 7 DO 6 DO 5 DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1
Channel
Channel
Channe Channe Channe Channe Channe
Channe Channe Channe Channe Channe Channe Channe Channe Channe
16
10
l 15
l 14
l 13
l 12
l 11
l9
l8
l7
l6
l5
l4
l3
l2
l1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
314
I/O Modules
13.2.2.9
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules
750-1502, -1506
Table 342: 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
DI 8
DI 7
DI 6
DI 5
DI 4
DI 3
DI 2
DI 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
controls
controls
controls
controls
controls
controls
controls
DO 8
DO 7
DO 6
DO 5
DO 4
DO 3
DO 2
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2
Bit 0
controls
DO 1
Channel 1
Pos : 119.5 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
315
Pos : 119.6 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/IP - M ODBU S/TC P/PA ETH ERN ET - AIs-Ei nlei tung MOD BUS/TCP (INTEL, mit word- alignment) @ 7\mod_1272352811572_21.doc x @ 55815 @ 3 @ 1
13.2.3
Analog Input Modules
The hardware of an analog input module has 16 bits of measured analog data per
channel and 8 bits of control/status.
However, the coupler/controller with MODBUS/TCP does not have access to the
8 control/status bits.
Therefore, the coupler/controller with MODBUS/TCP can only access the 16 bits
of analog data per channel, which are grouped as words and mapped in Intel
format in the Input Process Image.
Pos : 119.7 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/Sofern i n dem Knoten auc h Digital eingangs kl emmen ges tec kt, zu AIs @ 8\mod_1279112061364_21.doc x @ 59903 @ @ 1
When digital input modules are also present in the node, the analog input data is
always mapped into the Input Process Image in front of the digital data.
Pos : 119.8 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/Informati on - Informati onen z um Steuer-/Status byteaufbau @ 4\mod_1238055708743_21.doc x @ 29070 @ @ 1
Information on the structure of control and status bytes
For detailed information on the structure of a particular I/O module’s
control/status bytes, please refer to that module’s manual. Manuals for each
module can be found on the Internet at www.wago.com.
Pos : 119.9 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/IP - M ODBU S/TC P/PA ETH ERN ET - AIs (Intel, mi t word-alignment) @ 7\mod_1272352054685_21.doc x @ 55790 @ 4444 @ 1
13.2.3.1
1 Channel Analog Input Modules
750-491, (and all variations)
Table 343: 1 Channel Analog Input Modules
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
D1
D0
1
D3
D2
13.2.3.2
Description
Measured Value UD
Measured Value Uref
2 Channel Analog Input Modules
750-452, -454, -456, -461, -462, -465, -466, -467, -469, -472, -474, -475, 476, 477, -478, -479, -480, -481, -483, -485, -492, (and all variations),
753-452, -454, -456, -461, -465, -466, -467, -469, -472, -474, -475, 476, -477,
478, -479, -483, -492, (and all variations)
Table 344: 2 Channel Analog Input Modules
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
D1
D0
1
D3
D2
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Description
Measured Value Channel 1
Measured Value Channel 2
316
I/O Modules
13.2.3.3
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
4 Channel Analog Input Modules
750-450, -453, -455, -457, -459, -460, -468, (and all variations),
753-453, -455, -457, -459
Table 345: 4 Channel Analog Input Modules
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
D1
D0
1
D3
D2
2
D5
D4
3
D7
D6
Description
Measured Value Channel 1
Measured Value Channel 2
Measured Value Channel 3
Measured Value Channel 4
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
13.2.3.4
I/O Modules
317
3-Phase Power Measurement Module
750-493
The above Analog Input Modules have a total of 9 bytes of user data in both the
Input and Output Process Image (6 bytes of data and 3 bytes of control/status).
The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has a
total of 6 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 346: 3-Phase Power Measurement Module
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
S0
1
D1
D0
2
S1
3
D3
D2
4
S2
5
D5
D4
Description
Status byte 0
Input data word 1
Status byte 1
Input data word 2
Status byte 2
Input data word 3
Output Process Image
Offset
0
1
2
3
4
5
Pos : 119.10 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Byte Destination
High Byte
D1
D3
D5
Low Byte
C0
D0
C1
D2
C2
D4
Description
Control byte 0
Output data word 1
Control byte 1
Output data word 2
Control byte 2
Output data word 3
318
I/O Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 119.11 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Proz ess abbil d M apping/ETHER NET - EtherNet/IP - MOD BU S/TC P/PA ETH ERNET - MOD BUS/TCP zusätzlich 8-Kanal AIs @ 15\mod_1370947457096_21.doc x @ 122444 @ 4 @ 1
13.2.3.5
8 Channel Analog Input Modules
750-451
Table 347: 8 Channel Analog Input Modules
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
D1
D0
1
D3
D2
2
D5
D4
3
D7
D6
4
D9
D8
5
D11
D10
6
D13
D12
7
D15
D14
Description
Measured Value Channel 1
Measured Value Channel 2
Measured Value Channel 3
Measured Value Channel 4
Measured Value Channel 5
Measured Value Channel 6
Measured Value Channel 7
Measured Value Channel 8
Pos : 119.12 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
319
Pos : 119.13 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Proz ess abbil d M apping/ETHER NET - EtherNet/IP - MOD BU S/TC P/PA ETH ERNET - AOs-Ei nleitung MOD BUS/TCP ( Intel, mit word- alignment) @ 7\mod_1272352587776_21.doc x @ 55809 @ 3 @ 1
13.2.4
Analog Output Modules
The hardware of an analog output module has 16 bits of measured analog data per
channel and 8 bits of control/status. However, the coupler/controller with
MODBUS/TCP does not have access to the 8 control/status bits. Therefore, the
coupler/controller with MODBUS/TCP can only access the 16 bits of analog data
per channel, which are grouped as words and mapped in Intel format in the Output
Process Image.
Pos : 119.14 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Proz ess abbil d M apping/Sofer n i n dem Knoten auch Digitalausgangs kl emmen ges tec kt si nd, z u AOs @ 8\mod_1279112179255_21.doc x @ 59906 @ @ 1
When digital output modules are also present in the node, the analog output data
is always mapped into the Output Process Image in front of the digital data.
Pos : 119.15 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Proz ess abbil d M apping/Infor mation - Infor mationen zum Steuer-/Status byteaufbau @ 4\mod_1238055708743_21.doc x @ 29070 @ @ 1
Information on the structure of control and status bytes
For detailed information on the structure of a particular I/O module’s
control/status bytes, please refer to that module’s manual. Manuals for each
module can be found on the Internet at www.wago.com.
Pos : 119.16 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Proz ess abbil d M apping/ETHER NET - EtherNet/IP - MOD BU S/TC P/PA ETH ERNET - AOs (INT EL, mit wor d-alignment) @ 7\mod_1272352309632_21.doc x @ 55793 @ 44 @ 1
13.2.4.1
2 Channel Analog Output Modules
750-550, -552, -554, -556, -560, -562, 563, -585, (and all variations),
753-550, -552, -554, -556
Table 348: 2 Channel Analog Output Modules
Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
D1
D0
1
D3
D2
13.2.4.2
Description
Output Value Channel 1
Output Value Channel 2
4 Channel Analog Output Modules
750-553, -555, -557, -559,
753-553, -555, -557, -559
Table 349: 4 Channel Analog Output Modules
Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
D1
D0
1
D3
D2
2
D5
D4
3
D7
D6
Pos : 119.17 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Proz ess abbil d M apping/ETHER NET - EtherNet/IP - MOD BU S/TC P/PA ETH ERNET - MOD BUS/PA ETHERN ET - M ODBU S/TC P z us ätzlic h 8-Kanal AOs @ 18\mod_1392123336482_21.doc x @ 145028 @ 4 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Description
Output Value Channel 1
Output Value Channel 2
Output Value Channel 3
Output Value Channel 4
320
I/O Modules
13.2.4.3
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
8 Channel Analog Output Modules
Table 350: 8 Channel Analog Output Modules
Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
D1
D0
1
D3
D2
2
D5
D4
3
D7
D6
4
D9
D8
5
D11
D10
6
D13
D12
7
D15
D14
Description
Output Value Channel 1
Output Value Channel 2
Output Value Channel 3
Output Value Channel 4
Output Value Channel 5
Output Value Channel 6
Output Value Channel 7
Output Value Channel 8
Pos : 119.18 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
321
Pos : 119.19 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Proz ess abbil d M apping/ETHER NET - EtherNet/IP - MOD BU S/TC P/PA ETH ERNET - Sonder klemmen (Intel , mit word- alignment) bis KNX- Bus klemme-für 32-Bit' er @ 7\mod_1272352385583_21.doc x @ 55796 @ 344444444444444444 @ 1
13.2.5
Specialty Modules
WAGO has a host of Specialty I/O modules that perform various functions. With
individual modules beside the data bytes also the control/status byte is mapped in
the process image.
The control/status byte is required for the bidirectional data exchange of the
module with the higher-ranking control system. The control byte is transmitted
from the control system to the module and the status byte from the module to the
control system.
This allows, for example, setting of a counter with the control byte or displaying
of overshooting or undershooting of the range with the status byte.
The control/status byte always is in the process image in the Low byte.
Information to the structure of the Control/Status byte
For detailed information about the structure of a particular module’s control/status
byte, please refer to that module’s manual. Manuals for each module can be found
on the Internet under: www.wago.com.
13.2.5.1
Counter Modules
750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),
753-404, (and variation /000-003)
The above Counter Modules have a total of 5 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 1 byte of control/status).
The counter value is supplied as 32 bits. The following tables illustrate the Input
and Output Process Image, which has a total of 3 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 351: Counter Modules 750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),
753-404, (and variation /000-003)
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
Description
High Byte
Low Byte
0
S
Status byte
1
D1
D0
Counter value
2
D3
D2
Output Process Image
Offset
0
1
2
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Byte Destination
High Byte
D1
D3
Low Byte
C
D0
D2
Description
Control byte
Counter setting value
322
I/O Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
750-404/000-005
The above Counter Modules have a total of 5 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 1 byte of control/ status).
The two counter values are supplied as 16 bits. The following tables illustrate the
Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 3 words mapped into each
image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 352: Counter Modules 750-404/000-005
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
S
1
D1
D0
2
D3
D2
Description
Status byte
Counter Value of Counter 1
Counter Value of Counter 2
Output Process Image
Offset
0
1
2
Byte Destination
High Byte
Low Byte
C
D1
D0
D3
D2
Description
Control byte
Counter Setting Value of Counter 1
Counter Setting Value of Counter 2
750-638,
753-638
The above Counter Modules have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 2 bytes of control/status).
The two counter values are supplied as 16 bits. The following tables illustrate the
Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 4 words mapped into each
image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 353: Counter Modules 750-638, 753-638
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
S0
1
D1
D0
2
S1
3
D3
D2
Description
Status byte von Counter 1
Counter Value von Counter 1
Status byte von Counter 2
Counter Value von Counter 2
Output Process Image
Offset
0
1
2
3
Byte Destination
High Byte
Low Byte
C0
D1
D0
C1
D3
D2
Description
Control byte von Counter 1
Counter Setting Value von Counter 1
Control byte von Counter 2
Counter Setting Value von Counter 2
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
13.2.5.2
I/O Modules
323
Pulse Width Modules
750-511, (and all variations /xxx-xxx)
The above Pulse Width modules have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the
Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of channel data and 2 bytes of control/
status). The two channel values are supplied as 16 bits. Each channel has its own
control/status byte. The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process
Image, which has a total of 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is
applied.
Table 354: Pulse Width Modules 750-511, /xxx-xxx
Input and Output Process
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
C0/S0
1
D1
D0
2
C1/S1
3
D3
D2
13.2.5.3
Description
Control/Status byte of Channel 1
Data Value of Channel 1
Control/Status byte of Channel 2
Data Value of Channel 2
Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format
750-650, (and the variations /000-002, -004, -006, -009, -010, -011, -012, -013),
750-651, (and the variations /000-001, -002, -003),
750-653, (and the variations /000-002, -007),
753-650, -653
The process image of the / 003-000-variants depends on the parameterized
operating mode!
With the freely parameterizable variations /003 000 of the serial interface
modules, the desired operation mode can be set. Dependent on it, the process
image of these modules is then the same, as from the appropriate variation.
The above Serial Interface Modules with alternative data format have a total of 4
bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (3 bytes of serial
data and 1 byte of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and
Output Process Image, which have a total of 2 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 355: Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
Manual
Version 1.2.0
0
D0
C/S
1
D2
D1
Description
Control/status
byte
Data bytes
Data byte
324
I/O Modules
13.2.5.4
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format
750-650/000-001, -014, -015, -016
750-653/000-001, -006
The above Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format have a total of 6
bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (5 bytes of serial
data and 1 byte of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and
Output Process Image, which have a total of 3 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 356: Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
13.2.5.5
0
D0
C/S
1
2
D2
D4
D1
D3
Description
Data byte
Control/status
byte
Data bytes
Data Exchange Module
750-654, (and the variation /000-001)
The Data Exchange modules have a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output
Process Image, which has a total of 2 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 357: Data Exchange Module
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
D1
D0
1
D3
D2
13.2.5.6
Description
Data bytes
SSI Transmitter Interface Modules
750-630 (and all variations)
The process image of the / 003-000-variants depends on the parameterized
operating mode!
The operating mode of the configurable /003-000 I/O module versions can be set.
Based on the operating mode, the process image of these I/O modules is then the
same as that of the respective version.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
325
The above SSI Transmitter Interface modules have a total of 4 bytes of user data
in the Input Process Image, which has 2 words mapped into the image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 358: SSI Transmitter Interface Modules
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
D1
D0
1
D3
D2
13.2.5.7
Description
Data bytes
Incremental Encoder Interface Modules
750-631/000-004, -010, -011
The above Incremental Encoder Interface modules have 5 bytes of input data and
3 bytes of output data. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process
Image, which have 4 words into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 359: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-631/000-004, --010, -011
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
Description
High Byte
Low Byte
0
S
not used
Status byte
1
D1
D0
Counter word
2
not used
3
D4
D3
Latch word
Output Process Image
Offset
0
1
2
3
Byte Destination
High Byte
Low Byte
C
D1
D0
-
Description
not used
Control byte
Counter setting word
not used
not used
750-634
The above Incremental Encoder Interface module has 5 bytes of input data (6
bytes in cycle duration measurement mode) and 3 bytes of output data. The
following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has 4 words
mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
326
I/O Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 360: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-634
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
Description
High Byte
Low Byte
0
S
not used
Status byte
1
D1
D0
Counter word
2
(D2) *)
not used
(Periodic time)
3
D4
D3
Latch word
*)
If cycle duration measurement mode is enabled in the control byte, the cycle duration is
given as a 24-bit value that is stored in D2 together with D3/D4.
Output Process Image
Offset
0
1
2
3
Byte Destination
High Byte
Low Byte
C
D1
D0
-
Description
not used
Control byte
Counter setting word
not used
750-637
The above Incremental Encoder Interface Module has a total of 6 bytes of user
data in both the Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of encoder data and 2
bytes of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and Output
Process Image, which have 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is
applied.
Table 361: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-637
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
C0/S0
1
D1
D0
2
C1/S1
3
D3
D2
Description
Control/Status byte of Channel 1
Data Value of Channel 1
Control/Status byte of Channel 2
Data Value of Channel 2
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
327
750-635,
753-635
The above Digital Pulse Interface module has a total of 4 bytes of user data in
both the Input and Output Process Image (3 bytes of module data and 1 byte of
control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process
Image, which have 2 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 362: Digital Pulse Interface Modules 750-635
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
13.2.5.8
0
D0
C0/S0
1
D2
D1
Description
Control/status
byte
Data bytes
Data byte
DC-Drive Controller
750-636
The DC-Drive Controller maps 6 bytes into both the input and output process
image. The data sent and received are stored in up to 4 input and output bytes
(D0 ... D3). Two control bytes (C0, C1) and two status bytes (S0/S1) are used to
control the I/O module and the drive.
In addition to the position data in the input process image (D0 … D3), it is
possible to display extended status information (S2 … S5). Then the three control
bytes (C1 … C3) and status bytes (S1 … S3) are used to control the data flow.
Bit 3 of control byte C1 (C1.3) is used to switch between the process data and the
extended status bytes in the input process image (Extended Info_ON). Bit 3 of
status byte S1 (S1.3) is used to acknowledge the switching process.
Table 363: DC-Drive Controller 750-636
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
S1
S0
*)
**)
Manual
Version 1.2.0
1
D1*) / S3**)
D0*) / S2**)
2
D3*) / S5**)
D2*) / S4**)
ExtendedInfo_ON = ‘0’.
ExtendedInfo_ON = ‘1’.
Description
Status byte S1
Actual position*)
/ Extended status
byte S3**)
Actual position
(MSB) /
Extended status
byte S3**)
Status byte S0
Actual position
(LSB) / Extended
status byte S2**)
Actual position*)
/ Extended status
byte S4**)
328
I/O Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Output Process Image
Offset
0
13.2.5.9
Byte Destination
High Byte
Low Byte
C1
C0
1
D1
D0
2
D3
D2
Description
Control byte C1 Control byte C0
Setpoint position Setpoint position
(LSB)
Setpoint position Setpoint position
(MSB)
Stepper Controller
750-670
The Stepper controller RS422 / 24 V / 20 mA 750-670 provides the fieldbus
coupler 12 bytes input and output process image via 1 logical channel. The data to
be sent and received are stored in up to 7 output bytes (D0 … D6) and 7 input
bytes (D0 … D6), depending on the operating mode.
Output byte D0 and input byte D0 are reserved and have no function assigned.
One I/O module control and status byte (C0, S0) and 3 application control and
status bytes (C1 ... C3, S1 ... S3) provide the control of the data flow.
Switching between the two process images is conducted through bit 5 in the
control byte (C0 (C0.5). Activation of the mailbox is acknowledged by bit 5 of the
status byte S0 (S0.5).
Table 364: Stepper Controller RS 422 / 24 V / 20 mA 750-670
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
reserved
S0
1
D1
D0
2
D3
D2
3
D5
D4
4
5
*)
**)
S3
D6
S1
S2
Cyclic process image (Mailbox disabled)
Mailbox process image (Mailbox activated)
Description
reserved
Status byte S0
Process data*) / Mailbox**)
Status byte S3
Status byte S1
Process data*) /
reserved**)
Status byte S2
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
329
Output Process Image
Byte Destination
High Byte
Low Byte
reserved
C0
D1
D0
D3
D2
D5
D4
Offset
0
1
2
3
4
5
*)
**)
C3
D6
C1
C2
Cyclic process image (Mailbox disabled)
Mailbox process image (Mailbox activated)
Description
reserved
Control byte C0
Process data*) / Mailbox**)
Process data*) /
reserved**)
Control byte C1 Control byte C2
Control byte C3
13.2.5.10 RTC Module
750-640
The RTC Module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output
Process Image (4 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status and 1 byte ID
for command). The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process
Image, which have 3 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 365: RTC Module 750-640
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
ID
C/S
1
2
D1
D3
D0
D2
Description
Command byte
Control/status
byte
Data bytes
13.2.5.11 DALI/DSI Master Module
750-641
The DALI/DSI Master module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (5 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status).
The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which have 3
words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 366: DALI/DSI Master Module 750-641
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
D0
S
1
D2
D1
2
D4
D3
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Description
DALI Response
Status byte
Message 3
DALI Address
Message 1
Message 2
330
I/O Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Output Process Image
Offset
Byte Destination
High Byte
Low Byte
0
D0
C
1
2
D2
D4
D1
D3
Description
DALI command,
DSI dimming value
Parameter 2
Command extension
Control byte
DALI Address
Parameter 1
13.2.5.12 DALI Multi-Master Module
753-647
The DALI Multi-Master module occupies a total of 24 bytes in the input and
output range of the process image.
The DALI Multi-Master module can be operated in "Easy" mode (default) and
"Full" mode. "Easy" mode is used to transmit simply binary signals for lighting
control. Configuration or programming via DALI master module is unnecessary
in "Easy" mode.
Changes to individual bits of the process image are converted directly into DALI
commands for a pre-configured DALI network. 22 bytes of the 24-byte process
image can be used directly for switching of electronic ballasts (ECG), groups or
scenes in "Easy" mode. Switching commands are transmitted via DALI and group
addresses, where each DALI and each group address is represented by a 2-bit pair.
The structure of the process data is described in detail in the following tables.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
331
Table 367: Overview of Input Process Image in the "Easy" Mode
Input process image
Byte designation
Offset
Note
High byte
Low byte
res.
Status, activate broadcast
Bit 0: 1-/2-button mode
0
S
Bit 2: Broadcast status ON/OFF
Bit 1,3-7: 1
DA4…DA7
DA0…DA3
Bitpaar für DALI-Adresse DA0:
2
DA12…DA15
DA8…DA11
Bit 1: Bit set = ON
3
DA20…DA23
DA16…DA19
Bit not set = OFF
4
DA28…DA31
DA24…DA27
Bit 2: Bit set = Error
5
DA36…DA39
DA32…DA35
Bit not set = No error
6
DA44…DA47
DA40…DA43
Bit pairs DA1 … DA63 similar to DA0.
7
DA52…DA55
DA48…DA51
8
DA60…DA63
DA56…DA59
Bit pair for DALI group address GA0:
9
GA4…GA7
GA0…GA3
Bit 1: Bit set = ON
Bit not set = OFF
Bit 2: Bit set = Error
10
GA12…GA15
GA8…GA11
Bit not set = No error
Bit pairs GA1 … GA15 similar to GA0.
11
Not in use
DA = DALI address
GA = Group address
Table 368: Overview of the Output Process Image in the "Easy" Mode“
Output process image
Byte designation
Offset
Note
High byte
Low byte
res. Broadcast ON/OFF and activate:
Bit 0: Broadcast ON
Bit 1: Broadcast OFF
0
S
Bit 2: Broadcast ON/OFF/dimming
Bit 3: Broadcast short ON/OFF
Bits 4 … 7: reserved
1
DA4…DA7
DA0…DA3
Bit pair for DALI address DA0:
2
DA12…DA15
DA8…DA11
Bit 1: short: DA switch ON
3
DA20…DA23
DA16…DA19
long: dimming, brighter
4
DA28…DA31
DA24…DA27
Bit 2: short: DA switch OFF
5
DA36…DA39
DA32…DA35
long: dimming, darker
6
DA44…DA47
DA40…DA43
Bit pairs DA1 … DA63 similar to DA0.
7
DA52…DA55
DA48…DA51
8
DA60…DA63
DA56…DA59
Bitpaar für DALI-Gruppenadresse GA0:
9
GA4…GA7
GA0…GA3
Bit 1: short: GA switch ON
long: dimming, brighter
Bit 2: short: GA switch OFF
10
GA12…GA15
GA8…GA11
long: dimming, darker
Bit pairs GA1 … GA15 similar to GA0.
11
Bit 8…15
Bit 0…7
Switch scene 0…15
DA = DALI address
GA = Group address
Manual
Version 1.2.0
332
I/O Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
13.2.5.13 LON® FTT Module
753-648
The process image of the LON® FTT module consists of a control/status byte and
23 bytes of bidirectional communication data that is processed by the
WAGO-I/O-PRO function block "LON_01.lib". This function block is essential
for the function of the LON® FTT module and provides a user interface on the
control side.
13.2.5.14 EnOcean Radio Receiver
750-642
The EnOcean radio receiver has a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (3 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status).
The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which have 2
words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 369: EnOcean Radio Receiver 750-642
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
D0
S
1
D2
D1
Description
Data byte
Status byte
Data bytes
Output Process Image
Offset
0
1
High Byte
-
Byte Destination
Low Byte
C
-
Description
not used
Control byte
not used
13.2.5.15 MP Bus Master Module
750-643
The MP Bus Master Module has a total of 8 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (6 bytes of module data and 2 bytes of control/status).
The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image, which have 4
words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
Table 370: MP Bus Master Module 750-643
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
C1/S1
C0/S0
1
2
3
D1
D3
D5
D0
D2
D4
333
Description
extended
Control/
Status byte
Control/status
byte
Data bytes
13.2.5.16 Bluetooth® RF-Transceiver
750-644
The size of the process image for the Bluetooth® module can be adjusted to 12, 24
or 48 bytes.
It consists of a control byte (input) or status byte (output); an empty byte; an
overlay able mailbox with a size of 6, 12 or 18 bytes (mode 2); and the Bluetooth®
process data with a size of 4 to 46 bytes.
Thus, each Bluetooth® module uses between 12 and 48 bytes in the process image.
The sizes of the input and output process images are always the same.
The first byte contains the control/status byte; the second contains an empty byte.
Process data attach to this directly when the mailbox is hidden. When the mailbox
is visible, the first 6, 12 or 18 bytes of process data are overlaid by the mailbox
data, depending on their size. Bytes in the area behind the optionally visible
mailbox contain basic process data. The internal structure of the Bluetooth®
process data can be found in the documentation for the Bluetooth® 750-644 RF
Transceiver.
The mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO-I/OCHECK.
Table 371: Bluetooth® RF-Transceiver 750-644
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
Manual
Version 1.2.0
0
-
C0/S0
1
2
3
...
max.
23
D1
D3
D5
...
D0
D2
D4
...
D45
D44
Description
not used
Control/status
byte
Mailbox (0, 3, 6 or 9 words) and
Process data (2-23 words)
334
I/O Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
13.2.5.17 Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O
750-645
The Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O has a total of 12
bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (8 bytes of module
data and 4 bytes of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and
Output Process Image, which have 8 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 372: Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O 750-645
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
Description
High Byte
Low Byte
Control/status byte
0
C0/S0
not used
(log. Channel 1,
Sensor input 1)
Data bytes
1
D1
D0
(log. Channel 1, Sensor input 1)
Control/status byte
2
C1/S1
not used
(log. Channel 2,
Sensor input 2)
Data bytes
3
D3
D2
(log. Channel 2, Sensor input 2)
Control/status byte
4
C2/S2
not used
(log. Channel 3,
Sensor input 1)
Data bytes
5
D5
D4
(log. Channel 3, Sensor input 3)
Control/status byte
6
C3/S3
not used
(log. Channel 4,
Sensor input 2)
Data bytes
7
D7
D6
(log. Channel 4, Sensor input 2)
Pos : 119.20 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Proz ess abbil d M apping/ETHER NET - EtherNet/IP - MOD BU S/TC P/PA ETH ERNET - MOD BUS/TCP Teil 1 KNX/EIB/TP1-Kl emme 753- 646 (nur für 750-830, -842, - 849) @ 5\mod_1253540550198_21.doc x @ 41890 @ 4 @ 1
13.2.5.18 KNX/EIB/TP1 Module
753-646
The KNX/TP1 module appears in router and device mode with a total of 24-byte
user data within the input and output area of the process image, 20 data bytes and
2 control/status bytes. Even though the additional bytes S1 or C1 are transferred
as data bytes, they are used as extended status and control bytes. The opcode is
used for the read/write command of data and the triggering of specific functions
of the KNX/EIB/TP1 module. Word-alignment is used to assign 12 words in the
process image. Access to the process image is not possible in router mode.
Telegrams can only be tunneled.
In device mode, access to the KNX data can only be performed via special
function blocks of the IEC application. Configuration using the ETS engineering
tool software is required for KNX.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
Table 373: KNX/EIB/TP1 Module 753-646
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
S0
1
S1
OP
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
D1
D3
D5
D7
D9
D11
D13
D15
D17
D19
D0
D2
D4
D6
D8
D10
D12
D14
D16
D18
335
Description
not used
extended
Status byte
Data byte 1
Data byte 3
Data byte 5
Data byte 7
Data byte 9
Data byte 11
Data byte 13
Data byte 15
Data byte 17
Data byte 19
Status byte
Opcode
Data byte 0
Data byte 2
Data byte 4
Data byte 6
Data byte 8
Data byte 10
Data byte 12
Data byte 14
Data byte 16
Data byte 18
Output Process Image
Offset
0
Byte Destination
High Byte
Low Byte
C0
1
C1
OP
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
D1
D3
D5
D7
D9
D11
D13
D15
D17
D19
D0
D2
D4
D6
D8
D10
D12
D14
D16
D18
Description
not used
extended
Control byte
Data byte 1
Data byte 3
Data byte 5
Data byte 7
Data byte 9
Data byte 11
Data byte 13
Data byte 15
Data byte 17
Data byte 19
Control byte
Opcode
Data byte 0
Data byte 2
Data byte 4
Data byte 6
Data byte 8
Data byte 10
Data byte 12
Data byte 14
Data byte 16
Data byte 18
Pos : 119.21 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Proz ess abbil d M apping/ETHER NET - EtherNet/IP - MOD BU S/TC P/PA ETH ERNET - MOD BUS/TCP Teil 2 ASI- und Systemklemmen (750-342, -830, - 842, -849) @ 5\mod_1246540791017_21.doc x @ 36540 @ 434 @ 1
13.2.5.19 AS-interface Master Module
750-655
The length of the process image of the AS-interface master module can be set to
fixed sizes of 12, 20, 24, 32, 40 or 48 bytes.
It consists of a control or status byte, a mailbox with a size of 0, 6, 10, 12 or 18
bytes and the AS-interface process data, which can range from 0 to 32 bytes.
The AS-interface master module has a total of 6 to maximally 24 words data in
both the Input and Output Process Image. Word alignment is applied.
The first Input and output word, which is assigned to an AS-interface master
module, contains the status / control byte and one empty byte.
Subsequently the mailbox data are mapped, when the mailbox is permanently
superimposed (Mode 1).
Manual
Version 1.2.0
336
I/O Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
In the operating mode with suppressible mailbox (Mode 2), the mailbox and the
cyclical process data are mapped next.
The following words contain the remaining process dat.
The mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO-I/OCHECK.
Table 374: AS-interface Master Module 750-655
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset
High Byte
Low Byte
0
-
C0/S0
1
2
3
...
max.
23
D1
D3
D5
...
D0
D2
D4
...
D45
D44
Description
not used
Control/status
byte
Mailbox (0, 3, 5, 6 or 9 words)/
Process data (0-16 words)
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
13.2.6
System Modules
13.2.6.1
System Modules with Diagnostics
I/O Modules
337
750-610, -611
The modules provide 2 bits of diagnostics in the Input Process Image for
monitoring of the internal power supply.
Table 375: System Modules with Diagnostics 750-610, -611
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Diagnostic
bit S 2
Fuse
Bit 0
Diagnostic
bit S 1
Fuse
Pos : 119.22 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Proz ess abbil d M apping/ETHER NET - EtherNet/IP - MOD BU S/TC P/PA ETH ERNET - MOD BUS/TCP Teil 3 Binäre Pl atz hal ter kl emmen - l etz te Kl emme @ 8\mod_1279182270905_21.doc x @ 60020 @ 4 @ 1
13.2.6.2
Binary Space Module
750-622
The Binary Space Modules behave alternatively like 2 channel digital input
modules or output modules and seize depending upon the selected settings 1, 2, 3
or 4 bits per channel. According to this, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bits are occupied then either in
the process input or the process output image.
Table 376: Binary Space Module 750-622 (with Behavior Like 2 Channel Digital Input)
Input and Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
(Data bit
(Data bit
(Data bit
(Data bit
(Data bit
(Data bit
Data bit
DI 8)
DI 7)
DI 6)
DI 5)
DI 4)
DI 3)
DI 2
Bit 0
Data bit
DI 1
Pos : 120.1 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/IP - M ODBU S/TC P/PA ETH ERN ET - EtherN et/IP Einl eitung Proz ess datenaufbau ( 750-841, C ontroller) @ 5\mod_1253541573440_21.doc x @ 41896 @ 2 @ 1
13.3
Process Data Architecture for EtherNet/IP
With some I/O modules, the structure of the process data is fieldbus specific.
In the case of a fieldbus controller with EtherNet/IP, the process image uses a
word structure (with word alignment). The internal mapping method for data
greater than one byte conforms to the Intel format.
The following section describes the process image for various WAGO-I/OSYSTEM 750 and 753 I/O modules when using a fieldbus controller with
EtherNet/IP.
For the PFC process image of the programmable fieldbus controller is the
structure of the process data mapping identical.
Pos : 120.2 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/IP - M ODBU S/TC P/PA ETH ERN ET- Digital e Kl emmen EtherN et/IP (750- 341/841/881) @ 5\mod_1253544395769_21.doc x @ 41919 @ 344444443444444444 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
338
I/O Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Equipment damage due to incorrect address!
Depending on the specific position of an I/O module in the fieldbus node, the
process data of all previous byte or bit-oriented modules must be taken into
account to determine its location in the process data map.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
13.3.1
I/O Modules
339
Digital Input Modules
Digital input modules supply one bit of data per channel to specify the signal state
for the corresponding channel. These bits are mapped into the Input Process
Image.
Some digital I/O modules have an additional diagnostic bit per channel in the
input process image. The diagnostic bit detects faults (e.g., wire breakage,
overloads and/or short circuits). For some I/O modules, the data bits also have be
evaluated with the set diagnostic bit.
When analog input modules are also present in the node, the digital data is always
appended after the analog data in the Input Process Image, grouped into bytes.
1 sub index is assigned for each 8 bit.
Each input channel seizes one Instance in the Discrete Input Point Object (Class
0x65).
13.3.1.1
1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics
750-435
Table 377: 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Diagnostic
bit
S1
Bit 0
Data bit
DI 1
The input modules seize 2 Instances in Class (0x65).
13.3.1.2
2 Channel Digital Input Modules
750-400, -401, -405, -406, -410, -411, -412, -427, -438, (and all variations),
753-400, -401, -405, -406, -410, -411, -412, -427
Table 378: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
The input modules seize 2 Instances in Class (0x65).
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Data bit
Data bit
DI 2
DI 1
Channel 2 Channel 1
340
I/O Modules
13.3.1.3
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics
750-419, -421, -424, -425,
753-421, -424, -425
Table 379: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic Data bit
Data bit
bit S 2
bit S 1
DI 2
DI 1
Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1
The input modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x65).
13.3.1.4
2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process
Data
750-418,
753-418
The digital input module supplies a diagnostic and acknowledge bit for each input
channel. If a fault condition occurs, the diagnostic bit is set. After the fault
condition is cleared, an acknowledge bit must be set to re-activate the input. The
diagnostic data and input data bit is mapped in the Input Process Image, while the
acknowledge bit is in the Output Process Image.
Table 380: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic Data bit
Data bit
bit S 2
bit S 1
DI 2
DI 1
Channel 2
Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1
The input modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x65).
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Acknowledge- Acknowledgement bit Q 2
ment bit Q 1
Channel 2
Channel 1
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
And the input modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x66).
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
13.3.1.5
I/O Modules
341
4 Channel Digital Input Modules
750-402, -403, -408, -409, -414, -415, -422, -423, -428, -432, -433, -1420, -1421,
-1422
753-402, -403, -408, -409, -415, -422, -423, -428, -432, -433, -440
Table 381: 4 Channel Digital Input Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Data bit
DI 4
Channel 4
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
DI 3
DI 2
DI 1
Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
The input modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x65).
13.3.1.6
8 Channel Digital Input Modules
750-430, -431, -436, -437, -1415, -1416, -1417
753-430, -431, -434
Table 382: 8 Channel Digital Input Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
DI 8
DI 7
DI 6
DI 5
DI 4
DI 3
DI 2
DI 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
The input modules seize 8 Instances in Class (0x65).
13.3.1.7
16 Channel Digital Input Modules
750-1400, -1402, -1405, -1406, -1407
Table 383: 16 Channel Digital Input Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6
Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data Data
bit
bit bit bit bit bit bit
bit bit DI bit
DI 16 DI 15 DI 14 DI 13 DI 12 DI 11 DI 10 DI 9 8 DI 7
Chann Chan Chan Chan Chan Chan Chann Chan Chan Chan
el 16 nel 15 nel 14 nel 13 nel 12 nel 11 el 10 nel 9 nel 8 nel 7
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Bit 5
Data
bit
DI 6
Chan
nel 6
Bit 4
Data
bit
DI 5
Chan
nel 5
Bit 3
Data
bit
DI 4
Chan
nel 4
Bit 2
Data
bit
DI 3
Chan
nel 3
Bit 1
Data
bit
DI 2
Chan
nel 2
Bit 0
Data
bit
DI 1
Chan
nel 1
342
I/O Modules
13.3.2
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Digital Output Modules
Digital output modules use one bit of data per channel to control the output of the
corresponding channel. These bits are mapped into the Output Process Image.
Some digital modules have an additional diagnostic bit per channel in the Input
Process Image. The diagnostic bit is used for detecting faults that occur (e.g., wire
breaks and/or short circuits). With some I/O modules, with set diagnostic bit,
additionally the data bits must be evaluated.
When analog output modules are also present in the node, the digital image data is
always appended after the analog data in the Output Process Image, grouped into
bytes.
For each 8 bits a subindex is occupied.
Each output channel occupies one instance in the Discrete Output Point Object
(Class 0x 66).
13.3.2.1
1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data
750-523
The digital output modules deliver 1 bit via a process value Bit in the output
process image, which is illustrated in the input process image. This status image
shows "manual mode".
Table 384: 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
not used
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
not used
Bit 0
Status bit
“Manual
Operation“
Bit 0
controls
DO 1
Channel 1
And the output modules seize 2 Instances in Class (0x66).
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
13.3.2.2
I/O Modules
343
2 Channel Digital Output Modules
750-501, -502, -509, -512, -513, -514, -517, -535, (and all variations),
753-501, -502, -509, -512, -513, -514, -517
Table 385: 2 Channel Digital Output Modules
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
controls
controls
DO 2
DO 1
Channel 2 Channel 1
The output modules seize 2 Instances in Class (0x66).
13.3.2.3
2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data
750-507 (-508), -522,
753-507
The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel. When an
output fault condition occurs (i.e., overload, short circuit, or broken wire), a
diagnostic bit is set. The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image,
while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.
Table 386: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Diagnostic
bit S 2
Channel 2
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
controls
DO 2
Channel 2
Bit 0
Diagnostic
bit S 1
Channel 1
Bit 0
controls
DO 1
Channel 1
And the output modules seize 2 Instances in Class (0x66).
750-506,
753-506
The digital output module has 2-bits of diagnostic information for each output
channel. The 2-bit diagnostic information can then be decoded to determine the
exact fault condition of the module (i.e., overload, a short circuit, or a broken
wire). The 4-bits of diagnostic data are mapped into the Input Process Image,
while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
344
I/O Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 387: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data 75x-506
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic
bit S 3
bit S 2
bit S 1
bit S 0
Channel 2 Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 1
Diagnostic bits S1/S0, S3/S2: = ‘00’
standard mode
Diagnostic bits S1/S0, S3/S2: = ‘01’
no connected load/short circuit against +24 V
Diagnostic bits S1/S0, S3/S2: = ‘10’
Short circuit to ground/overload
The output modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x65).
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
controls
DO 2
Channel 2
Bit 0
controls
DO 1
Channel 1
not used
not used
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
controls
controls
controls
DO 4
DO 3
DO 2
Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2
Bit 0
controls
DO 1
Channel 1
And the output modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x66).
13.3.2.4
4 Channel Digital Output Modules
750-504, -516, -519, -531,
753-504, -516, -531, -540
Table 388: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
The output modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x66).
13.3.2.5
4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data
750-532
The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel. When an
output fault condition occurs (i.e., overload, short circuit, or broken wire), a
diagnostic bit is set. The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image,
while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.
Table 389: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic
bit
bit
bit
bit
S4
S3
S2
S1
Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
Diagnostic bit S = ‘0’
no Error
Diagnostic bit S = ‘1’
overload, short circuit, or broken wire
The output modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x65).
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
I/O Modules
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
controls
controls
controls
DO 4
DO 3
DO 2
Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2
345
Bit 0
controls
DO 1
Channel 1
And the output modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x66).
13.3.2.6
8 Channel Digital Output Module
750-530, -536, -1515, -1516
753-530, -534
Table 390: 8 Channel Digital Output Module
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
controls
controls
controls
controls
controls
controls
controls
DO 8
DO 7
DO 6
DO 5
DO 4
DO 3
DO 2
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2
Bit 0
controls
DO 1
Channel 1
The output modules seize 8 Instances in Class (0x66).
13.3.2.7
8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data
750-537
The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel. When an
output fault condition occurs (i.e., overload, short circuit, or broken wire), a
diagnostic bit is set. The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image,
while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.
Table 391: 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic
bit
bit
bit
bit
bit
bit
bit
bit
S8
S7
S6
S5
S4
S3
S2
S1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
Diagnostic bit S = ‘0’
no Error
Diagnostic bit S = ‘1’
overload, short circuit, or broken wire
The output modules seize 8 Instances in Class (0x65).
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
controls
controls
controls
controls
controls
controls
controls
DO 8
DO 7
DO 6
DO 5
DO 4
DO 3
DO 2
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2
And the output modules seize 8 Instances in Class (0x66).
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Bit 0
controls
DO 1
Channel 1
346
I/O Modules
13.3.2.8
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
16 Channel Digital Output Modules
750-1500, -1501, -1504, -1505
Table 392: 16 Channel Digital Output Modules
Output Process Image
Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9
Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls
DO 16 DO 15 DO 14 DO 13 DO 12 DO 11 DO 10 DO 9 DO 8 DO 7 DO 6 DO 5 DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1
Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
The output modules seize 16 Instances in Class (0x66).
13.3.2.9
8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules
750-1502, -1506
Table 393: 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
Data bit
DI 8
DI 7
DI 6
DI 5
DI 4
DI 3
DI 2
DI 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
The input/output modules seize 8 Instances in Class (0x65).
Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
controls
controls
controls
controls
controls
controls
controls
DO 8
DO 7
DO 6
DO 5
DO 4
DO 3
DO 2
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2
Bit 0
controls
DO 1
Channel 1
The input/output modules seize 8 Instances in Class (0x66).
Pos : 120.3 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
347
Pos : 120.4 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/IP - M ODBU S/TC P/PA ETH ERN ET - EtherN et/IP ab AIs-Rest ( 750-341/-841) @ 5\mod_1253705986108_21.doc x @ 42060 @ 344444 @ 1
13.3.3
Analog Input Modules
The hardware of an analog input module has 16 bits of measured analog data per
channel and 8 bits of control/status.
However, the coupler/controller with EtherNet/IP does not have access to the 8
control/status bits.
Therefore, the coupler/controller with MODBUS/TCP can only access the 16 bits
of analog data per channel, which are grouped as words and mapped in Intel
format in the Input Process Image.
When digital input modules are also present in the node, the analog input data is
always mapped into the Input Process Image in front of the digital data.
Each input channel seizes one Instance in the Analog Input Point Object (Class
0x67).
Information for the control/status byte development
Please refer to the corresponding description of the I/O modules for the structure
of the control/status bytes. You can find a manual with the relevant I/O module
description on the WAGO home page: at: http://www.wago.com .
13.3.3.1
1 Channel Analog Input Modules
750-491, (and all variations)
Table 394: 1 Channel Analog Input Modules
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
n
D1
D0
n+1
D3
D2
Description
Measured Value UD
Measured Value Uref
The input modules represent 2x2 bytes and seize 2 Instances in Class (0x67).
Manual
Version 1.2.0
348
I/O Modules
13.3.3.2
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
2 Channel Analog Input Modules
750-452, -454, -456, -461, -462, -465, -466, -467, -469, -472, -474, -475, 476, 477, -478, -479, -480, -481, -483, -485, -492, (and all variations),
753-452, -454, -456, -461, -465, -466, -467, -469, -472, -474, -475, 476, -477,
478, -479, -483, -492, (and all variations)
Table 395: 2 Channel Analog Input Modules
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
n
D1
D0
n+1
D3
D2
Description
Measured Value Channel 1
Measured Value Channel 2
The input modules represent 2x2 bytes and seize 2 Instances in Class (0x67).
13.3.3.3
4 Channel Analog Input Modules
750-453, -455, -457, -459, -460, -468, (and all variations),
753-453, -455, -457, -459
Table 396: 4 Channel Analog Input Modules
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
n
D1
D0
n+1
D3
D2
n+2
D5
D4
n+3
D7
D6
Description
Measured Value Channel 1
Measured Value Channel 2
Measured Value Channel 3
Measured Value Channel 4
The input modules represent 4x2 bytes and seize 4 Instances in Class (0x67).
13.3.3.4
4 Channel Analog Input Modules for RTD’s
750-450
Table 397: 4 Channel Analog Input Modules for RTD’s
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
n
D1
D0
n+1
D3
D2
n+2
D5
D4
n+3
D7
D6
Description
Measured Value Channel 1
Measured Value Channel 2
Measured Value Channel 3
Measured Value Channel 4
The input modules represent 4x2 bytes and seize 4 Instances in Class (0x67).
13.3.3.5
3-Phase Power Measurement Module
750-493
The above Analog Input Modules have a total of 9 bytes of user data in both the
Input and Output Process Image (6 bytes of data and 3 bytes of control/status).
The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has a
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
349
total of 6 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 398: 3-Phase Power Measurement Module
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
S0
n
D1
D0
S1
n+1
D3
D2
S2
n+2
D5
D4
Description
Status byte 0
Input data word 1
Status byte 1
Input data word 2
Status byte 2
Input data word 3
The input modules represent 3x4 bytes and seize 3 Instances in Class (0x67).
Output Process Image
Instance
n
n+1
n+2
Byte Destination
High Byte
Low Byte
C0
D1
D0
C1
D3
D2
C2
D5
D4
Description
Control byte 0
Output data word 1
Control byte 1
Output data word 2
Control byte 2
Output data word 3
The input modules represent 3x4 bytes and seize 3 Instances in Class (0x68).
Pos : 120.5 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/IP - M ODBU S/TC P/PA ETH ERN ET - EtherN et/IP zus ätzlich 8-Kanal AIs @ 15\mod_1370948135790_21.doc x @ 122455 @ 4 @ 1
13.3.3.6
8 Channel Analog Input Modules
750-451
Table 399: 8 Channel Analog Input Modules for RTD’s
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
n
D1
D0
n+1
D3
D2
n+2
D5
D4
n+3
D7
D6
n+4
D9
D8
n+5
D11
D10
n+6
D13
D12
n+7
D15
D14
Description
Measured Value Channel 1
Measured Value Channel 2
Measured Value Channel 3
Measured Value Channel 4
Measured Value Channel 5
Measured Value Channel 6
Measured Value Channel 7
Measured Value Channel 8
The input modules represent 8x2 bytes and seize 8 Instances in Class (0x67).
Pos : 120.6 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/IP - M ODBU S/TC P/PA ETH ERN ET - EtherN et/IP AOs 2-, 4- Kanal ( 750-341/-841) @ 15\mod_1370947890259_21.doc x @ 122451 @ 344 @ 1
13.3.4
Analog Output Modules
The hardware of an analog output module has 16 bits of measured analog data per
channel and 8 bits of control/status. However, the coupler/controller with
EtherNet/IP does not have access to the 8 control/status bits. Therefore, the
coupler/controller with EtherNet/IP can only access the 16 bits of analog data per
Manual
Version 1.2.0
350
I/O Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
channel, which are grouped as words and mapped in Intel format in the Output
Process Image.
When digital output modules are also present in the node, the analog output data
is always mapped into the Output Process Image in front of the digital data.
Each output channel seizes one Instance in the Analog Output Point Object (Class
0x68).
Information to the structure of the Control/Status byte
For detailed information about the structure of a particular module’s control/status
byte, please refer to that module’s manual. Manuals for each module can be found
on the Internet under: http://www.wago.com.
13.3.4.1
2 Channel Analog Output Modules
750-550, -552, -554, -556, -560, -562, 563, -585, (and all variations),
753-550, -552, -554, -556
Table 400: 2 Channel Analog Output Modules
Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
n
D1
D0
n+1
D3
D2
Description
Output Value Channel 1
Output Value Channel 2
The output modules represent 2x2 bytes and seize 2 Instances in Class (0x68).
13.3.4.2
4 Channel Analog Output Modules
750-553, -555, -557, -559,
753-553, -555, -557, -559
Table 401: 4 Channel Analog Output Modules
Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
n
D1
D0
n+1
D3
D2
n+2
D5
D4
n+3
D7
D6
Description
Output Value Channel 1
Output Value Channel 2
Output Value Channel 3
Output Value Channel 4
The output modules represent 4x2 bytes and seize 4 Instances in Class (0x68).
Pos : 120.7 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/IP - M ODBU S/TC P/PA ETH ERN ET - EtherN et/IP zus ätzlich 8-Kanal AOs @ 18\mod_1392123359523_21.doc x @ 145032 @ 4 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
13.3.4.3
I/O Modules
351
8 Channel Analog Output Modules
Table 402: 8 Channel Analog Output Modules
Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
n
D1
D0
n+1
D3
D2
n+2
D5
D4
n+3
D7
D6
n+4
D9
D8
n+5
D11
D10
n+6
D13
D12
n+7
D15
D14
Description
Output Value Channel 1
Output Value Channel 2
Output Value Channel 3
Output Value Channel 4
Output Value Channel 5
Output Value Channel 6
Output Value Channel 7
Output Value Channel 8
The output modules represent 8x2 bytes and seize 8 Instances in Class (0x68).
Pos : 120.8 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Pr ozessabbild M appi ng/ETH ERNET - EtherNet/IP - M ODBU S/TC P/PA ETH ERN ET - EtherN et/IP Sonderkl emmen ( 750- 341/- 841) @ 18\mod_1392125208300_21.doc x @ 145036 @ 34444444444444444 @ 1
13.3.5
Specialty Modules
WAGO has a host of Specialty I/O modules that perform various functions. With
individual modules beside the data bytes also the control/status byte is mapped in
the process image. The control/status byte is required for the bidirectional data
exchange of the module with the higher-ranking control system. The control byte
is transmitted from the control system to the module and the status byte from the
module to the control system.
This allows, for example, setting of a counter with the control byte or displaying
of overshooting or undershooting of the range with the status byte.
The control/status byte always lies in the low byte for the fieldbus
coupler/controller with Ethernet/IP.
Information to the structure of the Control/Status byte
For detailed information about the structure of a particular module’s control/status
byte, please refer to that module’s manual. Manuals for each module can be found
on the Internet under: http://www.wago.com.
The Specialty Modules represent as analog modules.
For this, the process input data of the Specialty Modules seize one Instance per
channel in the Analog Input Point Object (Class 0x67) and the process output data
seize one Instance seize one Instance in the Analog Input Point Object (Class
0x67) per channel in the Analog Output Point Object (Class 0x68).
13.3.5.1
Counter Modules
750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),
753-404, (and variation /000-003)
Manual
Version 1.2.0
352
I/O Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
The above Counter Modules have a total of 5 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 1 byte of control/status).
The counter value is supplied as 32 bits. The following tables illustrate the Input
and Output Process Image, which has a total of 3 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 403: Counter Modules 750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),
753-404, (and variation /000-003)
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
Description
High Byte
Low Byte
S
Status byte
n
D1
D0
Counter value
D3
D2
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input data and seize 1 Instance in Class
(0x67).
Output Process Image
Instance
n
High Byte
D1
D3
Byte Destination
Low Byte
C
D0
D2
Description
Control byte
Counter setting value
And the specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes output data and seize 1 Instance in
Class (0x68).
750-404/000-005
The above Counter Modules have a total of 5 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 1 byte of control/ status).
The two counter values are supplied as 16 bits. The following tables illustrate the
Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 3 words mapped into each
image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 404: Counter Modules 750-404/000-005
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
S
n
D1
D0
D3
D2
Description
Status byte
Counter Value of Counter 1
Counter Value of Counter 2
The specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes input data and seize 2 Instances in
Class (0x67).
Output Process Image
Instance
n
Byte Destination
High Byte
Low Byte
C
D1
D0
D3
D2
Description
Control byte
Counter Setting Value of Counter 1
Counter Setting Value of Counter 2
And the specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes output data and seize 1 Instance in
Class (0x68).
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
353
750-638,
753-638
The above Counter Modules have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 2 bytes of control/status).
The two counter values are supplied as 16 bits. The following tables illustrate the
Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 4 words mapped into each
image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 405: Counter Modules 750-638, 753-638
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
S0
n
D1
D0
S1
n+1
D3
D2
Description
Status byte von Counter 1
Counter Value von Counter 1
Status byte von Counter 2
Counter Value von Counter 2
The specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes input data and seize 2 Instances in
Class (0x67).
Output Process Image
Instance
n
n+1
Byte Destination
High Byte
Low Byte
C0
D1
D0
C1
D3
D2
Description
Control byte von Counter 1
Counter Setting Value von Counter 1
Control byte von Counter 2
Counter Setting Value von Counter 2
And the specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes output data and seize 2 Instances
in Class (0x68).
13.3.5.2
Pulse Width Modules
750-511, (and all variations /xxx-xxx)
The above Pulse Width modules have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the
Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of channel data and 2 bytes of control/
status). The two channel values are supplied as 16 bits. Each channel has its own
control/status byte. The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process
Image, which has a total of 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is
applied.
Table 406: Pulse Width Modules 750-511, /xxx-xxx
Input and Output Process
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
C0/S0
n
D1
D0
n+1
D3
D2
Description
Control/Status byte of Channel 1
Data Value of Channel 1
Control/Status byte of Channel 2
Data Value of Channel 2
The specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes input and output data and seize 2
Instances in Class (0x67) and 2 Instances in Class (0x68).
Manual
Version 1.2.0
354
I/O Modules
13.3.5.3
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format
750-650, (and the variations /000-002, -004, -006, -009, -010, -011, -012, -013),
750-651, (and the variations /000-002, -003),
750-653, (and the variations /000-002, -007),
753-650, -653
The process image of the / 003-000-variants depends on the parameterized
operating mode!
With the freely parametrizable variations /003 000 of the serial interface modules,
the desired operation mode can be set. Dependent on it, the process image of these
modules is then the same, as from the appropriate variation.
The above Serial Interface Modules with alternative data format have a total of 4
bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (3 bytes of serial
data and 1 byte of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and
Output Process Image, which have a total of 2 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 407: Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
n
D0
C/S
n+1
D2
D1
Description
Control/status
byte
Data bytes
Data byte
The specialty modules represent 2x2 bytes input and output data and seize 2
Instances in Class (0x67) and 2 Instances in Class (0x68).
13.3.5.4
Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format
750-650/000-001, -014, -015, -016
750-651/000-001
750-653/000-001, -006
The above Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format have a total of 6
bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (5 bytes of serial
data and 1 byte of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and
Output Process Image, which have a total of 3 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
Table 408: Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
n
D0
C/S
D2
D4
D1
D3
355
Description
Data byte
Control/status
byte
Data bytes
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input and output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67) and 1 Instance in Class (0x68).
13.3.5.5
Data Exchange Module
750-654, (and the variation /000-001)
The Data Exchange modules have a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output
Process Image, which has a total of 2 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 409: Data Exchange Module
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
n
D1
D0
n+1
D3
D2
Description
Data bytes
The specialty modules represent 2x2 bytes input and output data and seize 2
Instances in Class (0x67) and 2 Instances in Class (0x68).
13.3.5.6
SSI Transmitter Interface Modules
750-630, (and all variations)
The process image of the / 003-000-variants depends on the parameterized
operating mode!
The operating mode of the configurable /003-000 I/O module versions can be set.
Based on the operating mode, the process image of these I/O modules is then the
same as that of the respective version.
The above SSI Transmitter Interface modules have a total of 4 bytes of user data
in the Input Process Image, which has 2 words mapped into the image.
Word alignment is applied.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
356
I/O Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 410: SSI Transmitter Interface Modules
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
n
D1
D0
n+1
D3
D2
Description
Data bytes
The specialty modules represent 2x2 bytes input data and seize 2 Instances in
Class (0x67).
750-630/000-004, -005, -007
In the input process image, SSI transmitter interface modules with status occupy 5
usable bytes, 4 data bytes, and 1 additional status byte. A total of 3 words are
assigned in the process image via word alignment.
Table 411: SSI Transmitter Interface I/O Modules with an Alternative Data Format
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
Description
High Byte
High Byte
S
not used
Status byte
n
D1
D0
Data bytes
D3
D2
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes and seize 1 Instance in Class (0x67).
13.3.5.7
Incremental Encoder Interface Modules
750-631/000-004, -010, -011
The above Incremental Encoder Interface modules have 5 bytes of input data and
3 bytes of output data. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process
Image, which have 4 words into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 412: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-631/000-004, -010, -011
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
Description
High Byte
Low Byte
S
not used
Status byte
D1
D0
Counter word
n
not used
D4
D3
Latch word
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input data and seize 1 Instance in Class
(0x67).
Output Process Image
Instance
n
Byte Destination
High Byte
Low Byte
C
D1
D0
-
Description
Control byte of counter 1
Counter setting value of counter 1
not used
not used
And the specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x68).
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
357
750-634
The above Incremental Encoder Interface module has 5 bytes of input data (6
bytes in cycle duration measurement mode) and 3 bytes of output data. The
following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has 4 words
mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 413: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-634
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
Description
High Byte
Low Byte
S
not used
Status byte
D1
D0
Counter word
n
(D2) *)
not used
(Periodic time)
D4
D3
Latch word
*)
If cycle duration measurement mode is enabled in the control byte, the cycle duration is
given as a 24-bit value that is stored in D2 together with D3/D4.
The specialty modules represent 1x8 bytes input data and seize 1 Instance in Class
(0x67).
Output Process Image
Instance
n
Byte Destination
High Byte
Low Byte
C
D1
D0
-
Description
not used
Control byte
Counter setting word
not used
And the specialty modules represent 1x8 bytes output data and seize 1 Instance in
Class (0x68).
750-637
The above Incremental Encoder Interface Module has a total of 6 bytes of user
data in both the Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of encoder data and 2
bytes of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and Output
Process Image, which have 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is
applied.
Table 414: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-637
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
C0/S0
n
D1
D0
C1/S1
n+1
D3
D2
Description
Control/Status byte of Channel 1
Data Value of Channel 1
Control/Status byte of Channel 2
Data Value of Channel 2
The specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes input and output data and seize 2
Instances in Class (0x67) and 2 Instances in Class (0x68).
Manual
Version 1.2.0
358
I/O Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
750-635,
753-635
The above Digital Pulse Interface module has a total of 4 bytes of user data in
both the Input and Output Process Image (3 bytes of module data and 1 byte of
control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process
Image, which have 2 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 415: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-635, 750-635
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
n
D0
C0/S0
D2
D1
Description
Control/status
byte
Data bytes
Data byte
The specialty modules represent 1x4 bytes input and output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67) and 1 Instance in Class (0x68).
13.3.5.8
DC-Drive Controller
750-636
The DC-Drive Controller maps 6 bytes into both the input and output process
image. The data sent and received are stored in up to 4 input and output bytes
(D0 ... D3). Two control bytes (C0, C1) and two status bytes (S0/S1) are used to
control the I/O module and the drive.
In addition to the position data in the input process image (D0 … D3), it is
possible to display extended status information (S2 … S5). Then the three control
bytes (C1 … C3) and status bytes (S1 … S3) are used to control the data flow.
Bit 3 of control byte C1 (C1.3) is used to switch between the process data and the
extended status bytes in the input process image (Extended Info_ON). Bit 3 of
status byte S1 (S1.3) is used to acknowledge the switching process.
Table 416: DC-Drive Controller 750-636
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
S1
S0
D1*) / S3**)
D0*) / S2**)
D3*) / S5**)
D2*) / S4**)
n
*)
**)
Description
Status byte S1
Actual position*)
/ Extended status
byte S3**)
Actual position
(MSB) /
Extended status
byte S3**)
Status byte S0
Actual position
(LSB) / Extended
status byte S2**)
Actual position*)
/ Extended status
byte S4**)
ExtendedInfo_ON = ‘0’.
ExtendedInfo_ON = ‘1’.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
359
Output Process Image
Instance
n
Byte Destination
High Byte
Low Byte
C1
C0
D1
D0
D3
D2
Description
Control byte C1 Control byte C0
Setpoint position Setpoint position
(LSB)
Setpoint position Setpoint position
(MSB)
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input and output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67) and 1 Instance in Class (0x68).
13.3.5.9
Steppercontroller
750-670
The Steppercontroller RS422 / 24 V / 20 mA 750-670 provides the fieldbus
coupler 12 bytes input and output process image via 1 logical channel. The data to
be sent and received are stored in up to 7 output bytes (D0 … D6) and 7 input
bytes (D0 … D6), depending on the operating mode.
Output byte D0 and input byte D0 are reserved and have no function assigned.
One I/O module control and status byte (C0, S0) and 3 application control and
status bytes (C1 ... C3, S1 ... S3) provide the control of the data flow.
Switching between the two process images is conducted through bit 5 in the
control byte (C0 (C0.5). Activation of the mailbox is acknowledged by bit 5 of the
status byte S0 (S0.5).
Table 417: Steppercontroller RS 422 / 24 V / 20 mA 750-670
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
reserved
S0
D1
D0
D3
D2
n
D5
D4
S3
*)
**)
Manual
Version 1.2.0
D6
S1
S2
Cyclic process image (Mailbox disabled)
Mailbox process image (Mailbox activated)
Description
reserved
Status byte S0
Process data*) / Mailbox**)
Status byte S3
Status byte S1
Process data*) /
reserved**)
Status byte S2
360
I/O Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Output Process Image
Instance
n
Byte Destination
High Byte
Low Byte
reserved
C0
D1
D0
D3
D2
D5
D4
C3
D6
C1
C2
Cyclic process image (Mailbox disabled)
Mailbox process image (Mailbox activated)
*)
**)
Description
reserved
Control byte C0
Process data*) / Mailbox**)
Control byte C3
Control byte C1
Process data*) /
reserved**)
Control byte C2
The specialty modules represent 1x12 bytes input and output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67) and 1 Instance in Class (0x68).
13.3.5.10 RTC Module
750-640
The RTC Module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output
Process Image (4 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status and 1 byte ID
for command). The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process
Image, which have 3 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 418: RTC Module 750-640
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
n
ID
C/S
D1
D3
D0
D2
Description
Command byte
Control/status
byte
Data bytes
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input data and seize 1 Instance in Class
(0x67).and seize 1 Instance in Class (0x68).
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
361
13.3.5.11 DALI/DSI Master Module
750-641
The DALI/DSI Master module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (5 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status).
The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which have 3
words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 419: DALI/DSI Master module 750-641
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
D0
S
n
D2
D1
D4
D3
Description
DALI Response
Status byte
Message 3
DALI Address
Message 1
Message 2
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67).
Output Process Image
Instance
n
Byte Destination
High Byte
Low Byte
D0
C
D2
D4
D1
D3
Description
DALI command,
DSI dimming value
Parameter 2
Command extension
Control byte
DALI Address
Parameter 1
And the specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x68).
13.3.5.12 EnOcean Radio Receiver
750-642
The EnOcean radio receiver has a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (3 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status).
The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which have 2
words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 420: EnOcean Radio Receiver 750-642
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
n
D0
S
n+1
D2
D1
Description
Data byte
Status byte
Data bytes
Output Process Image
Instance
n
n+1
Byte Destination
High Byte
Low Byte
C
-
Description
not used
Control byte
not used
The specialty modules represent 2x2 bytes input and output data and seize 2
Instances in Class (0x67) and 2 Instances in Class (0x68).
Manual
Version 1.2.0
362
I/O Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
13.3.5.13 MP Bus Master Module
750-643
The MP Bus Master Module has a total of 8 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (6 bytes of module data and 2 bytes of control/status).
The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image, which have 4
words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.
Table 421: MP Bus Master Module 750-643
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
n
C1/S1
C0/S0
D1
D3
D5
D0
D2
D4
Description
extended
Control/
Status byte
Control/status
byte
Data bytes
The specialty modules represent 1x8 bytes input and output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67) and 1 Instance in Class (0x68).
13.3.5.14 Bluetooth® RF-Transceiver
750-644
The size of the process image for the Bluetooth® module can be adjusted to 12, 24
or 48 bytes.
It consists of a control byte (input) or status byte (output); an empty byte; an
overlayable mailbox with a size of 6, 12 or 18 bytes (mode 2); and the Bluetooth®
process data with a size of 4 to 46 bytes.
Thus, each Bluetooth® module uses between 12 and 48 bytes in the process image.
The sizes of the input and output process images are always the same.
The first byte contains the control/status byte; the second contains an empty byte.
Process data attach to this directly when the mailbox is hidden. When the mailbox
is visible, the first 6, 12 or 18 bytes of process data are overlaid by the mailbox
data, depending on their size. Bytes in the area behind the optionally visible
mailbox contain basic process data. The internal structure of the Bluetooth®
process data can be found in the documentation for the Bluetooth® 750-644 RF
Transceiver.
The mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO-I/OCHECK.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
Table 422: Bluetooth® RF-Transceiver 750-644
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
n
-
C0/S0
D1
D3
D5
...
D45
D0
D2
D4
...
D44
363
Description
not used
Control/status
byte
Mailbox (0, 3, 6 or 9 words) and
Process data (2-23 words)
The 750-644 constitutes a special module, whose process data (12, 24 or 48 bytes)
occupy on instances in classes 0x67 and 0x68.
13.3.5.15 Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O
750-645
The Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O has a total of 12
bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (8 bytes of module
data and 4 bytes of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and
Output Process Image, which have 8 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.
Table 423: Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O 750-645
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
Description
High Byte
Low Byte
Control/status byte
C0/S0
not used
(log. Channel 1, Sensor input 1)
n
Data bytes
D1
D0
(log. Channel 1, Sensor input 1)
Control/status byte
C1/S1
not used
(log. Channel 2, Sensor input 2)
n+1
Data bytes
D3
D2
(log. Channel 2, Sensor input 2)
Control/status byte
C2/S2
not used
(log. Channel 3, Sensor input 1)
n+2
Data bytes
D5
D4
(log. Channel 3, Sensor input 3)
Control/status byte
C3/S3
not used
(log. Channel 4, Sensor input 2)
n+3
Data bytes
D7
D6
(log. Channel 4, Sensor input 2)
The specialty modules represent 4x3 bytes input and output data and seize 4
Instances in Class (0x67) and 4 Instances in Class (0x68).
Manual
Version 1.2.0
364
I/O Modules
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
13.3.5.16 AS-interface Master Module
750-655
The length of the process image of the AS-interface master module can be set to
fixed sizes of 12, 20, 24, 32, 40 or 48 bytes.
It consists of a control or status byte, a mailbox with a size of 0, 6, 10, 12 or 18
bytes and the AS-interface process data, which can range from 0 to 32 bytes.
The AS-interface master module has a total of 6 to maximally 24 words data in
both the Input and Output Process Image. Word alignment is applied.
The first Input and output word, which is assigned to an AS-interface master
module, contains the status / control byte and one empty byte.
Subsequently the mailbox data are mapped, when the mailbox is permanently
superimposed (Mode 1).
In the operating mode with suppressible mailbox (Mode 2), the mailbox and the
cyclical process data are mapped next.
The following words contain the remaining process dat.
The mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO-I/OCHECK.
Table 424: AS-interface Master module 750-655
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance
High Byte
Low Byte
n
-
C0/S0
D1
D3
D5
...
D45
D0
D2
D4
...
D44
Description
not used
Control/status
byte
Mailbox (0, 3, 5, 6 or 9 words)/
Process data (0-16 words)
The specialty modules represent 1x 12...48 bytes input and output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67) and 1 Instance in Class (0x68).
Pos : 120.9 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
I/O Modules
365
Pos : 120.10 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Proz ess abbil d M apping/ETHER NET - EtherNet/IP - MOD BU S/TC P/PA ETH ERNET - Systemkl emmen Ethernet/IP @ 7\mod_1272375855608_21.doc x @ 55821 @ 344 @ 1
13.3.6
System Modules
13.3.6.1
System Modules with Diagnostics
750-610, -611
The modules provide 2 bits of diagnostics in the Input Process Image for
monitoring of the internal power supply.
Table 425: System Modules with Diagnostics 750-610, -611
Input Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Diagnostic
bit S 2
Fuse
Bit 0
Diagnostic
bit S 1
Fuse
The system modules seize 2 Instances in Class (0x65).
13.3.6.2
Binary Space Module
750-622
The Binary Space Modules behave alternatively like 2 channel digital input
modules or output modules and seize depending upon the selected settings 1, 2, 3
or 4 bits per channel. According to this, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bits are occupied then either in
the process input or the process output image.
Table 426: Binary Space Module 750-622 (with behavior like 2 channel digital input)
Input and Output Process Image
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
(Data bit
(Data bit
(Data bit
(Data bit
(Data bit
(Data bit
Data bit
DI 8)
DI 7)
DI 6)
DI 5)
DI 4)
DI 3)
DI 2
Bit 0
Data bit
DI 1
The Binary Space Modules seize 2, 4, 6 or 8 Instances in class (0x65) or in Class
(0x66).
Pos : 121 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
366
Application Examples
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 122 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/MOD BUS/Anwendungs beis piel e - T est von MOD BUS-Pr otokoll und F eldbus kn. - Visualisier ung und Steuer ung SCAD A @ 4\mod_1236780299078_21.doc x @ 28200 @ 122 @ 1
14
Application Examples
14.1
Test of MODBUS protocol and fieldbus nodes
You require a MODBUS master to test the function of your fieldbus node. For
this purpose, various manufacturers offer a range of PC applications that you can,
in part, download from the Internet as free of charge demo versions.
One of the programs which is particularly suitable to test your ETHERNET
TCP/IP fieldbus node, is for instance ModScan from Win-Tech.
Additional Information
A free of charge demo version from ModScan32 and further utilities from WinTech can be found in the Internet under:
http://www.win-tech.com/html/demos.htm
ModScan32 is a Windows application that works as a MODBUS master.
This program allows you to access the data points of your connected ETHERNET
TCP/IP fieldbus node and to proceed with the desired changes.
Additional Information
For a description example relating to the software operation, refer to:
http://www.win-tech.com/html/modscan32.htm
14.2
Visualization and Control using SCADA Software
This chapter is intended to give insight into how the WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus
coupler/controller can be used for process visualization and control using standard
user software.
There is a wide range of process visualization programs, called SCADA Software,
from various manufacturers.
SCADA is the abbreviation for Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition.
It is a user-orientated tool used as a production information system in the areas of
automation technology, process control and production monitoring.
The use of SCADA systems includes the areas of visualization and monitoring,
data access, trend recording, event and alarm processing, process analysis and
targeted intervention in a process (control).
The WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus node provides the required process input and
output values.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Application Examples
367
SCADA software has to provide a MODBUS device driver and support
MODBUS/TCP functions!
When choosing suitable SCADA software, ensure that it provides a MODBUS
device driver and supports the MODBUS/TCP functions in the coupler.
Visualization programs with MODBUS device drivers are available from i.e.
Wonderware, National Instruments, Think&Do or KEPware Inc., some of which
are available on the Internet as demo versions.
The operation of these programs is very specific.
However, a few essential steps are described to illustrate the way an application
can be developed using a WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus node and SCADA
software in principle:
1.
Load the MODBUS ETHERNET driver and select MODBUS ETHERNET
2.
Enter the IP address for addressing the fieldbus node
At this point, some programs allow the user to give the node an alias name, i.e. to
call the node “Measuring data”. The node can then be addressed with this name.
3.
Create a graphic object, such as a switch (digital) or a potentiometer
(analog)
This object is displayed on the work area.
4.
Link the object to the desired data point on the node by entering the
following data:
•
•
•
Node address (IP address or alias name)
The desired MODBUS function codes (register/bit read/write)
The MODBUS address of the selected channel
Entry is program specific.
Depending on the user software the MODBUS addressing of a bus module can be
represented with up to 5 digits.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
368
Application Examples
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Example of the MODBUS Addressing
In the case of SCADA Software Lookout from National Instruments the
MODBUS function codes are used with a 6 digit coding, whereby the first digit
represents the MODBUS table (0, 1, 3 or 4) and implicit the function code (see
following table):
Table 427: MODBUS Table and Function Codes
MODBUS table
MODBUS function code
0
FC1 or
Reading of input bits or
FC15
writing of several output bits
1
FC2
Reading of several input bits
3
FC4 or
Reading of several input registers or
FC 16
writing of several output registers
4
FC3
Reading of several input registers
The following five digits specify the channel number (beginning with 1) of the
consecutively numbered digital or analog input and/or output channels.
Examples:
•
•
Reading/writing the first digital input:
Reading/writing the second analog input:
i.e. 0 0000 1
i.e. 3 0000 2
Application Example:
Thus, the digital input channel 2 of the above node “Measuring data” can be read
out with the input: “Measuring data. 0 0000 2”.
Exemplary node “Measuring data”
Adapt the addressing of the SCADA
software to the process image of the node
ETHERNET TCP/IP
Hub
MODBUS protocol
ETHERNET
adapter
Figure 86: Example SCADA Software with MODBUS Driver
Additional Information
Please refer to the respective SCADA product manual for a detailed description of
the particular software operation.
Pos : 123 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Use in Hazardous Environments
369
Pos : 124.1 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odul e)/Ei ns atz i n Ex-Bereic hen/Ei nsatz i n explosi onsg efähr deten Ber eic hen - Ü bers chrift 1 @ 3\mod_1224075191281_21.doc x @ 24084 @ 1 @ 1
15
Use in Hazardous Environments
Pos : 124.2 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ei ns atz i n Ex-Bereic hen/Einsatzbereic h Serie 750 @ 3\mod_1234272230203_21.doc x @ 27500 @ @ 1
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 (electrical equipment) is designed for use in
Zone 2 hazardous areas.
The following sections include both the general identification of components
(devices) and the installation regulations to be observed. The individual
subsections of the “Installation Regulations” section must be taken into account if
the I/O module has the required approval or is subject to the range of application
of the ATEX directive.
Pos : 124.3 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
370
Use in Hazardous Environments
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 124.4 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ei ns atz i n Ex-Bereic hen/Beispi elhafter Aufbau der Kennz eichnung - Ü berschrift 2 @ 3\mod_1224157499140_21.doc x @ 24182 @ 2 @ 1
15.1
Marking Configuration Examples
Pos : 124.5 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ei ns atz i n Ex-Bereic hen/Kennz eichnung für Eur opa g emäß AT EX und IEC-EX - Ü bers chrift 3 @ 3\mod_1224157620203_21.doc x @ 24185 @ 3 @ 1
15.1.1
Marking for Europe According to ATEX and IEC-Ex
Pos : 124.6 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ei ns atz i n Ex-Bereic hen/Beispi elbedruc kung der ATEX- und IEC-Ex-z ugel ass enen Bus kl emmen g emäß CEN ELEC und IEC _2013 @ 14\mod_1360569228625_21.doc x @ 111294 @ @ 1
Figure 87: Side Marking Example for Approved I/O Modules According to ATEX and IECEx
Figure 88: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved I/O Modules According to ATEX and
IECEx.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Use in Hazardous Environments
371
Table 428: Description of Marking Example for Approved I/O Modules According to ATEX and
IECEx
Printing on Text
TÜV 07 ATEX 554086 X
IECEx TUN 09.0001 X
Dust
II
3D
Ex
tc Dc
IIIC
T 135°C
Mining
I
M2
Ex
d Mb
I
Gases
II
3G
Ex
nA Gc
nC Gc
IIC
T4
Pos : 124.7 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Description
Approving authority and certificate numbers
Equipment group: All except mining
Category 3 (Zone 22)
Explosion protection mark
Type of protection and equipment protection
level (EPL):protection by enclosure
Explosion group of dust
Max. surface temperature of the enclosure
(without a dust layer)
Equipment group: Mining
Category: High level of protection
Explosion protection mark
Type of protection and equipment protection
level (EPL): Flameproof enclosure
Explosion group for electrical equipment for
mines susceptible to firedamp
Equipment group: All except mining
Category 3 (Zone 2)
Explosion protection mark
Type of protection and equipment protection
level (EPL): Non-sparking equipment
Type of protection and equipment protection
level (EPL): Sparking apparatus with protected
contacts. A device which is so constructed that
the external atmosphere cannot gain access to the
interior
Explosion group of gas and vapours
Temperature class: Max. surface temperature
135°C
372
Use in Hazardous Environments
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 124.8 /Serie 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYST EM)/Ei ns atz i n Ex-Bereic hen/Beispi elbedruc kung der Ex-i- und IEC- Ex-i-zugel ass enen Bus kl emmen gemäß CEN ELEC und IEC_2013 @ 14\mod_1360569320118_21.doc x @ 111298 @ @ 1
Figure 89: Side Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules According to ATEX and
IECEx.
Figure 90: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules According to ATEX
and IECEx.
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Use in Hazardous Environments
373
Table 429: Description of Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules According to ATEX
and IECEx
Inscription Text
TÜV 07 ATEX 554086 X
IECEx TUN 09.0001X
TÜV 12 ATEX 106032 X
IECEx TUN 12.0039 X
Dust
II
3(1)D
3(2)D
Ex
tc Dc
[ia Da]
[ib Db]
IIIC
T 135°C
Mining
I
M2 (M1)
Ex d Mb
[ia Ma]
I
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Description
Approving authority and certificate numbers
Equipment group: All except mining
Category 3 (Zone 22) equipment containing a safety
device for a category 1 (Zone 20) equipment
Category 3 (Zone 22) equipment containing a safety
device for a category 2 (Zone 21) equipment
Explosion protection mark
Type of protection and equipment protection level
(EPL): protection by enclosure
Type of protection and equipment protection level
(EPL): associated apparatus with intrinsic safety
circuits for use in Zone 20
Type of protection and equipment protection level
(EPL): associated apparatus with intrinsic safety
circuits for use in Zone 21
Explosion group of dust
Max. surface temperature of the enclosure (without a
dust layer)
Equipment Group: Mining
Category: High level of protection with electrical
circuits which present a very high level of protection
Explosion protection mark with Type of protection
and equipment protection level (EPL): Flameproof
enclosure
Type of protection and equipment protection level
(EPL): associated apparatus with intrinsic safety
electrical circuits
Explosion group for electrical equipment for mines
susceptible to firedamp
374
Use in Hazardous Environments
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 429: Description of Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules According to ATEX
and IECEx
Gases
II
3(1)G
3(2)G
Ex
nA Gc
[ia Ga]
[ia Gb]
IIC
T4
Equipment group: All except mining
Category 3 (Zone 2) equipment containing a safety
device for a category 1 (Zone 0) equipment
Category 3 (Zone 2) equipment containing a safety
device for a category 2 (Zone 1) equipment
Explosion protection mark
Type of protection and equipment protection level
(EPL): Non-sparking equipment
Type of protection and equipment protection level
(EPL): associated apparatus with intrinsic safety
circuits for use in Zone 0
Type of protection and equipment protection level
(EPL): associated apparatus with intrinsic safety
circuits for use in Zone 1
Explosion group of gas and vapours
Temperature class: Max. surface temperature 135°C
Pos : 124.9 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Use in Hazardous Environments
375
Pos : 124.10 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Einsatz in Ex- Ber eichen/Kennzeic hnung für Ameri ka gemäß N EC 500 - Ü berschrift 3 @ 3\mod_1224158423187_21.doc x @ 24188 @ 3 @ 1
15.1.2
Marking for America According to NEC 500
Pos : 124.11 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Einsatz in Ex- Ber eichen/Beis piel bedr uc kung gemäß N EC 500_2013 @ 14\mod_1360580302684_21.doc x @ 111353 @ @ 1
Figure 91: Side Marking Example for I/O Modules According to NEC 500
Figure 92: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved I/O Modules According to NEC 500
Table 430: Description of Marking Example for Approved I/O Modules According to NEC 500
Printing on Text
CL I
DIV 2
Grp. ABCD
Op temp code T4
Pos : 124.12 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Description
Explosion protection group (condition of use
category)
Area of application
Explosion group (gas group)
Temperature class
376
Use in Hazardous Environments
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 124.13 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Ei nsatz i n Ex- Bereic hen/Errichtungsbesti mmungen - Übersc hrift 2 @ 3\mod_1232453624234_21.doc x @ 26370 @ 2 @ 1
15.2
Installation Regulations
Pos : 124.14 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine M odule)/Ei nsatz i n Ex- Bereic hen/Errichtungsbesti mmungen Einl eitung _2013 @ 14\mod_1360582328318_21.doc x @ 111371 @ @ 1
For the installation and operation of electrical equipment in hazardous areas, the
valid national and international rules and regulations which are applicable at the
installation location must be carefully followed.
Pos : 124.15 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Use in Hazardous Environments
377
Pos : 124.16 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Einsatz in Ex- Ber eichen/Bes ondere Bedingungen für den sicheren Ex-Betrieb g em. ATEX-Z ertifi kat TÜ V 07 AT EX 554086_X_2013_2 @ 15\mod_1368620071975_21.doc x @ 119778 @ 3 @ 1
15.2.1
Special Conditions for Safe Use (ATEX Certificate TÜV 07
ATEX 554086 X)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Pos : 124.17 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
For use as Gc- or Dc-apparatus (in zone 2 or 22) the Field bus Independent
I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750-*** shall be erected in an
enclosure that fulfils the requirements of the applicable standards (see the
marking) EN 60079-0, EN 60079-11, EN 60079-15 and EN 60079-31.
For use as group I electrical apparatus M2 the apparatus shall be erected in
an enclosure that ensures a sufficient protection according to EN 60079-0
and EN 60079-1 and the degree of protection IP64.
The compliance of these requirements and the correct installation into an
enclosure or a control cabinet of the devices shall be certified by an ExNB.
Measures have to be taken outside of the device that the rating voltage is not
being exceeded of more than 40 % because of transient disturbances.
Dip-switches, binary-switches and potentiometers, connected to the module
may only be actuated when explosive atmosphere can be excluded.
The connecting and disconnecting of the non-intrinsically safe circuits is
only permitted during installation, for maintenance or for repair purposes.
The temporal coincidence of explosion hazardous atmosphere and
installation, maintenance resp. repair purposes shall be excluded.
This is although and in particular valid for the interfaces “Memory-Card”,
“USB”, “Fieldbus connection”, “Configuration and programming interface”,
“antenna socket”, “D-Sub”, “DVI-port” and the “Ethernet interface”. These
interfaces are not energy limited or intrinsically safe circuits. An operating
of those circuits is in the behalf of the operator.
For the types 750-606, 750-625/000-001, 750-487/003-000, 750-484 and
750-633 the following shall be considered: The Interface circuits shall be
limited to overvoltage category I/II/III (non mains/mains circuits) as defined
in EN 60664-1.
For replaceable fuses the following shall be considered: Do not remove or
replace the fuse when the apparatus is energized.
The following warnings shall be placed nearby the unit:
WARNING – DO NOT REMOVE OR REPLACE FUSE WHEN
ENERGIZED
WARNING – DO NOT SEPARATE WHEN ENERGIZED
WARNING – SEPARATE ONLY IN A NON-HAZARDOUS AREA
378
Use in Hazardous Environments
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 124.18 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Einsatz in Ex- Ber eichen/Bes ondere Bedingungen für den sicheren Ex-Betrieb g em. ATEX-Z ertifi kat TÜ V 12 AT EX 106032x_2013_2 @ 15\mod_1368620479454_21.doc x @ 119782 @ 3 @ 1
15.2.2
Special Conditions for Safe Use (ATEX Certificate TÜV 12
ATEX 106032 X)
1.
2.
3.
4.
For use as Gc- or Dc-apparatus (in zone 2 or 22) the Field bus Independent
I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750-*** Ex i shall be erected in an
enclosure that fulfils the requirements of the applicable standards (see the
marking) EN 60079-0, EN 60079-11, EN 60079-15 and EN 60079-31.
For use as group I electrical apparatus M2 the apparatus shall be erected in
an enclosure that ensures a sufficient protection according to EN 60079-0
and EN 60079-1 and the degree of protection IP64.
The compliance of these requirements and the correct installation into an
enclosure or a control cabinet of the devices shall be certified by an ExNB.
Measures have to be taken outside of the device that the rating voltage is not
being exceeded of more than 40 % because of transient disturbances.
The connecting and disconnecting of the non-intrinsically safe circuits is
only permitted during installation, for maintenance or for repair purposes.
The temporal coincidence of explosion hazardous atmosphere and
installation, maintenance resp. repair purposes shall be excluded.
For the type the following shall be considered: The Interface circuits shall
be limited to overvoltage category I/II/III (non mains/mains circuits) as
defined in EN 60664-1.
Pos : 124.19 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Use in Hazardous Environments
379
Pos : 124.20 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Einsatz in Ex- Ber eichen/Bes ondere Bedingungen für den sicheren Ex-Betrieb g em. IEC- Ex-Zertifi kat TUN 09.0001 X_2013_2 @ 15\mod_1368620660911_21.doc x @ 119786 @ 3 @ 1
15.2.3
Special Conditions for Safe Use (IEC-Ex Certificate TUN
09.0001 X)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Pos : 124.21 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
For use as Gc- or Dc-apparatus (in zone 2 or 22) the Field bus Independent
I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750-*** shall be erected in an
enclosure that fulfils the requirements of the applicable standards (see the
marking) IEC 60079-0, IEC 60079-11, IEC 60079-15 and IEC 60079-31.
For use as group I electrical apparatus M2 the apparatus shall be erected in
an enclosure that ensures a sufficient protection according to IEC 60079-0
and IEC 60079-1 and the degree of protection IP64.
The compliance of these requirements and the correct installation into an
enclosure or a control cabinet of the devices shall be certified by an ExCB.
Measures have to be taken outside of the device that the rating voltage is not
being exceeded of more than 40 % because of transient disturbances.
DIP-switches, binary-switches and potentiometers, connected to the module
may only be actuated when explosive atmosphere can be excluded.
The connecting and disconnecting of the non-intrinsically safe circuits is
only permitted during installation, for maintenance or for repair purposes.
The temporal coincidence of explosion hazardous atmosphere and
installation, maintenance resp. repair purposes shall be excluded.
This is although and in particular valid for the interfaces “Memory-Card”,
“USB”, “Fieldbus connection”, “Configuration and programming interface”,
“antenna socket”, “D-Sub”, “DVI-port” and the “Ethernet interface”. These
interfaces are not energy limited or intrinsically safe circuits. An operating
of those circuits is in the behalf of the operator.
For the types 750-606, 750-625/000-001, 750-487/003-000, 750-484 and
750-633 the following shall be considered: The Interface circuits shall be
limited to overvoltage category I/II/III (non mains/mains circuits) as defined
in IEC 60664-1.
For replaceable fuses the following shall be considered: Do not remove or
replace the fuse when the apparatus is energized.
The following warnings shall be placed nearby the unit:
WARNING – DO NOT REMOVE OR REPLACE FUSE WHEN
ENERGIZED
WARNING – DO NOT SEPARATE WHEN ENERGIZED
WARNING – SEPARATE ONLY IN A NON-HAZARDOUS AREA
380
Use in Hazardous Environments
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 124.22 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Einsatz in Ex- Ber eichen/Bes ondere Bedingungen für den sicheren Ex-Betrieb g em. IEC- Ex-Zertifi kat TUN 12.0039 X_2013_2 @ 15\mod_1368620821493_21.doc x @ 119790 @ 3 @ 1
15.2.4
Special Conditions for Safe Use (IEC-Ex Certificate IECEx
TUN 12.0039 X)
1.
2.
3.
4.
For use as Gc- or Dc-apparatus (in zone 2 or 22) the Field bus independent
I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750-*** Ex i shall be erected in an
enclosure that fulfils the requirements of the applicable standards (see the
marking) IEC 60079-0, IEC 60079-11, IEC 60079-15, IEC 60079-31.
For use as group I electrical apparatus M2 the apparatus shall be erected in
an enclosure that ensures a sufficient protection according to IEC 60079-0
and IEC 60079-1 and the degree of protection IP64.
The compliance of these requirements and the correct installation into an
enclosure or a control cabinet of the devices shall be certified by an ExCB.
Measures have to be taken outside of the device that the rating voltage is not
being exceeded of more than 40 % because of transient disturbances.
The connecting and disconnecting of the non-intrinsically safe circuits is
only permitted during installation, for maintenance or for repair purposes.
The temporal coincidence of explosion hazardous atmosphere and
installation, maintenance resp. repair purposes shall be excluded.
For the type the following shall be considered: The Interface circuits shall
be limited to overvoltage category I/II/III (non mains/mains circuits) as
defined in IEC 60664-1.
Pos : 124.23 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Use in Hazardous Environments
381
Pos : 124.24 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Einsatz in Ex- Ber eichen/Errichtungs besti mmungen ANSI ISA 12.12.01_2013_2 @ 15\mod_1368620942842_21.doc x @ 119794 @ 3 @ 1
15.2.5
Special Conditions for Safe Use according to ANSI/ISA
12.12.01
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
“This equipment is suitable for use in Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D
or non-hazardous locations only.”
“This equipment is to be fitted within tool-secured enclosures only.”
“WARNING Explosion hazard - substitution of components may impair
suitability for Class I, Div. 2.”
“WARNING – Do not disconnect equipment unless power has been
switched off or the area is known to be non-hazardous” has to be placed
near each operator accessible connector and fuse holder.
When a fuse is provided, the following information shall be provided: “A
switch suitable for the location where the equipment is installed shall be
provided to remove the power from the fuse.”
For devices with EtherCAT/Ethernet connectors “Only for use in LAN, not
for connection to telecommunication circuits.”
“WARNING - Use Module 750-642 only with antenna module 758-910.”
For Couplers/Controllers and Economy bus modules only: The instructions
shall contain the following: “The configuration interface Service connector
is for temporary connection only. Do not connect or disconnect unless the
area is known to be non-hazardous. Connection or disconnection in an
explosive atmosphere could result in an explosion.”
Modules containing fuses only: “WARNING - Devices containing fuses
must not be fitted into circuits subject to over loads, e.g. motor circuits.”
Modules containing SD card reader sockets only: “WARNING - Do not
connect or disconnect SD-Card while circuit is live unless the area is known
to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable gases or vapors.”
Pos : 124.25 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/------Leerzeile------ @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0.doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
Pos : 124.26 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/------Leerzeile------ @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0.doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
Pos : 124.27 /D okumentati on allgemein/Gliederungsel emente/------Leerzeile------ @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0.doc x @ 24460 @ @ 1
Pos : 124.28 /Seri e 750 ( WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Einsatz in Ex- Ber eichen/Infor mation: Z ertifizi erungsnac hweis @ 7\mod_1274279547729_21.doc x @ 56649 @ @ 1
Additional Information
Proof of certification is available on request.
Also take note of the information given on the operating and assembly
instructions.
The manual, containing these special conditions for safe use, must be readily
available to the user.
Pos : 125 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
382
Appendix
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 126 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/Ü bersc hriften für all e Seri en/Anhang - Zubehör/Anhang - Ü bers chrift 1 @ 4\mod_1239874070437_21.doc x @ 30560 @ 1 @ 1
16
Appendix
Pos : 127.1 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MIB)/MIB-II-Gr uppen - System Gr oup @ 4\mod_1237882031312_21.doc x @ 28900 @ 23 @ 1
16.1
MIB II Groups
16.1.1
System Group
The system group contains general information about the coupler/controller.
Table 431: MIB II – System Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.2.1.1.1
sysDescr
1.3.6.1.2.1.1.2
sysObjectID
1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3
sysUpTime
1.3.6.1.2.1.1.4
sysContakt
1.3.6.1.2.1.1.5
sysName
1.3.6.1.2.1.1.6
1.3.6.1.2.1.1.7
sysLocation
sysServices
Access Description
R
This entry contains the device identification. The
object has a fixed code (e.g., "WAGO 750-841")
R
This entry contains the manufacturer's authorization
identification.
R
This entry contains the time (in hundredths of a
second) since the management unit has been last
reset.
R/W This entry contains the identification and contact
information for the system contact person.
R/W This entry contains the administration-assigned
device name.
R/W This entry contains the node’s physical location.
R
This entry designates the quantity of services that
this coupler/controller contains.
Pos : 127.2 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Appendix
383
Pos : 127.3 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MIB)/MIB-II-Gr uppen - Interface Group (Allgemein) @ 4\mod_1237887683328_21.doc x @ 28906 @ 3 @ 1
16.1.2
Interface Group
The interface group contains information and statistics about the device interface.
A device interface describes the Ethernet interface of a coupler/controller and
provides status information on the physical Ethernet ports as well as on the
internal loopback interface.
Pos : 127.4 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MIB)/MIB-II-Gr uppen - Interface Group (< 3 Ports) @ 4\mod_1237887871359_21.doc x @ 28909 @ @ 1
Table 432: MIB II – Interface Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.1
ifNumber
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2
ifTable
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1
ifEntry
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.1
ifIndex
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Access
R
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.2
ifDescr
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.3
ifType
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.4
ifMtu
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.5
ifSpeed
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.6
ifPhysAddress
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.7
ifAdmin-Status
R/W
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.8.
ifOperStatus
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.9.
ifLastChange
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10
ifInOctets
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.11
ifInUcastPkts
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.12
ifInNUcastPkts
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.13
ifInDiscards
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14
ifInErrors
R
Description
Number of network interfaces in this system
List of network interfaces
Network interface entry
This entry contains a unique value for each
interface
This entry contains the name of the
manufacturer, the product name, and the
version of the hardware interface:
e.g., "WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH 750841: Rev 1.0"
This entry describes the type of interface.
ETHERNET CSMA/CD = 6
Software Loopback
= 24
This entry specifies the largest transfer unit;
i.e., the maximum telegram length that can be
transferred via this interface.
This entry indicates the interface speed in bits
per second.
This entry indicates the physical address of
the interface. For example, for Ethernet, this
entry contains a MAC ID.
This entry specifies the desired state of the
interfaces. Possible values are:
up(1):
Ready for operation for
transmission and reception
down(2): Interface is switched off
testing(3): Interface is in test mode
This entry indicates the current operational
state of the interface.
This entry indicates the value of the
sysUpTime when the state was last changed.
This entry gives the total number of bytes
received via interface.
This entry indicates the number of received
unicast packets delivered to a higher layer.
This entry indicates the number of received
broad and multicast packets delivered to a
higher layer.
This entry indicates the number of packets
that were discarded even though no errors had
been detected.
This entry indicates the number of received
packets that contained errors preventing them
from being deliverable to a higher layer.
384
Appendix
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 432: MIB II – Interface Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.15
IfInUnknownProtos
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.16
ifOutOctets
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.17
ifOutUcastPkts
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.18
ifOutNUcastPkts
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.19
ifOutDiscards
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.20
ifOutErrors
Access Description
R
This entry indicates the number of received
packets sent to an unknown or unsupported
port number.
R
This entry gives the total number of bytes
sent via interface.
R
This entry contains the number of outgoing
unicast packets delivered to a higher layer.
R
This entry indicates the number of outgoing
broad and multicast packets delivered to a
higher layer.
R
This entry indicates the number of packets
that were discarded even though no errors had
been detected.
R
This entry indicates the number of packets
that could not be transmitted because of
errors.
Pos : 127.5 /D okumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Appendix
385
Pos : 127.6 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine D okumente) (Allgemeine M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MIB)/MIB-II-Gr uppen - IP Gr oup - IpRoute T abl e Group - ICM P Gr oup - TCP Group - UD P Gr oup - SNM P Gr oup @ 4\mod_1237813995937_21.doc x @ 28841 @ 333333 @ 1
16.1.3
IP Group
The IP group contains information about IP communication.
Table 433: MIB II – IP Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.1
ipForwarding
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.2
ipDefaultTTL
Access Description
R/W 1: Host is a router; 2: Host is not a router
R/W Default value for the Time-To-Live field of
each IP frame.
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.3
ipInReceives
R
Number of received IP frames, including those
received in error.
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.4
ipInHdrErrors
R
Number of received IP frames with header
errors.
.3.6.1.2.1.4.5
ipInAddrErrors
R
Number of received IP frames with a
misdirected IP address.
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.6
ipForwDatagrams
R
Number of received IP frames passed on
(routed)
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.7
ipUnknownProtos
R
Number of received IP frames with an
unknown protocol type.
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.8
ipInDiscards
R
Number of received IP frames rejected
although no disturbance was present.
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.9
ipInDelivers
R
Number of received IP frames passed on a
higher protocol layer.
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.10
ipOutRequests
R
Number of sent IP frames
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.11
ipOutDiscards
R
Number of rejected IP Frames that should have
been sent.
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.12
ipOutNoRoutes
R
Number of sent IP frames rejected because of
incorrect routing information.
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.13
ipReasmTimeout
R
Minimum time duration until an IP frame is reassembled.
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.14
ipReasmReqds
R
Minimum number of the IP fragments for
building up and passing on.
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.15
ipReasmOKs
R
Number of IP frames re-assembled
successfully.
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.16
ipReasmFails
R
Number of IP frames not re-assembled
successfully.
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.17
ipFragOKs
R
Number of IP frames fragmented and passed
on.
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.18
ipFragFails
R
Number of IP frames that should have been
fragmented but could not be, because their
don't fragment bit was set in the header.
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.19
ipFragCreates
R
Number of generated IP fragment frames
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20
ipAddrTable
Table of all local IP addresses of the
coupler/controller.
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20.1
ipAddrEntry
Address information for an entry
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20.1.1 ipAdEntAddr
R
The IP address corresponding to the entry’s
address information
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20.1.2 ipAdEntIfIndex
R
Index of the interface
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20.1.3 ipAdEntNetMask
R
The entry's associated subnet mask
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20.1.4 ipAdEntBcastAddr
R
Value of the last significant bit in the IP
broadcast address
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20.1.5 IpAdEntReasmR
The size of the longest IP telegram that can be
MaxSize
defragmented (reassembled) again.
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.23
ipRoutingDiscards
R
Number of deleted routing entries
Manual
Version 1.2.0
386
Appendix
16.1.4
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
IpRoute Table Group
The IP route table contains information about the routing table in the
coupler/controller.
Table 434: MIB II – IpRoute Table Group
Identifier
Entry
Access Description
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21
ipRouteTable
IP routing table
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1
ipRouteEntry
A routing entry for a particular destination
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.1
ipRouteDest
R/W This entry indicates the destination address of
the routing entry
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.2
ipRouteIfIndex
R/W This entry indicates the index of the interface,
which is the next route destination
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.3
ipRouteMetric1
R/W The primary route to the target system
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.4
ipRouteMetric2
R/W An alternative route to the target system
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.5
ipRouteMetric3
R/W An alternative route to the target system
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.6
ipRouteMetric4
R/W An alternative route to the target system
.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.7
ipRouteNextHop
R/W The IP address of the next route section
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.8
ipRouteType
R/W The route type
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.9
ipRouteProto
R
Routing mechanism via which the route is
developed
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.10 ipRouteAge
R/W Number of seconds since then the route was
last renewed/examined
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.11 ipRouteMask
R/W This entry contents the subnet mask for this
entry
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.12 ipRouteMetric5
R/W An alternative route to the target system
1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.13 ipRouteInfo
R/W A reference to a special MIB
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
16.1.5
Appendix
387
ICMP Group
Table 435: MIB II – ICMP Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.1 icmpInMsgs
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.2 icmpInErrors
Access Description
R
Number of received ICMP messages
R
Number of received ICMP errors containing
ICMP-specific errors
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.3 icmpInDestUnreachs
R
Number of received ICMP destination
unreachable messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.4 icmpInTimeExcds
R
Number of received ICMP time exceeded
messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.5 icmpInParmProbs
R
Number of received ICMP parameter problem
messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.6 icmpInSrcQuenchs
R
Number of received ICMP source quench
messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.7 icmpInRedirects
R
Number of received ICMP redirect messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.8 icmpInEchos
R
Number of received ICMP echo request
messages (Ping)
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.9 icmpInEchoReps
R
Number of received ICMP echo reply messages
(Ping)
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.10 icmpInTimestamps
R
Number of received ICMP timestamp request
messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.11 icmpInTimestampReps
R
Number of received ICMP timestamp reply
messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.12 icmpInAddrMasks
R
Number of received ICMP address mask request
messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.13 icmpInAddrMaskReps
R
Number of received ICMP address mask reply
messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.14 icmpOutMsgs
R
Number of sent ICMP messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.15 icmpOutErrors
R
Number of sent ICMP messages that could not
be sent due to errors
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.16 icmpOutDestUnreachs
R
Number of sent ICMP destination unreachable
messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.17 icmpOutTimeExcds
R
Number of sent ICMP time exceeded messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.18 icmpOutParmProbs
R
Number of sent ICMP parameter problem
messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.19 icmpOutSrcQuenchs
R
Number of sent ICMP source quench messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.20 icmpOutRedirects
R
Number of sent ICMP redirection messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.21 icmpOutEchos
R
Number of sent ICMP echo request messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.22 icmpOutEchoReps
R
Number of sent ICMP echo reply messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.23 icmpOutTimestamps
R
Number of sent ICMP timestamp request
messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.24 icmpOutTimestampReps
R
Number of sent ICMP timestamp reply messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.25 icmpOutAddrMasks
R
Number of sent ICMP address mask request
messages
1.3.6.1.2.1.5.26 icmpOutAddrMaskReps
R
Number of sent ICMP address mask reply
messages
Manual
Version 1.2.0
388
Appendix
16.1.6
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
TCP Group
Table 436: MIB II – TCP Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.1
tcpRtoAlgorithm
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.2
tcpRtoMin
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.3
tcpRtoMax
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.4
tcpMaxConn
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.5
tcpActiveOpens
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.6
tcpPassiveOpens
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.7
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.8
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.9
tcpAttemptFails
tcpEstabResets
tcpCurrEstab
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.10
tcpInSegs
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.11
tcpOutSegs
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.12
tcpRetransSegs
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13
tcpConnTable
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1
tcpConnEntry
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1.1 tcpConnState
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1.2 tcpConnLocalAddress
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1.3 tcpConnLocalPort
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1.4 tcpConnRemAddress
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1.5 tcpConnRemPort
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.14
1.3.6.1.2.1.6.15
tcpInErrs
tcpOutRsts
Access Description
R
Retransmission time: 1 = other,
2 = constant, 3 = RSRE, 4 = VANJ
R
Minimum value for the retransmission
timer
R
Maximum value for the retransmission
timer
R
Number of maximum TCP connections
that can exist simultaneously
R
Number of existing active TCP
connections
R
Number of existing passive TCP
connections
R
Number of failed connection attempts
R
Number of connection resets
R
The number of TCP connections for which
the current state is either Established or
Close-Wait
R
Number of received TCP frames including
the error frames
R
Number of correctly sent TCP frames with
data
R
Number of sent TCP frames retransmitted
because of errors
For each existing connection, a table entry
is created
Table entry for connection
R
This entry indicates the status of the TCP
connection
R
The entry contains the IP address for the
connection. For a server, this entry is
constant 0.0.0.0
R
The entry indicates the port number of the
TCP connection.
R
The entry contains the remote IP address
of the TCP connection.
R
The entry contains the remote port of the
TCP connection.
R
Number of received incorrect TCP frames
R
Number of sent TCP frames with set RST
flag
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
16.1.7
Appendix
389
UDP Group
Table 437: MIB II – UDP Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.2.1.7.1
udpInDatagrams
1.3.6.1.2.1.7.2
udpNoPorts
1.3.6.1.2.1.7.3
udpInErrors
1.3.6.1.2.1.7.4
1.3.6.1.2.1.7.5
udpOutDatagrams
udpTable
1.3.6.1.2.1.7.5.1
udpEntry
1.3.6.1.2.1.7.5.1.1 udpLocalAddress
1.3.6.1.2.1.7.5.1.2 udpLocalPort
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Access Description
R
Number of received UDP frames that could be
passed on to the appropriate applications
R
Number of received UDP frames that could not
be passed on to the appropriate applications (port
unreachable)
R
Number of received UDP frames that could not
be passed on to the appropriate applications for
other reasons.
R
Number of sent UDP frames
A table entry is created for each application that
received UDP frames
Table entry for an application that received an
UDP frame
R
IP address of the local UDP server
R
Port number of the local UDP server
390
Appendix
16.1.8
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
SNMP Group
Table 438: MIB II – SNMP Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.1 snmpInPkts
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.2 snmpOutPkts
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.3 snmpInBadVersions
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.4
Access
R
R
R
snmpInBadCommunityNames
snmpInBadCommunity
Uses
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.6
snmpInASNParseErrs
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.8
snmpInTooBigs
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.9
snmpInNoSuchNames
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.5
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.10 snmpInBadValues
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.11 snmpInReadOnlys
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.12 snmpInGenErrs
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.13 snmpInTotalReqVars
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.14 snmpInTotalSetVars
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.15 snmpInGetRequests
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.16 snmpInGetNexts
R
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.17
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.18
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.19
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.20
R
R
R
R
snmpInSetRequests
snmpInGetResponses
snmpInTraps
snmpOutTooBigs
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.21 snmpOutNoSuchNames
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.22 snmpOutBadValues
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.24 SnmpOutGenErrs
R
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.25
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.26
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.27
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.28
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.29
1.3.6.1.2.1.11.30
snmpOutGetRequests
SnmpOutGetNexts
snmpOutSetRequests
snmpOutGetResponses
snmpOutTraps
snmpEnableAuthenTraps
R
R
R
R
R
R/W
Description
Number of received SNMP frames
Number of sent SNMP frames
Number of received SNMP frames with an
invalid version number
Number of received SNMP frames with an
invalid community
Number of received SNMP frames whose
community did not have sufficient authorization
for the actions that it tried to execute
Number of received SNMP frames with an
incorrect structure
Number of received SNMP frames that
acknowledged the result too Big
Number of received SNMP frames that
acknowledged the result noSuchName
Number of received SNMP frames that
acknowledged the result bad value
Number of received SNMP frames that
acknowledged the result readOnly
Number of received SNMP frames that
acknowledged the result genError
Number of received SNMP frames with valid
GET or GET-NEXT requests
Number of received SNMP frames with valid
SET requests
Number of GET requests received and processed
Number of GET-NEXT requests received and
processed
Number of SET requests received and processed
Number of received GET responses
Number of received traps
Number of sent SNMP frames that contained the
result too Big
Number of sent SNMP frames that contained the
result noSuchName
Number of sent SNMP frames that contained the
result bad value
Number of sent SNMP frames that contained the
result genErrs
Number of GET requests sent
Number of GET NEXT requests sent
Number of SET requests sent
Number of GET responses sent
Number of traps sent
Authentification failure traps(1 = on, 2 = off )
Pos : 128 /Alle Serien (Allgemei ne M odul e)/F eldbus kommuni kati on/SNM P (MIB)/WAGO-MIB-Gr uppen ( 841, 871) @ 6\mod_1263224379823_21.doc x @ 47839 @ 23333333333333333333 @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
16.2
WAGO MIB Groups
16.2.1
Company Group
Appendix
391
The company group contains general information about the company WAGO
Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG.
Table 439: WAGO MIB – Company Group
Identifier
Entry
Access Description
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wagoName
R
Registered name of the company
1.1
Default value:
"WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG"
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wagoDescrition R
Description of company
1.2
Default value: "WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH &
Co. KG, Hansastr. 27, D-32423 Minden"
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wagoURL
R
URL to webpage of company
1.3
Default value: "www.wago.com"
16.2.2
Product Group
The product group contains information about the controller.
Table 440: WAGO MIB – Product Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioArticleName
10.1.1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Access Description
R
Name of article
Default value: "750-873/000-000"750873
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioArticleDescription
10.1.2
R
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSerialNumber
10.1.3
R
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioMacAddress
10.1.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioURLDatasheet
10.1.5
R
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioURLManual
10.1.6
R
R
Description of article
Default value: "WAGO
Ethernet(10/100MBit)-FBC"
Serialnumber of article
Default value: "SNxxxxxxxx-Txxxxxxmac|0030DExxxxxx"
MAC-Address of article
Default value: "0030DExxxxxx"
URL to datasheet of article
Default value: "http://
www.wago.com/wagoweb/documentation
/navigate/nm0dc__e.htm#ethernet"
URL to manual of article
Default value: "http://
www.wago.com/wagoweb/documentation
/navigate/nm0dc__e.htm#ethernet"
392
Appendix
16.2.3
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Versions Group
The version group contains information about the hardware/software versions
used in the controller.
Table 3: WAGO MIB – Versions Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioFirmwareIndex
10.1.10.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioHardwareIndex
10.1.10.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioFwlIndex
10.1.10.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioFirmwareVersion
10.1.10.4
16.2.4
Access Description
R
Index of firmware version
R
Index of hardware version
R
Index of software version from
firmwareloader
Complete firmware string
R
Real Time Clock Group
The real-time clock group contains information about the system’s real-time
clock.
Table 4: WAGO MIB – Real Time Clock Group
Identifier
Entry
Access Description
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioRtcDateTime
R/W
Date/time of device in UTC as string
10.1.11.1
For writing date/time use the following
string time 11:22:33 date 13-1-2007
Default value: "time xx:xx:xx date xx-xxxxxx (UTC)"
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioRtcTime
R/W
Date/time of device in UTC as integer in
10.1.11.2
seconds from 1970-01-01
Default value: "0"
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioTimezone
R/W
Actual timezone of article in hours
10.1.11.3
(-12…+12)
Default value: "0"
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioRtcHourMode
R
Hour mode:
10.1.11.4
0 = 12h-Mode
1 = 24h-Mode
Default value: "0"
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioRtcBatteryStatus
R
RTC-Battery Status:
10.1.11.5
0 = ok
1 = battery empty
Default value: "1"
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioRtcDayLightSaving R/W
Timeoffset of 1 hour:
10.1.11.6
0 = not offset
1 = offset 1 hour (DayLightSaving)
Default value: "0"
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
16.2.5
Appendix
Ethernet Group
The Ethernet group contains the settings for the controller on the Ethernet.
Table 5: WAGO MIB – Ethernet Group
Identifier
Entry
Access Description
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioEthernetMode R/W IP-Configuration of Ethernetconnection:
10.1.12.1
0 = fix Ip-Address
1 = dynamic IP-Address over Bootp
2 = dynamic IP-Address over DHCP
Default value: "1"
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioIp
R/W Actual IP-Address of device
10.1.12.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSubnetMask
R/W Actual Subnet-Mask of device
10.1.12.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioGateway
R/W Actual Gateway-IP of device
10.1.12.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioHostname
R/W Actual hostname of device
10.1.12.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioDomainName R/W Actual domainname of device
10.1.12.6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioDnsServer1
R/W IP address of first DNS server
10.1.12.7
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioDnsServer2
R/W IP address of second DNS server
10.1.12.8
16.2.6
Actual Error Group
The actual error group contains information about the last system status/error
status.
Table 6: WAGO MIB – Actual Error Group
Identifier
Entry
Access Description
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioErrorNumber
R
Errornumber of last error
10.1.20.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioErrorArgument
10.1.20.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioErrorTime
10.1.20.3
Manual
Version 1.2.0
R
Errorargument of last error
R
Time of last error
393
394
Appendix
16.2.7
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Error History Group
The error history group contains the last system/error status in a table.
Table 7: WAGO MIB – Error History Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioErrorTable
10.1.21.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.21.1.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.21.1.1.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.21.1.1.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.21.1.1.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.21.1.1.4
16.2.8
Access Description
-
wioErrorEntry
-
wioErrorTableIndex
R
Errortable index
wioErrorTableNumber
R
Table of errornumbers
wioErrorTableArgument
R
Table of errorarguments
wioErrorTableTime
R
Table of errortime
PLC Project Group
The PLC project group contains information about the controller’s PLC program.
Table 8: WAGO MIB – PLC Project Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioProjectId
10.1.30.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioProjectDate
10.1.30.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioProjectName
10.1.30.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioProjectTitle
10.1.30.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioProjectVersion
10.1.30.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioProjectAuthor
10.1.30.6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioProjectDescription
10.1.30.7
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioNumberOfIecTasks
10.1.30.8
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioIecTaskTable
10.1.30.9
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioIecTaskEntry
10.1.30.9.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioIecTaskId
10.1.30.9.1.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioIecTaskName
10.1.30.9.1.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioIecTaskStatus
10.1.30.9.1.3
Access Description
R
ID of CODESYS project
R
Date of CODESYS project
R
Name of CODESYS project
R
Title of CODESYS project
R
Version of CODESYS project
R
Author of CODESYS project
R
Description of CODESYS project
R
Number of IEC tasks in the CODESYS
project
R
ID of IEC task in the CODESYS project
R
Name of IEC task in the CODESYS
project
Status of IEC task in the CODESYS
project
R
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 8: WAGO MIB – PLC Project Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioIecTaskMode
10.1.30.9.1.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioIecTaskPriority
10.1.30.9.1.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioIecTaskInterval
10.1.30.9.1.6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioIecTaskEvent
10.1.30.9.1.7
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioIecTaskCycleCount
10.1.30.9.1.8
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioIecTaskCycleTime
10.1.30.9.1.9
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioIecTaskCycleTimeMin
10.1.30.9.1.10
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioIecTaskCycleTimeMax
10.1.30.9.1.11
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioIecTaskCycleTimeAvg
10.1.30.9.1.12
16.2.9
Appendix
395
Access Description
R
Mode of IEC task in the CODESYS
project
R
Priority of IEC task in the CODESYS
project
R
Interval of cyclic IEC task in the
CODESYS project
R
Event for IEC task in the CODESYS
project
R
Count of IEC task in the CODESYS
project
R
Last cycletime of IEC task in the
CODESYS project
R
Minimal cycletime of IEC task in the
CODESYS project
R
Maximal cycletime of IEC task in the
CODESYS project
R
Average cycletime of IEC task in the
CODESYS project
Http Group
The Http group contains information and settings for the controller's Web server.
Table 9: WAGO MIB – Http Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioHttpEnable
10.1.40.1.1
Access Description
R/W Enabl /disable the port of the
webserver:
0 = port of webserver disable
1 = port of webserver enable
Default value: { 1 }
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioHttpAuthenticationEnable R/W Enable/disable the authentication on
10.1.40.1.2
the websides:
0 = authentication disabled
1 = authentication enable
Default value: { 1 }
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioHttpPort
R/W Port of the Http web server
10.1.40.1.3
Default value: { 80 }
16.2.10 Ftp Group
The Ftp group contains information and settings for the controller's Ftp server.
Table 10: WAGO MIB – Http Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioFtpEnable
10.1.40.2.1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Access Description
R/W Enable/disable the port of the ftp server
0 = port of ftpserver disable
1 = port of ftpserver enable
Default value: { 1 }
396
Appendix
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
16.2.11 Sntp Group
The Sntp group contains information and settings for the controller's Sntp server.
Table 11: WAGO MIB – Sntp Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSntpEnable
10.1.40.3.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.3.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.3.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.3.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.3.5
wioSntpServerAddress
wioSntpClientIntervall
wioSntpClientTimeout
wioSntpClientDayLightSaving
Access Description
R/W
Enable/Disable the port of the
SNTP server:
0 = port of SNTPserver disable
1 = port of SNTPserver enable
Default value: { 1 }
R/W
IP address of SNTP server
Default value: { 0 }
R/W
Interval to pool SNTP manager
Default value: { 0 }
R/W
Timeout to corrupt SNTP answer
Default value: { 2000 }
R/W
Timeoffset of 1 hour:
0 = not offset
1 = offset 1 hour (DayLightSaving)
Default value: { 0 }
16.2.12 Snmp Group
The Snmp group contains information and settings for the controller's Snmp
agent.
Table 12: WAGO MIB – Snmp Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmpEnable
10.1.40.4.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp1ProtocolEnable
10.1.40.4.2.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp1ManagerIp
10.1.40.4.2.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp1Community
10.1.40.4.2.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp1TrapV1enable
10.1.40.4.2.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp1TrapV2enable
10.1.40.4.2.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp2ProtocolEnable
10.1.40.4.2.6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp2ManagerIp
10.1.40.4.2.7
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp2Community
10.1.40.4.2.8
Access Description
R/W
Enable/disable the port of the
SNMPserver
0 = port of SNMPserver disable
1 = port of SNMPserver enable
Default value: { 1 }
R/W
Enable/disable first SNMPv1/v2c agent
Default value { 1 }
R/W
IP-Address of first SNMP server
Default value: { 'C0A80101'h }
R/W
Community identification string for
SNMPv1/v2c
Default value: { "public" }
R/W
Enable/disable SNMPv1 traps to first
SNMP server
Default value: { 1 }
R/W
Enable/disable SNMPv2c traps to first
SNMP server
Default value: { 0 }
R/W
Enable/disable first SNMPv1/v2c agent
Default value: { 0 }
R/W
IP-Address of second SNMP server
Default value: { '00000000'h }
R/W
Community identification string for
SNMPv1/v2c
Default value: { "public" }
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 12: WAGO MIB – Snmp Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp2TrapV1enable
10.1.40.4.2.9
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp2TrapV2enable
10.1.40.4.2.10
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp1UserEnable
10.1.40.4.3.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp1Authentication10.1.40.4.3.2
Typ
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp1Authentication10.1.40.4.3.3
Name
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp1Authentication10.1.40.4.3.4
Key
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp1PrivacyEnable
10.1.40.4.3.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp1PrivacyKey
10.1.40.4.3.6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp1Notification10.1.40.4.3.7
Enable
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp1Notification10.1.40.4.3.8
ReceiverIP
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp2UserEnable
10.1.40.4.3.9
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp2Authentication10.1.40.4.3.10
Typ
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp2Authentication10.1.40.4.3.11
Name
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp2Authentication10.1.40.4.3.12
Key
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp2PrivacyEnable
10.1.40.4.3.13
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp2PrivacyKey
10.1.40.4.3.14
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Appendix
397
Access Description
R/W
Enable/disable SNMPv1 traps to first
SNMP server
Default value: { 0 }
R/W
Enable/disable SNMPv2c taps to first
SNMP server
Default value: { 0 }
R/W
Enable/disable first SNMPv3 User”
Default value { 1 }
R/W
Athentication typ for first SNMPv3
User:
0 = no Authentication
1 = MD5 Authentication
2 = SHA1 Authentication
Default value: { 1 }
R/W
Authentication name for first SNMPv3
User
Default value { "SecurityName" }
R/W
Authentication key for first SNMPv3
User
Default value: { "AuthenticationKey" }
R/W
Enable/disable Data Encryption for first
SNMPv3 User:
0 = no Encryption
1 = DES Encryption
Default value: { 1 }
R/W
Privacy key for SNMPv3 for first
SNMPv3 User
Default value: { "PrivacyKey" }
R/W
Enable/disable notification (SNMPv3
traps) with SNMPv3 User
Default value: { 1 }
R/W
Receiver IP address for notification
(SNMPv3 traps) with SNMPv3 User
Default value: { 'C0A80101'h }
R/W
Enables/disables second SNMPv3 User
Default value: { 0 }
R/W
Authentication typ for second SNMPv3
User
0 = no Authentication
1 = MD5 Authentication
2 = SHA1 Authentication
Default value: { 1 }
R/W
Authentication name for second
SNMPv3 User:
Default value: { "SecurityName" }
R/W
Authentication key for second SNMPv3
User
Default value: { "AuthenticationKey" }
R/W
Privacy key for SNMPv3 for second
SNMPv3 User
Default value: { 1 }
R/W
Privacy key for SNMPv3 for second
SNMPv3 User
Default value: { "PrivacyKey" }
398
Appendix
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 12: WAGO MIB – Snmp Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp2Notification10.1.40.4.3.15
Enable
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioSnmp2Notification10.1.40.4.3.16
ReceiverIP
Access Description
R/W
Enables/disables notification (SNMPv3
ttraps) with SNMPv3 User
Default value: { 0 }
R/W
Receiver-IP-Address for notification
(SNMPv3 traps) with SNMPv3 User
Default value: { '00000000'h }
16.2.13 Snmp Trap String Group
The Snmp trap string group contains strings that are attached to the manufacturerspecific traps.
Table 13: WAGO MIB – Snmp Trap String Group
Identifier
Entry
Access
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioTrapKbusError
R/W
10.1.40.4.4.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioTrapPlcStart
R/W
10.1.40.4.4.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioTrapPlcStop
R/W
10.1.40.4.4.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioTrapPlcReset
R/W
10.1.40.4.4.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioTrapPlcSoftwareR/W
10.1.40.4.4.5
Watchdog
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioTrapPlcDivideByZero
10.1.40.4.4.6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioTrapPlcOnlineChange
10.1.40.4.4.7
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioTrapPlcDownload
10.1.40.4.4.8
R/W
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioTrapPlcLogin
10.1.40.4.4.9
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioTrapPlcLogout
10.1.40.4.4.10
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Description
String for 1. SNMP trap
Default value: { "Kbus Error" }
String for 2. SNMP trap
Default value: { "Plc Start" }
String for 3. SNMP trap
Default value: { "Plc Stop" }
String for 4. SNMP trap
Default value { "Plc Reset" }
String for 5. SNMP trap
Default value: { "Plc Software
Watchdog" }
String for 6. SNMP trap
Default value { "Plc Divide By Zero" }
String for 7. SNMP trap
Default value: { "Plc Online Change" }
String for 8. SNMP trap
Default value: { "Plc Download
Program" }
String for 9. SNMP trap
Default value: { "Plc Login" }
String for 10. SNMP trap
Default value: { "Plc Logout" }
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Appendix
16.2.14 Snmp User Trap String Group
The Snmp user trap string group contains strings that can be attached to userspecific traps. These strings can be changed via SNMP or Wago_SNMP.lib in
CODESYS.
Table 14: WAGO MIB – Snmp User Trap String Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.1 wioUserTrapMsg1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.2 wioUserTrapMsg2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.3 wioUserTrapMsg3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.4 wioUserTrapMsg4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.5 wioUserTrapMsg5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.6 wioUserTrapMsg6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.7 wioUserTrapMsg7
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.8 wioUserTrapMsg8
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.9 wioUserTrapMsg9
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.10 wioUserTrapMsg10
Access
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Description
String for 1. SNMP trap
String for 2. SNMP trap
String for 3. SNMP trap
String for 4. SNMP trap
String for 5. SNMP trap
String for 6. SNMP trap
String for 7. SNMP trap
String for 8. SNMP trap
String for 9. SNMP trap
String for 10. SNMP trap
16.2.15 Plc Connection Group
Activate or deactivate the connection to CODESYS with the Plc connection
group.
Table 15: WAGO MIB – Plc Connection Group
Identifier
Entry
Access Description
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioCODESY R/W
Enable/disable the port of the CODESYS server
10.1.40.5.1
SEnable
0 = port of CODESYS server disable
1 = port of CODESYS server enable
Default value: { 1 }
Manual
Version 1.2.0
399
400
Appendix
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
16.2.16 Modbus Group
The Modbus group contains information and settings about the controller's
modbus server.
Table 15: WAGO MIB – Modbus Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioModbusTcpEnable
10.1.40.6.1
wioModbusConnectionTable
Access Description
R/W Enable/disable the port of the Modbus
TCP server
0 = port of Modbus TCP server disable
1 = port of Modbus TCP server enable
Default value: { 1 }
R/W Enable/disable the port of the Modbus
UDP server
0 = port of Modbus UDP server disable
1 = port of Modbus UDP server enable
Default value: { 1 }
R/W The maximal count of modbus
connections
Default value: { 15 }
R/W Timeout of the modbus connection
Default value: { 600 }
R/W Mode of the modbus watchdog
Default value: { 0 }
R/W Timeout of the modbus watchdog
Default value: { 100 }
R/W Unused and free modbus connections
Default value: { 15 }
-
wioModbusConnectionEntry
-
wioModbusConnectionIndex
R/W
Index of modbus connection
wioModbusConnectionIp
R/W
IP-Address of modbus connection
wioModbusConnectionPort
R/W
Port of modbus connection
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioModbusUdbEnable
10.1.40.6.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioMaxConnections
10.1.40.6.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.7
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.8
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.8.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.8.1.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.8.1.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.6.8.1.3
wioConnectionTimeout
wioModbusWatchdogMode
wioModbusWatchdogTime
wioFreeModbusSockets
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Appendix
401
16.2.17 Ethernet IP Group
The Ethernet IP group contains information and settings for the controller's
Ethernet IP.
Table 16: WAGO MIB – Ethernet IP Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioEthernetIpEnable
10.1.40.7.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.7.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.7.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.7.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.7.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.7.6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.7.7
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.7.8
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.40.7.9
Manual
Version 1.2.0
wioEthernetIpVariablesInputCount
Access Description
R/W Enable/disable the port of
the EthernetIPServer
0 = port of EthernetIPServer
disable
1 = port of EthernetIPServer
enable
Default value: { 0 }
R/W
wioEthernetIpVariablesOutputCount
R/W
wioEthernetIpVariablesPlcInputCount
R/W
wioEthernetIpVariablesPlcInputOffset
R/W
wioEthernetIpVariablesPlcOutputCount R/W
wioEthernetIpVariablesPlcOutputOffset R/W
wioEthernetIpRunIdleHeaderOrginator- R/W
ToTarget
wioEthernetIpRunIdleHeaderTargetR/W
ToOrginator
402
Appendix
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
16.2.18 Process Image Group
The process image group contains a list of information about the terminals
connected to the controller.
Table 17: WAGO MIB – Process Image Group
Identifier
Entry
Access Description
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioModulCount
R
Count of modules
10.1.50.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioAnalogOutLength
R
Length of analog output process data
10.1.50.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioAnalogInLength
R
Length of analog input process data
10.1.50.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioDigitalOutLength
R
Length of digital output process data
10.1.50.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioDigitalInLength
R
Length of digital input process data
10.1.50.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioDigitalOutOffset
R
Offset of digital output process data
10.1.50.6
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioDigitalInOffset
R
Offset of digital input process data
10.1.50.7
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioModuleTable
10.1.50.8
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioModuleEntry
10.1.50.8.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioModuleNumber
R
Number of module slot
10.1.50.8.1.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioModuleName
R
Name of module
10.1.50.8.1.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioModuleType
R
Type of module
10.1.50.8.1.3
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioModuleCount
R
Count of module
10.1.50.8.1.4
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioModuleAlternativeFormat R
Module in alternative format
10.1.50.8.1.5
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioModuleAnalogOutLength R
Length of analog output data of
10.1.50.8.1.6
module (Bit)
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioModuleAnalogInLength
R
Length of analog input data of module
10.1.50.8.1.7
(Bit)
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioModuleDigitalOutLength R
Length of digital output data of
10.1.50.8.1.8
module (Bit)
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioModuleDigitalInLength
R
Length of digital input data of module
10.1.50.8.1.9
(Bit)
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Appendix
16.2.19 Plc Data Group
The Plc data group contains values that can be used for data exchange with
CODESYS.
Table 18: WAGO MIB – Ethernet IP Group
Identifier
Entry
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576. wioPlcDataTable
10.1.100.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.100.1.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.100.1.1.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.100.1.1.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.
10.1.100.1.1.3
Pos : 129 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
=== Ende der Liste für T extmar ke Inhalt_mitte ===
Manual
Version 1.2.0
Access Description
-
wioPlcDataEntry
-
wioPlcDataIndex
R/W
Number of plc data (DWORD)
wioPlcDataReadArea
R/W
Readable plc data (DWORD)
wioPlcDataWriteArea
R
Write-/readable plc data (DWORD)
403
404
List of Figures
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Pos : 131 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Verz eichniss e/Abbildungsverz eichnis - Ü berschrift oG und Verzeic hnis @ 3\mod_1219222916765_21.doc x @ 21080 @ @ 1
List of Figures
Figure 1: Fieldbus Node (Example) ...................................................................... 21
Figure 2: Labeling on the Side of a Component (Example).................................. 22
Figure 3: Example of a Manufacturing Number ................................................... 22
Figure 4: Isolation for Fieldbus Couplers/Controllers (Example)......................... 25
Figure 5: System Supply via Fieldbus Coupler/Controller (left) and via Internal
System Supply Module (right) ..................................................................... 26
Figure 6: System Voltage for Standard Couplers/Controllers and Extended ECO
Couplers ....................................................................................................... 27
Figure 7: Field Supply for Standard Couplers/Controllers and Extended ECO
Couplers ....................................................................................................... 30
Figure 8: Supply Module with Fuse Carrier (Example 750-610) ......................... 32
Figure 9: Removing the Fuse Carrier .................................................................... 33
Figure 10: Opening the Fuse Carrier ..................................................................... 33
Figure 11: Changing the Fuse ............................................................................... 33
Figure 12: Fuse Modules for Automotive Fuses, Series 282 ................................ 34
Figure 13: Fuse Modules for Automotive Fuses, Series 2006 .............................. 34
Figure 14: Fuse Modules with Pivotable Fuse Carrier, Series 281 ....................... 34
Figure 15: Fuse Modules with Pivotable Fuse Carrier, Series 2002 ..................... 34
Figure 16: Power Supply Concept......................................................................... 35
Figure 17: Supply Example for Standard Couplers/Controllers ........................... 36
Figure 18: Carrier Rail Contact (Example) ........................................................... 40
Figure 19: Examples of the WAGO Shield Connecting System........................... 42
Figure 20: Application of the WAGO Shield Connecting System ....................... 42
Figure 21: View ETHERNET TCP/IP Fieldbus Controller .................................. 45
Figure 22: Device Supply ...................................................................................... 47
Figure 23: RJ-45 Connector .................................................................................. 48
Figure 24: Pin Assignment for D-Sub Fieldbus Connection (Female) ................. 48
Figure 25: Display Elements ................................................................................. 50
Figure 26: Service Interface (closed and opened flap) .......................................... 51
Figure 27: Mode Selector Switch (closed and open damper of the service port) . 52
Figure 28: Spacing................................................................................................. 63
Figure 29: Release Tab Standard Fieldbus Coupler/Controller (Example) .......... 66
Figure 30: Insert I/O Module (Example) ............................................................... 67
Figure 31: Snap the I/O Module into Place (Example) ......................................... 67
Figure 32: Removing the I/O Module (Example) ................................................. 68
Figure 33: Data Contacts ....................................................................................... 69
Figure 34: Example for the Arrangement of Power Contacts ............................... 70
Figure 35: Connecting a Conductor to a CAGE CLAMP® ................................... 71
Figure 36: Run-up of the Controller ...................................................................... 73
Figure 37: Example of Process Image for Input Data ........................................... 76
Figure 38: Example of Process Image for Output Data ........................................ 77
Figure 39: Memory areas and data exchange ........................................................ 81
Figure 40: Example declaration of remanent flags by „var retain“ ....................... 83
Figure 41: Data Exchange Between MODBUS Master and I/O Modules ............ 88
Figure 42: Data Exchange Between PLC Function (CPU) of the PFC and the I/O
Modules........................................................................................................ 90
Figure 43: Example of Addressing for a Fieldbus Node ....................................... 93
Figure 44: WBM page "Information".................................................................. 106
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
List of Figures
405
Figure 45: WBM page "Port" .............................................................................. 107
Figure 46: Example for the Function test of a Fieldbus Node ............................ 110
Figure 47: Example of Time Synchronization in ETHERNET Settings............. 112
Figure 48: Example of WBM Clock Configuration ............................................ 113
Figure 49: Logging in for Programming Access ................................................. 115
Figure 50: Logging into the PLC Browser .......................................................... 116
Figure 51: Dialog window for target system settings.......................................... 117
Figure 52: EA-config.xml ................................................................................... 120
Figure 53: Watchdog Runtime is Less than the Task Runtime ........................... 127
Figure 54: Watchdog Runtime is Greater than the Task Call Interval ................ 127
Figure 55: Enabling/Disabling System Events .................................................... 130
Figure 56: Dialog Window “Communication Parameters” ................................. 134
Figure 57: Logging in for Programming Access ................................................. 135
Figure 58: WBM page "Information".................................................................. 140
Figure 59: WBM page "Ethernet" ....................................................................... 143
Figure 60: WBM page "TCP/IP"......................................................................... 145
Figure 61: WBM page "Port" .............................................................................. 147
Figure 62: WBM page "SNMP" .......................................................................... 150
Figure 63: WBM page “SNMP V3”.................................................................... 152
Figure 64: WBM page "Watchdog" .................................................................... 154
Figure 65: WBM page "Clock" ........................................................................... 157
Figure 66: WBM page “Security” ....................................................................... 159
Figure 67: WBM page "MODBUS RTU" .......................................................... 161
Figure 68: WBM page "PLC Info"...................................................................... 163
Figure 69: WBM page "PLC Settings" ............................................................... 164
Figure 70: WBM page "Features" ....................................................................... 167
Figure 71: WBM Page "I/O config" (View 1)..................................................... 168
Figure 72: WBM page „Disk Info“ ..................................................................... 170
Figure 73: WBM page "WebVisu" ..................................................................... 172
Figure 74: Display Elements ............................................................................... 173
Figure 75: Node Status – I/O LED Signaling...................................................... 175
Figure 76: Error Message Coding ....................................................................... 175
Figure 77: Function Block for Determining Loss of Fieldbus, Independently of
Protocol ...................................................................................................... 184
Figure 78: Direct Connection of a Node with Crossover Cable.......................... 190
Figure 79: Connection of a Node by means of a Hub with Parallel cables ......... 190
Figure 80: Star Topology .................................................................................... 191
Figure 81: Tree Topology.................................................................................... 192
Figure 82: Principle of Shared ETHERNET ....................................................... 196
Figure 83: Principle of Switched ETHERNET ................................................... 197
Figure 84: Communication Protocols.................................................................. 202
Figure 85: Use of the MODBUS Functions ........................................................ 220
Figure 86: Example SCADA Software with MODBUS Driver.......................... 368
Figure 87: Side Marking Example for Approved I/O Modules According to
ATEX and IECEx ...................................................................................... 370
Figure 88: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved I/O Modules According
to ATEX and IECEx. ................................................................................. 370
Figure 89: Side Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules According to
ATEX and IECEx. ..................................................................................... 372
Manual
Version 1.2.0
406
List of Figures
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Figure 90: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules
According to ATEX and IECEx. ............................................................... 372
Figure 91: Side Marking Example for I/O Modules According to NEC 500 ..... 375
Figure 92: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved I/O Modules According
to NEC 500 ................................................................................................ 375
Pos : 132 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Gli ederungsel emente/---Seitenwec hs el--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.doc x @ 21810 @ @ 1
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
List of Tables
407
Pos : 133 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Verz eichniss e/T abellenverzeic hnis - Ü bers chrift oG und Verzeic hnis @ 3\mod_1219222958703_21.doc x @ 21084 @ @ 1
List of Tables
Table 1: Number Notation ..................................................................................... 15
Table 2: Font Conventions .................................................................................... 15
Table 3: Legend for Figure “System Supply via Fieldbus Coupler/Controller (left)
and via Internal System Supply Module (right)” ......................................... 26
Table 4: Alignment ................................................................................................ 27
Table 5: Legend for Figure “Field Supply for Standard Couplers/Controllers and
Extended ECO Couplers” ............................................................................ 30
Table 6: Power Supply Modules ........................................................................... 32
Table 7: Filter Modules for 24 V Supply .............................................................. 35
Table 8: Legend for Figure “Supply Example for Fieldbus Coupler/Controller” . 37
Table 9: WAGO Power Supply Units (Selection)................................................. 38
Table 10: WAGO Ground Wire Terminals ........................................................... 39
Table 11: Compatibility......................................................................................... 44
Table 12: Legend to the View ETHERNET TCP/IP Fieldbus Controller ............ 46
Table 13: RJ-45 Connector and RJ-45 Connector Configuration ......................... 48
Table 14: Legend for Figure “Pin assignment for D-Sub fieldbus connection
(female)” ...................................................................................................... 49
Table 15: Display Elements Fieldbus Status ......................................................... 50
Table 16: Display Elements Node Status .............................................................. 50
Table 17: Display Elements Supply Voltage ........................................................ 50
Table 18: Legend for Figure “Service Interface (closed and opened flap)” ......... 51
Table 19: Legend for Figure „Mode Selector Switch“.......................................... 52
Table 20: Technical data – Device data ................................................................ 54
Table 21: Technical data – System data ................................................................ 54
Table 22: Technical data – Supply ........................................................................ 55
Table 23: Technical data – Fieldbus MODBUS/TCP ........................................... 55
Table 24: Technical data – Accessories ................................................................ 55
Table 25: Technical Data – Field Wiring .............................................................. 55
Table 26: Technical Data – Power Jumper Contacts ............................................ 55
Table 27: Technical Data – Data Contacts ............................................................ 55
Table 28: Technical Data – Climatic Environmental Conditions ......................... 56
Table 29: Technical Data – Mechanical Strength acc. to IEC 61131-2 ................ 56
Table 30: WAGO DIN Rail................................................................................... 63
Table 31: Data Width for I/O Modules ................................................................. 85
Table 32: IEC-61131-3 Address Areas ................................................................. 85
Table 33: Absolute Addressing ............................................................................. 86
Table 34: Addressing Example ............................................................................. 86
Table 35: Allocation of Digital Inputs and Outputs to Process Data Words in
Accordance with the .................................................................................... 88
Table 36: ETHERNET Libraries for WAGO-I/O-PRO ...................................... 122
Table 37: Task Processing ................................................................................... 128
Table 38: WBM page "Information" ................................................................... 141
Table 39: WBM page "Ethernet" ........................................................................ 144
Table 40: WBM Page “TCP/IP” ......................................................................... 146
Table 41: WBM page “Port” ............................................................................... 147
Table 42: WBM page “SNMP” ........................................................................... 151
Table 43: WBM Page “Watchdog” ..................................................................... 155
Table 44: WBM Page “Clock” ............................................................................ 157
Manual
Version 1.2.0
408
List of Tables
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 45: WBM Page “Security” ........................................................................ 160
Table 46: WBM page "Modbus" ......................................................................... 162
Table 47: WBM page „PLC Info“ ....................................................................... 163
Table 48: WBM page "PLC Settings " ................................................................ 165
Table 49: Control system configuration .............................................................. 166
Table 50: WBM page "Features" ........................................................................ 167
Table 51: WBM Page “I/O Config” .................................................................... 169
Table 52: WBM page "Disk Info" ....................................................................... 170
Table 53: LED Assignment for Diagnostics ....................................................... 173
Table 54: Node Status Diagnostics – Solution in Event of Error ........................ 174
Table 55: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 1 .............. 177
Table 56: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 2 .............. 178
Table 57: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 3 .............. 179
Table 58: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 4 .............. 180
Table 59: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 5 .............. 180
Table 60: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 6 .............. 181
Table 61: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 7 .............. 181
Table 62: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 8 … 9 ...... 181
Table 63: Blink code table for the 'I/O' LED signaling, error code 10 ............... 182
Table 64: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 11 ............ 182
Table 65: Power Supply Status Diagnostics – Solution in Event of Error .......... 183
Table 66: ETHERNET- transmission standards ................................................. 189
Table 67: Legend Tree Topology ........................................................................ 192
Table 68: Comparison of Coupler Modules for Networks .................................. 193
Table 69: Errors Occurring when Configuring the Transmission Mode............. 195
Table 70: ETHERNET-Data packet .................................................................... 198
Table 71: Physical Layer ..................................................................................... 200
Table 72: Network Layer .................................................................................... 200
Table 73: Transport Layer ................................................................................... 201
Table 74: Application Layer................................................................................ 201
Table 75: IP Packet.............................................................................................. 203
Table 76: Network Class A ................................................................................. 204
Table 77: Network Class B ................................................................................. 204
Table 78: Network Class C ................................................................................. 204
Table 79: Key Data Class A, B and C ................................................................. 204
Table 80: Example: Class B Address with Field for Subnet IDs ........................ 205
Table 81: Subnet Mask for Class A Network...................................................... 206
Table 82: Subnet Mask for Class B Network ...................................................... 206
Table 83: Subnet Mask for Class C Network ...................................................... 206
Table 84: Example for an IP Address from a Class B Network.......................... 206
Table 85: Meaning of the BootP parameters ....................................................... 209
Table 86: Meaning of the DHCP parameters ...................................................... 212
Table 87: Meaning of the SNTP Parameters ....................................................... 213
Table 88: FTP Commands and Function ............................................................. 214
Table 89: MIB II Groups ..................................................................................... 215
Table 90: Standard Traps .................................................................................... 216
Table 91: MODBUS/TCP Header ....................................................................... 217
Table 92: Basic Data Types of MODBUS Protocol............................................ 218
Table 93: List of the MODBUS Functions in the Fieldbus Controller ............... 218
Table 94: Exception Codes.................................................................................. 221
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
List of Tables
409
Table 95: Request of Function Code FC1 .......................................................... 222
Table 96: Response of Function Code FC1......................................................... 222
Table 97: Assignment of Inputs .......................................................................... 223
Table 98: Exception of Function Code FC1 ........................................................ 223
Table 99: Request of Function Code FC2 ........................................................... 224
Table 100: Response of Function Code FC2....................................................... 224
Table 101: Assignment of Inputs ........................................................................ 224
Table 102: Exception of Function Code FC2 ...................................................... 225
Table 103: Request of Function Code FC3 ......................................................... 226
Table 104: Response of Function Code FC3....................................................... 226
Table 105: Exception of Function Code FC3 ...................................................... 226
Table 106: Request of Function Code FC4 ......................................................... 227
Table 107: Response of Function Code FC4....................................................... 227
Table 108: Exception of Function Code FC4 ...................................................... 227
Table 109: Request of Function Code FC5 ......................................................... 228
Table 110: Response of Function Code FC5....................................................... 228
Table 111: Exception of Function Code FC5 ...................................................... 228
Table 112: Request of Function Code FC6 ......................................................... 229
Table 113: Response of Function Code FC6....................................................... 229
Table 114: Exception of Function Code FC6 ...................................................... 229
Table 115: Request of Function code FC11 ........................................................ 230
Table 116: Response of Function Code FC11..................................................... 230
Table 117: Exception of Function Code FC 11 ................................................... 230
Table 118: Request of Function Code FC15 ....................................................... 231
Table 119: Response of Function Code FC15..................................................... 231
Table 120: Exception of Function Code FC15 .................................................... 232
Table 121: Request of Function Code FC16 ....................................................... 233
Table 122: Response of Function Code FC16..................................................... 233
Table 123: Exception of Function Code FC16 .................................................... 233
Table 124: Request of Function Code FC22 ....................................................... 234
Table 125: Response of Function Code FC22..................................................... 234
Table 126: Exception of Function Code FC22 .................................................... 234
Table 127: Request of Function Code FC23 ....................................................... 235
Table 128: Response of Function Code FC23..................................................... 235
Table 129: Exception of Function Code FC23 .................................................... 235
Table 130: Register (word) access reading (with FC3, FC4 and FC23) ............. 237
Table 131: Register (word) access writing (with FC6, FC16, FC22 and FC23) . 238
Table 132: Bit access reading (with FC1 and FC2) ............................................ 239
Table 133: Bit access writing (with FC5 and FC15) ........................................... 239
Table 134: MODBUS Registers .......................................................................... 240
Table 135: MODBUS registers (Continuation)................................................... 241
Table 136: MODBUS registers (Continuation)................................................... 242
Table 137: Register Address 0x1000 .................................................................. 243
Table 138: Register Address 0x1001 .................................................................. 243
Table 139: Register Address 0x1002 .................................................................. 244
Table 140: Register Address 0x1003 .................................................................. 244
Table 141: Register Address 0x1004 .................................................................. 244
Table 142: Register Address 0x1005 .................................................................. 244
Table 143: Register Address 0x1006 .................................................................. 245
Table 144: Register Address 0x1007 .................................................................. 245
Manual
Version 1.2.0
410
List of Tables
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 145: Register Address 0x1008 .................................................................. 245
Table 146: Register Address 0x1009 .................................................................. 245
Table 147: Register Address 0x100A ................................................................. 245
Table 148: Starting Watchdog ............................................................................. 246
Table 149: Register address 0x100B ................................................................... 247
Table 150: Register Address 0x1020 .................................................................. 248
Table 151: Register Address 0x1021 .................................................................. 248
Table 152: Register Address 0x1022 .................................................................. 249
Table 153: Register Address 0x1023 .................................................................. 249
Table 154: Register Address 0x1024 .................................................................. 249
Table 155: Register Address 0x1025 .................................................................. 249
Table 156: Register Address 0x1028 .................................................................. 249
Table 157: Register Address 0x1029 .................................................................. 250
Table 158: Register Address 0x102A ................................................................. 250
Table 159: Register Address 0x102B .................................................................. 250
Table 160: Register Address 0x1030 .................................................................. 250
Table 161: Register Address 0x1031 .................................................................. 250
Table 162: Register Address 0x1035 .................................................................. 251
Table 163: Register Address 0x1036 .................................................................. 251
Table 164: Register Address 0x1037 .................................................................. 251
Table 165: Register Address 0x1050 .................................................................. 251
Table 166: Register Address 0x2030 .................................................................. 252
Table 167: Register Address 0x2031 .................................................................. 252
Table 168: Register Address 0x2032 .................................................................. 252
Table 169: Register Address 0x2033 .................................................................. 253
Table 170: Register Address 0x2040 .................................................................. 253
Table 171: Register address 0x2041 ................................................................... 253
Table 172: Register address 0x2042 ................................................................... 253
Table 173: Register address 0x2043 ................................................................... 253
Table 174: Register Address 0x2010 .................................................................. 254
Table 175: Register Address 0x2011 .................................................................. 254
Table 176: Register Address 0x2012 .................................................................. 254
Table 177: Register Address 0x2013 .................................................................. 254
Table 178: Register Address 0x2014 .................................................................. 254
Table 179: Register Address 0x2020 .................................................................. 254
Table 180: Register Address 0x2021 .................................................................. 255
Table 181: Register Address 0x2022 .................................................................. 255
Table 182: Register Address 0x2023 .................................................................. 255
Table 183: Register Address 0x2000 .................................................................. 256
Table 184: Register Address 0x2001 .................................................................. 256
Table 185: Register Address 0x2002 .................................................................. 256
Table 186: Register Address 0x2003 .................................................................. 256
Table 187: Register Address 0x2004 .................................................................. 256
Table 188: Register Address 0x2005 .................................................................. 256
Table 189: Register Address 0x2006 .................................................................. 257
Table 190: Register Address 0x2007 .................................................................. 257
Table 191: Register Address 0x2008 .................................................................. 257
Table 192: Register Addresses 0x3000 to 0x5FFF ............................................. 257
Table 193: ISO/OSI reference model ................................................................. 259
Table 194: CIP common class ............................................................................. 262
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
List of Tables
411
Table 195: WAGO specific classes ..................................................................... 262
Table 196: Explanation of the table headings in the object descriptions ............ 264
Table 197: Identity (01 hex) – Class ..................................................................... 264
Table 198: Identity (01 hex) – Instance 1 ............................................................. 265
Table 199: Identity (01 hex) – Common service................................................... 265
Table 200: Message router (02 hex) – Class ......................................................... 266
Table 201: Message router (02 hex) – Instance 1 ................................................. 266
Table 202: Message router (02 hex) – Common service....................................... 267
Table 203: Assembly (04 hex) – Class.................................................................. 267
Table 204: Overview of static Assembly instances............................................. 267
Table 205: Static assembly instances – Instance 101 (65 hex).............................. 268
Table 206: Static assembly instances – Instance 102 (66 hex).............................. 268
Table 207: Static assembly instances – Instance 103 (67 hex).............................. 268
Table 208: Static assembly instances – Instance 104 (68 hex).............................. 268
Table 209: Static assembly instances – Instance 105 (69 hex).............................. 269
Table 210: Static assembly instances – Instance 106 (6A hex) ............................. 269
Table 211: Static assembly instances – Instance 107 (6B hex) ............................. 269
Table 212: Static assembly instances – Instance 108 (6C hex) ............................. 270
Table 213: Static assembly instances – Instance 109 (6C hex) ............................. 270
Table 214: Static assembly instances – Instance 110 (6E hex) ............................. 270
Table 215: Static assembly instances – Instance 111 (6F hex) ............................. 270
Table 216: Static assembly instances – Common service ................................... 271
Table 217: Port class (F4 hex) – Class .................................................................. 271
Table 218: Port class (F4 hex) – Instance 1 .......................................................... 272
Table 219: Port class (F4 hex) – Common service ............................................... 272
Table 220: TCP/IP interface (F5hex) – Class ....................................................... 273
Table 221: TCP/IP interface (F5hex) – Instance 1 ................................................ 274
Table 222: TCP/IP interface (F5hex) – Common service ..................................... 274
Table 223: Ethernet link (F5hex) – Class.............................................................. 275
Table 224: Ethernet link (F6 hex) – Instance 1 ..................................................... 275
Table 225: Ethernet link (F6 hex) – Common service .......................................... 275
Table 226: Coupler/Controller configuration (64 hex) – Class ............................. 276
Table 227: Coupler/Controller configuration (64 hex) – Instance 1 ..................... 276
Table 228: Coupler/Controller configuration (64 hex) – Common service .......... 278
Table 229: Discrete input point (65 hex) – Class .................................................. 278
Table 230: Discrete input point (65 hex) – Instance 1...255 ................................. 278
Table 231: Discrete input point (65 hex) – Common service ............................... 278
Table 232: Discrete Input Point Extended 1(69 hex,) – Class ............................ 279
Table 233: Discrete output point (66 hex) – Instance 256...510 ........................... 279
Table 234: Discrete Input Point Extended 1 (69 hex) – Common service ............ 279
Table 235: Discrete Input Point Extended 2 (6D hex) – Class ........................... 279
Table 236: Analog input point (67 hex) – Instance 1 ............................................ 280
Table 237: Analog input point (67 hex) – Common service ................................. 280
Table 238: Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex) – Class ............................ 280
Table 239: Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex) – Instance 766...1020 ........ 280
Table 240: Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex) – Common service ............ 280
Table 241: Discrete Output Point (66 hex) – Class ............................................. 281
Table 242: Discrete Output Point (66 hex) – Instance 1...255 .............................. 281
Table 243: Discrete Output Point (66 hex) – Common service ............................ 281
Table 244: Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex) – Class ........................... 281
Manual
Version 1.2.0
412
List of Tables
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 245: Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex) – Instance 256...510 ...... 282
Table 246: Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex) – Common service ........ 282
Table 247: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex) – Class ........................... 282
Table 248: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex) – Instance 511...765....... 282
Table 249: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex) – Common service........ 282
Table 250: Discrete Output Point Extended 3 (72 hex) – Class ............................ 283
Table 251: Discrete Output Point Extended 3 (72 hex) – Instance 766...1020 ..... 283
Table 252: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex) – Common service........ 283
Table 253: Analog Input Point (67 hex) – Class ................................................... 283
Table 254: Analog Input Point (67 hex) – Instance 1 ... 255 ................................ 284
Table 255: Analog Input Point (67 hex) – Common service ................................ 284
Table 256: Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex) – Class ............................... 284
Table 257: Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex) – Instance 256 ... 510......... 284
Table 258: Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex) – Common service............. 285
Table 259: Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex) – Class................................ 285
Table 260: Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex) – Instance 511 ... 765 ......... 285
Table 261: Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex) – Common service ............. 285
Table 262: Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex) – Class ................................ 286
Table 263: Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex) – Instance 766 ... 1020 ....... 286
Table 264: Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex) – Common service ............. 286
Table 265: Analog Output Point (68 hex) – Class ................................................ 286
Table 266: Analog Output Point (68 hex) – Instance 1...255................................ 287
Table 267: Analog Output Point (68 hex) – Common service .............................. 287
Table 268: Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex) – Class ............................ 287
Table 269: Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex) – Instance 256...510 ........ 287
Table 270: Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex) – Common service .......... 288
Table 271: Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex) – Class ............................. 288
Table 272: Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex) – Instance 511...765 ....... 288
Table 273: Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex) – Common service........... 288
Table 274: Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex) – Class ............................. 289
Table 275: Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex) – Instance 766...1020....... 289
Table 276: Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex) – Common service........... 289
Table 277: Module Configuration (80 hex) – Class .............................................. 289
Table 278: Module Configuration (80 hex) – Instance 1...255 ............................. 290
Table 279: Module Configuration (80 hex) – Common service ........................... 290
Table 280: Module Configuration Extended (81 hex) – Class.............................. 290
Table 281: Module Configuration Extended (81 hex) – Instance 256 .................. 291
Table 282: Module Configuration Extended (81 hex) – Common service ........... 291
Table 283: Input fieldbus variable USINT (A0 hex) – Class ................................ 291
Table 284: Input fieldbus variable USINT (A0 hex) – Instance 1...255 ............... 291
Table 285: Input fieldbus variable USINT (A0 hex) – Common service ............. 292
Table 286: Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A1 hex) – Class ........... 292
Table 287: Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 (A1 hex) – Instance
256...510..................................................................................................... 292
Table 288: Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 (A1 hex) – Common service
.................................................................................................................... 292
Table 289: Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A2 hex) – Class ........... 293
Table 290: Input Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A2 hex) – Instance
511...512..................................................................................................... 293
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
List of Tables
413
Table 291: Input fieldbus variable USINT Extended 2 (A2 hex) – Common service
.................................................................................................................... 293
Table 292: Output fieldbus variable USINT (A3 hex) – Class ............................. 294
Table 293: Output fieldbus variable USINT (A3 hex) – Instance 1...255 ............ 294
Table 294: Output fieldbus variable USINT (A3 hex) – Common service .......... 294
Table 295: Output Fieldbus variable USINT Extended 1 (A4 hex) – Class ......... 295
Table 296: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A4 hex) – Instance
256...510..................................................................................................... 295
Table 297: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 1 (A4 hex) – Common
service ........................................................................................................ 295
Table 298: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A5 hex) – Class ........ 296
Table 299: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A5 hex) – Instance
511...512..................................................................................................... 296
Table 300: Output Fieldbus Variable USINT Extended 2 (A5 hex) – Common
service ........................................................................................................ 296
Table 301: Input fieldbus variable UINT (A6 hex) – Class .................................. 297
Table 302: Input fieldbus variable UINT (A6 hex) – Instance 1...255 ................. 297
Table 303: Input fieldbus variable UINT (A6 hex) – Common service ............... 297
Table 304: Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A7 hex) – Class ............. 298
Table 305: Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A7 hex) – Instance 256 . 298
Table 306: Input Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A7 hex) – Common service
.................................................................................................................... 298
Table 307: Output fieldbus variable UINT (A8 hex) – Class ............................... 299
Table 308: Output fieldbus variable UINT (A8 hex) – Instance 1...255............... 299
Table 309: Output fieldbus variable UINT (A8 hex) – Common service ............. 299
Table 310: Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A9 hex) – Class .......... 300
Table 311: Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A9 hex) – Instance 256300
Table 312: Output Fieldbus Variable UINT Extended 1 (A9 hex) – Common
service ........................................................................................................ 300
Table 313: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex) – Class .............................. 301
Table 314: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex) – Instance 1...128 ............. 301
Table 315: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex) – Common service............ 301
Table 316: Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AB hex) – Class .................. 302
Table 317: Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AB hex) – Instance 1...128 . 302
Table 318: Input Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AB hex) – Common service 302
Table 319: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex) – Class .............................. 303
Table 320: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex) – Instance 1...128 ............. 303
Table 321: Input fieldbus variable UDINT (AA hex) – Common service............ 303
Table 322: Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AD hex) – Class ............... 304
Table 323: Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AD hex) – Instance 1...128
.................................................................................................................... 304
Table 324: Output Fieldbus Variable UDINT Offset (AD hex) – Common service
.................................................................................................................... 304
Table 325: 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ........................... 307
Table 326: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules ...................................................... 307
Table 327: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ........................... 307
Table 328: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process
Data ............................................................................................................ 308
Table 329: 4 Channel Digital Input Modules ...................................................... 308
Table 330: 8 Channel Digital Input Modules ...................................................... 308
Manual
Version 1.2.0
414
List of Tables
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 331: 8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output
Process Data ............................................................................................... 309
Table 332: 16 Channel Digital Input Modules .................................................... 309
Table 333: 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data ............. 310
Table 334: 2 Channel Digital Output Modules ................................................... 310
Table 335: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data ............................................................................................................ 311
Table 336: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data 75x-506 .............................................................................................. 311
Table 337: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules ................................................... 312
Table 338: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data ............................................................................................................ 312
Table 339: 8 Channel Digital Output Module ..................................................... 312
Table 340: 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data ............................................................................................................ 313
Table 341: 16 Channel Digital Output Modules ................................................. 313
Table 342: 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules .......................................... 314
Table 343: 1 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 315
Table 344: 2 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 315
Table 345: 4 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 316
Table 346: 3-Phase Power Measurement Module ............................................... 317
Table 347: 8 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 318
Table 348: 2 Channel Analog Output Modules................................................... 319
Table 349: 4 Channel Analog Output Modules................................................... 319
Table 350: 8 Channel Analog Output Modules................................................... 320
Table 351: Counter Modules 750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),
753-404, (and variation /000-003) ............................................................. 321
Table 352: Counter Modules 750-404/000-005 .................................................. 322
Table 353: Counter Modules 750-638, 753-638 ................................................. 322
Table 354: Pulse Width Modules 750-511, /xxx-xxx ......................................... 323
Table 355: Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format .................... 323
Table 356: Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format ....................... 324
Table 357: Data Exchange Module ..................................................................... 324
Table 358: SSI Transmitter Interface Modules ................................................... 325
Table 359: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-631/000-004, --010, -011
.................................................................................................................... 325
Table 360: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-634 ............................. 326
Table 361: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-637 ............................. 326
Table 362: Digital Pulse Interface Modules 750-635 ......................................... 327
Table 363: DC-Drive Controller 750-636 ........................................................... 327
Table 364: Stepper Controller RS 422 / 24 V / 20 mA 750-670 ......................... 328
Table 365: RTC Module 750-640 ....................................................................... 329
Table 366: DALI/DSI Master Module 750-641 .................................................. 329
Table 367: Overview of Input Process Image in the "Easy" Mode ..................... 331
Table 368: Overview of the Output Process Image in the "Easy" Mode“ .......... 331
Table 369: EnOcean Radio Receiver 750-642 .................................................... 332
Table 370: MP Bus Master Module 750-643 ...................................................... 333
Table 371: Bluetooth® RF-Transceiver 750-644................................................. 333
Table 372: Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O 750-645
.................................................................................................................... 334
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
List of Tables
415
Table 373: KNX/EIB/TP1 Module 753-646 ....................................................... 335
Table 374: AS-interface Master Module 750-655 .............................................. 336
Table 375: System Modules with Diagnostics 750-610, -611 ............................ 337
Table 376: Binary Space Module 750-622 (with Behavior Like 2 Channel Digital
Input) .......................................................................................................... 337
Table 377: 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ........................... 339
Table 378: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules ...................................................... 339
Table 379: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ........................... 340
Table 380: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process
Data ............................................................................................................ 340
Table 381: 4 Channel Digital Input Modules ...................................................... 341
Table 382: 8 Channel Digital Input Modules ...................................................... 341
Table 383: 16 Channel Digital Input Modules .................................................... 341
Table 384: 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data ............. 342
Table 385: 2 Channel Digital Output Modules ................................................... 343
Table 386: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data ............................................................................................................ 343
Table 387: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data 75x-506 .............................................................................................. 344
Table 388: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules ................................................... 344
Table 389: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data ............................................................................................................ 344
Table 390: 8 Channel Digital Output Module ..................................................... 345
Table 391: 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data ............................................................................................................ 345
Table 392: 16 Channel Digital Output Modules ................................................. 346
Table 393: 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules .......................................... 346
Table 394: 1 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 347
Table 395: 2 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 348
Table 396: 4 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 348
Table 397: 4 Channel Analog Input Modules for RTD’s .................................... 348
Table 398: 3-Phase Power Measurement Module ............................................... 349
Table 399: 8 Channel Analog Input Modules for RTD’s .................................... 349
Table 400: 2 Channel Analog Output Modules................................................... 350
Table 401: 4 Channel Analog Output Modules................................................... 350
Table 402: 8 Channel Analog Output Modules................................................... 351
Table 403: Counter Modules 750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),
753-404, (and variation /000-003) ............................................................. 352
Table 404: Counter Modules 750-404/000-005 .................................................. 352
Table 405: Counter Modules 750-638, 753-638 ................................................. 353
Table 406: Pulse Width Modules 750-511, /xxx-xxx ......................................... 353
Table 407: Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format .................... 354
Table 408: Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format ....................... 355
Table 409: Data Exchange Module ..................................................................... 355
Table 410: SSI Transmitter Interface Modules ................................................... 356
Table 411: SSI Transmitter Interface I/O Modules with an Alternative Data
Format ........................................................................................................ 356
Table 412: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-631/000-004, -010, -011
.................................................................................................................... 356
Table 413: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-634 ............................. 357
Manual
Version 1.2.0
416
List of Tables
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
Table 414: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-637 ............................. 357
Table 415: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-635, 750-635 ............. 358
Table 416: DC-Drive Controller 750-636 ........................................................... 358
Table 417: Steppercontroller RS 422 / 24 V / 20 mA 750-670 ........................... 359
Table 418: RTC Module 750-640 ....................................................................... 360
Table 419: DALI/DSI Master module 750-641 .................................................. 361
Table 420: EnOcean Radio Receiver 750-642 .................................................... 361
Table 421: MP Bus Master Module 750-643 ...................................................... 362
Table 422: Bluetooth® RF-Transceiver 750-644................................................. 363
Table 423: Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O 750-645
.................................................................................................................... 363
Table 424: AS-interface Master module 750-655 ............................................... 364
Table 425: System Modules with Diagnostics 750-610, -611 ............................ 365
Table 426: Binary Space Module 750-622 (with behavior like 2 channel digital
input) .......................................................................................................... 365
Table 427: MODBUS Table and Function Codes............................................... 368
Table 428: Description of Marking Example for Approved I/O Modules
According to ATEX and IECEx ................................................................ 371
Table 429: Description of Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules
According to ATEX and IECEx ................................................................ 373
Table 430: Description of Marking Example for Approved I/O Modules
According to NEC 500............................................................................... 375
Table 431: MIB II – System Group..................................................................... 382
Table 432: MIB II – Interface Group .................................................................. 383
Table 433: MIB II – IP Group ............................................................................. 385
Table 434: MIB II – IpRoute Table Group ......................................................... 386
Table 435: MIB II – ICMP Group....................................................................... 387
Table 436: MIB II – TCP Group ......................................................................... 388
Table 437: MIB II – UDP Group ........................................................................ 389
Table 438: MIB II – SNMP Group ..................................................................... 390
Table 439: WAGO MIB – Company Group ....................................................... 391
Table 440: WAGO MIB – Product Group .......................................................... 391
Manual
Version 1.2.0
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-873 ETHERNET TCP/IP RS-232 Controller
=== Ende der Liste für T extmar ke Verzeic hnis_hi nten ===
Manual
Version 1.2.0
List of Tables
417
Pos : 135 /Dokumentati on allgemei n/Ei nband/Ei nband Handbuc h - R üc ks eite @ 9\mod_1285229376516_21.doc x @ 64944 @ @ 1
WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG
Postfach 2880 • D-32385 Minden
Hansastraße 27 • D-32423 Minden
Phone:
+49/5 71/8 87 – 0
Fax:
+49/5 71/8 87 – 1 69
E-Mail:
[email protected]
Internet:
=== Ende der Liste für T extmar ke Ei nband_hinten ===
http://www.wago.com
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement